Konig des Menschen VI (Archive 5)

This is the fifth archive for Konig des Menschen Chapter VI

Mod Event

 * Dark Horse: Being the new ruler of Chagatai, Tulaani turned her view to the rebellious country east of her, Kashgar - full of nobles who had initially rebelled against the late ruler of Chagatai. In order for Tulaani to win, she must both win on the battlefield and court the newly appointed King of Kashgar. The nobles have all the power in the nation, but Tulaani intends to change that. She marched her armies across, taking advantage of the vast superiority of horses and newly equipped gunners (sometimes mounted), she is able to kill off most armies efficiently. In engagements, such as in the Siege of Bashkol or the Battle of Hotan (outside the city), Tulaani has made it clear she has intended to take up the mantle of Bulijin's reincarnate on her shoulders. Though, Tulaani used less honorable fear tactics to attain her goals. Nobles who had faced her were beheaded and sent to court. This continued until 1503, where Urumqi is the last city to fall to the Chagatai. Outside, peace was made when the nobles, and the king, surrendered and agreed to allow the nation to be subjugated back to Chagatai. Naturally, some nobles who were not present fled to the countryside and underground to avoid patrols and spotting. The war has brought them a terrible time too, food goes more to the soldiers than the people, and many were happy for order to return via Tulaani, who made sure crime in the streets lowered. By 1505, most of the country side has been cleared of resistance, though several had disappeared into the desert sands (and underground).
 * The Empire's Power Struggle - War is Coming: With the end of the royal marriage in 1502, Vesnia, along with a host of other influential princes, declared war on the Holy Roman Emperor, Westria, seeking to upset the power dynamic of the Empire. Konr was occupied, elsewhere in the Westrian Netherlands Luxemburg was captured by the Bishopric of Trier, potentially blockading any instruction from the Westrian crown in Wien to reach the area. An army of 25,000, comprising of Vesnian and Koronan armies and Landschneckte mercenaries march on Vienna, laying siege on the city. Meanwhile, Westrian lords in the Lowlands are left to scramble on their own, amassing feudal levies and conscripting peasants, which did not sit well with the disgruntled population.
 * New Discovery: In 1500, Santiago Amaral, an Agoustan explorer discovered a land (Brazil), which he named Vera Cruz (True Cross) after the feast day, which he claimed for Agousta. Another navigator, Diogo Dias, discovers an island he named Saint Lawrence (after the saint's day) - home to the Kingdom of Imerina. The next year, Joao da Nova sighted an island on May 21, which would later be named Ascension Island (after the feast day), the island is not claimed for the Crown of Agousta due to its barren and dry terrain; while the famed Florentine navigator Amerigo Vespucci joined an expedition to map the coast of Vera Cruz. Upon his return to Lisboa, Vespucci would write a letter to Lorenzo de' Medici, calling the land a "new world". The letter, printed in 1503 under the title "Mundus Novus", became a publishing sensation in Europe.
 * The Mouth of the Amazon River: Agoustan explorer Santiago Amaral who departed from Lisboa in search of an adventure and rumoured Greek colonies went over the coast of Brazil and into the Amazon, discovering the mouth of the Amazon river on 1503 but never ventured closer to it. He also noted seemingly abandoned villages (including the Lustrian village of Amekrog) along the mouth of the river in his boat while sketching a map, suggesting that there might be tribes present.
 * New Valcanor: Another colony has established itself in a place other than New Hispania in 1502, but did not fully lift off until 1503. Mainland economic troubles have pushed for a trading company of Valcanor to found their own colony. A fleet, led by Leandro Collizan, traveled to OTL Turkos and Caicos and attempted a colony there in 1500 but were slaughtered by the pirates. Leandro Collizan fled home. Using what little they have, the Valcanor trading company, in 1502, sent another expedition to New Hispania. They convinced Captain Rhea Astraeapoulos to help them subjugate the islands, to which she agreed. By now, firearms and cannons are an uncommon sight in New Hispania, not as rare as a decade earlier, at least. With help, Rhea subjugated the islands and the trading company establishes a fort there, though the first settlers from Valcanor and New Hispania wouldn't come until the next year.
 * First wave of immigration to the New World: During this time, economic troubles on the mainland. Trading companies from New Hispania used this opportunity to help the peoples on the mainland to travel to New Hispania, as the protectorate/colony has been somewhat better off.
 * The Golden Horn Offer: Leonardo da Vinci approached the Sultan of the Atouman Empire in 1502 with an offer to construct a bridge spanning the Golden Horn estuary. Such a structure would be capable of connecting Constantinople to Galata, while still permitting most, if not all existing types of ships to pass underneath. The design also took into account the possibility of earthquake tremors disturbing the structure, and safeguards were also incorporated into its design for this. All that is left is for a response from the Atouman Empire to see whether one of Leonardo da Vinci's great mega-engineering projects would come to fruition.
 * Invention of the Wheellock: McCarthy Arms Company commissioned Da Vinci to help them make a new mechanism for the firearm. Da Vinci came up with the overly complicated yet efficient Wheellock. It is a friction-wheel mechanism to cause a spark for firing a firearm. It was the next major development in firearms technology after the matchlock and the first self-igniting firearm so it can immediately fire at any time once loaded and provide a faster rate of fire. Its name is from its rotating steel wheel to provide ignition, which forms the basis for possible future developments of firearms. The next step in its efficiency is balanced but its complicated production.
 * Zanzibari Zoroastrian Zeal: With the economic growth of Imerina largely being attributed to contact with the Ahuric Empire, a few merchants from Zanzibar send envoys to make the regional trade hub of the Swahili Coast known to the merchants and rulers of Ahura, or at least, that was their only goal. However, these envoys too, brought news back from the Ahuric Empire. As converts to Zoroastrianism, they begin efforts to proselytize Zanzibarians with great zeal. The sphere of Ahuric influence inadvertently continues to grow in unexpected regions.
 * Pagan Collapse: Despite successfully seeing the passing of the 15th century, the Kingdom of Pagan was merely an empty husk of its formerly eminent self, stuffed with internal disputes between the royalty and an increasingly powerful clergy. Little to no effort was made by the kings to undo the destructive status quo of land donations to the clergy, and reclamation or seizure being uncommon as not to tamper with their chances at reincarnation. This would not last, and the Kingdom finally collapsed in 1501. Puppet kings were installed in certain successor states to further the interests of the local clergies, while others were headed by aristocratic dynasties that properly managed their local clergies. Nevertheless, once the dust settles, a race to reunite the region will begin.
 * The Dynastic Union of the Steppes: After a series of treaties and ratifications, the nations of Avaria and Vedena bond closer, being ruled by, by this point, the same royal family, further solidifying the link between the two.
 * The Doppelsöldner: With the use of Landschneckte becoming more prevalent, a new type was being developed: the Doppelsöldner - a Landschneckt who takes double pay and extra risk on the front lines. In a typical Landschneckte company, a quarter of them would be Doppelsöldner, and they are often issued ranged weapons, such as crossbows and arquebuses. Landschneckte who wield a Zweihänder (a two-handed sword) is entitled for double pay and qualifies for Doppelsöldner.
 * The Old World Calls (1): Henry Cabot, with his rediscovery of what he called Avalon, becomes a person of intrigue to King Dungail, who tries to talk with him, learn from him. His ships were larger than the Vinlander longships and the technology and wisdom seemed to surpass theirs. Dungail sends his son, Tàmhas and an envoy with Henry Cabot back to Albion
 * A Union Down Under: The two tribal nations of Kalkadoon and Yolngu unites under the latter's banner. With an invasion from neighbouring Gwarri, the populations of both are to work together immediately to hold the line.
 * Qarshid Twilight: With the death of the old Shah, the Empire was partitioned into several Arzhakhates and Amirates between his heirs and prominent nobles. The mighty Qarshid Empire is now nothing more than a footnote in history.
 * Lisboa Massacre: 1,800 Slavokans and 500 Jews were killed in the capital of Agousta on 1504 for not converting to Catholicism.
 * Harmonice Musices Odhecaton: One Hundred Songs of Harmonic Music, simply known as the Odhecaton, was an anthology of polyphonic secular songs published by Ottaviano Petrucci in 1501 in Venice, the first book of its kind ever to be printed using movable type.


 * Map the Stars: Americo Vespucci, notable Florentine navigator, reportedly mapped the stars Alpha Centauri and Beta Centauri, as well as the Crux constellation.


 * Michelangelo's David: The sculpture, depicting the eponymous Biblical figure, is finished in August 1504 in the city of Florence.
 * Lo Sposalizo: The Marriage of the Virgin, a painting by Renaissance artist Raphael, was finished in 1504

NPC Event

 * Khmerlacca: They accept to an alliance with Zhaowa
 * Dai Viet: They accept the proposal.
 * Bara: The new king, wishing peace with Imerina, sends a tribute of wildlife and currency and a formal apology letter up north.
 * Komi: They refuse to yield to Keisarvalta and concede to their demands, citing their demand for Kostroma "outlandish".

Ahuric Empire

 * Government and Policy:
 * Monarch: King Hameed Ahurid
 * Administrative Situation: The decentralisation hasn't ruffled many feathers with the conservatives who are now much quieter and laying low after the civil war. It makes sense as the entire civil war was pushed ahead by a group of conservatives. There is no opposition to the King's reformist agenda. It is a slight concern because with no opposition, the powerful get more power hungry.
 * Population: 9,544,464
 * Policy and National Affairs:
 * Military Refurbishment: The military becomes old after a while, the equipment rusted and the swords blunted. It is important to keep the military in check, and with all the resources poured into other places, the concern for our army has increased. In the north, tensions are rising with Arashena blasting through the Qarshids. The army is to be remanned and increased in strength. We intend to add another 10,000 men to the military, with 8,500 in the army and the rest in the navy. Perhaps more influental is the introduction of war planning during peace. The military leadership, the group of generals in charge of each Sipah as well as the King and a group of advisors, have, in secrecy, drawn up plans in case of a war with either the Qarshids, Isetium, Arashena or Sumali. The plans are almost certainly going to go unused, war never turns out as expected, but it does give generals an understanding of the terrain and conditions they are going to fight in, which could mean all the difference in a war. Troops are to train further for the terrain coming up in the war such as the marshes in Arashena, the deserts in Isetium and the mountains in the Qarshids. We have access to a lot of territory in our lands and allied lands and are willing to artificially create territory. It seems farfetched, but we can waterlog land to test "marshy" conditions. Getting used to all these different terrains is important, but does out a caveat in our supply of troops. The training time has now increased from mere months to at least a year. To make sure we retain quality, we are going to have to prepare a reserve. Volunteers can go through the training process, and return to normal day to day life with a small contribution by the state. Its an incentive to go through the program while being a small enough contribution to not damage our economy. But we underestimated our people... the Assyrians and Nabateans signed up in droves, as expected, but many of our own adnanites signed up. It is a heavy toll on our training camps, and we have to stop the program temporarily to go through everyone. After 6 years, we can re-admit new volunteers but again have to close the program as our books fill up with names.
 * Paper, books and administration: As expected, the larger we get, the more complicated the administration gets. With more people to deal with and more paperwork to do, we need a better way of dealing with it. Paper has traditionally been purchased, and used sparingly. That will no longer be the case. Flax and Hemp are to be mass cultivated and turned to paper in large buildings powered by water and animals. While the first step of the process, seperating useful fibres from unuseful ones, is entirely manual, the second step, beating fibres to pulp, is to be completely mechanised. Unlike our drydocks in Masirah, we are not going to use animal power or rivers, but instead, we shall use windmills. Large lumbering sails rise and set, turning a crankshaft within, lifting a weight repeatedly and crashing it back upon the fibres, beating it to a pulp, literally. The crashing weights take a long and difficult process and automate it. Many windmills, many large weights, the design is replicatable. The process can be powered by animals, and might happen if the wind dies down and paper is in critical need. With the paper, we can record things that happen much more often, we can record taxes, record soldiers, record equipment, record trade. The increase in paper makes administration a bit more streamlined, a bit more efficient, a bit harder to corrupt. We had paper before, we haven't just started recording things down. But it wasn't widespread and was only used on the most important of things, we used other mediums to write on instead. Selling paper is now something we can do too, give it to people, write stuff down, art, history, science, birth, death, plays, people. We are about to rise in the ranks of civilisation.
 * Exotic Goods: Investing in foreign travel and exploration, in entire forces to discover and find, we have access to a lot of exotic goods. The large birds of the Mer'ana, the large trees of the swahili and the flavoured leaves of the east, all are exotic and unfamiliar to us, but have uses. The large birds are delicious, the large trees are good sources of wood, the flavoured leaves make good leaf juice, they are all nice, but aren't necessary. One resource that we have found a lot of use for is the Eta (Congo Rubber). It is a plant that survives bushfires and is versatile in its habitat, able to, albeit inefficiently, grow in the nation. There are extensive uses for it. It has medicinal uses for the natives of the areas where it was found, but more interestingly, the sap turns into a solid after a few moments out of the tree. This solid is pretty bouncy, it has special qualities that might be of use. The solidification can be used to stick something to an object rapidly and efficiently. A use we are contemplating and investigating further is gluing poison to an arrow head. Poisonous plants and chemicals are around, and we know of them. Storing an arrowhead stuck in poison is, however, not practical as the poison gets removed after some time. Hence comes the eta sap. The ability to stick the poison to the arrowhead lets us mass produce poisionous arrows, a useful weapon in a war where even a non-lethal hit can cause lethal damage (or more accurately, hurt a lot and paralyze you).
 * Regional Aspirations: We lead a strong alliance in the region, able to stand up to any of the regional powers. Hejaz, Yemen and Qarsoon all have armies that can add to ours to become a fierce force. However, this could all go wrong. Yes, we can stand up to the Arashenans, or the Isetium, but only if it is just them. When you consider a 2 front war, we are going to go down in flames. We look for allies in the region, allies that may border our rivals and threats. Currently, we are outright rivals with Arashena, have a shabby non-aggression pact with Isetium and are despised by the Qarshids. We need to look beyond them, to an ally that can aid us when we are in times of need. To that end, we are to maintain our amiable relationship with Isetium, trying to keep the non-aggression pact running. We also look towards the northern north. Atoumans are looking expansionist, they could be a valuable ally, or more accurately, a valuable insurance policy.
 * First Official Foreign Trip: King Hameed is to embark on his first foreign trip. It serves one purpose, to exert our soft power. Hence he goes to the one place that we have invested decades into, the Kingdom of Imerina. Their success has moved the Zanzibaris, so this could lead to other occurences of the same nature. Landing on the Royal Ship, built under the rule of King Aqeel, The Empress of the Ocean (probably had a different name before, but eh, can't remember), the King was bound to impress. The Empress of the Ocean is a large ship, with levels below the deck and sails the size of buildings, painted with the mark of the Ahuric. Accompanied by the entire Grane Fleet, they land at Arnbanja. The entourage carries large tents, setting up an entire village of tents with the largest tent fitted with gold embroidery. Carriages are used, pulled by horses, armoured and jeweled, to carry dignitaries from tent to palace to ship. A display of the Hand Cannoneers takes place, firing explosive shots sending booms around the city. Displays of light take place, and the entire trip ends with a large banquet of camels, the exotic animals we have, sheep, goats, and leaf juice because that's exotic too. We hope that'll put them in awe, looking at us as if we are uber advanced, and following in our footsteps.
 * The Qarshids are dead, long live the Empire: Uh, we considered them a big threat but holy smokes, we didn't expect them to collapse. Well, that only means one thing, that we need to prepare for a fight. Troops flood to Elam region in case of war, and we start our posturing. The nearest and probably most important place to strike would be Hawza Amirate. If it is held by a competent enemy, it gives them ports close to us, ports that could threaten our trade and naval superiority. There are 2 paths to taking them out, diplomacy and warfare. We prepare for both. After the trip abroad, the navy returns to the mainland, when the enemy explode into a million pieces, the navy moves in position to cut off the Hawza completely and turn them into an economic wasteland. However, before that, we send dignitaries and diplomats imploring them to join the League of the Desert to remain alive and healthy in the face of the looming Arashenan threat. This is likely to fail, but worth a try. Fortifications were already built in Elam, so we are not in the worst situation.
 * Military:
 * Personnel: 87,500
 * 1st Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Fire Lancers: 350
 * Crossbowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 2,000
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Transport Camels: 35
 * Overall: 20,050 Troops
 * 1st Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Fire Lancers: 350
 * Crossbowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 2,000
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Transport Camels: 35
 * Overall: 20,050 Troops
 * 1st Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Fire Lancers: 350
 * Crossbowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 2,000
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Transport Camels: 35
 * Overall: 20,050 Troops
 * "Aqeel's" Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 5,000
 * Bowmen: 3,000
 * Fire Lancers: 500
 * Light Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 500
 * Cannons: 20
 * Polybolos: 10
 * Overall: 10,110 Troops
 * Patrol Force:
 * Light Cavalry: 3,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 3,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Overall: 6,500 Troops
 * Muscat Fleet:
 * Gharaq: 60
 * Harbis: 50
 * Fire Ships: 30
 * Light Transport Ships: 20
 * Heavy Transport Ships: 2
 * Grane Fleet:
 * Harbis: 50
 * Gharaqs: 70
 * Fire Ships: 30
 * Light Transport Ships: 40
 * Heavy Transport Ships: 10
 * Trade Fleet (There has always been a large trade fleet, but wasn't included here):
 * Big Fleets: 2
 * Harbis: 10
 * Gharaqs: 10
 * Transport Ships: 100
 * Small Fleets: 10
 * Harbis: 20
 * Gharaqs: 30
 * Transport Ships: 150
 * Military Operations and Foreign Affairs:
 * New Troops and Tactics:
 * Nothing New
 * Adnanification:
 * Swahili: We continue our efforts, albeit much less
 * Jazeerat Marjan: We expand our colonies and settlements in the islands. We have now colonised the Chagos Archipelago. 
 * Imerina: We continue investing in their adnanification, but it seems like they are setting up their own Adnanification.
 * The Eastern Lands: Beyond the Indus region there are lands with rich resources and many people. Lands with hundreds of islands, kingdoms flowing with treasure, forests exploding with life and mines filled with metals. Our influence has perhaps been miniscule on the region. Hence, we divert our attention slightly, with our large trade fleet, for the elusive east. We have mapped out the path and nations, we trade with them regularly. However, we are to expand our operations. A big fleet of the trade fleet is to go to the east, the first time so many ships have gone to the East. There could be some influencing (which we hope to do, taking over from Islam in OTL) and there will definetly be trade.
 * Zanzibar: By Ahura Mazda, what an occurence! Zanzibar may not have been our focus, sure, but any gain is good. We will divert efforts from Swahili and send traders there as if to say "We will make your lives better now that you have on our side". The Avestans are also probably going to eye up the territory. Our traders are accompanied by a few, some might call, spies. They are going to get in touch with the Zoroastrian community leaders, the ones that have the most leverage in the city, providing texts from the empire. Aqeel's Sipah is also to be on alert. There are some alegations that the Zoroastrians are being hurt and attacked being spread (where did they begin, who knows) which does wind up some of our people who hope we will respond to these attacks as soon as possible.
 * The Qarshids:
 * Hawza: Hawza has become a strategic nation to result from the explosion. They hold territory that could change the entire situation in a war. As such we are prepared for a strategic attack into their territory while also preparing a large diplomatic effort. Troops are on standby to enter the territory from land and sea, quickly taking Pangjur, securing the coast and then riding on to Qusdar to defeat all administration and organisation in the nation. Before any of these plans go ahead, we unleash our diplomacy, sending dignitaries with gifts and try to appeal to them to join us as a vassal, join the League of the Desert or simply allow us to have troops in their nation.
 * Abadun and Keqi: These nations are on the frontlines in case of an attack by the Arashenans. We send them resources, weapons, horses, cannons, all that they may require so that even if there is war, they can bleed the Arashenans. 
 * Economy:
 * The Treasuries are being filled once more: Our spending sprees have died down and now our treasuries are to be filled once more. The reserves are important to us as they fill the gap between production and expenditure in the case of war. They became vital in the civil war, keeping the Imperials better off in comparison to the Vizierites, maintaining a longer war. As the treasuries return to full, and new treasuries are to be built, our economy is being insured, preparing us for war, the inevitable conflict of greed and power.
 * New Research:
 * Easier Fire Lances: Researching more and more, our plans for a friction based weapon, a plan that has been going on for an absolute eternity, are going on. The first designs of a spark inducing switch fail, but eventually we come to something that does work (I've spent an absolute eternity on this, more than 50 years, with some interuptions, I think you'll want me to wait behind the Europeans)
 * Cannons: The research has given us some insight. Jagged walls defend better against cannon shots than straight walls, for example. Circular walls deflect cannon shots as well. Its these discoveries that fuel our research into this field. The new forts along the Northern Border are to be tweaked with our insights, with circular forts, and forts with bizarre shapes, some star like, some closer to the top of a mace than a star. We also continue researching how to shoot further with a cannon, investigating movement of a cannon. We could try different powders, but who knows if those'll work. We could try different materials, which we have seen some success in. However, we are more focused on making a cannon moveable by a horse, giving it speed and more maneuverability rather than a piece that remains stationary in a war.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Imerina: Read First Official Foreign Trip
 * League of the Desert (Yemen, Qarsoon, Hejaz): I recommend strengthening your armies for the time being, situations seem tense. Also, Elam will likely become a battlefield, keep your troops alert.
 * Swahili, the Eastern Nations: We try (again), more Zoroastrian, more Adnanite, its written down exactly in the Adnanification Section if you are bothered to read.
 * Zanzibari Zoroastrians: We give them texts and scripture from the Empire, fund them, and secretly, through channels, give them our support
 * Dhahabu: We insist that you let the Zoroastrians be, for if you hurt them any more (Yes, they probably aren't doing anything to them, but rumours and conspiracies are spreading through the Empire) we will have to intervene on their behalf.
 * Keqi and Abudan: Read "Keqi and Abudan"
 * Hawza: Read "Hawza"
 * Atoumans: The Arashenans are growing at a concerning rate. A form of agreement against them would be most satisfactory. With their Eastern Frontier completely free for the taking, they have the men and resources to ruin either of us. However, together, we can pin them down and cripple them.
 * Staff: We settled on the Chagos Archipelago 15 years ago, hows it going?

Atouman Empire

 * Government:
 * House of Atmanaglu
 * Tayyeb "The Cultured" (b. 1452-1504), as Azarkh [c. 1487-1504] x Esra, Hatun of Ionia (b. 1449-1491)


 * Achaeus "The Strong" (b. 1472), as Kaiser [c. 1504-] x Aliye, Hatun of Hellas (b. 1465)
 * Ozman II (b. 1475-1480)
 * Aydin (b. 1487-1495)
 * Dogukhan (b. 1489-1490)
 * Ioxamander (b. 1491), Ezkhan of Atouman Empire (c. 1500-)
 * Argun (b. 1491-1494)
 * Grand Vizier
 * Suleyman II abd-Muttari Pasha (b. 1456-) (c. 1501-1503)
 * Hersekenia abd-Beyid Pasha (b. 1464-) (c. 1503-)
 * Economy: The economy of the Atouman Empire was based on a system of iqta', an Arzhamite feudal system, as the Atouman state's ultimate goal were consolidation and extension of the Azarh's power, and the way to reach it was by taking advantage of resources and the revenues system by making the productive classes prosperous. So while the agrarian-based economy was fruitful in it's development, it ultimately prevented an emergence of social disorder, and keeping the traditional organization of the culture and society as a whole. Mining operations would also aid as a driving factor of the economy, with copper, iron, silver, and gold being mined in Bulgaria while fruits grown across the Anatolian region and Balkan peninsula producing bountiful luxuries that are consequentially sold at the various port markets in Ionia and Greece. Olive trees grow in wild fashion, with their oil being harvested and sold to the highest bidder. Atouman expansion into Europe during the 14th and 15th centuries would emphasize a Greco-Persian royal sentiment, which would be ephasized furthermore in Azarkh Iskandir I's reign, who famously claimed himself as Padishah, a term historically used to describe the ruling monarch of Persia. This emphasis would lead to the capital cities becoming major commercial and industrial centres, serving as highways between the Greco-Roman-Daevite cultures and merchantile trade. This policy of tolerance would later lead to Azarkh Tayyeb's Mandate of Adrianople, which officially allowed for the Jewish people to reside and prosper in the Atouman Realm far away from the persecution they faced at the hands of Christendom. Most of these people were settled in either Constantinople or other port cities along the Ionian coast. Other exports include cotton, a myriad of fruits, and plenty of slaves.
 * Capital: Constantinople (Primary), Ipsus (Secondary), Abdera (Tertiary), Thessalonica (Quaternary), Serdika (Quinary)
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 12,200,000
 * Religion:
 * 65% - Arzham: The Arzhamite faith had continued to flourish under the House of Atmanaglu, who were devote followers of Arzhang themselves, instituting various mosques and chapels during this time. This included the Ozman's Temple, which would stand as the largest religious institution until the construction of Ioxamander's Temple in 1547.
 * 35% - Christianity: Christianity following the collapse of the Byzantine Empire would stagnate during this time, declining into a plurality due to a myriad of policies introduced by the Atouman Empire, such as increased taxing, second-class citizenship, and the banning of proselytizing, which was punishable by death. This decline in Christianity would also be further aided by the re-organization of the Janissaries, which by this part were mostly made up of young Christian slaves from the Balkans that had converted to Islam.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Atouman-Vilmnatz War (1505-): In 1505, Kayser Achaeus would mount an invasion of Vilmnatz in an act of long-overdue revenge in regards to the events of Blood Crow and the death of Remanus III. Prior to the invasion, Achaeus would speak to the Grand Council on the topic of what to do with the state of Vilmnatz if victory were to be achieved. The Grand Council, while puzzled over Achaeus' motivations for war, would decide unanimously that the state of Vilmnatz would become a vassalized tributary state akin to the Amirate of Moldovia, and that the position of Amir would be hereditary rather than elective, but would need to be granted to a faction that was Vilmnatzian in nationality and devout in their faith of Arzham. However, Achaeus would regard that it didn't matter for the time being, believing that the dynasty they are looking for will appear to them given time. With this proclamation, the conference would end, with Azarkh Achaeus coalescing his forces into three seperate legions located in Bonan, Dalfort, and Ingrida. The Grand Vizier at the time, Hersekenia abd-Beyid Pasha, would command the forces in Ingrida, leading a rather successful campaign across eastern and central Vilmnatz that lasted nearly five months. At the same time, in the city of Bonan, Kayser Achaeus would lead nearly 70,000 troops in a seperate campaign directed towards the capital, Vimnatz. Knowing how close, in relative terms, Vimnatz was to their proclaimed border based on geographical maps and Iskendir II's memoir, Kasyer Achaeus would personally believe that this war would be short but remained humble, knowing the possible consequences that could arise from this war being his first act as Azarkh and now, Kayser. The march to Vimnatz proved rather bloodless, mostly on account of the unexpected arrival of the Atouman forces and garrison' incompetence. Regardless, by the end of the year, the city walls that enclosed Vimnatz had become visible in the distant horizon, but much to Achaeus' dismay, the city maintained a strong presence of militarization, as the successful campaigns of the Kayser and the Grand Vizier now threatened the capital city.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Šâhileùs Mašekia abd-Ahúrāš (Ahuric Empire): Azarkh Achaeus would decline the request from of the Ahuric envoy.
 * Events:
 * Golden Age: The Atouman Golden Age, although more appropiate by most Scholars to have begun in the early 16th century under the reign of Azarkh Ioxamander, is considered by some historians to have started during the reign of Azarkh Tayyeb. Most historians point toward the "highway" argument, which stated that the very economic and cultural power of the Atouman Empire dependent on it's coalescing of these various cultural concepts, producing an era of military expansion adjacent to a cultural renaissance. While wars were waged, local economies and traditions would remain at the core of the Atouman state, leading to better paintings and portraits, literature and screenplays, and the return of Greco-Roman architecture.
 * Ascension of Achaeus: After the Death of Tayyeb I, Achaeus would ascend to the mantle of Azarkh, fashioning himself as "Kayser", and although he had personally been fine with Azarkh Tayyeb's stance on culture being more important than conquest, Achaeus wished to be remembered in the history books, and more specifically, wanted to be comparable to the legendary Roman Emperors of ancient Europa that had lived nearly a millenia prior. With this mentality for conquest, Achaeus would mobilize his armies, initiating the Atouman-Vilmnatz War (1505-).
 * Rise of Ioxamander: Upon becoming an Ezkhan in 1500, Ioxamander would continue his studies of history and mathematics, occassionally writing oriental poetry or haiku's. Writing under the pen-name "Burhan", Ioxamander would show his father Tayyeb his poems and various idoims, asking what he thought of them, with Tayyeb be gracious of his' son's hardwork and intellectuality. Azarkh Tayyeb would often find himself praising the youth Ioxamander while continuing to teach his eldest son, Achaeus, how to be fit for the position of Azarkh. As such, Ioxamander would spend much of the weekdays inside the Court, where he would study and learn under his father and elder brother, although he mostly stayed silent, instead gathering and cataloguing the information for himself. On am early morning in September of 1504, Ioxamander and his family would arrive in the city of Caesarea to meet with the Khans of Anatolia alongside his father and brother. Ioxamander would grow quite fond of the architectural design of the city, which had grown over time into a collage of Askari-influenced structures, but rather than being designed by a Persian, was decidedly designed by a Greek architect, leaving the Greco-Roman influences visible only to those with a close eye. Ioxamander would enjoy his time spent in the city, often times being seen writing poetry or enjoying the geographical surrounders, which were vastly different to Constantinople and Hellas. Azarkh Tayyeb, having grown proud of his son, would allow him to be his company with Achaeus to the conference. While the conference would last into early dawn, with the actual conference mostly comprising discussions and debates regarding taxation and military conscription, Azarkh Tayyeb would begin to convulse, collapsing as the sun rose above the horizon, but not landing on the ground before Ioxamander caught him. Watching his father die in his hands, Ioxamander would not plead for help, but would simply clutch the lifeless body in his arms, crying silently as the Khans and Achaeus looked onward. Tayyeb's death would be anachronistically ruled as a result of a heart-attack. After a mourning period of two months, Ioxamander would return to his position as Ezkhan, occupying himself with his studies while believing that what his brother Azarkh Achaeus was the right course of the Atoumans.
 * Roman Successor: Following the death of the eleventh Azarkh, Tayyeb, his eldest son Achaeus would ascend to the throne, taking the mantle of Padishah and Kayser ("Caesar"). The title of Caesar, specifically, had not been held by any of the Azarkhs since the reign of the ninth Azarkh, Iskendir II (1442-1479). Although numerous Azarkhs prior to Achaeus would refer to themselves as the "Caesar of Rome", the title was mostly symbolic and ceremonial in practice, in terms of regarding the Atouman Empire as a successor state to the Eastern Roman Empire. So while the title of Caesar up to the reign of Iskendir II was mostly un-recognized by Europe as a whole, the credibility towards "lineage" from the Roman Empire became more undeniable and rose to prominence following the events of The Last Roman. With this precedent, the Court of the Azarkh would conclude that the Atouman Empire was not to be confused with the revived Byzantium, and that the Atouman Empire had grown independently without the assistance of Europe or the Daevites (although it could be argued that the Daevites were essential to the state's formation), and therefore, was seperate from the Roman identity. However, historians and scholars would deduce that the House of Atmanaglu, while denying their status as a revived Roman state, did not deny their status as an indirect successor to a regional empire of the Mediterranean, leading some historians to often refer to the Atouman Empire as the "Second" Roman Empire, or simply "New Rome".
 * The Sixth School: As recorded in the Testiment of Kanshi, upon becoming an Ezkhan in 1500, Ioxamander would continue his studies of history and mathematics, occassionally writing oriental poetry or haiku's. Writing under the pen-name "Burhan", Ioxamander would show his father Tayyeb his poems and various idoims, asking what he thought of them, but his father would only beat him for finding pleasure in "queer activities". Ioxamander, coy as he was, would only accept this beating, for he knew that power, and life in general, was to be given and taken in balance with the world. So while he would be whipped, Ioxamander would only find joy in such torturous activities, but while his father, Azarkh Tayyeb, would not notice it shortly, Ioxamander had already prepared his revenge. In 1504, after a conjuction between Azarkh Tayyeb and the khans of Anatolia, Ioxamander would offer his father a drink to celebrate the eternal empire established by their forefather's, and believing that Ioxamander had turned a new leaf, would kindly accept the drink. After taking a few drinks, Tayyeb would apologize to Ioxamander for his past behavior, promising to Ioxamander that he is not the same as his own father, but Ioxamander would only laugh as Tayyeb's vision would grow blurry, slurring his language before collapsing numbly on the balcony where they stood. Of course, Ioxamander had grown into playing-a-fool through his past-time spent at the theatre, and while he was able to successfully poison and kill his father, Ioxamander knew that the time for taking power was upon him. After finding a scapegoat for his father's death, Ioxamander would construct the "grand scheme", understanding that if he wished to fulfill his ultimate plan, that he would need to puppet his brother's incompetence upon his ascension, knowing very well that his "simp-like behaviour", accompanied by his failure to produce his children although being in marriage for nearly 5 years, only proved how weak his own older brother had grown in his older age. Through his back-door ability, Ioxamander, at the age of 13, would force his brother, the Kayser Achaeus, to begin a full-scale invasion of the heretical neighbors of the north, leading to the Atouman-Vilmnetz War (1505-).

Kingdom of Imerina

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
 * King: Andriamasindohafandrana (B 1477 - Age 27, alive) (R 1494-Present)
 * Dynasty: Ammagari (Andrianerinerina branch)
 * Order of Succession: Rafandrampohy, the son of Andriamasindohafandrana (B 1495 - Age 9) | Andriantompokoindrindra, the son of Ndahimananjara (B 1467 - Age 37) | Andriamihaja, the son of Andriantompokoindrindra (B 1496 - Age 8)
 * Economy: The economy of Imerina is based mainly on agriculture and fishing, there's also some trade going on with the Swahili and various peoples on our home island including the other Malagasy states of Betsimisaraka, Mahafaly and possibly Bara. Contact has been established with the Ahuric Adnanite people and we have a major trade relationship, extending into influence and what could be seen as a de facto alliance with eachother. That's kind of, it, our economy is practically the same as many other primitive african states and such, even if this foreign relationship puts us higher than others.
 * Allies: N/A
 * Capital: Ambanja
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ca 540 000 total
 * Ambanja: 10 000
 * Mahajanga: 6 000
 * Toamasina: 2 300
 * Morafenobe: 100
 * Rural regions: ca 522 000
 * Ethnicities: 94% Malagasy (divided into 67% Merina and 28% others such as Betsimisaraka, Sakalava, Tsimihety, Antankarana etc.), 3% Adnanite, 2% Komoro Natives (Swahili?),
 * Religion: 94% Haintenism (traditional Merina folklore), 6% Zoroastrianism (there are also people who practice Haintenism with Zoroastrian influences and vice versa)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
 * Skirmishes in the Central Highlands: Skirmishes are regular in the newly colonized lands as the Antankarana tribes that have decided not to migrate fight back instead. Mostly these take place between the tribes and settlers who arrive to well, settle. However since the hostilities become known to the royal court, smaller groups of soldiers, mainly consisting of Fossa Warriors, Bowmen and Spearmen, are sent to be able to deal with such skirmishes, should they occur.
 * Hostilities With the Bara Polity (Final): Are over.
 * Military: Due to Imerina being a rural realm, a large amount of units can be raised for warfare, but usually about 1% of the population is the most trained and prepared soldiers that can be drafted. Parentheses means the deployed units in cases where not all units are deployed for war.
 * Deployed units: ca 50%
 * 5 200 Spearmen (3 000)
 * 2 800 Bowmen (2 000)
 * 700 Crossbowmen (300)
 * 20 Light Cavalry (0)
 * 400 Fossa Warriors (200, rest have duties such as guarding)
 * Navy:
 * 8 transport ships
 * 11 Ahuric military ships
 * Diplomacy:
 * Ahuric Empire: General Ahuric x Imerina stuff (make that a fanfiction jk don't) but also their king pays a grand visit, see the first event.
 * Antankarana People: We offer any tribes that flee north into our lands to settle up in the north, since the migration of Merina people to settle in the Central Highlands has caused those areas to be less populated.
 * Bara: After peace has been established, an attempt to mend the relations with the Bara people begin, which will most likely work now that old man Rakotomanjato is dead (took him fucking long enough).
 * Events:
 * Andriamasindohafandrana's Reign [2]: Andriamasindohafandrana faces an interesting time right now. He has succeeded in winning the "war" against Bara. The other two main things he has on the list to do is relations with the Ahuric Empire and adapting the technology we have been introduced to. The Ahuric King Hameed wishes to have an official royal visit to Imerina, which Andriamasindohafandrana (who is a big fan of Ahuric culture and such) is all for. It is an honor for every person in the realm to have the most powerful and prosperous of our greatest friends to come to our kingdom. Our two monarchs interacted a lot and showed respect to eachother and eachother's tracts of land and culture. The Merina were wowed by the grand "show" that the Adnanites put on while visiting, making relations even better, while we also showed off the best we have for the Ahuric King. Our king got his first real look at the Zoroastrian religion, which has now been noticed as existing in Imerina. While he noticed the similarities it has to Haintenism and such and he is interested, he's still staunchly Haintenist. Andriamasindohafandrana does also speak with the Ahurics over his interest in visiting them, not just to "make the two even" but also because of his great interest in visiting the foreign world. As a final point from the interaction the royal court took note of the growth of the merchants of Imerina and classified it as an official class within society.
 * Influences of the Ahuric Empire: With increasing diplomacy and interaction, the Adananita have set influence over us. More merchants start to adopt Zoroastrianism and/or parts of it into their rituals and traditions. More Zoroastrian texts are translated into Malagasy and the Sorabe alphabet, which is being more modified in these texts to accomodate various parts of the Adnanite language that we don't have, continuing the Adnanification of the Sorabe alphabet as well as leading to merchants learning the Adnanite language. The officially established class (or caste) of Merina merchants also trade in the Comoros with not only the natives there but also the Swahili on the East African coast, which sets up the start of spreading Zoroastrianism, the adnanified Sorabe and the Adnanite language to those lands. There are also other things going on such as exchanging traditions in cuisine.
 * Adapting New Technology: We've held on to foreign tech for quite a while and now we start adapting it and studying it more. Crossbows especially for the purpose of warfare in the future. Crossbows become a good weapon that starts to increase and seems more effective than bows. Still, the majority of our ranged units are bowmen since bows and arrows are simpler to make and you don't need to reload when using them. The phasing out of bows will take a long time.
 * Expansion - the Settling of the Central Highlands: As our population and borders grow, we reach the Central Highlands of Madagasikara, a less densely populated area. Less exploration is done since most of the lands found have been documented to a good enough degree. Expansion and settling is slowed down due to the small amount of hostilities in the region (see Wars and Conflicts and the following event) but is still continuing.
 * Status of the Antankarana [2]: The Central Highlands are inhabited mainly by the Antankarana ethnic group, another ethnic group that live near is the smaller Bezanozano, they get caught in the crossfire a bit (except some, who live withinin Betsimisarakas borders), which we are currently practically colonizing. The fact that we are taking much of their territory and have caused the forced migration of several amounts of Antankarana tribes AND the fact that we have kind of been hogging the resources together with the Ahurics (excessive harvest/lumbering/similar is a big fady in Antankarana culture) has caused skirmishes between tribes and settlers to break out. Otherwise there are tribes scattering in every direction. One group find their way to a few villages where they are accepted by the chieftains to live there. These villages start to fuse together and become Morafenobe (located in the same area as otl). Others go into unclaimed territory where there is potential for them to build their own polities. The warfare part of this event is covered in Wars and Conflicts.
 * Ndahimananjara and His Family [2]: A legend, a symbol, a powerful man. Those are words to describe Ndahimananjara. And yet even the most influential and powerful of men cannot be more than mortal. 1503 marks the year when the ca 60-year old warrior passes away. The kingdom is in mourning as THE Fossa Warrior is buried. Andriamasindohafandrana orders his shrine to be built in Maromokotro. Along with this he not only has the shrines be moved to a more secure area and order the most strict guarding of it but he also establishes the "collection" of shrines as a place for any influential enough figure, so not just monarchs are eligible to be immortalized there. The main people of the Ndahimananjara branch of the Ammagari dynasty are Andriantompokoindrindra and his children the 8 year old son Andriamihaja and 11 year old daughter Rangitamanjakatrimovavy, or Rangita for short (it's also her nickname).
 * Rafandrampohy and Rangita: The two have since first meeting become great friends, even if they are very young. Rangita, being much more mature than a usual 11 year old, teaches Rafandrampohy and is almost like his caretaker sometimes. While right now the adults just see them as children being children, the bond the two are establishing will become critical to the future and more than just childhood friendship.
 * Adnanite Settlers: As said, there are relationships (and the first few marriages) between Malagasy (mostly Merina) people and Adnanites which of course has led to copulation, which will lead to births of a mixed ethnicity in the future. More Adnanites have also migrated here (again, mostly merchants) since the king had an official visit.

Nihon no Domei  Japanese Imperial Standard (KdM).png
Notable People:
 * Government: Feudal Confederation
 * Emperor: Uchiha Ryu [Hogo-sha]
 * Shogun: N-A
 * Congress of Daimyo: A body consisting of the 24 Daimyo and certain outside observers.
 * Chairman of the Congress: Nishimiya Yuzuru
 * List of Daimyo: Midoriya, Nanbu, Odawara, Fujiwara, Mogami, Yatogami, Niigata, Tachibana, Shiba, Nagao, Matsudaira, Takeda, Oda, Chuosanmyaku, Tanabe, Kanzaki, Miyoshi, Mori, Uzumaki, Chosokame, Otomo, Ryuzoji, Honkobu-Taira, Taira, Ryukyu
 * Autonomous Territories: Izumo-Matsue (Joseonese), Chiba (Eskosian)
 * Outside Observers: Ezo (Friend of the Domei), Kansha (officially a Daimyo), Joseon (Friend of the Domei)
 * Clans:
 * Oda
 * Main family: Oda (minor branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Takeda, Matsudaira, Chuosanmyaku
 * Tachibana
 * Main family: Tachibana (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Nagao, Fujiwara, Nanbu
 * Mogami
 * Main family: Mogami (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Odawara, Niigata
 * Kanzaki
 * Main family: Kanzaki (side branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Mori, Miyoshi
 * Shin-Taira
 * Main family: Ryuzoji (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Honkobu-Taira, Otomo
 * Southern Alliance
 * Main family: Ryukyu (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Ryukyu
 * Allies: Ezo, by personal union with Fujiwara; Joseon, defensive military alliance
 * Capital: Kyoto
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 12,630,000
 * Ethnicities: Yamatai (78%), Chinese-origin (5%), Joseon (8%), Syonan (6%), Other (2%)
 * Official Religion: Shinto, with Buddhist influences
 * Population Distribution:
 * Urban Population [out-of-date]: 1,950,000 - 435,000 (Edo), 382,000 (Kyoto), 198,000 (Hiroshima), 174,000 (Fukushima), 135,000 (Kobe), 305,000 (cities with less than 100,000 population)
 * Rural Population [out-of-date]: 13,150,000 - 1,310,000 (Chugoku), 6,210,000 (Tohoku), 2,450,000 (Chubu), 1,100,000 (Kyushu), 890,000 (Shikoku), 1,570,000 (Kansai)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War): 
 * N.A
 * Army:
 * Horses [15,000]: Modest steeds trained to gallop across the rough and uneven terrain of Nihon's islands. They can also be employed for charging out of boats onto land, although that kind of situation is comparably rarer.
 * General infantry [62,000]: Rudimentarily trained infantry with a general focus on close-ranged melee and shortrange bow combat. Second priority for usage of battering rams and other siege equipment, usually assisting other infantry and auxillaries with tasks.
 * Irregular infantry [63,000]: Infantry-in-training as well as part-time infantry that does not serve for lifetime employment. Mostly the former. First priority for handling of siege equipment.
 * Support staff [15,000]:  Infantry serving in entirely logistical roles. Equipped with extreme short range equipment such as daggers for self-defence, the bulk of many impromptu convoys.
 * Auxillary infantry [15,000]: Long-range bowmen and combat medics. Heavily trained, many chosen to be officers upon promotion in the field.
 * Irregular auxillaries [28,000]: Often merchants and mercenaries serving the same role as auxillary infantry, auxillaries-in-training or officers serving in combat.
 * Highest-ranking generals:
 * N_A
 * Navy:
 * Kawataro-fune [57]: An armoured slow-moving battleship which covers the deck in metal plating and a layer of steel behind the caravel structure to give it a special amount of versatility. If it is sinking, it can last for enough hours to bring it back to shore or at least into a kamikaze attack.
 * Hayai-fune [33]: A restored line of lightly-armoured battleships designed to quickly board another ship before sinking it. Incredibly fragile.
 * Supply ships [152]: Unarmoured fast-moving cargo ships as well as heavy lightly-armoured supply ships. The former used to resupply close to land; the latter used to carry along supplies on longer, no-docking expeditions.
 * Irregular converteds [8]: Various ships with various amounts of armour and what not attached on; mostly former Kei-fune and and Hayai-fune and cargo ships. Heavily personalised, often used as fleet commander ships.
 * 39,000 sailors: close-quarters trained, basic infantry training and ship training
 * Admirals:
 * Takeda Shizuka
 * Tachibana Ranma
 * Diplomacy: 
 * N-A
 * Economics:
 * De-centralisation: The collapse of central authority in Nihon as well as the chaos of widespread rioting pushes many skilled workers and artisans into rural areas and an exodus to Kansha, which is more or less happy to receive them; meanwhile, this kind of decentralisation leads to the advent of informal communes in parts of Nihon, particularly Shikoku, Kyushu and Chugoku. It also leads to power being shifted right back into the hands of regional Daimyo, who wield outsized power over the country now, removing the centre of power from Kyoto and permanently changing the dynamics of power in the region.
 * Value of Gold: While barter has remained one of the biggest methods of trade within the country, gold is the currency by which trade with foreign merchants has been practiced. The main source of gold in Nihon, however, are the Han nations to the East, Kansha and Syonan; it has no actual power over the premier currency it uses. Thus, this leads to barter trade being exceedingly common and the usage of gold remaining restricted to the tiny upper class of Nihon.
 * Actual monetary value: One ounce of gold can currently buy eight sacks of rice (7.5kg total).
 * Major Economic Organisations:
 * Kamakura Company: Front organisation with dealings in weapons, assassinations and other various activities.
 * Nihon: Most members (about 5,300)
 * Kansha: 200 members, mostly from the old days of the nation as a regional convention
 * Syonan: 50 members
 * Nihonese Southern Company: Mercenary group. Professional army.
 * Nihon: 4,100 members and two hayai-fune
 * Kansha: 2,800 members and one kawataro-fune
 * Syonan: 1,500 members and three hayai-fune + one kawataro-fune
 * Culture:
 * Yamatai: The dominant culture on the three main islands, practiced by the vast majority of ethnic Nihonese; it emphasises the importance of self and the privilege of existence. A partly individualistic culture with overtly communal streaks that designates the greatness of finding a specific calling and engaging it with the most effort possible; giving rise to a society that prizes the arts as well as the value of literature. While it does not shun the sciences, they are not often given priority; meanwhile, the military and warriors are given outsized importance against all else. Its envisioning of Shinto has numerous distinct cultural streaks from the nations that existed before Yamato united the three main islands under its own banner; as well as little reminders of the past.
 * Ainu: A distinct, unique culture native to Tohoku and Ezo; a kind of communal culture that emphasises the community and a place within that community. It speaks of the importance of discovering a place within society and fulfilling the callings asked of you by others, and that no individual is above the common good. Its adoption of arts and literature is thus comparably limited, but it is the Ainu which have advanced Nihon's science so far, partly due to the fact that they are encouraged to go to school from younger ages (and generally live in more urbanised societies). Their envisioning of Shinto is more akin to a kind of lifestyle, which promotes certain practices and discourages others; one which has, surprisingly, remained largely sturdy for the last 400 years.
 * Joseonese-Han: A minority culture arising from the great giants from across the sea; Joseonese-Han is a monstrous beast of mish-mashed cultures, from distinct Han streaks arising almost 600 years ago to the original Xia cultures. It is almost entirely reliant on distinct, tiny Xianist sects and practices a form of Buddhism mixed with Shinto.
 * Events:
 * The Struggle of the New Era [6]:
 * More Clans and New Players - 1505-1509: Throughout this half of the decade, important political changes occur that will shake Nihon to its core. A map provided below includes the most vital changes, but in general, the main political adjustments:
 * The Mogami Clan is formed, between Mogami, Niigata and Odawara.
 * The Southern Alliance is formed between Taira and Ryukyu.
 * The Kanzaki Clan arises (more details below.)
 * The clans' first meeting on a semi-official level occurs in 1507 while drafting a cartographic map of claims. This establishes the political borders of Nihon. KdM Japan 1507.png
 * The Slow Disintegration - Autumn 1506: Despite the fact that the Nihonese navy and army had remained undoubtedly at the peak of Northeast Asia's naval powers, rivaling even southern Syonan, there had been nothing for it to do. Recruiting repeatedly found itself interrupted by political squabbles, with daimyos seizing military institutions and academies for themselves. While the navy managed to maintain a sense of unity, the army has since the death of Uchiha no Ichiban become a disparate force of former allies now thrust to protect their home regions and no one else. The professionalism of this military has also escaped into private institutions and mercenary groups such as the Nihonese Southern Company, further encapsulating the decline of the nation's fighting forces. A new generation of political leaders has also risen from the navy's ranks; Takeda Shizuka, a weathered naval attache turned admiral who observed naval skirmishes in Zhaowa and Syonan, for one; and Tachibana Ranma, a younger upstart military hardliner. Together these two form the backbone of the Nihonese recentralisation movement, otherwise better known as the Navy Doctrine, which stipulates its independence from the daimyos and its alliance to whoever is legitimately on the Chrysanthemum Throne.
 * Goodbye, Yamagata - Winter 1507: Yamagata Jiro was feeling a slight bit dead that morning. No one knew how or why, but the Shogun, who had been residing in his home in Edo, had his throat slashed open with multiple cuts and lacerations to his arms and legs, his katana left inside his stomach as a mocking reminder of his shame. With him gone now, however, this paves the way for Kanzaki Nagato to fully take the stage, and she effectively dissolves the position of Shogun by having Emperor Ryu stall the process of choosing a new Shogun for as long as she wants, further accelerating the military's dissolution. This allows her to take possession of military secrets and intelligence which she would otherwise not have been able to take without attracting suspicion, giving her a clearer picture on much of East Asia; realising that threats to this country may be more widespread than she first thought, she has the Emperor take control of the Shinsengumi and begin small-scale crackdowns here and there. In addition, she authorises a small contingent of mercenaries from the Nihonese Southern Company to travel West, alerted by claims that something seems to be brewing where two great empires have arisen. The popular memory of Bulijin Khatun may have died, but she has no delusions about anything and refuses to take any risks. If a conqueror has arisen, even if it is completely irrelevant to her, she must know.
 * The Phoenix of Nihon [3]:
 * A Disparate Cousin - Spring 1508: In her youth, Kanzaki Setsuna (daughter to Hiro) discovered an immutably affinity for doing anything but mercenary work. Fuck around in Syonan and attempt to find the graves of famous people? Hell yeah. Kick a clan leader in the groin and run into the countryside thrice trying to get out of Fujiwara? All too long ago. She was and still is a monumentally fucked up person. Growing up with her father, steeped in military tradition and pretty damn bad at passing anything but that on, as well as constant if not haplessly common abuse at his hands; forcibly made to memorise entire pieces of text from her grandfather's unfinished work. Whatever rambling nonsense he wanted to write, she wanted absolutely no part of. After vanishing into the Rusonto wilderness in early 1409, it appeared that she'd died or had simply gone. Until now. While Nagato travels to Syonan to meet with the head of the local Nihonese Southern Company commander, she runs into her cousin, alive and kicking. Astounded, she puts off the meeting very briefly to hold a bit of a feast and celebrate her return; Nagato offers Setsuna the opportunity to head back to Nihon and reunite with her father, on his last legs. She refuses, and says she's taken up with Syonan quite well; Nagato decides that if that's the case, she shall oblige her cousin. When they arrive in Morioh, Nagato makes Setsuna vice head of the Syonan contingent as an irrational favour, something which comes as much a shock to many who know the otherwise entirely strict and disciplinarian woman.
 * Getting Back to Business - Winter 1508: Nagato returned to Nihon six months later, her empire still largely intact as she arrived on Nihonese soil. But among the many things she needed to do, she began to realise she had the question of a successor to talk about; one person that would carry on her legacy, and her attributes. Aromantic at best, she refused any kind of loving overture that others had given her, but she needed a heir in some way. Between signing off contracts with Daimyo and other duties, she began to search for someone who would fit the bill. Whoever she finds, she has to make absolutely sure they were a good fit, and slightly more importantly that they aren't also aromantic, which would make the entire family thing a bit difficult to maintain. She considers a series of options and eventually settles upon an odd set of characteristics she confides with her advisor; they should be young, perhaps barely out of their early twenties, preferably Ainu or Dochaku, not a Yamatai, and oddly enough, bisexual. Her advisor grouses. "Why the specifications of group and not character?", he complains, looking down the qualifications. "What makes that so much more important?" Nagato is frank and she stares him down. "No matter who a person has become, you cannot remove their origins," she rationalises; "And when you know the origin of a person, manipulation is surprisingly easy."
 * 1401-1473 [The Last Days of the Heian]:
 * Uchiha Tomoko (1387 - 1469) [deceased]: Head of the Yamatai faction during the Civil War and later Empress (1412-1469) under the name 'Uchiha no Ichiban'.
 * Mori Kyoko (1378 - 1473) [deceased]: One of the two heads of the Peoples' League during the Civil War, later Speaker of the National Convention unopposed until death. Spouse: Kido Mirio.
 * Hori Shizuku (1377 - 1456) [deceased]: The other head of the Peoples' League, a minor political player in Hiroshima after the war. Committed suicide under threat of involuntary execution.
 * Midoriya Kaitou (1383 - 1472) [deceased]: A minor player in the Civil War who gained popularity as a capable administrator. Birth name Zhang Kaisheng. Spouse: Midoriya Yuki.
 * Seishiro Kirie (1381 - 1463) [deceased]: One of the heads of the Outsiders who found herself alienated from her hometown in her pursuit of political unity. Became a remarkable writer, writing works such as The Use of War, a critical book on the purpose of strife. Spouse: Bakushi Yona.
 * Bakushi Yona (1380 - 1463) [deceased]: A Yamatai-Eskosian, best known for fighting for the political rights of the tiny Eskosian minority in Nihon. Became a political kingmaker after the war. Spouse: Seishiro Kirie.
 * Hu Jin-Yo (1376 - 1462) [deceased]: A Joseon-Yamatai, best known as a Joseonese reunificationist who participated in a minor role during the Civil War. Afterwards, provided much financial support to the Nihonese army advancing in Kyongsong before dying in a tragic accident.
 * Kanzaki Izuku (1394 - 1489) [deceased]: First Shogun then Taisho, well known for unconventional military tactics that precipitated asymmetrical warfare against enemy forces. Lived a relatively stunted life afterwards, travelled into Joseon and participated in its war against Kyongsong before travelling West in hopes of retracing the steps of Bulijin Khatun, a dream promptly foiled. Spouse: Yonekura Hiyori.
 * Nishimiya Asuka (1372 - 1479) [deceased]: Shogun after her predecessor Kanzaki was passed over due to ignoring the Empress, she became something of a despot and massively expanded the powers of the military as well as a small secret police under the direction of Empress Uchiha and Speaker Mori. Lived a quiet, nondescript life. Spouse: Ryuzoji Mirio.
 * 1474 - ??? [The Rise of the Bakufu]
 * Uchiha Ryu (1467 - ??): Adopted son of Empress Uchiha, originally groomed to be an apt successor of hers; he was soon convinced to take another path by the Regent. Overthrown in 1487.
 * Senjougahara Ryuko (1459 - 1489): Popular regent originally meant to become successor to Uchiha, eventually sidelined. With a massive amount of political power, however, she pulled strings to keep herself as Regent and manipulated the new Emperor as she wished. Murdered by an assassin.
 * Senmyaku Hyo-in (1436 - 1486): Powerful orator of the Dochaku who advocated for their betterment. Eventually sidelined due to the maneuvring of Empress Uchiha.
 * Yamagata Jiro (1461 - 1507): An upstart military man who became Shogun at the behest of the late Nishimiya Asuka. Soon evolved into a broadly popular political figure who usurped the throne from Uchiha Ryu, but his ambitions overcame him and he was deposed after attempting to re-consolidate power.
 * Kanzaki Family: From a minor clan in old Minamoto arose one of the defining political and military families of the early Bakufu. This chronicles its most famous members.
 * Izuku (1394 - 1489): Grandfather of the entire family. Began the Kanzaki name by abandoning usage of the old Minamoto clan name and rising as first a potential Emperor before becoming one of the most prolific generals in Nihon's history. However, his attempts at glory were foiled and eventually he gave up, passing his life's work to a strange girl who might just get some use out of it.
 * Nagato (1467 - ??): Two generations later, a bored Shinto temple head turned trainer turned puppet master. Exploited the political weaknesses of the political system to make herself a de facto leader, first head of the Kanzaki Clan. Charted the family's rise to prominence.
 * Setsuna (1482 - ??): Another third generation'er; she went missing in Syonan before being discovered as Nagato travelled to it. Made head of the Nihonese Southern Company.

Wanka Empire

 * Government: Despotic Monarchy
 * Monarch:
 * Kukuri (r. 1391 - 1418) (b. 1355 - d. 1418)
 * Nayaraq (r. 1418 - 1434) (b. 1386 - 1434)
 * Interim (1434 - 1438)
 * Sapa Wanka (The One Ruler of Wanka):
 * Pachacuti (r. 1438 - 1471) (b. 1409 - 1471)
 * Tupac Wanka (Pachacuti II) (r. 1471 - 1493) (b. 1439 - 1493)
 * Huayna (r. 1493 - present) (b. 1469)
 * Heir: N/A
 * Pretenders: N/A
 * Current Dynasty: Pachacutian
 * Capital: Wankapampa
 * Economy: At the end of the 15th century, the Wanka Empire is almost complete in unifying the mountain kingdoms. Even after the death of Pachacuti, his descendant leaders, Tupac Wanka and later Huayna would become the most prosperous leaders of the region at the time, having amassed large amounts of gold and silver from all over the mountains and then stashing it somewhere, most likely the Machu Picchu. There, the so-called myth of Paititi began to spread among commoners, a lost city that would eventually be meeting the conscious minds of the Europeans by the 16th century, in search of what they would call El Dorado. The late 15th century and early 16th century (up until the Europeans have discovered the Wanka civilisation) would be a golden age after following decades of conquest by force.
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 1,400,000
 * Wankapampa: 18,700
 * Lima: 8,500
 * Ica: 1,800
 * Nazca: 9,100
 * Qusqu: 17,000
 * Abancay: 2,500
 * Orcopampa: 2,600
 * Arequipa: 1,100
 * Atacama: 2,500
 * Huachacalla: 1,600
 * Calama: 700
 * Puno: 1,200
 * Collasuyu: 7,100
 * Tiwanaku: 10,400
 * Uyuni: 2,000
 * Oruro: 1,500
 * Huanuco: 7,200
 * Tarapoto: 1,800
 * Moyobambda: 5,000
 * Cajamarca: 3,000
 * Ambato: 600
 * Quito: 2,500
 * Manta: 950
 * Tumber: 900
 * Chiclayo: 700
 * Chan-Chan: 6,000
 * Chimbote: 1,600
 * Culture: 40% Quechua/Chirip, 45% Quechua/Sedena, 15% Chavin
 * Religion: 100% Inca pantheon
 * Military: By the start of the 1460s, Pachacuti splits the whole army structure and formalising it into three army groups. This is to ensure refined logistics and dedication to each conflict, so that Pachacuti and his own generals can summarise how many troops would be needed to take on the country. The Northern Army is also still preparing for invasion, but unless Pachacuti finally subjugates the south, they are very much garrisoned in the north.
 * First Northern Army: 2500 soldiers
 * 200 elite warriors
 * 600 spearmen
 * 500 slingers
 * 800 archers
 * 400 axemen/clubmen
 * Second Northern Army: 2700 soldiers
 * 800 spearmen
 * 600 slingers
 * 600 archers
 * 700 axemen/clubmen
 * First Southern Army (relocated to the north): 2800 soldiers
 * 50 elite warriors
 * 800 spearmen
 * 500 slingers
 * 600 archers
 * 800 axemen/clubmen
 * Second Southern Army (relocated to the north): 2450 soldiers
 * 50 elite warriors
 * 700 spearmen
 * 500 slingers
 * 600 archers
 * 600 axemen/clubmen
 * Overall:
 * 300 elite warriors
 * 2900 spearmen
 * 2100 slingers
 * 2600 archers
 * 2500 axemen/clubmen
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Guancavalica: (see Northern Conquests)
 * Chimu: (see the Chimu Wars)
 * Diplomacy: N/A
 * Events:
 * Northern Conquests (Final): The new century saw an end to Guancavalica, with only one army focused on subjugating the kingdom and al of the Chavin people under the hands of the Wanka Empire.
 * Chimu Wars (Final): With Chan-Chan falling on 1501, just a decade after the Chimu have retaliated against the invasion and conquest of all the high mountain kingdoms, Chimu is subjugated to the hands of the Wanka Empire. The Chimu Kingdom is the last kingdom to be subjugated, as they prove to be highly resistant against attackers.
 * All to Their Homes: Most of Wanka armies have departed for the first time from an attack, knowing that it is truly the end of a long ambition set by Pachacuti. For now, a steady expansion to the east was also made by the current Sapa Wanka, Huayna for security reasons. Small outposts were constructed to watch over the vast Amazon rainforest.

The United Kingdoms of the British Isles (Albion)
Government: Absolute Monarchy Economy: The economy of British Isles consists of trade and commerce of a variety of materials. The primary export products of the UK are fish, wool, cloth, and a variety of vegetables.
 * Drakes: 
 * King Casimir (M, b. 1454 - )
 * Queen Abigail (F, 1455 - )

Main Religion: Christianity

Cities and Demographics: Wars and Conflicts Armed Forces Research and Development Training and Production Diplomacy Allies Events Deceased Log
 * Population: 6.38 million
 * Cities
 * London: The capital of England, and location of the throne.
 * York: Main center of England’s eastern fishing company.
 * Dover: Main location of the British navy. While elements of the navy are located throughout the territory, the headquarters of the navy are located here. In addition, Dover is the main trading hub between it and Caen.
 * Brighton: A newer shipbuilding facility located on the English Channel.
 * Birmingham: A quiet town that is the location of McCarthy Arms Company, one of, if not, the oldest firearms companies to date.
 * Glasgow: Main hub of Scotland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * Caen: The main hub where products heading to Britain from land mount ships to cross the channel. Also acts as Henry’s base of operations in France
 * Portsmouth: The location of the first drydocks in history, which became the founding of various legendary ships of the Royal Navy
 * Dublin: Main hub of Ireland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * Calais: One of the few French towns still owned by the British, it is a prosperous city that is one of the most important trading hubs in the North Sea.
 * War of the Drakes: The United Drake forces are almost victorious in driving out the Griffin forces, who begin to evacuate by sea. However, when they set sail, they sail west, confusing the Albish.
 * Total: 236,928 Manpower
 * Army
 * Total: 127,820
 * United Drake Forces: 
 * Light Infantry: 10,000
 * Frontline Infantry: 1,000
 * Longbow Archers: 22,000
 * Musketeers: 32,300
 * Light Cavalry: 14,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 3,000
 * Bow Cavalry: 2,900
 * Field Artillerymen: 5,800
 * Field cannons: 1,760
 * Logistical Support: 30,000
 * Roundtable Knights (Elite): 8,350
 * These are Britain’s elite forces. A rebirthed version sprouting from Artoria’s original group of holy knights, this force has never lost a battle, and has unwavering loyalty to the crown and the Order of the Roundtable, willing to fight to the death for the survival of the British Isles.
 * While most are able to fight, members of the Roundtable are encouraged to branch out into their own craft, such as pottery and sheepherding, with the idea that everyone should act like a Roundtable Knight and give their all into both their craft and their country.
 * The only way to become a Roundtable Knight is to be selected by an existing member of the group. Most knights tend to make apprentices out of those they recruit to the Roundtable, and generally, no one usually complains when a Roundtable Knight selects someone to join the ranks of the Roundtables. Depending on the country/chapter, one can also be appointed to the Roundtable by the crown..
 * Notable (Living) Members:
 * The Drake Family
 * Joanna McCarthy
 * Navy:
 * Personnel: 5,000 (combined between both fleets)
 * Naval Vessels:
 * British Galleons: 4
 * Main flagship: HMS Ember
 * Prototype British Caravel: 60
 * MAC Cannons: McCarthy Industries continues to produce MAC Cannons in a variety of calibers and sizes, ranging from small 6 pound field cannons to 16 pound naval cannons. At least in Britain, McCarthy Industries has the monopoly on the firearms industry.
 * Naval Vessels: With the new drydock constructed in Portsmouth, the British prepare to construct ships larger than even the Caravels in service.
 * Dual-purpose Caravels: These are merchant ships designed to be loaned out to British Merchant companies to use for selling their goods overseas. Though less armored and has less guns than the British Caravel, these Merchant Caravels have more than enough firepower to keep pirates at bay.
 * McCarthy Arms Company: With assistance from Da Vinci, McCarthy Arms Company begins to mass produce new wheel lock rifles for British troops
 * Brighton: A new drydock is being constructed in the port city
 * 100 Dual-purpose Merchant Caravels (Will be pumped out at 15-20 per half-decade until the full order is fulfilled)
 * Whatever equipment and personnel is required to maintain numbers on the frontline.
 * Vinland: With the son of the ruler of Vinland wishing to gain knowledge from Britain, the rulers ask if Vinland wishes to enter into an alliance of the sorts, exchanging knowledge between the two countries.
 * ' Europeans:'  Though not offered the top-line models, Britain does allow McCarthy Arms Company to sell some of their wares overseas, to those willing to purchase them, at least
 * Velkyst: Norweigan allies in the North Sea. The oldest ally of Britain, harkening back to the British Empire’s founding.
 * Journey to the West (Part 3): With news of foreign people in the foreign land, Casimir asks for diplomats to be sent in return to see if they can become on good terms with the Vinlanders in Avalon.
 * Henry’s Third Expedition (1504): Henry Cabot, along with the Vinland ruler’s son and more diplomats, head off for Vinland. Though more of a diplomatic journey than an actual expedition, Henry nonetheless sets off for the New World once more, with a dove and an olive tree as a token of friendship.
 * In addition, once the diplomats finish their duties in Vinland and see if they can set up a hub at the sea for more British diplomats to settle in (and vice versa if the Vinlanders wish), Henry will set off to charter the coast of these new lands, heading south for a while before returning to Britain.
 * Rulers
 * Pendragon:
 * Artoria “Ember” Pendragon (F, b.1317- 1389?) (Reign: 1351 ~ 1369 - 1389)
 * Ash I (M, b. 1347 - 1434) (Reign: 1390 - 1434)
 * Sister: Aura (F, b.1350 - 1434)
 * Ash II (M, b. 1399 - 1442) (Reign: 1434 - 1442)
 * Amber (F, b. 1424 - ) (Reign: 1442 - 1482)
 * Brother: Edward (M, b. 1441 - 1481)
 * Mordue:
 * River Mordue (F, b. 1322 - 1393) (Reign: 1369 - 1393)
 * Henry (M, b. 1353 - 1429) (Reign: 1393 - 1429)
 * Daughter: Mary (F, b. 1382 - 1399)
 * Lionel (M, b. 1388 - 1482) (Reign: 1430 - 1482)
 * Son: Leo I (M, b. 1407 - 1465)
 * Leo III (M, b. 1445 - 1478)
 * Son: Leo II (M, b. 1423 - 1478)
 * Brother: Henry II (M, b. 1398 - 1478)
 * Roundtable Knights
 * Joan “Anne” of Arc (Died in 1431)
 * Sir George Cromwell of Cotswold (Died in 1445)
 * Sir George Cromwell II of Cotswold (Died in 1482)
 * Sir Rex of Dover (Died in 1482)
 * Misc
 * Shauna McCarthy (Died in 1489)
 * Founder of McCarthy Arms Company, one, if not, the oldest firearms companies in the world.

Archduchy of Westria

 * Head of the State: 
 * Emperor Adelhard II Hohenstaufen (B 1480 - present), (R 11th May 1492 - present)
 * Head of the Government:
 * Leader of the Wien Council Baron Hans von Trieste (B 1455 - still alive), (1st January 1486 - 23rd May 1501)
 * Leader of the Wien Council Count Karl von Stroof (B 1465 - still aive) (23rd May 1501 - present)
 * Government: Absolute Feudal Monarchy ruled by an Archduke. Though a lot of powers are also vested in to a council. The title is Archduke of Westria, Last of the Romans. Our ruling dynasty is Hohenstaufen. We are also the Emperor of the HRE since 1351.
 * Heir to the throne:
 * Crown Prince Hans Hohenstaufen (B 1480 - still alive), (R 1492 - present)
 * Religious Head: 
 * Archbishop Johannes von stroof (B 1436 - still alive), (R 1497 - present)
 * Governor of Westrian Netherlands
 * Lord Dries Mertens (B 1456 - still alive), (R 1492 -present)
 * Demographics:
 * Population:
 * Wien: Population: 16,990
 * Amsterdam: Population: 11,300
 * Konr: Population: 9,200
 * Rich: Population: 11,220
 * Polanum: Population: 12,700
 * Bozn: Population: 14,270
 * Trieste: 13,100
 * Antwerp: Population: 6,400
 * Liege: Population: 6,300
 * Luxembourg: Population: 4,200
 * Brussels: Population: 7,200
 * Rural and smaller towns population: 2,269,920
 * Total population: 2,382,890
 * Religion: catholic christians (99%), others (1%)
 * Ethnicities: 60% Westrian, 2% Venetian, 23% Flemish 10% Wallon and "Luxembourger" 5%
 * Economy: We are based on agriculture and trade through the danube river and with most of the HRE. We use our own coins which resembles a lot those of the old Roman empire. We have also started with trade from the sea through our port Trieste and Westrian Netherlands.


 * Wars and conflicts: 
 * Westrian-Vesnian Power Struggle: Westrian soldiers about 80% of them are stationed in the mainland usually since we got Westrian Netherlands. Most of these soldiers which numbers about 24,000 plus 6,000 landsknecht we have recently hired try to counter attack the Korona and Vesnian forces at the siege of Wien which is basically our last hope at this time having no allies except Venice (this is what you get for being a bit isolated I guess lol) mostly leaving the Westrian Netherlands on their own. We can't get to them and can't try to instruct them what to do.
 * Chief Commander: Hans von Haustaffel (B 1456 - still alive), (R 1483 - present)
 * Army: Total of
 * Pikemen: 7,400
 * Swordmen: 4,620
 * Bowmen: 4,710
 * Cavalry: 6,830
 * Crossbowmen: 4,140
 * Arquebusier: 5,000
 * Landsknecht: 6,000
 * Navy: Total of
 * Cocha: 30
 * Cog: 25
 * Hoy: 16
 * Mediterranean brigantines: 4
 * Heavy weaponry
 * Cannons: 149
 * Events:
 * Building a fleet: Stops temporarily
 * Conscription: Consciption starts
 * Westrian Netherlands: Isolated Westrian Netherlands try to raise up their own forces and attack the bishopric of Trier's forces in Luxembourg. They approximetely managed to raise around 10 000 inclusive their own homeguard forces, local troops and merceneries or landsknecht as they are called. They act independently and most of the money they used for merceneries they from there own treasure. Peasants aren't happy as they continue to try and conscript even more soldiers
 * Semi-Isolation Broken: Westria have almost since the creation of its state lived in a semi-isolated state almost never having any allies with the recent attacks most of Westrian population and court have realized that this way can't really persist and they have to try and adapt to many enemies in every corner.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Venice: Sure we accept the alliance can you please join us in our fight against Vesnia and our other rebellious princes?
 * Escosia: As we are under attack we try to a former ally and "old friend" and ask them for help in exchange they would get trade agreements a royal marriage and also an alliance. We could also be a good ally against the Atoumans if they would ever attack.
 * Loyal Princes: Please join us against the traitors they try to destabilize the peace in the Holy Roman Empire just for themselfs and their power grab.
 * Albion: Both you and I have interest in keeping our lands close to France why not throw our bags togheter and make an alliance? Also we did a trade agreement with you for like 100 years ago remember?

Valcanor (Last Turn! ;-;)

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Personal Union with Castile)
 * Queen: Maria I
 * King: Fidel, 1504- (B 1471-)
 * Others:
 * Prince Benito, B 1470- (Hidden in Laszlofold)
 * Notable Past Royalty:
 * King Agustin III (B 1364-1449, Ruled 1394-1449, struck down in war against the Mauretanians.)
 * Princess Sophia Hohenstaufen of Westria (B 1388-1462, Born in Westria, ruled as Queen from 1449 to 1454, stepped down for her daughter Lela.)
 * Princess Selina, B 1411-1484 (Ruled in Westria as Queen for a time, returned to Valcanor before death.
 * Princess Lela, B 1415-1494 (Ruled 1454-1477, forced from power. A symbol of Valcan independence that ironically asserted Castilian dominance over her homeland.)
 * Prince Lazaro, B 1415-1499 (Stripped of the throne by his husband-in-law, he went rogue and joined the Sicilian military. After failing to take Melita, he lived the rest of his life in isolation.)
 * Economy: The economy is recovering faster due to increased trade, and the Valcan Western Expedition Alliance seems to be proving its worth as treasures from across the ocean.
 * Capital: Valencia
 * Demographics:
 * Valcanor:
 * This can wait to be updated  Population: ~6,000,000


 * Valencia, Shining capital city: 106,255
 * Barcelona, Center of economy and industry: 103,235
 * Perrogo, Home of the Valcan Navy: 90,615
 * Tarragona, Keystone of culture: 74,329
 * Andorra, The final Valcan frontier: 73,949
 * Murcia, Agricultural powerhouse: ~50,000
 * Rural Areas and Smaller Communities: ~5,501,617
 * Ethnic Groups:
 * 93.85% Spanish (Valencian descent)
 * 4% Spanish (other descent)
 * ~.75% North African
 * ~.5% French
 * 0.9% Other
 * Religion:
 * 97% Roman Catholic
 * ~1% Arzham
 * ~2% Other
 * Nueva Valcanor:
 * Population: ~10,000
 * Nueva Euboria (Renamed from Nea Euboria): 5,000
 * Rural Areas and Smaller Communities: ~5,000
 * Ethnic Groups:
 * ~40% Spanish
 * ~50% Dysian Greek
 * ~10% Osnerolese and Native
 * Same here  Military: 80,000 active


 * Human Resources:


 * 12,600 Foot Soldiers (Swordmen)
 * 12,250 Spearmen/Pikemen
 * 11,500 Cavalrymen
 * 3,700 Knights and Royal Guards
 * 8,500 Heavy Infantry
 * 200 Generals, Commanders and Strategists
 * 10,500 Standard Bowmen
 * 10,000 Longbowmen
 * 10,000 Crossbowmen
 * 550 Cannon-men
 * 400 Arquebusiers
 * 800 Elite Warriors (Assassins, spies)


 * 400,000 Reserve Troops
 * Siege Weapons and Artillery:
 * 50 Battering Rams
 * 50+ Catapults
 * 60+ Trebuchets
 * 115+ Large Cannons
 * 250+ Small Cannons
 * 100 Arquebuses
 * Navy:
 * 120+ Transports
 * 85+ Cargo Ships
 * 11 Large Transports
 * 30 Sea Gliders (rename)
 * 23 Naval Kings
 * 12 Salvaged Scourges
 * Trading Fleet:
 * 145+ Merchant Ships


 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Conquest of Dysia: With support from Nueva Hispania, an attack is launched on the last few Dysian troops on the far edge of Inagua. Arquebuses and cannons destroy their forces, and a land invasion with our skilled pikemen and cavalry hopefully push them back further.
 * Diplomacy:
 * N/A
 * Events:
 * The Re-Established Hero, Part 5 (Finale): Knowing he had little time left, Hanzila spent the last of his money to pay for his great-nephew and neice’s trips to the Spanish colonies and send a letter to Joanna thanking her for turning his life and indirectly saving him in Constantinople. Late at night on August 29th, 1501, Hanzila Suazo passed away from old age. He died peacefully in the Suazo estate in Valencia. The unkillable soldier has died. His brother Chus also bit the dust two days later on the 31st. Velasco and Calixta, now in their late teens, leave for Nueva Valcanor to show the New World what the Suazos can do.
 * I Smell a New World, Part 3 (Finale): The Valcan Western Expedition Alliance has successfully managed to establish the colony of Nueva Valcanor, under the control of Leandro Collizan. Many ships, weapons, cannons, arquebuses and even a few new wheellocks are brought over to complete our conquest of Dysia. People move to Nueva Valcanor by the thousands, looking for a new way of life, hoping to find gold and riches, or even some hyper-nationalist groups using any methods possible to distance themselves from the reign of Castile. Crops from Europe are brought over to be introduced to the new lands as well, and the VWEA capitalizes on the opportunity by bringing some of the new things discovered in the colonies to Europe and trading them. Lots of food and building equipment is taken to build up new cities.
 * I Want Sum Land Plz: A Walking Purchase-like deal is proposed to our neighbors Osnerol. We will take a ship and set sail from Nueva Valcanor and head north into OTL Bahamas. Every island our crew manages to set foot on will be incorporated into Nueva Valcanor, and we will pay an appropriate price. (What the Osnerolese don’t know is that we’ll be using our fastest ship, a Sea Glider, modified your be as quick and light as possible. They also have no knowledge of our currency and what is an appropriate price.
 * I Want Sum Gun Plz: 50 Wheellocks are bought from Albion, and they are sent over to Nueva Valcanor.
 * Royal Wedding: Prince Fidel is married to Queen Maria on May 4 of 1504, fully uniting Valcanor and Castile into a single state.
 * VWEA is relocated to Nueva Valcanor.
 * Mods? Did you hear me? I said annex Laszlofold.

Tonga

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
 * King: Funga
 * Crown Prince (Eldest): Punga (19)
 * First Princess (Eldest): Liska (17) -|Married|- Nongo (20)
 * Second Princess (Youngest): Rasinga (10)
 * Second Prince (Youngest): Ranga (9)
 * Dynasty: Tonga
 * Archduke: Amanga
 * Son: Nongo (20) -|Married|- Liska (17)
 * Daughter: Misanago (9)
 * Capital: Mu'a
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ca 196 000 total
 * Mu'a: ca 16 900
 * Le'u: ca 6 500
 * Rural regions: ca 172 600
 * Ethnicities: 100% Polynesian.
 * Religion: 100% Tongan Mythology
 * Trade: Trading between all islands in the nations are established in order to 1, make each island either richer economically or richer in supplies. This also helps the relations between neighboring islands streangthen and keep them connected.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Military: 1% 1 960
 * 11 High shiefs with Kinikini Tongan War Clubs
 * 594 men with pakipaki clubs
 * 633 men with Tongan Paddle clubs
 * 619 men with Tongan Paddle clubs as main weapon and Kolo Tongan Throwing Clubs as secondary weapon.
 * 103 men with Pukepuke Tongan War Club
 * Navy:
 * 488 fishing boat
 * 150 travel ships (traveling between the islands)
 * 65 exploration ships.
 * Events:
 * Trade with the western islands: With our western most islands being kinda far away from Fiji island we increase the amount of trade between them to keep the contact as strong as possible.
 * Marriage: The first daugther (Liska) of King Funga has gotten married to the First son (Nongo) of Archduke Amanga.

Sublime State of Zhaowa

 * Government: Mixed Kongsi Republic
 * Administration: Zhaowa, like it’s mother state, Li, has an administrative system not dissimilar to the Li system of Prefectures (Chú), Urban Counties (Hwen), and Rural Counties (Vo). There are 21 prefectures.
 * Grand Overseer (Taixu): The Taixu is the ruler of Zhaowa as elected by the Grand Tribunal. The Current Taixu is: Jieu Jengywéi (1492-)
 * Grand Tribunal (Ta Fapdéng): The Grand Tribunal is the main legislative authority in Zhaowa. It is made up of 81 members who vote on national policy and pass bills.
 * Council of Nine (Bát Yén qi Hwai): The Council of Nine oversee the 9 ministries of government in Zhaowa. They are hand-picked by the Taixu. Though meritocratic on paper, the ranks of the Council of Nine come from the same few noble families. The 9 ministries of government are the; the Ministry of Personnel, the Ministry of Commerce, the Ministry of Ceremony, the Ministry of Law, the Ministry of War, the Ministry of Works, the Ministry of Supervision, and the Ministry of Households. All of the ministers are subordinate to the Taixu.
 * Lower Tribunal (Hyaqi Fapdéng): The Lower Tribunal consists of all citizens elected by the Common People’s Tribunal and many high-ranking Bureaucrats. Members of the Lower Tribunal meet once a year to elect members of the Grand Tribunal. There are 873 members of the Lower Tribunal. They function similarly to the Electoral College in OTL US politics.
 * Common People’s Tribunal (Kúngyén qi Fapdéng): The Common People’s Tribunal consists of all citizens within the State of Zhaowa. It is by far the largest electoral body within Zhaowa. All citizens have the right to directly elect leaders for their respective counties and prefectures via popular vote. Though they do not directly vote for higher positions, they very much influence their decisions. As representatives those elected are both morally and practically obligated to represent the wishes of those under them, as the common people can easily vote them out if they do not fulfill their wishes.
 * Political Parties: While there are no official political parties Within Zhaowa, there are several political blocs within the Tribunals.
 * Aristocrats: The Aristocrats are a large front wishing to preserve the status-quo and increase the power of the noble class. They hold 23 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Tradesmen’s Front (Xángtang): The Tradesmen’s Front, primarily made up of Lower-level officials, merchants, and artisans, is a major political bloc within Zhaowa. They advocate for less trade restrictions, more power to the Hwais, lower tariffs, a strong navy, improving infrastructure, and pacifist foreign policy. They hold 24 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Militarists (Kwúntang): The Stratocrats are a sister group of the Tradesmen's front. They share many of the same beliefs as the Tradesmen's Front. However, they advocate for socially Conservative policies and aggressive foreign policy. They hold 21 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Traditionalists (Dauvuttang): The Traditionalist Party, primarily made up of Buddhists and Xianists, is one of the larger political fronts within Zhaowa. They advocate for socially Conservative policies, reforms to the Ministry of Ceremony, and Isolationist Foreign Policy. They hold 23 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Xianists (Xéntang): The Xianists are a fringe political bloc. They advocate for increased authority of Xianist schools, socially Progressive policies, reforms to the Ministry of Ceremony, and exploration into Papua and Australia. They hold 3 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Native Front (Tuojáktang): Made up of Ethnic Minihasans, Papuans, Ternatians, and others, the Native Front is a large tent group with incredibly diverse views on Economic, Social, and Foreign policies. Their only shared interest is to support rights for the native people within Zhaowa. Even among the large native population, this faction has little support. They have 10 seats in the Grand Tribunal.


 * Economy: Zhaowa has a Proto-Capitalist economy, focusing on agriculture, spices, metals, fishing, and logging. Perhaps the most important part of the Zhaowanese economy is the trade of all of the above. A major feature of the Zhaowanese economy is the Hwai, an economic and societal structure functioning similar to a Renaissance Guild, a Trade/Workers Union, and a Cartel. Hwais evolved from notions of brothership among the Mercantile and Managerial class of Yun-era China. Most citizens are part of or somehow involved in a Hwai. Hwais are commercial organizations consisting of members that provide capital and shared profits. Though much of the population may not be an active member of a Hwai, many citizens work for a member of a Hwai. Since all involved in the Hwai receive equal profits and have equal capital, Zhaowa could also be classified as Proto-Market-Socialist. Zhaowa has a paper and coin based Fiat monetary system. To avoid inflation, all money is in the hands of the Ministry of Finance. All paper money can be exchanged for gold, silver, and copper, or silk with an exchange rate of 3%.
 * Currency: Jencé


 * Demographics:
 * Ethnic Makeup
 * 17% Pure Chinese
 * 31% Mixed-Race
 * 25% Austronesian Malukans
 * 13% Minihasan Groups
 * 9% Papuan Groups
 * 3% Toraja
 * 1% Malay
 * 1% Other
 * Total Population: 322,000
 * Maluku: 29,500
 * Manado: 21,000
 * Nimkyóng: 18,000
 * Selam: 10,000
 * Launa: 7000
 * Sufu: 5,500
 * Jáng Hwi: 4000


 * Religion: 9% Xianist, 21% Mahayana Buddhist, 22% Theravada Buddhist, 6% Hindu, 47% Animist, 2% Other(Zoroastrian, Arzhamist)


 * Military: 14,200 Personnel
 * Army: 3,200
 * 200 Artillerymen
 * 2,400 Infantry
 * 800 Fire Archers and Gunmen
 * Navy: 10800 Sailors, 395 Ships (excluding coastal patrol)
 * 20 Hunghwangjwen (~80 meters) (2200 crew total)
 * 40 Galleys (32~ meters) (1920 crew total)
 * 100 Supply ships (45~ meters) (2000 sailors total)
 * 40 Heavy-Cannon Ships (30~ meters) (820 crew total)
 * 160 3-Masted Djongs (25~ meters)  (2560 crew total)
 * 35 Troop Transports (350 crew total, able to carry 2900 troops in total)
 * Various Coastal Patrol (950 crew total)
 * Firearms:
 * Cetbang/Jwangfiau: The Jwangfiau is the most commonly used gun in Zhaowa. It is a breech-loading swivel gun, and is used on fortifications and ships.
 * Xépdan-tswáng: The Xépdan-tswang, literally meaning “Ten Shot Gun”, is a gun similar to an Organ Gun. Inspired by the multiple rocket launchers in use across the Sinosphere, instead of firing arrows or rockets, it fires iron or bronze pellets. It is used as an anti-personnel gun. Due to it having 10x more barrels than an average gun, it can shoot 10x more bullets, but it takes 10x more time to clean. Unlike the guns of Europe, it is breech loading, which provides quicker loading time. To seal the breech, paper cartridges or a block are used, though this is quite ineffective. The Xépdan-tswáng is used in very low quantities, with perhaps only 40 being used across Zhaowa.
 * Lagatswáng: The Lagatswáng, literally meaning “Small Long-Gun”, is a firearm used across Zhaowa in mediocre quantities.  Deriving from the Javanese Arquebus, it features a mechanism not dissimilar to a serpentine lock, though it requires a match to fire. It could be classified as a type of Arquebus. It does not feature a stock, making it quite unstable, but it makes up for this with a folding stand. (Just search up Javanese arquebus it’s the same thing)
 * Bedil Tombak/Lungencwung: The Lungencwung, literally meaning “Hand Gun”, is the most common handheld gun in Zhaowa. It is quite simple, with a socket attached to a pole and a tube from which projectiles are fired from. It commonly has a blade attached to it in case of melee fighting. Around all infantry in Zhaowa uses it along with another blade (1,800 users among infantry).
 * Hwacá: The Hwacá is a multiple rocket launcher or an organ gun, depending on the projectile used. It fires around 150 rockets or arrows, which are contained within a wooden frame. The wooden frame allows the rockets to fly straighter, and, as a result, farther. In elevated positions, they have a range of 600 meters. However, on flat positions, they have a range of only 200 meters. Current rockets have a length of around 15 centimeters. Though with a short range, it has enough force to make a 30 cm-deep crater in a patch of sand.


 * Research and Production:
 * Rockets: Effort is being made into developing rockets which fly farther and have greater accuracy. Early experiments on multi-stage rockets were conducted years before, but they never produced anything of note. However, in the year 1502, research begins on larger rockets.
 * Lagatswáng: Without a stock, the Lagatswáng is quite unstable. Research begins on better ways to stabilize the firearm. In addition, the Lagatswáng is quite poor at getting through plate armor. Effort is being made to help remove that issue. However, the Lagatswáng is still incredibly useful, so they are constantly being made to replace the Lungencwung.
 * Volley Fire: The Lagatswáng, by itself, takes incredibly long times to load. Taking inspiration from the two-man team used to load and fire a Jwangfiau, acclaimed military scientist Cili Gava begins to think about how one may make firing the gun more efficient with multiple people.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Invasion of Siang: Siang is the major center for the highly lucrative trepang-fishing industry. In addition, its position makes it a major trade center. In 1504, 82 Djongs, 12 Heavy Cannon/Rocket Ships, 2 Hunghwanjwen, along with 11 troop transports, carrying 900 men armed with sabres, Lagatswáng (Javanese Arquebus), and Lungencwung (Hand-Cannons), make their way to Siang. The idea is to curbstomp their navy with heavy cannon and rocket fire, and force them into a surrender. If surrender isn’t achieved, then the troops will make a landing right outside the city of Makassar, and attempt to capture it.
 * Diplomacy: None
 * Events:
 * Banishment and the Land Down Under: Dauxáng Sidabuta, a minor naval captain, is ousted for participating in homosexual acts. He, and around two dozen others arrested for similar crimes, are exiled to Australia. This is not normal procedure, but in the following years, it would become more and more normalized. However, due to Sidabuta’s popularity among his crew, he finds 32 men on two privately owned ships accompanying him to Australia. This would be the first time a Zhaowanese ship would sail to Australia in around a century. Armed with Lagatswáng, they would head south to Gwarri, practically a death sentence due to the Gwarri’s cannibalistic tendencies.
 * Zhaowanese Buddhism (1): A religious scholar known as Dalmahabda, meaning Dharma Cloud begins compiling a list of Mahayana and Theravada texts, and also listing the animist practices of the natives of the area. He then writes an extensive treatise about how all which needs to be known to obtain Buddhahood and to understand the state of the world are listed within a select few texts. These texts are the Tantras, the Tathagatagarbha Sutra, the Vimalakirti Sutra, and the Avatamsaka Sutra. He writes an abridged version of all of the above, creating the Prasannaḥnirdeśa Sutra, meaning “Clear-water Instruction Sutra”. He does note that certain tantras can result in immoral behavior, resulting in the opposite of what is desired, but that yoga and meditation based tantric practices are incredibly useful.
 * The Imperial Idea (2): Tsúyén, as the minister of rites, takes note of this new sutra. Though there is practically no line between one culture and the next, and with a majority of the population being mixed, it would still be hard to create a unified cultural identity to empower the Zhaowanese people with. However, a unified religion could do it faster. Instead of enlightening the world with their superior sinitic culture and unique societal structure, the Zhaowanese would spread the word of the Prasannaḥnirdeśa Sutra to the rest of the world. A clear plan would need more thought and effort, but the stones have already been set for the Zhaowanese notion of religious, societal, and cultural superiority. It would only take time for the seeds of Imperialism to grow into something more.
 * Forts: 4 small forts are constructed on the island of Tangbana in the north, due to its strategic position at the mouth of the Sulu sea, and also because it’s practically raided every other week by Rinashiman pirates. They are equipped with Jwangfiau and Hwacá.
 * Notable People: (Note, in Zhaowanese tradition, the surname goes first.)
 * Cili Gava (1459-): 
 * Jieu Tsúyén (1470-): 
 * Dalmahabda (1468-):

Kingdom of Castille and Leon / Kingdom of Hispania

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy
 * Ruler (Queen): Maria I (1477-)
 * Economy: The economy is starting to recover, with the use of loans and other measures. The economy of Valcanor is now also fully brought into the fold, with the already dominant Beso now fully established as currency in both lands.
 * Alliance - 
 * Demographics
 * Population - 11,390,376
 * Ethinicities - 91% Spanish-esque 5% North African 4% Other
 * Religon - 93% Catholicism 7% Other
 * Cities and Population Spread
 * Madrid - 295,000
 * Toledo - 91,000
 * Cordoba - 95,000
 * Burgos - 85,000
 * Leon-  295,00
 * La Coruna - 95,000
 * Oviedo - 87,000
 * Rural - 9,796,000
 * Fuerte Solaridad - 500
 * Fuerte Puedra Alta - 100
 * San Sebastian - 95,000
 * Granada - 40,000
 * Sevilla - 30,000
 * Garofe - 35,000
 * Malaga - 25,000
 * Algecia - 30,000
 * Valencia - 100,000
 * Tarragonna - 80,000
 * Murcia - 100,000
 * Barcelona - 90,000
 * Perrogo - 100,000
 * -- Nueva Hispania (Colony, below) Mainland Hispania (Above)
 * Atlantis - 20,000
 * San Costa - 15,000
 * Nea Theossalonica - 15,000
 * Thalassopolis - 20,000
 * Haitiana - 10,000
 * Military - 85,000
 * Archers - 11,770
 * Longbow - 7,700
 * Crossbow - 5,070
 * Medium-Sized Bows - 3,000
 * Cavalry - 12,500
 * Heavy - 6,250
 * Light'  -  3,250
 * Super Light - 2,500
 * Standard Knights - 1,000
 * Pikemen - 23,000
 * Men at Arms - 12,150
 * Arquebusers - 13,500
 * Naval Personnel - 7,150
 * Siege Weapons
 * Trebuchets - 125
 * Ballista - 150
 * Cannons - 155
 * Navy
 * Transport Ships - 50
 * Crew of 50 Each
 * Floating Fortresses - 44
 * Crew of 75 Each
 * Sea Falcons - 45
 * Crew of 30 Each
 * Wars and Conflicts - 
 * The HRE War - Whilst any semblance of direct conflict is heavily avoided by the Hispanians which don't want to divert military spending away from the New World, arms are provided to the princes opposing Westria, and trade is similarly restricted with Westria and it's loyal princes.
 * Diplomacy -​​​​​​
 * Valcanor - Is integrated into the Kingdom of Hispania
 * Komnenos, other Caribbean Atlantian states - They are demanded to immediatly submit to Hispanian rule, Floating Fortresses fire warning shots to intimidate them.


 * Events
 * The New Frontier (Part 3) - There is somewhat of an influx of migrants heading towards the protectorates, as the economic situation cuts down on many budgets, causing countless to seek a new life somewhere else.
 * Mapping the New World (Part 3) - Independent explorers and otherwise would soon be able to map out a bit more of South America, specifically in the Lustrian realms, though behind the Agoustans. A few others would include Vinland into the picture as well, and a few natives and unreliable stories map out a similarly innacurate map of Western North America.
 * The Beast of Nueva Hispania (Part 3) - The Beast of Nueva Hispania would later be recorded down and heavily exaggerated by a then converted priest, Juan Castro, an Atlantian who had recived many wild tales. His recordings were then published in mainland Hispania and taken in by many rich people, and even used by priests as proof of Christianity's existence.
 * Conquistador Companies (Part 3) - The laying off of a significant portion of the army prompts the creation of many more conquistador companies, as they basically have nowhere else to go.
 * Fixing the Economy (Part 5) - While the economy is not doing awfully well, the tribute being sent in defenitely helps.
 * The Beggining of a New Era (Part 2) - On the fateful day which would be March 4th, 1504, Maria I of Castile-Leon would be married to Prince Fidel of Valcanor, she would then be escorted to the chapel in Madrid where she would then be crowned the queen of the Kingdom of Hispania, uniting most of the Iberian Peninsula under a single banner.3.png

Kingdom of Osnerol

 * Government: Absolute monarchy
 * King:
 * Hoko Katzo (r. 1362 - 1374)
 * Cuitlaxelo Witzo (r. 1374 - 1386)
 * Tepu Suhotz (r. 1386 - 1412)
 * Caon'tzi Kaan (r. 1412 - 1435)
 * Koyum Nas (r. 1435 - 1458)
 * Bikem Mitza (r. 1458 - 1487)
 * Hukehe Utzin (r. 1487 - present)
 * Dynasty: 7th Dynasty (1223 - 1374), interregnum (1374 - 1386), restored 7th Dynasty (1386 - present)
 * Parliament: None
 * Economy: The Osnerolese economy is based largely on fishing and agriculture, though copper mining is a decently-sized industry as well. Trade with foreign nations such as Elysia and the Atlantian states is now a large source of income for the nation.
 * Capital: Monalba
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 446,000 (will work on ethnic demographics later, I rushed this turn)
 * Religion: 95% Osnerolese religion, 5% others
 * Military: 4,460 manpower total
 * Army: 2,100 soldiers
 * Navy: 2,360 sailors (39 ships)
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * N/A
 * Diplomacy (italics indicate secret):
 * Castile-Leon: Hukehe Utzin requests that Castile-Leon sends advisors over to his court so he can learn the ways of the west. (SECRET) He also agrees to make the pirates stop their piracy.
 * Castile-Leon Response: This is allowed.
 * Vinland (only known to Vinland and Castile-Leon): To the west, the lands of the Yonpudutam (the Osnerolese exonym for the Aztecs) have many goods and riches of the likes that you have never seen before. They are severely weak now, and it would be an opportune time to plunder their coasts. So while you're at it, why not stop raiding the Castilan colonies and plunder the Yonpudutam coasts instead? We'll pay you quite the generous sum of gold for it.
 * Events:
 * Annexing the Choctaw Lands: In 1497, the war was officially ended, and the occupied lands were officially annexed into Osnerol. Infrastructure has been expanded into the area; roads were extended into the new territories, chinampas were built to transform marshy areas into usable farmland, and sewage systems were implemented in cities for sanitation purposes. In addition, a series of fortifications were built along the western Osnerolese fronteir. Assimilation of the Choctaw tribes also began.
 * Provinces: The current Osnerolese system of provinces is reformed under Hukehe Utzin. He carves new provinces out of recently-annexed lands and places each of the provinces under the supervision of an official. A provincial official's position is not hereditary, but rather elected. A council of advisors is created to elect the provincial officials, and to prevent corruption and nepotism, council members cannot be voted in.

Gwarri Grand Community
Government: Tribal Monarchy
 * Chieftain: Kalmu (b. 1472)
 * Nanmin (b. 1490)
 * Brujah (b. 1494)
 * Economy:  The economy of Gwarri is primitive and undeveloped. While trade and bartering are commonplace, this rarely extends beyond the trading of tools, food and weaponry as there is currently little demand for other material goods to the Aboriginal people. There is a small but growing agricultural harvest of macadamia nuts which has helped sustain a larger population
 * Military: 10,000 Warriors
 * Demographics: 
 * Population: 40,000 (91% Gwarri, 9% other)
 * Religion: 100% Dreamer
 * Capital: Garrihu
 * Wars and Conflicts: Turn 2 of the Gwarri-Yolngu War
 * Diplomacy: If any non-hostile foreigners come to our lands, they are to be treated with courtesy and respect. We want to find people willing to help us in our war against the Yolngu and their foreign backers, as well as potentially developing trade links with overseas nations.
 * Events:  The 10,000 strong Gwarri army will utilize its knowledge of the native lands to scout for any troops from overseas landing in Australia to aid the Yolngu, if any are found then it is the primary objective of the army to rout these overseas warriors and inflict so much damage to them that they cannot operative effectively against us. The strategy of the Gwarri invasion force will become more defensive this turn in anticipation for a potential invasion from overseas or a Yolngu counter-attack, ambushing and encircling opponents that are going on the offensive against us will be a key part of our battle tactics. We have great numbers and intimate knowledge of the land which will make us a truly formiddable opponent. Advances further into Yolngu are only to be taken if any and all foreign troops have been neutralized and the situation on the ground is favorable enough for us to press onwards with minimal risk to the safety of our army.

The Syonanese Diarchy | Syonan Nikun-shu

 * Government: Mixed Noble Republic
 * Grand Kōshaku of All Syonan, Suwawa and Tidung: The Grand Kōshaku is the ruler of Syonan. He is elected by the Syonanese Diet upon the previous Kōshaku’s death, resignation, or impeachment and serves a life term.
 * Noriaki Kakyoin (born 1462, ruled 1491-)
 * Subordinate Kōshakus: The constituent kingdoms of Hiraga and Nagasato are each ruled by a subordinate Kōshaku. Subordinate Kōshakus are the second most powerful positions in Syonan, with a subordinate Kōshaku having almost total control in their respective domains, answering only to the Grand Kōshaku and their respective Diets.
 * Hiragan Kōshaku:
 * Yoshimune Kira (born 1449, ruled 1475-)
 * Nagasatoan Kōshaku:
 * Ginzo Souji (born 1453, ruled 1482-)
 * Syonanese Diet: The Syonanese Diet is the main legislative body of Syonan. A bicameral system based on Syonan’s 2 constituent kingdoms, it is composed of Syonan’s nobility and particularly powerful burgher families. The Syonanese Diet hosts 732 delegates in total.
 * Hiragan Diet: The Hiragan Diet is the main legislative body of the constituent Kingdom of Hiraga (located in the northern half of Syonan). Made up of notable Hiragan noble and burgher families, the Hiragan Diet hosts 437 delegates.
 * Nagasatoan Diet: The Nagasatoan Diet is the main legislative body of the constituent Kingdom of Nagasato (including the overseas territories of Suwawa and Tidung), located in the southern half of the country. Composed of notable Nagasatoan noble and burgher families, the Nagasatoan Diet hosts 295 delegates.
 * Suwawa and Tidung, being governed under Nagasato, is theoretically subject to the Nagasatoan Diet. However, there is little to no representation of the two overseas territories in the Syonanese legislature.
 * Political Parties: Although no real political parties exist in Syonan as of yet, there are several loose power blocs within the Syonanese Diet, with borders between specific power blocs sometimes muddy and difficult to discern. Many delegates are influenced by multiple blocs.
 * Centralists: The Centralist bloc is composed of those delegates who desire more central government control over local affairs in Syonan. An extremely big tent bloc, Centralists range from those who simply want more government oversight in day to day governance, to supporters of Anjuro Katagiri’s absolutist and imperial policies, to those who want to do away with the Diarchy system altogether. Significantly more powerful in the north than in the south the Centralists, along with their bitter enemies the Federalists, are the two most powerful blocs in the Syonanese Diet.
 * Federalists: The Federalist bloc is composed of those delegates who desire less central government control over Syonan. A similarly big tent bloc to the Centralists, they range from feudalists to status quo supporters to even a few Nagastoan secessionists. Significantly more powerful in the south than in the north, the Federalists, along with the Centralists, are the two most powerful blocs in the Syonanese Diet, and are perpetually at odds with one another.
 * Traders: Supporting mercantilist policies and touting the trade guilds as the lifeblood of the Syonanese economy, the traders punch far above their weight in power, mostly due to Syonan’s control over the seas. They are the most staunch supporters of the Sulu Sea sound toll. Many of them tend to agree in part with the Militarists on certain supposed “integral territories of Syonan”.
 * Militarists: The Syonanese militarists are probably by far the most unified bloc in Syonanese politics, uniformly advocating for stratocratic principles and aggressive foreign policy to “keep Syonan great” (read. continue Syonanese near-hegemony over maritime Southeast Asia). They are quite inclined to randomly scream “Syonan Banzai” and debate you for hours on how Palawan and Sabah are integral territories of Syonan stolen by the Bruneians.
 * Traditionalists: The traditionalists are a faction dedicated to preserving the status quo. They are the most socially conservative group, and also tout an isolationist foreign policy, which they call “Sakoku”. No one really takes them seriously at the moment.
 * Religious Supremacists: Syonan’s religious supremacists are a mostly fringe group that emphasize increased authority of religious bodies over governance and everyday life. Although the Shinto, Buddhist, Hindu and Xianist blocs clash often, their proposed policies are much the same, designed to give their religion more power in state affairs.
 * Reformists: Even with the most conventional parliamentary system, there will always be a couple hardy radicals. ‘Nuff said.
 * Administration: Syonan is divided into 2 constituent kingdoms (koku), which are further subdivided into 9 provinces (dō). The 9 provinces are in turn subdivided into 35 prefectures (ken), which are in turn further divided into districts (gun).
 * Suwawa and Tidung are considered overseas territories of the constituent Kingdom of Nagasato. They do not have any representation in the Syonanese Diet, and their people are not considered Syonanese citizens (and thus are not awarded the rights of Syonanese citizens) unless they are descended from at least one Syonanese parent or descended from at least one parent that has served in the Syonanese military.
 * Capital City:
 * Syonanese and Hiragan Capital: Morioh
 * Nagasatoan Capital: Nagasato
 * Suwawan Capital: Gorontalo
 * Tidungese Capital: Kutei
 * Economy: Syonan boasts a diverse and robust economy geared towards foreign trade. Major sectors of the Syonanese economy include agriculture, mining, the spice trade, fishing, and logging. The late 15th and early 16th centuries would see the inception of the Syonanese plantation economy, particularly prevalent in the plains of Central Luzon and inland Mindanao, while urban and coastal economies would remain dominated by various merchant guilds.
 * Currency: The Syonanese taru is the main currency in Syonan, backed up by gold reserves, with one taru equivalent to around 65 grams (2.29 ounces) of gold. In rural and remote areas, however, the barter system is king, due to limited state influence in these areas.
 * Demographics:
 * Total Population: 808,611
 * Hiraga: 389,422
 * Morioh: 28,360
 * Mei-nira: 52,924
 * Kanakawa: 31,225
 * Kitahara: 26,167
 * Keishi: 25,092
 * Naga: 21,879
 * Nagasato: 214,447
 * Nagasato-shi: 24,622
 * Davao: 32,058
 * Pemagarong: 25,123
 * Souhama-Shibu: 20,604
 * Cagayan: 13,071
 * Tsuhama: 12,115
 * Suwawa: 72,113
 * Gorontalo: 10,519
 * Tidung: 132,629
 * Kutei: 19,775
 * Ethnicities:
 * 37.8% Syonanese (305,655 people)
 * 12.9% Yojin (“pure” Syonanese) (39,430 people)
 * 87.1% In-jin (mixed race Syonanese) (266,225 people)
 * 29.9% Native Syonanese (241,775 people)
 * 22.8% Takairō-jin/Tagalog (55,125 people)
 * 19.7% Kabishi-jin/Visayan (47,630 people)
 * 12.5% Rusonto-jin/Ilocano (30,222 people)
 * 7.4% Ibaruno-jin/Bicolano (17,891 people)
 * 7.1% Nagasato-jin/Maguindanao (17,116 people)
 * 30.5% Other groups (73,741 people)
 * 10.2% Malay (82,478 people)
 * 2.2% Chinese (17,789 people)
 * 2.1% Japanese (16,981 people)
 * 8.4% Suwawan (67,923 people)
 * 6.7% Dayak (54,177 people)
 * 1.7% Other (mostly Southeast Asian, Indian and Arabian traders) (13,746 people)
 * Religions: Religion in Syonan is not necessarily exclusive, with many Syonanese ascribing to beliefs from 2 or more religions.
 * Syonanese Shinto: Syonanese Shinto has diverged greatly from Shinto in the Japanese islands, with many Shinto kami being syncretized with native and Hindu deities, and Theravada and Mahayana Buddhism heavily influencing the religion. Most prevalent in coastal, urban and lowland areas dominated by ethnic Syonanese, Syonanese Shinto is the main religion of Syonan.
 * ~70% of the population (~566,000 people)
 * Syonanese Buddhism: A sect of Buddhism almost totally exclusive to the islands of Syonan, Syonanese Buddhism is heavily influenced by Shinto, Hinduism, Theravada Buddhism and native beliefs. It is by far the most influential Buddhist sect in Syonan, although other sects do manage to gain followers in the Syonanese Isles.
 * ~62% of the population (~501,000 people)
 * Other Buddhist sects (Mahayana, Theravada and Zen Buddhism) are practiced by ~7% of the population (~57,000 people)
 * Hinduism: Practiced by many indigenous and mixed-race Syonanese especially in Mindanao and the Visayas, Hinduism in Syonan has been heavily syncretized with Syonanese Buddhism and Shinto (and vice versa), with many Hindu gods in Syonan being almost indistinguishable from the Syonanese variants of Shinto kami. A more “pure” version of Hinduism exists in coastal Tidung.
 * ~35% of the population (~283,000 people)
 * Xianism: Xianism states that the sole god of man, Tian, has endowed humans with the ability to become "Xian", basically deities, unlocked by committing good deeds in Tian's name, and understanding Tian and the way the universe works. Unlike many Eastern religions, Xianism is a monotheistic religion. Practitioners of the religion are mostly confined to the ethnic Chinese minority within Syonan, and are most prevalent in Pemagarong and Mindoru Prefectures.
 * ~2% of the population (~16,000 people)
 * Other: In remote, mountainous areas of inland Syonan, as well as in the jungles of Tidung and Suwawa, many native tribes still live as they did before Syonanese settlement on the islands, and still worship their old gods in much the same way as they once did.
 * ~19% of the population (~154,000 people)
 * Military:
 * Grand Army of Syonan:
 * Deployed forces: 5,500 (500 in Yolngu)
 * Total forces: 25,000
 * 3,500 Heavy Breakthrough Elite Infantry
 * 2,000 Field Artillery Personnel
 * 7,500 Light Infantry
 * 1,000 Light Mixed Cavalry
 * 2,000 Homeland Security Infantry (Military Police)
 * Reservists/Potential levies: 15,000
 * Extragovernmental Military Groups Deployed:
 * Nihonese Southern Company: A Japan-based mercenary group headed by Kanzaki Setsuna.
 * Strength: 1500 troops, 4 ships
 * Various Irregular Dayak Troops: Various groups of Dayak tribal warriors who have opted to join the Syonanese military to gain their one shot at citizenship (and, by extension, immunity to becoming a slave on one of Nagasato’s many plantations).
 * Strength: 6000 troops
 * Syonan Nikun Royal Navy:
 * Total sailors: 26,000
 * Total ships (excluding coastal patrol): 514 ships
 * SNRN Muramasa-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Muramasa
 * Crew: 120
 * SNRN Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Yamamoto
 * Crew: 70
 * SNRN Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Higashikata
 * Crew: 70
 * 12 Muramasa-class Oceanic Battlecruisers
 * Crew: 120
 * 28 Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruisers
 * Crew: 70
 * 221 Subarashi Pagong-class Oceanic Cruisers
 * Crew: 60
 * 250 Subarashi Dātsu-class Oceanic Interceptors
 * Crew: 40
 * 540 Tsuna-class Torpedo Boats
 * Crew: 10
 * 495 Transport Ships
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Nanshindo War (Gwarri-Yolngu War): The Gwarri-Yolngu War, known in Syonan as the Nanshindo War, was a conflict between the northern Australian Gwarri and Yolngu tribes, sparked with the former’s spontaneous invasion of the latter. Called into the war on the side of Yolngu due to an alliance and trade ties, Syonanese participation in the Nanshindo War would mainly be via mercenaries and irregular troops.
 * We send 8000 troops, mostly made up of irregular auxiliaries from various Dayak tribes from inner Tidung (6000 troops), as well as the Nihonese Southern Company (1500 troops), a mercenary group led by Kanzaki Izuku and based in the Japanese isles, and the Syonan Nikun 78th Battalion (500 troops), to the Nanshindo War. They are tasked with holding back the Gwarri onslaught and pushing back their hordes.
 * Gwarrgwarrgwarr.jpg Divided into 4 groups of 2000 troops each, our forces will land on specific areas of the Gwarri coast, establishing beachheads. From there, they will attempt to control coastal regions, pushing the Gwarri inland and weakening their hold.
 * For more information, see Events.
 * Research:
 * Type 001 Yajiri Torpedo Mod. 1498: An updated model of the Yajiri Torpedo allowing it to reach faster speeds in water and improving its accuracy.
 * Subarashi Kulog Taihou Mk.V: We begin to equip more ships with this cannon.
 * Bakuchiku Mk.I: The Bakuchiku cannon is now standard fare for all Syonanese ships.
 * Kogata-jū: A variant of the Javanese arquebus indigenous to Syonan, the Kogata-jū has become the standard firearm of choice for the Syonanese Army.
 * Early Rocket Developments: Experiments with recreating torpedo technology on land begin, with most attempts ending in failure. However, we are not deterred by our faults...
 * Reptilian Growth: Continued breeding of the Filipino monitor lizard has caused the species to grow in size, through decades, if not centuries will be required for the lizards to grow even larger.
 * That being said, they are now large enough to be farmed for food, as these monitor lizards slowly become a delicacy in the Nagasatoan region.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Yolngu: We got you.
 * Events:
 * Nakamura Souji’s Bizarre Adventure: War Down Under: With the sudden Gwarri invasion of Yolngu, Nakamura Souji and the diplomatic legation she was travelling with would quickly find themselves on the front line of the fighting. Trapped in a frontier village being actively attacked by Gwarri forces, the 100-man legation managed to hold off thousands of ferocious Gwarri cannibals for 3 days and 3 nights–long enough for the people in the village to move further east to safer territory, and warn the Chiefs of war. However, 100 ill-equipped men and women cannot hold off a horde of thousands indefinitely. At dawn on the fourth night, the Gwarri troops were finally able to break through and ransack the village, killing and eating most of the defenders on the spot. However, Nakamura Souji herself, as well as 6 of her companions, managed to evade the notice of the marauding Gwarri troops for long enough to survive the massacre of their fellow countrymen. Now trapped behind enemy lines, Nakamura’s 7-man crew would be forced to lead a nomadic life, eking out an existence in the Australian bush while picking off any Gwarri warrior who was unfortunate enough to get too close.
 * Even More Military Reforms and Preparations: Kakyoin’s massive military reforms and defense preparations continue, with a string of forts across the country’s major cities and important defensive locations being built. In order to facilitate the transport of our military across land, as well as connect up the nation, a comprehensive road network is built on the major islands of Syonan, connecting every major city, existing and future fort, and strategic locations with each other. Construction of the naval base at Shubiko continues.
 * Two Can Play At This Game: In response to the military buildup and strengthening of the Zhaowanese fort of Tangbana, we begin massively building up our fort in nearby Koron, with the town’s harbor dredged and the fort itself equipped with the latest in military technology and its walls heightened and expanded upon.
 * An Impenetrable Object To Stop An Unstoppable Force: The cornerstone of Grand Kōshaku Kakyoin’s military strengthening of Syonan is the massive defense projects defending Morioh and Mei-nira, the political and financial centers of Syonan respectively. With large renovations of Fort Yoshikage, Mei-nira’s first line of defence, already underway, attention turns to the cities themselves. Construction of the massive and famed Kakyoinite Walls in Mei-nira begins in 1502, with the final result to feature 3 massive walls protecting different sections of the city, each to be surrounded on both sides by moats. These walls will also feature many turrets and peepholes, allowing troops manning the walls to easily spot and shoot at any enemy invaders. An interesting feature of these walls is the inclusion of a large bell at the direct north, east, south, and west of each of the 3 walls, with the purpose of warning residents of each “circle” of Mei-nira of an enemy breach.
 * New Partners: With the new alliance with Dai Viet, Vietnamese merchants (as well as Japanese merchants from our pre-existing good relations) have begun experiencing lower prices and preferential treatment in the Syonanese market. A new market for Syonanese merchants in the mainland has also opened with the Vietnamese alliance, with several merchant guilds beginning to take advantage of the new state of affairs.

The Council of Yolngu
Arrival of Allies: After the pleading of the Walwallie, they were able to call the aid of their strongest (and only) ally, the Syonan. Sending an army of about 8000 people. However, their arrival could not have been anymore perfect. As they have the advantage of foreign adversaries via the sea.
 * Traditions
 * Traditions On Hold: After the surprise attack from the Gwarri, many traditions that are held yearly are on hold. Those in adolescence will still be able to choose their companion.
 * “Sorcery”: Those who are left in the Amwari Tribe and smaller parts of said tribe have spoken about the ritualistic art of sorcery where natural death is usually by spirits and other shamans who wish death upon an individual. In order to enact the ritualistic aspect of a once lost tradition, shamans of the Amwari tribe (and the smaller ones) bless the strongest of warriors to hold the spirits of death.
 * WARS & CONFLICTS
 * Gwarri Ghosts: Excerpt from a surviving member of the Amwari Tribe: They came to us out of nowhere, while the Jubatti are known for their skepticism when it comes to neighbouring allies, and they were right. Many of my brothers and sisters are gone and I saw as I rode on my lizard how horrible the Gwarri people are. They ate everyone that stood in their path. I am terrified. They’re going to eat me and tear me limb from limb. I miss my parents and my uncle. At night I still hear my friends screaming out and the Melingee reaching to grab me for my cowardice.
 * Refer to War under Events
 * Military: ~10,000 Troops
 * ~ 6,000 troops paired with animal companions
 * ~250 troops paired with a marsupial lion
 * ~1,010 troops paired with a dingo
 * ~1,500 troops paired with a euro
 * ~240 troops paired with a perentie lizard
 * ~3,000 troops paired with a cassowary
 * ~ 3,000 troops atop great monitor lizards (gifted by syonan by trade)
 * ~ 1,000 troops going on foot
 * Types of Weapons:
 * ~1500 troops with boomerangs
 * ~2500 troops with hielaman + shield
 * ~2500 troops with throwing spears
 * ~2500 troops with clubs
 * ~240 troops with bone weaponry (animal and human bones)
 * Diplomacy:
 * United Against A Threat: Kalkadoon has joined under Yolngu to assist in the threat against the Gwarri people. Syonan is asked to assist via raids.
 * Events:
 * Animals Domesticated and Released Occasionally: Kookaburra, Dingo, Euro, Bearded Dragon, Frilled Lizard, Perentie, Goanna, Cassowary, Marsupial Lion, & Monitor Lizard
 * Death of the Head Elder and Jubatti Council Member: The Head Elder and Jubatti Council Members were killed (and eaten?) by one of the Gwarri’s skirmishes into the Yolngu lands, especially in the Jubatti tribe’s lands.
 * WAR EVENTS
 * The Smell of Sulfur on the Allies: “.... For they were equipped with an odd peculiarity with the smell of sulfur on their person, but the brandishing of metal-like weaponry akin to ours.”(Noine). Chief Koen sent his warrior daughter, Noine to meet Syonan leader, Souji Nakamura. Their plan is quite simple -- to have the Gwarri warriors focus more on the inland powers while Syonan attacks the coastal areas alongside with the Gwarri Capital.
 * Silence the Enemy: Blessed by the shamans in the dabble of sorcery, chosen warriors are blessed by the spirits of the dead to proceed with “sorcery” into enemy territory. Equipped with a bone made out of either wallaroo, cassowary, or human, these specific warriors carry out modern day assassinations to the Gwarri people as they sleep.
 * Taking Back the Birth of Jubatti and Amwari: Chief Koen, in agreement with the remaining members of the Jubatti Tribe and those close by will lead the the Riders of the Giant Monitor Lizards and the companions of the Cassowary as the first line of offense. Once the original land of Yolngu has been reclaimed a defense will be set up.

Mod Events

 * The European Pestilence: In 1506, there has been rumors of a plague, and many other diseases, that have exposed the natives of the west. This has concentrated around Catonzia (Osnerol) and the Aztecs, but it also has already spread to the Mayas. In Pre-Columbian times, disease ended with the arrival of Europeans in the New World and the Columbian exchange of organisms, including those that cause human diseases. The rumors of a deadly air devastates entire populations and wiping out families has strike fear into the inhabitants of the New World. Greeks and Vinlanders on the New World were not spared, as new diseases that emerged since their departure has caused them to be highly susceptible to them as well. By 1510, over a million have already died or are sick with the so-called "European Plague".
 * Dark Horse: In 1506, Tulaani forms the Third Daevite Empire. This is roughly 200 years after the formation of the Mongol Empire. Setting her sights southward, Tulaani figured she should take advantage of the newly formed Persian states as site of chaos. Tulaani desired order, and worried that such discord would eventually spread back. With her court starting to doubt her already, she is forced to make a move on Persia to prove herself as the one to restore order within the world and re-establish or secure a trade route lost after the fall of the Horseman Empires. She takes down the Qarshids in 1507, finally finishing them off. This is also including Lakhani, Khorasan, and Urdek Khanate during the following years, as Tulaani helped organize things with her generals.
 * Universalis Cosmographia: Universalis Cosmographia is a printed wall map of the world by German cartographer Martin Waldseemüller, originally published in April 1507. It is known as the first map to use the name "Meridia". The name Meridia is placed on what is also called South America on the main map. As explained in Cosmographiae Introductio, the name was associated with the south, as there was land still yet to be named up north. Though, it is thought to be islands as an extension of Meridia.
 * Sack of Vienna: Despite Westria's best attempts to reinforce the capital, they were a little too late. The Imperial capital fell to a siege, and a company of Landschneckte mercenaries, their paid overdue, sacked the city as their own payment. The city was retaken shortly after, along with Konr, but the war remains in a stalemate. Despite a number of loyal princes offering their own limited levies, incursions into Vesnian territory itself prove ineffectual due to bordering princes being uncooperative, with only an attack by Magdeburg on the city of Berlin seeing any success. Over in the Lowlands, Weser and Zwolle, while having stayed neutral in the war, has been conducting their own intrigue in the region, unbeknownst to the Emperor.
 * Return to the North: With the recent interest and contact with Vinland, the court of Vestkyst is ablaze with excitement and intrigue. In accordance with some of the personal opinions of the Albion diplomats, an expedition is sent to rediscover the ancient territories of Snaelland in what is now Greenland, and potentially set up a trade post or two to facilitate smoother contact with the strange displaced cousins of Vestkyst.
 * The Golden Horn Bridge: Construction begins on another one of da Vinci's mega-engineering marvels. It is expected to take a better half of the decade, but the pay-off is well worth the wait. Soon, merchants may freely and easily walk across from Europe to Asia without ever stepping foot in a boat. After some further careful tinkering, it is also possible for a limited amount of stalls to be set up on the bridge itself, in addition to the hundreds of people and carriages that would traverse it without disrupting the already bustling maritime traffic on the strait below the bridge.
 * New Discoveries: In 1505, an explorer from Castile-Leon, Juan de Bermúdez, discovers what he dubbed the Gateway Island (OTL Bermuda). He figures that Bermuda would serve as a gateway to the New World. In 1506, Agoustan explorer Lourenço de Almeida reaches the Maldives and Sri Lanka. Agoustan explorer Tristão da Cunha discovers the remote island of Tristan da Cunha in the South Atlantic Ocean in the same year. In 1509, Diogo Lopes de Sequeira reaches Sumatra and Malacca. Stories has gone out that for one year Columbus and his men remained stranded on Jamaica. A Spaniard, Diego Méndez, and some natives paddled a canoe to get help from Hispaniola. The new governor, Nicolás de Ovando, detested Columbus and obstructed all efforts to rescue him and his men. In the meantime Columbus, in a desperate effort to induce the natives to continue provisioning him and his hungry men, won their favor by predicting a lunar eclipse for 29 February 1504, using astronomical charts from Agoustan astronomer Abraham Zacuto. Columbus returned home by 1505.
 * Lo Mustang Earthquake: A magnitute 8,2-8,8 earthquake occured on the southern border of Shambhala in 1505, damaging the city of Kathmandu and parts of the Indo-Gangetic plains.
 * Sack of Kilwa: On July 1505, during their trip to India, some Agoustan explorers demanded tribute from the city of Kilwa, and when refused, sacked the city, killing the local ruler.
 * Watch 1505: The earliest known pocket watch is made in Nuremburg.
 * Laocoön and His Sons: The classical statue was unearthed in 1506, and at the recommendation of Michelangelo and Giuliano da Sangallo, an Italian sculptor and architect, it was purchased by the Pope and displayed in the Vatican later in the year.
 * Swiss Guards: On January 22, 1506, the Swiss Guard arrives at the Vatican to serve as permanent ceremonial and palace guards under the Pope.
 * Agoustan Conquests: They occupy the city of Mozambique and the island of Lamu, and Socotra is bought at a certain price.
 * De divina proportione: The book, concerning the golden ratio, is written by Luca Pacioli.

NPC Events

 * Delhi: they invade and subjugate Multan and Kandahar.
 * Agousta: They send a diplomatic envoy to the Ahuric court, inquiring whether they would be willing to relinquish the island of Hormuz for a price.
 * Hawza, Abadun and Keqi: They warmly receive the assistance from Ahuras, and humbly request to join the League of the Desert.
 * Golden Horde: The country breaks apart into several states in 1505, though were annexed by Kazakh in 1507.
 * Vinland: They accept the British offer. They also accept the Osnerolese offer, after viewing it with much skepticism and intrigue.
 * Escosia: They send material support to the Westrians, as well as a few condottieri at a low price. They do not wish to be tangled up in the affairs of the HRE, but will continue to support their oldest ally in other ways.
 * Genoa: They request assistance from Hispania in securing their trade outpost, recently acquired from the Atlantean kingdom of Macedon. They secretly ask if they may also pinch a few other islands.

Kingdom of Osnerol / Kingdom of Catonzia (final turn)

 * Government: Absolute monarchy
 * King:
 * Hoko Katzo (r. 1362-1374)
 * Cuitlaxelo Witzo (r. 1374 - 1386)
 * Tepu Suhotz (r. 1386-1412)
 * Caon'tzi Kaan (r. 1412 - 1435)
 * Koyum Nas (r. 1435 - 1458)
 * Bikem Mitza (r. 1458 - 1487)
 * Hukehe Utzin (r. 1487 - present)
 * Dynasty: 7th Dynasty (1223 - 1374), interregnum (1374 - 1386), restored 7th Dynasty (1386 - present)
 * Parliament: None
 * Economy: The Osnerolese economy is based largely on fishing and agriculture, though copper mining is a decently-sized industry as well. Trade with foreign nations such as Elysia and the Atlantian states is now a large source of income for the nation.
 * Capital: Monalba
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 401,400 (82% Osnerolese, 8% Choctaw, 4% Taino, 3% Apalachee, 2.5% Creek, 0.5% other)
 * Religion: 96% Osnerolese religion, 4% others
 * Military: 4,010 manpower total
 * Army: 1,910 soldiers
 * Navy: 2,100 sailors (35 ships)
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * N/A
 * Diplomacy (italics indicate secret):
 * N/A
 * Events:
 * Oh Shit, A Plague: Even though smallpox resistance is now a thing in Osnerol, that couldn't save them from newer Old World diseases, like the bubonic plague. Due to the practice having become commonplace, ritual cremation of a deceased plague victim's corpse and their clothings and belongings is practiced in an attempt to appease the god of pestillence.
 * Army Reforms: Hukehe Utzin reforms the army with the help of the new Castilan advisors in hopes of catching up to the Europeans. He reorganizes the army in a fashion similar to the Western armies of Castile-Leon. He also implements a training regime similar to Castilan military training.
 * The Tale of Hukehe Utzin (would've done this last turn but I rushed it): The Greeks of Elysia and Atlantia took note of Hukehe Utzin's seemingly miraculous defeat of the Choctaw invaders, and the story of the king who pushed back the tribal raiders. In the future, some religious group developing in the west might incorporate Hukehe Utzin's exploits into a story of their own.  (totally not the mormons and their story of lachoneus)
 * New Cities: In former Choctaw lands, the former tribal village of Pascagoula (OTL Pascagoula) and the Osnerolese trading post of Meleku (OTL Picayune) grow into major cities.

Keisarvalta

 * Government: Elective Monarchy
 * King:  [Temporary Riksdag Rule]
 * Dynasty: Varold
 * Economy: The Keisairvaltan Economy is based on heavily by trade through the Baltic Sea. As well as agriculture.
 * Capital: Varntio
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 4mil
 * Ingrians: 45%
 * Rostovians: 15%
 * Misc Finnic Cultures: 5%
 * Vesnians: 7%
 * Daeva: 9%
 * Volgans: 10%
 * Varangian: 4%
 * Religion:
 * Eastern Orthodox: 90%
 * Catholic: 4%
 * Traditional Religions: 2%
 * Judaism: 4%
 * Diplomacy
 * Wars & Conflicts:
 * Events
 * Death of The King: Keisari Aroulf I died due to old age leaving his succession up to the Riksdag. After the Kings death another Period of Riksdag rule commences. The Riksdag uses this as a way to increase Riksdag powers over the government
 * United Protectorate: After news of the formation of the Third Daevite Empire worries as to the security of the Keisarivaltan Realm. An offer is sent to Saratov, Samara, and Don to form a Varntio Protectorate for defense against foreign Threats hoping to prepare themselves for a possible invasion headed in the city of Varntio.

Dragon's Fire

 * Summary: A group of Dutch men who are literally sick of Westria even if they weren't part of the war. Initially just a group of people who are just tired of Westria, they decide to form a group of adventurers seeking to go to the New World, where rumours begin to arrive here of opportunity. (Warning, contents may change but this is their initial background I'm aiming for. I have permission from Eltool to use Westria and their army as a future plot device, but that depends on my motivation.)
 * Backstory: On 1502, with the war between Westria and Vesnia ongoing, there has been slight discontent in the Westrian Netherlands regarding the current seat and the Emperor. Being somewhat weak and incompetent, some disgruntled Dutch people around their 20s/30s have started banding together and silently resisting (temporarily, though I have a feeling that it might be long-term) themselves from the grip of Westria. With that in mind, a small group in Den Haag was founded initially as an underground, secret group, which was named as the Dragon's Fire. The group started off under that name at a small drinking session on 29th March 1502, which led to people discussing about creating a group of armed soldiers and prepare to resist the rule of the Emperor. They thought of that name while being drunk and the name eventually got stuck in the minds of these people. Once founded, there are few who eventually join in sessions and there are some isolated training grounds in the marshes of the Lowlands but none of them were ever used and so they were largely unprepared for a fight should they attempt to organise a peasant rebellion. But by the latter half of the 1500s, things would have changed for them as messages and rumours of something west begins to tickle their mind...
 * Leadership Structure: There is a structure that resembles some form of leadership and hierarchy, where most members are at the bottom and those who lead the organisation are at the top. They do have the authority and reserve rights to revoke membership. The Grand Dragon, created as a title to go with the de facto leader and obviously coming out from a tavern, has most of the power and the final say in its current leadership structure. There are senior chiefs, but they are small in number and are often appointed by the Grand Dragon manually. Though when there is planned restructuring of the group once the Grand Dragon moves away, there might be two operations and therefore, two members are required to handle operations of this group, including one in Westrian Netherlands.
 * Grand Dragon: A low-effort title to go for! His name is currently not known, but I'm going to do that next turn.
 * Senior Chiefs: Five figures
 * Membership: 370 members, all of them are concentrated in Westrian Netherlands and based around Den Haag. Most of the membership comes from secret meetings and invitations by word of select messengers. Most of them are untrained in fighting (though there are some who are getting there) and are young adults as they founded this group just lately, so around the age of their 20s but there are some in their 30s up until the mid-40s. Slavokans (or Jews, the sentiment of antisemitism in Europe is still prevalent so its expected) are not accepted however. Women are technically allowed into the organisation but they are smaller in numbers compared to men.
 * Diplomacy: N/A
 * Operations: N/A
 * Events:
 * Dissenting Against the Emperor: The group continues to literally dissent and recruit people around Den Haag, but for lower members it was getting around a message of freedom and disobeying the royalty of the Westrian monarchy. For the leadership, they held secret meetings in their own homes monthly but sometimes they are caught by the hands of local levies, but that is often rare as the war between Vesnia and Westria has not impacted Westrian Netherlands. By the end of the decade though the group's ideology still stands and supports and even encourage ex-levies and former soldiers to show their anger over the sacking of Vienna. There are no plans for these ex-soldiers to join, but they are still free to join this group if they have legitimate reasons and not to oust the group out, something that the Grand Dragon wants to prevent.
 * The New World?: Though the existence of the New World is known by western Europeans for over two decades now, it was on 1508 that the Grand Dragon began to consider going over to the west, where there is endless troves of riches to be found and that he wants his group to send members into training immediately in remote abandoned training grounds. This divided leadership and some of his advisors as they didn't want to raise any noises. But the Grand Dragon managed to convince them on bringing back wealth from the New World. Soon after, there was some discussion among some members on whether they should leave the group and form their own with similar intentions, but it was also knocked down soon after on another compromise of having part of the group staying in the area. The Grand Dragon made his strongest intention to leave the Lowlands within a decade, with at least 100 members. It is unknown whether this is going to be successful, since it would require a miracle to contact a country with colonies.
 * Budgeting and Secret Arrangements: Secret arrangements are being held over recruiting and appointing certain people into this proposed group of people that will be sent to the New World with the Grand Dragon. There is more training within those who were chosen, usually in remote areas, using melee combat as firearms are mostly out of bounds. Again, this might be conceived as a threat by local authorities, so they were held usually at a fortnightly or monthly basis in any location around Den Haag. New members are offered the choice of going there. Preparations are being made and a group of candidates for a messenger is already underway on 1509. The Grand Dragon is also seeking to break up operations into two should this happen.

Atouman Empire

 * Government:
 * House of Atmanaglu
 * Achaeus "The Strong" (b. 1472-), as Kaiser [c. 1504-]
 * Ioxamander (b. 1491), as Ezkhan [c. 1500-]
 * Grand Vizier
 * Suleyman II abd-Muttari Pasha (b. 1456-) [c. 1501-1503, 1508-1509]
 * Hersekenia abd-Beyid Pasha (b. 1464) [c. 1503-1507]
 * Ozman abd-Jafar Pasha (b. 1481) [c. 1510-]
 * Economy: The economy of the Atouman Empire was based on a system of iqta', an Arzhamite feudal system, as the Atouman state's ultimate goal were consolidation and extension of the Azarh's power, and the way to reach it was by taking advantage of resources and the revenues system by making the productive classes prosperous. So while the agrarian-based economy was fruitful in it's development, it ultimately prevented an emergence of social disorder, and keeping the traditional organization of the culture and society as a whole. Mining operations would also aid as a driving factor of the economy, with copper, iron, silver, and gold being mined in Bulgaria while fruits grown across the Anatolian region and Balkan peninsula producing bountiful luxuries that are consequentially sold at the various port markets in Ionia and Greece. Olive trees grow in wild fashion, with their oil being harvested and sold to the highest bidder. Atouman expansion into Europe during the 14th and 15th centuries would emphasize a Greco-Persian royal sentiment, which would be ephasized furthermore in Azarkh Iskandir I's reign, who famously claimed himself as Padishah, a term historically used to describe the ruling monarch of Persia. This emphasis would lead to the capital cities becoming major commercial and industrial centres, serving as highways between the Greco-Roman-Daevite cultures and merchantile trade. This policy of tolerance would later lead to Azarkh Tayyeb's Mandate of Adrianople, which officially allowed for the Jewish people to reside and prosper in the Atouman Realm far away from the persecution they faced at the hands of Christendom. Most of these people were settled in either Constantinople or other port cities along the Ionian coast. Other exports include cotton, a myriad of fruits, and plenty of slaves.
 * Capital: Constantinople (Primary), Ipsus (Secondary), Abdera (Tertiary), Thessalonica (Quaternary), Serdika (Quinary)
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 12,500,000
 * Religion:
 * 65% - Arzham: The Arzhamite faith had continued to flourish under the House of Atmanaglu, who were devote followers of Arzhang themselves, instituting various mosques and chapels during this time. This included the Ozman's Temple, which would stand as the largest religious institution until the construction of Ioxamander's Temple in 1547.
 * 35% - Christianity: Christianity following the collapse of the Byzantine Empire would stagnate during this time, declining into a plurality due to a myriad of policies introduced by the Atouman Empire, such as increased taxing, second-class citizenship, and the banning of proselytizing, which was punishable by death. This decline in Christianity would also be further aided by the re-organization of the Janissaries, which by this part were mostly made up of young Christian slaves from the Balkans that had converted to Islam.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Atouman-Vilmnatz War (1505-1507): Following success in the past year and realizing the militarized condition of Vimnatz, Kaiser Achaeus would wait for the arrival of the Grand Vizier Hersekenia abd-Beyid Pasha's forces from the eastern campaign before attacking. In his war tent, Kaiser Achaeus would believe that a multi-directional attack would limit response time for the capital forces, and thus would further consolidate his grip over the occupied territory to the south over the course of three months, going on the defensive against offensive legions originally sent out from Vimnetz. By the arrival of the Grand Vizier on the east, Kaiser Achaeus would mount a siege on the city, attacking indiscrimanetly as they slaughtered and impaled the heathens that dared to defy the Atouman hegemony over the region. The siege would last nearly seven months, ending with the city falling into the hands of the Atoumans. While some historians would prefer the Siege of Vimnetz as being of insignicant importance in comparison to the Siege of Escos, this siege would see a brutal end to the ruling dynasty of Vilmnetz, the House of Tepes, whom were summarily executed in the city's square after being captured in the royal palace. All members would be stoned to death, with the King and his wife enduring direct impalement. It is said by some scribes that the King's royalty would be publically viewable for nearly six months, being knipped upon by rabid vultures while the sun was high. After occupying Vimnetz, the Grand Vizier would begin a campaign to consolidate the northern towns, occupying them within a year and formally ending the war. Due to the Grand Council's decision prior to the war, the Amirate of Rumania is formed as a vassal state of Atouman Empire in similar vein to the Amirate of Moldavia, however, unlike Moldavia, Rumania was organized as a monarchy rather than an elective oligarchy.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Events:
 * Golden Age: While Kaiser Achaeus was memorable primarily for his role in the expansion of the Atouman Empire, the Atouman Golden Age had only continued to flourish under his supervision, with universities being constructed across key administrative centers to serve as intellectual cross-roads between the eastern world and Europe, while da Vinci's bridge is seen as a contemporary piece of modern engineering that is only able to be constructed due to the "...divine status inherited by the House of Atmanaglu, thr descendents of Atman." Although this was the Court's explaination by Kaiser Achaeus when being prompted the question, the more historical answer was that the Golden Age succeeded due to the re-invigoration of markets and roads in Greece and the Balkans, which had deteoriated under the declining Byzantines prior to their collapse. The Atouman Golden Age, sometimes referred to as the "Classical Age" in Atouman historical records, concerns the history of the Atouman Empire from the Fall of Constantinople in September of 1453 to the second half of the sixteenth century; at the end of the reign of Ioxamander the Magnificent.
 * The Shadow Architect: While elements of the Testiment of Kanshi had primarily constituted a different interpretation of the events surrounding the death of the Azarkh Tayyeb, the Sixth Arzhamite-Christianity School would form in the early 16th century through the coalescing of former Abyadite scribes and merchantile officers that centered their beliefs around the concept that Arzhang was the reincarnation of Jesus Christ, and throughout much of their early canonical scripture, would be lead to believe that the world would end upon the collapse of the "Holy Empire" [Atouman Empire]. While the cult would not have an official name during this time, it is cited by historian Mehmet abd-Hellas (b. 1911-1974) that there likely was a central authority behind the scenes that had been able to formulate a school of thought surrounding the hagiography of the Atoumans and the various other imperial states, such as the Roman Empire, the Four Azarkhates of Mesopotamia and Persia, and the various Prophetic figures in Biblical canon. Folklore surrounding the cult would refer to this likely-mythological leader as "The Shadow Architect", describing him as "... a man that was present in the shadows of the Kaiser's Court". Due to this understanding, all scripture is said to have been originally written by The Shadow Architect, likely making him an amalgamation of numerous writers rather than a person.
 * The Prophecy: The Testament of Xethesda (commonly regarded as "The Prophecy"), unlike the Testiment of Kanshi (which was written moreso as a different viewpoint of the Death of Azarkh Tayyeb), was originally written as a commentary over various religious ideas and concepts and how the events compared back to then to events that currently ongoing. He provides the tale of "Dave vs Goliath" from the Judeo-Christian Bible, and compares the events to the fall of the Second Daevite Empire following their loss at the Siege of Berlin. Technically speaking, the Second Daevite Empire is quoted several times throughout much of the sixth school's theology, and is described definitively by "The Shadow Architect" as an example of the double-edged sword idiom, elaborating that the potential benefits of the Second Daevite Empire was primarily the spread of Arzham across Anatolia and Greece, which culminated into the formation of the Atouman Azarkhate, and the adoption of a Persianate culture, leading to a short lived "Golden Age" prior to it's dissolution. The potential consequences experienced included the "Arzhamite Dark Ages", a hypothesis that centered around the failure of the primary Azarkhates in their conquest of Egypt leading to their later inevitable collapse at the hand of the Daevites, causing a rapid decline in ecclesiastical and scientific work as a result. This would only be furthered by the population loss suffered during the Daevite expansion across Eurasia. From these events, the Text of Xethesda reads that God had actually blessed the House of Atmanaglu, and that Atman was actually a descendent of Arzhang. This divine-like nature represented that they could succeed without the hand of God, although that their death at the hand of Man would lead to catastrophe, disaster, and the apocalypse. This divine-like nature described that the House of Atmanaglu would reach it's zenith under "...the unborn and the young", before elaborating that the policies of the Atouman Azarkhate had grown into the most ideal in terms of rapid military expansion. which was believed to have been perfected temporarily during the Crusades, which while they ultimately failed due to their internal organization, the Atoumans succeeded under sole authority being derived from the House of Atmanaglu.

Passamaquoddy

 * Government: Chiefdom
 * Sakom (Head Chief): Nutewestaq (Born 1427)
 * Economy: Shells and carved beads are traded in exchange for food and services.
 * Capital: Ehecinakhiqoten
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ~29,750
 * Major Cities:
 * Ehencinakhiqoten: ~1,900
 * Atpechantwekomon: ~650
 * Rural Areas: ~27,200
 * Religion:
 * Native Beliefs: ~99%
 * Norse: ~1%
 * Ethnicity:
 * Passamaquoddy: ~91%
 * Mixed: ~3%
 * Other Natives: ~4%
 * Norse: ~1%
 * Military:
 * The now-growing military is divided between larger settlements to defend citizens. They also assist with manual labor around the small villages and help hunt for food.
 * Numbers:
 * Psqociskinap (use Clubs in combat): 90
 * Sikuwan (use Spears in combat): 60
 * Tomhikon (use tomahawks in combat): 20
 * Kskomakon (hold shields in front of others to defend): 30
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * None
 * Diplomacy:
 * None
 * Events
 * The cleared road from Ehecinakhiqoten to Atpechantwekomon is completed. Smaller paths are cleared out from the forest further north and east as well.
 * Traditional farming and agriculture starts to develop along with smaller settlements. Farming staple crops such as corn, beans, and squash are grown outside of Ehecinakhiqoten.
 * Wikhausu’Piscoke and I'tawitahasu’s work is arduous and thus far yields no results. Lack of motivation and support for a written language is clear. After all why make it harder and write things out when you could just talk? An alphabet that represents the various sounds of Passamaquoddy, while also remaininh simple enough to teach the common people is difficult to construct.
 * More Passamaquoddy people marry into Nahican an Vinlander families, further diversifying our culture and skills.
 * Lobsters, clams, and fish are caught along the shores and rivers.
 * The Passamaquoddy people continue to migrate west.
 * More military equipment and weapons are crafted, further growing the city of Ehecinakhiqoten and other nearby settlements.

The United Kingdoms of the British Isles (Albion)
Government: Absolute Monarchy Economy: The economy of British Isles consists of trade and commerce of a variety of materials. The primary export products of the UK are fish, wool, cloth, and a variety of vegetables.
 * Drakes: 
 * King Casimir (M, b. 1454 - )
 * Queen Abigail (F, 1455 - )

Main Religion: Christianity

Cities and Demographics: Wars and Conflicts Armed Forces Research and Development Training and Production
 * Population: 6.40 million
 * Cities
 * London: The capital of England, and location of the throne.
 * York: Main center of England’s eastern fishing company.
 * Dover: Main location of the British navy. While elements of the navy are located throughout the territory, the headquarters of the navy are located here. In addition, Dover is the main trading hub between it and Caen.
 * Brighton: A newer shipbuilding facility located on the English Channel.
 * Birmingham: A quiet town that is the location of McCarthy Arms Company, one of, if not, the oldest firearms companies to date.
 * Glasgow: Main hub of Scotland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * Caen: The main hub where products heading to Britain from land mount ships to cross the channel. Also acts as Henry’s base of operations in France
 * Portsmouth: The location of the first drydocks in history, which became the founding of various legendary ships of the Royal Navy
 * Dublin: Main hub of Ireland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * Calais: One of the few French towns still owned by the British, it is a prosperous city that is one of the most important trading hubs in the North Sea.
 * Urlondum: Though they don’t own the city, the city is the location of the British embassy in Vinland. Though they have a small presence, this does make Urlondum the first place the British definitively fly their flag, even if it’s over a building or two.
 * None.
 * Total: 134,350 Manpower
 * Army
 * Total: 127,820
 * United Drake Forces: 
 * Light Infantry: 10,000
 * Frontline Infantry: 1,000
 * Longbow Archers: 22,000
 * Marksman Infantry: 32,300
 * Light Cavalry: 14,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 3,000
 * Bow Cavalry: 2,900
 * Field Artillerymen: 5,800
 * Field cannons: 1,760
 * Logistical Support: 30,000
 * Roundtable Knights (Elite): 8,350
 * These are Britain’s elite forces. A rebirthed version sprouting from Artoria’s original group of holy knights, this force has never lost a battle, and has unwavering loyalty to the crown and the Order of the Roundtable, willing to fight to the death for the survival of the British Isles.
 * While most are able to fight, members of the Roundtable are encouraged to branch out into their own craft, such as pottery and sheepherding, with the idea that everyone should act like a Roundtable Knight and give their all into both their craft and their country.
 * The only way to become a Roundtable Knight is to be selected by an existing member of the group. Most knights tend to make apprentices out of those they recruit to the Roundtable, and generally, no one usually complains when a Roundtable Knight selects someone to join the ranks of the Roundtables. Depending on the country/chapter, one can also be appointed to the Roundtable by the crown..
 * Notable (Living) Members:
 * The Drake Family
 * Joanna Palaiologos McCarthy
 * Navy:
 * Personnel: 5,000 (combined between both fleets)
 * Naval Vessels:
 * British Galleons: 4
 * Main flagship: HMS Ember
 * Prototype British Caravel: 60
 * Dual-Purpose Merchant Caravel: 16
 * MAC Cannons: McCarthy Industries continues to produce MAC Cannons in a variety of calibers and sizes, ranging from small 6 pound field cannons to 16 pound naval cannons. At least in Britain, McCarthy Industries has the monopoly on the firearms industry.
 * Naval Vessels: With the new drydock constructed in Portsmouth, the British prepare to construct ships larger than even the Caravels in service.
 * McCarthy Arms Company: Continued efforts are made to improve the wheel lock, with minor changes made over time to allow for easier manufacturing of the rifle.
 * Brighton: A new drydock is being constructed in the port city (will be completed by 1520)
 * 100 Dual-purpose Merchant Caravels (Will be pumped out at 15-20 per half-decade until the full order is fulfilled)
 * Continued conversion of troops into British musketeers

Diplomacy Allies Events Deceased Log 
 * Renamed to British Marksman Infantry
 * Whatever equipment and personnel is required to maintain numbers on the frontline.
 * Vinland: With the son of the ruler of Vinland wishing to gain knowledge from Britain, the rulers ask if Vinland wishes to enter into an alliance of the sorts, exchanging knowledge between the two countries.
 * Europeans: Though not offered the top-line models, Britain does allow McCarthy Arms Company to sell some of their wares overseas, to those willing to purchase them, at least
 * Vinland: Allies in the New World. Though technologically inferior to the British, they are a bridge into the New World, a bridge the British wish to explore into, in return for supporting their new allies
 * Velkyst: Norweigan allies in the North Sea. The oldest ally of Britain, harkening back to the British Empire’s founding.
 * Journey to the West (Part 4): Britain continues to allow Vinlanders to view what Britain has to offer, even accepting those who wish to live in Europe as immigrants. (Do note that the number of people who wish to live in Britain is less than one hundred)
 * The European Plague: With news of a plague breaking out in Vinland, Britain sends over some British doctors to aid the Vinlanders as a sign of good faith, helping where they can as they do their best to help fight the plague.
 * Rulers
 * Pendragon:
 * Artoria “Ember” Pendragon (F, b.1317- 1389?) (Reign: 1351 ~ 1369 - 1389)
 * Ash I (M, b. 1347 - 1434) (Reign: 1390 - 1434)
 * Sister: Aura (F, b.1350 - 1434)
 * Ash II (M, b. 1399 - 1442) (Reign: 1434 - 1442)
 * Amber (F, b. 1424 - ) (Reign: 1442 - 1482)
 * Brother: Edward (M, b. 1441 - 1481)
 * Mordue:
 * River Mordue (F, b. 1322 - 1393) (Reign: 1369 - 1393)
 * Henry (M, b. 1353 - 1429) (Reign: 1393 - 1429)
 * Daughter: Mary (F, b. 1382 - 1399)
 * Lionel (M, b. 1388 - 1482) (Reign: 1430 - 1482)
 * Son: Leo I (M, b. 1407 - 1465)
 * Leo III (M, b. 1445 - 1478)
 * Son: Leo II (M, b. 1423 - 1478)
 * Brother: Henry II (M, b. 1398 - 1478)
 * Roundtable Knights
 * Joan “Anne” of Arc (Died in 1431)
 * Sir George Cromwell of Cotswold (Died in 1445)
 * Sir George Cromwell II of Cotswold (Died in 1482)
 * Sir Rex of Dover (Died in 1482)
 * Misc
 * Shauna McCarthy (Died in 1489)
 * Founder of McCarthy Arms Company, one, if not, the oldest firearms companies in the world.

Nihon no Domei
Notable People:
 * Government: Feudal Confederation
 * Emperor: Uchiha Ryu [Hogo-sha]
 * Shogun: Takeda Shizuka
 * Congress of Daimyo: A body consisting of the 24 Daimyo and certain outside observers.
 * Chairman of the Congress: Nishimiya Yuzuru
 * List of Daimyo: Midoriya, Nanbu, Odawara, Fujiwara, Mogami, Yatogami, Niigata, Tachibana, Shiba, Nagao, Matsudaira, Takeda, Oda, Chuosanmyaku, Tanabe, Kanzaki, Miyoshi, Mori, Uzumaki, Chosokame, Otomo, Ryuzoji, Honkobu-Taira, Taira, Ryukyu
 * Autonomous Territories: Izumo-Matsue (Joseonese), Chiba (Eskosian)
 * Outside Observers: Ezo (Friend of the Domei), Kansha (officially a Daimyo), Joseon (Friend of the Domei)
 * Clans:
 * Oda
 * Main family: Oda (minor branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Takeda, Matsudaira, Chuosanmyaku
 * Tachibana
 * Main family: Tachibana (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Nagao, Fujiwara, Nanbu
 * Mogami
 * Main family: Mogami (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Odawara, Niigata
 * Kanzaki
 * Main family: Kanzaki (side branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Mori, Miyoshi
 * Shin-Taira
 * Main family: Ryuzoji (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Honkobu-Taira, Otomo
 * Southern Alliance
 * Main family: Ryukyu (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Ryukyu
 * Allies: Ezo, by personal union with Fujiwara; Joseon, defensive military alliance
 * Capital: Kyoto
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 12,630,000
 * Ethnicities: Yamatai (78%), Chinese-origin (5%), Joseon (8%), Syonan (6%), Other (2%)
 * Official Religion: Shinto, with Buddhist influences
 * Population Distribution:
 * Urban Population [out-of-date]: 1,950,000 - 435,000 (Edo), 382,000 (Kyoto), 198,000 (Hiroshima), 174,000 (Fukushima), 135,000 (Kobe), 305,000 (cities with less than 100,000 population)
 * Rural Population [out-of-date]: 13,150,000 - 1,310,000 (Chugoku), 6,210,000 (Tohoku), 2,450,000 (Chubu), 1,100,000 (Kyushu), 890,000 (Shikoku), 1,570,000 (Kansai)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War): 
 * N-A
 * Army:
 * Horses [15,000]: Modest steeds trained to gallop across the rough and uneven terrain of Nihon's islands. They can also be employed for charging out of boats onto land, although that kind of situation is comparably rarer.
 * General infantry [62,000]: Rudimentarily trained infantry with a general focus on close-ranged melee and shortrange bow combat. Second priority for usage of battering rams and other siege equipment, usually assisting other infantry and auxillaries with tasks.
 * Irregular infantry [63,000]: Infantry-in-training as well as part-time infantry that does not serve for lifetime employment. Mostly the former. First priority for handling of siege equipment.
 * Support staff [15,000]:  Infantry serving in entirely logistical roles. Equipped with extreme short range equipment such as daggers for self-defence, the bulk of many impromptu convoys.
 * Auxillary infantry [15,000]: Long-range bowmen and combat medics. Heavily trained, many chosen to be officers upon promotion in the field.
 * Irregular auxillaries [28,000]: Often merchants and mercenaries serving the same role as auxillary infantry, auxillaries-in-training or officers serving in combat.
 * Highest-ranking generals:
 * N_A
 * Navy:
 * Kawataro-fune [57]: An armoured slow-moving battleship which covers the deck in metal plating and a layer of steel behind the caravel structure to give it a special amount of versatility. If it is sinking, it can last for enough hours to bring it back to shore or at least into a kamikaze attack.
 * Hayai-fune [33]: A restored line of lightly-armoured battleships designed to quickly board another ship before sinking it. Incredibly fragile.
 * Supply ships [152]: Unarmoured fast-moving cargo ships as well as heavy lightly-armoured supply ships. The former used to resupply close to land; the latter used to carry along supplies on longer, no-docking expeditions.
 * Irregular converteds [8]: Various ships with various amounts of armour and what not attached on; mostly former Kei-fune and and Hayai-fune and cargo ships. Heavily personalised, often used as fleet commander ships.
 * 39,000 sailors: close-quarters trained, basic infantry training and ship training
 * Admirals:
 * Takeda Shizuka
 * Tachibana Ranma
 * Diplomacy: 
 * The government sends a delegation to Dai Viet. It comes with various potted goods and pieces of precious art.
 * Economics:
 * De-centralisation: The collapse of central authority in Nihon as well as the chaos of widespread rioting pushes many skilled workers and artisans into rural areas and an exodus to Kansha, which is more or less happy to receive them; meanwhile, this kind of decentralisation leads to the advent of informal communes in parts of Nihon, particularly Shikoku, Kyushu and Chugoku. It also leads to power being shifted right back into the hands of regional Daimyo, who wield outsized power over the country now, removing the centre of power from Kyoto and permanently changing the dynamics of power in the region.
 * Private Conglomerates: Private commercial entities begin to develop in the absence of a central authority, many of whom quickly develop into monopolistic entities that carry multiple different trades and industries all at once. The Kamakura and Nihonese Southern Companies are at the forefront of this, but other mercenary and financial organisations begin formation in urban centres, especially private police who become the primary arbiters of public security in cities and towns.
 * Value of Gold: While barter has remained one of the biggest methods of trade within the country, gold is the currency by which trade with foreign merchants has been practiced. The main source of gold in Nihon, however, are the Han nations to the East, Kansha and Syonan; it has no actual power over the premier currency it uses. Thus, this leads to barter trade being exceedingly common and the usage of gold remaining restricted to the tiny upper class of Nihon.
 * Actual monetary value: One ounce of gold can currently buy eight sacks of rice (7.5kg total).
 * Major Economic Organisations:
 * Kamakura Company: Front organisation with dealings in weapons, assassinations and other various activities.
 * Nihon: 6,400 members (150 ninja)
 * Kansha: 210 members, mostly from the old days of the nation as a regional convention
 * Syonan: 50 members
 * Nihonese Southern Company: Mercenary group. Professional army.
 * Nihon: 4,100 members and two hayai-fune
 * Kansha: 2,800 members and one kawataro-fune
 * Syonan: 1,900 members and four hayai-fune + one kawataro-fune
 * Dai Viet: 100 members (preliminary set-up)
 * Culture:
 * Yamatai: The dominant culture on the three main islands, practiced by the vast majority of ethnic Nihonese; it emphasises the importance of self and the privilege of existence. A partly individualistic culture with overtly communal streaks that designates the greatness of finding a specific calling and engaging it with the most effort possible; giving rise to a society that prizes the arts as well as the value of literature. While it does not shun the sciences, they are not often given priority; meanwhile, the military and warriors are given outsized importance against all else. Its envisioning of Shinto has numerous distinct cultural streaks from the nations that existed before Yamato united the three main islands under its own banner; as well as little reminders of the past.
 * Ainu: A distinct, unique culture native to Tohoku and Ezo; a kind of communal culture that emphasises the community and a place within that community. It speaks of the importance of discovering a place within society and fulfilling the callings asked of you by others, and that no individual is above the common good. Its adoption of arts and literature is thus comparably limited, but it is the Ainu which have advanced Nihon's science so far, partly due to the fact that they are encouraged to go to school from younger ages (and generally live in more urbanised societies). Their envisioning of Shinto is more akin to a kind of lifestyle, which promotes certain practices and discourages others; one which has, surprisingly, remained largely sturdy for the last 400 years.
 * Joseonese-Han: A minority culture arising from the great giants from across the sea; Joseonese-Han is a monstrous beast of mish-mashed cultures, from distinct Han streaks arising almost 600 years ago to the original Xia cultures. It is almost entirely reliant on distinct, tiny Xianist sects and practices a form of Buddhism mixed with Shinto.
 * Religion:
 * Shinto: A polytheistic, animistic and pantheistic religion which most Nihonese follow. It revolves around the kami - gods/spirits, which are depending on region omnipresent or omniscient. Worship is mainly practiced in household shrines and public shrines, with family shrines more common for political and clan officials. Extreme levels of localisation, with many in the North having strong Ainu streaks while those in Kyushu and Kansha have subtle Han influence.
 * Events:
 * The Struggle of the New Era [7] [FINAL]:
 * The New Shogun - Autumn 1505: After spending much time stalling the ascension of a replacement for Shogun after the death of Yamagata Jiro, Emperor Ryu promptly collapses from a severe stroke, effectively leaving his court and Kanzaki Nagato in charge of the entire affair. While not dead, he is left bedridden as his physician and doctor insist on bloodletting much to the chagrin of his remaining advisors, who try to no avail to stop the daft pair from bleeding out the symbolic leader of Nihon. While that continues, Nagato takes advantage of the status of the Emperor to push a new candidate through: Takeda Shizuka. Takeda generally harbours a dislike for Nagato, but seeing an opportunity to gain greater political power for the navy as well as herself (recent allegations regarding an affair with another man rather plaguing); she willingly arrives in Kyoto and accepts the role, taking position as Shogun and swearing quiet fealty to Nagato. This is exactly as she has desired; without the navy in her way, this gives her the power to maneuver as she wishes - including expanded operations for the Kamakura Company all throughout Nihon.
 * The Woman of Many Arms - Summer 1506: But control isn't just a question of who runs which institution, but what institutions do in the general world. Famine is still a yearly issue, with many facing at least temporary bursts of famine due to the loss of crop yields caused by the rapid decentralisation of Nihon. Previously public granaries did experience some level of crop redistribution as organised from Kyoto, but now, those granaries are driven to their very limit as they no longer receive surplus rice from the agriculturally-productive sections of the country; but the Kamakura Company, expanding its public front further, becomes 'licensed under the orders of the Shogun' to restart such operations. In order to facilitate this, the Kamakura Company distributes paper slips which serve as a kind of 'guarantee' from the Kyoto government. This becomes an informal currency which also for the first time comes into the hands of peasants; this currency, backed by Nihon's limited gold reserves in Kyoto and Edo, begins to spread quickly as a dry season strikes Nihonese peasants hard.
 * The Phoenix of Nihon [4]:
 * Grand Temple of Steel - Spring 1507: Attempting to quietly expand the Ninja Association's operations alongside the recent opening up of opportunities, Nagato has the Kamakura Company ally with the smaller Tachibana and Mogami Organisations to create a network of national mercenaries which can put down civil unrest and perform other acts of peacekeeping; more core to that, however, is the purchase and re-acquisition of old military academies to develop a kind of private army. This new private army is what she names the Tokubetsu Anchitsukiru; the 'Special Guard'. Its choice of recruits is often former or present military officers and infantrymen, with auxillary infantry generally preferred as a rule. This formation is viewed with suspicion by many of the clans as it brings Nagato into the spotlight for the first time, creating a situation where her activity is now more openly scrutinised by the various politicians scattered throughout Nihon. She isn't too bothered; after all, there isn't much they can do to her. For now, she needs to focus on the finding a heir she considered...
 * A Problem of Inheritance - Autumn 1509: Understandably perturbed by the stories of legacies disappearing after 'prolonged lack of procreation', as she puts it; Nagato filters through records and recruits for the Kamakura Company as well as the Nihonese Southern Company that could fit the bill. Her conditions were so specific for a reason, after all: she wishes for that person to inherit her personal calling, one that few would ever understand. Since young she was thrust into a controversial family whose original patriarch disappeared and became a laughing-stock; she withdrew to recluse because she wished to avoid that legacy, of her grandfather - of Kanzaki Izuku. But eventually, coming up against the limits of her patience, well-read and disgruntled with the rapid destabilisation of Nihon, she decided to break that legacy altogether and write a new story - for herself, her family, perhaps even her descendants - one of a woman who restored a country to glory. A nationalistic patriotism tempered only by an intellect few would ever see. She sees a strong inherent value in the idea of family; a grandeur that few others would dare to oppose, and for that she irrationally put her cousin in charge of part of the NSC, for that she returned to Nihon to attend her father's funeral, for that she decided her legacy could not be carried on by someone in her own family. As she writes:
 * "I must acknowledge that it is impossible to envision me putting someone of direct blood tie to myself in this position... it is an unenviable position, one I would rather pass to a stranger I can mold, and a stranger who would not be defined by my history. Control is easier from the shadows, especially when no one watches for them. And in the shadows, all that is wrought will one day be forgotten."
 * As thus, she begins to set out for those who would fulfill those eerily specific conditions, believing that it would make it more advantageous in her coercions. She eventually comes upon young Takagi Anzu, an Ainu girl from Tohoku adept in the military; in addition, she is an orphan. Nagato watches with keen interest as to what the girl has to offer...
 * 1401-1473 [The Last Days of the Heian]:
 * Uchiha Tomoko (1387 - 1469) [deceased]: Head of the Yamatai faction during the Civil War and later Empress (1412-1469) under the name 'Uchiha no Ichiban'.
 * Mori Kyoko (1378 - 1473) [deceased]: One of the two heads of the Peoples' League during the Civil War, later Speaker of the National Convention unopposed until death. Spouse: Kido Mirio.
 * Hori Shizuku (1377 - 1456) [deceased]: The other head of the Peoples' League, a minor political player in Hiroshima after the war. Committed suicide under threat of involuntary execution.
 * Midoriya Kaitou (1383 - 1472) [deceased]: A minor player in the Civil War who gained popularity as a capable administrator. Birth name Zhang Kaisheng. Spouse: Midoriya Yuki.
 * Seishiro Kirie (1381 - 1463) [deceased]: One of the heads of the Outsiders who found herself alienated from her hometown in her pursuit of political unity. Became a remarkable writer, writing works such as The Use of War, a critical book on the purpose of strife. Spouse: Bakushi Yona.
 * Bakushi Yona (1380 - 1463) [deceased]: A Yamatai-Eskosian, best known for fighting for the political rights of the tiny Eskosian minority in Nihon. Became a political kingmaker after the war. Spouse: Seishiro Kirie.
 * Hu Jin-Yo (1376 - 1462) [deceased]: A Joseon-Yamatai, best known as a Joseonese reunificationist who participated in a minor role during the Civil War. Afterwards, provided much financial support to the Nihonese army advancing in Kyongsong before dying in a tragic accident.
 * Kanzaki Izuku (1394 - 1489) [deceased]: First Shogun then Taisho, well known for unconventional military tactics that precipitated asymmetrical warfare against enemy forces. Lived a relatively stunted life afterwards, travelled into Joseon and participated in its war against Kyongsong before travelling West in hopes of retracing the steps of Bulijin Khatun, a dream promptly foiled. Spouse: Yonekura Hiyori.
 * Nishimiya Asuka (1372 - 1479) [deceased]: Shogun after her predecessor Kanzaki was passed over due to ignoring the Empress, she became something of a despot and massively expanded the powers of the military as well as a small secret police under the direction of Empress Uchiha and Speaker Mori. Lived a quiet, nondescript life. Spouse: Ryuzoji Mirio.
 * 1474 - ??? [The Rise of the Bakufu]
 * Uchiha Ryu (1467 - ??): Adopted son of Empress Uchiha, originally groomed to be an apt successor of hers; he was soon convinced to take another path by the Regent. Overthrown in 1487.
 * Senjougahara Ryuko (1459 - 1489) [deceased]: Popular regent originally meant to become successor to Uchiha, eventually sidelined. With a massive amount of political power, however, she pulled strings to keep herself as Regent and manipulated the new Emperor as she wished. Murdered by an assassin.
 * Senmyaku Hyo-in (1436 - 1486) [deceased]: Powerful orator of the Dochaku who advocated for their betterment. Eventually sidelined due to the maneuvring of Empress Uchiha.
 * Yamagata Jiro (1461 - 1503) [deceased]: An upstart military man who became Shogun at the behest of the late Nishimiya Asuka. Soon evolved into a broadly popular political figure who usurped the throne from Uchiha Ryu, but his ambitions overcame him and he was deposed after attempting to re-consolidate power.
 * Kanzaki Nagato (1467 - ??): Nationalist despot intent on restoring Nihon to political unitarism. She quickly exploited her way through the chaos of rapid decentralisation to insert herself as the effective leader of Nihon in just one and a half decades, essentially unchallenged.
 * Kanzaki Family: From a minor clan in old Minamoto arose one of the defining political and military families of the early Bakufu. This chronicles its most famous members.
 * Izuku (1394 - 1489): Grandfather of the entire family. Began the Kanzaki name by abandoning usage of the old Minamoto clan name and rising as first a potential Emperor before becoming one of the most prolific generals in Nihon's history. However, his attempts at glory were foiled and eventually he gave up, passing his life's work to a strange girl who might just get some use out of it.
 * Nagato (1467 - ??): Two generations later, a bored Shinto temple head turned trainer turned puppet master. Exploited the political weaknesses of the political system to make herself a de facto leader, first head of the Kanzaki Clan. Charted the family's rise to prominence.
 * Setsuna (1482 - ??): Another third generation'er; she went missing in Syonan before being discovered as Nagato travelled to it. Made head of the Nihonese Southern Company.

Kingdom of Imerina

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
 * King: Andriamasindohafandrana (B 1477 - Age 32, alive) (R 1494-Present)
 * Dynasty: Ammagari (Andrianerinerina branch)
 * Order of Succession: Rafandrampohy, the son of Andriamasindohafandrana (B 1495 - Age 14) | Andriantompokoindrindra, the son of Ndahimananjara (B 1467 - Age 42) | Andriamihaja, the son of Andriantompokoindrindra (B 1496 - Age 13)
 * Economy: The economy of Imerina is based mainly on agriculture and fishing, there's also some trade going on with the Swahili and various peoples on our home island including the other Malagasy states of Betsimisaraka, Mahafaly and possibly Bara. Contact has been established with the Ahuric Adnanite people and we have a major trade relationship, extending into influence and what could be seen as a de facto alliance with eachother. That's kind of, it, our economy is practically the same as many other primitive african states and such, even if this foreign relationship puts us higher than others.
 * Allies: N/A
 * Capital: Ambanja
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ca 545 000 total
 * Ambanja: 10 000
 * Mahajanga: 6 000
 * Toamasina: 2 300
 * Morafenobe: 250
 * Rural regions: ca 527 000
 * Ethnicities: 93% Malagasy (divided into 67% Merina and 28% others such as Betsimisaraka, Sakalava, Tsimihety, Antankarana etc.), 5% Adnanite, 2% Komoro Natives (Swahili?),
 * Religion: 91% Haintenism (traditional Merina folklore), 9% Zoroastrianism (there are also people who practice Haintenism with Zoroastrian influences and vice versa)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
 * Skirmishes in the Central Highlands: Skirmishes are regular in the newly colonized lands as the Antankarana tribes that have decided not to migrate fight back instead. Mostly these take place between the tribes and settlers who arrive to well, settle. However since the hostilities become known to the royal court, smaller groups of soldiers, mainly consisting of Fossa Warriors, Bowmen and Spearmen, are sent to be able to deal with such skirmishes, should they occur. 1507 forwards Cavalry is sent in to counter whatever tactics the skirmishers use through speed.
 * Military: Due to Imerina being a rural realm, a large amount of units can be raised for warfare, but usually about 1% of the population is the most trained and prepared soldiers that can be drafted. Parentheses means the deployed units in cases where not all units are deployed for war.
 * Deployed units: ca 50%
 * 5 200 Spearmen (3 000)
 * 2 600 Bowmen (2 000)
 * 700 Crossbowmen (300)
 * 30 Light Cavalry (10)
 * 400 Fossa Warriors (200, rest have duties such as guarding)
 * Navy:
 * 8 transport ships
 * 11 Ahuric military ships
 * Diplomacy:
 * Ahuric Empire: General Ahuric x Imerina stuff (make that a fanfiction jk don't). Also Andriamasindohafandrana visits the Ahuric Empire, detailed further in the events.
 * Antankarana People: We offer any tribes that flee north into our lands to settle up in the north, since the migration of Merina people to settle in the Central Highlands has caused those areas to be less populated.
 * Bara: A proposal to start trading in order to not be enemies anymore is sent.
 * Events:
 * Andriamasindohafandrana's Reign [3]: In the duration of this turn, Andriamasindohafandrana ends expansion into the Central Highlands due to the hostilities that have sparked there and also we've kinda already got all we need for now even if not all of the highlands are under our control. Diplomacy with affected tribes is held to attempt to quell their obvious dissatisfaction with us right now. In 1509 the king and his queen consort Rasoherimananitanyjaka makes an official royal state visit to the Ahuric Empire, much like their monarch had visited us just a few years ago. To show off, the king is brought there with grand and luxurious things with him as well to show the Adnanites what beauty the Merina possessed as well as a few gifts given to show gratitude to the Adnanites. During the visit the king saw architecture, culture and much more out in an environment that no Merina had ever been to before and he was starstruck with everything he saw. He also became further accustomed to the Zoroastrian faith. During the visit, Imerina was briefly managed by a regency council consisting of nobles and priests trusted by the royal couple. When the king and queen returned Andriamasindohafandrana, while still Haintenist, embraced the similarities between Haintenism and Zoroastrianism. He was now aware of the fact that there were people practically practicing a combination of the two and saw this as nothing really negative so he recognized Zoroastrianism as a secondary official faith of Imerina. Many merchants as well as the Adnanite minority were thrilled, while Haintenist priests and various nobles (most notably Andriantompokoindrindra) did not like this much. While they obviously still like the Ahuric Empire because of how much they've assisted in the development of the Merina Kingdom, they see this as going against the legendary status of Andrianerinerina and Hainteny and as threatening the religion itself as well as the culture of all of Madagascar.
 * Influences of the Ahuric Empire: With increasing diplomacy and interaction, the Adananita have set influence over us. More merchants start to adopt Zoroastrianism and/or parts of it into their rituals and traditions. More Zoroastrian texts are translated into Malagasy and the Sorabe alphabet, which is being more modified in these texts to accomodate various parts of the Adnanite language that we don't have, continuing the Adnanification of the Sorabe alphabet as well as leading to merchants learning the Adnanite language. The officially established class (or caste) of Merina merchants also trade in the Comoros with not only the natives there but also the Swahili on the East African coast, which sets up the start of spreading Zoroastrianism, the adnanified Sorabe and the Adnanite language to those lands. There are also other things going on such as exchanging traditions in cuisine. Following the recognition of Zoroastrianism, one merchant and philosopher named Tombovelo would together with friends and associates start the mass-translation of both Zoroastrian and Haintenist texts into both the newer and older Sorabe alphabet. This would start the construction of a Merina variant of Zoroastrianism.
 * Adapting New Technology: We've held on to foreign tech for quite a while and now we start adapting it and studying it more. Crossbows especially for the purpose of warfare in the future. Crossbows become a good weapon that starts to increase and seems more effective than bows. Still, the majority of our ranged units are bowmen since bows and arrows are simpler to make and you don't need to reload when using them. The phasing out of bows will take a long time.
 * Expansion - the Settling of the Central Highlands: As our population and borders grow, we reach the Central Highlands of Madagasikara, a less densely populated area. Less exploration is done since most of the lands found have been documented to a good enough degree. Expansion and settling is slowed down due to the small amount of hostilities in the region (see Wars and Conflicts and the following event) but is still continuing until early 1506 when most settling stops due to warfare as well as the declaration by the king that no more expansion of the Merina realm is required.
 * Status of the Antankarana [3]: The Central Highlands are inhabited mainly by the Antankarana ethnic group, another ethnic group that live near is the smaller Bezanozano, they get caught in the crossfire a bit (except some, who live withinin Betsimisarakas borders), which we are currently practically colonizing. The fact that we are taking much of their territory and have caused the forced migration of several amounts of Antankarana tribes AND the fact that we have kind of been hogging the resources together with the Ahurics (excessive harvest/lumbering/similar is a big fady in Antankarana culture) has caused skirmishes between tribes and settlers to break out. Tribes have scattered across the island, with some being given the oppurtunity to live in the north as Merina people settle in the Central Highlands. There's also the group of Antankarana who founded the city of Morafenobe (google for location ok bye).
 * Rafandrampohy and Rangita: As the two entered into their teens, they would see each other more often, doing lectures together, practicing archery together and etcetera. Both of them would start to realize that they had feelings for each other that were more than just "friends because our families are pretty close". Rafandrampohy would also after his father's return from Adnania read up on Zoroastrianism and become interested, an interest he would bring to Rangita as well, which made them become closer. By 1509 both kind of started understand that they were in love with each other but that was not the best timing. Rangita's father Andriantompokoindrindra would restrict the two meeting after he started to have a falling out with the king due to this whole Zoroastrianism thing. Rangita had always managed to have an amount of independence even when raised by a strict father in a family of military origin but that wasn't the case with his son Andriamihaja, who stands firmly at his father's side and has ended up in a worsening relationship with his sister over her relation with Rafandrampohy as well as squabbling over ideas regarding religion and diplomacy with the Ahuric Empire.
 * Adnanite Settlers: Various Adnanite and Merina people who are married or in a relationship are still doing... what consenting adults do when they love each other very much.

Archduchy of Westria

 * Head of the State: 
 * Emperor Adelhard II Hohenstaufen (B 1480 - present), (R 11th May 1492 - present)
 * Head of the Government:
 * Leader of the Wien Council Count Karl von Stroof (B 1465 - still aive) (23rd May 1501 - present)
 * Government: Absolute Feudal Monarchy ruled by an Archduke. Though a lot of powers are also vested in to a council. The title is Archduke of Westria, Last of the Romans. Our ruling dynasty is Hohenstaufen. We are also the Emperor of the HRE since 1351.
 * Heir to the throne:
 * Crown Prince Hans Hohenstaufen (B 1480 - still alive), (R 1492 - present)
 * Religious Head: 
 * Archbishop Johannes von stroof (B 1436 - still alive), (R 1497 - present)
 * Governor of Westrian Netherlands
 * Governor Lord Dries Mertens (B 1456 - D 23rd March 1507), (R 1492 - 23rd March 1507)
 * Interregnum (23rd March 1507 - 30th March 1507)
 * (De facto) Leader Prince Johan Willem van Oranje (B 1467 - Still Alive), (R 30th March 1507 - present) 
 * Demographics:
 * Population:
 * Wien: Population: 17,090
 * Amsterdam: Population: 11,300
 * Konr: Population: 9,200
 * Rich: Population: 11,460
 * Polanum: Population: 12,800
 * Bozn: Population: 14,370
 * Trieste: 13,200
 * Antwerp: Population: 6,450
 * Liege: Population: 6,350
 * Luxembourg: Population: 4,300
 * Brussels: Population: 7,300
 * Rural and smaller towns population: 2,271,920
 * Total population: 2,385,830
 * Religion: catholic christians (99%), others (1%)
 * Ethnicities: 60% Westrian, 2% Venetian, 23% Flemish 10% Wallon and "Luxembourger" 5%
 * Economy: We are based on agriculture and trade through the danube river and with most of the HRE. We use our own coins which resembles a lot those of the old Roman empire. We have also started with trade from the sea through our port Trieste and Westrian Netherlands.


 * Wars and conflicts: 
 * Westrian-Vesnian Power Struggle: As we managed to take back Wien and with the material support and condottieri from Escosia morale returned to the Westrian people even though the capital was sacked. After we managed to secure northern Westria about half of the remaining forces about 13 000 was send to try and go and help Magdeburg in it's invasion of Vesnia with help of the Escosian condottieri meanwhile the rest would protect the northern border from any other new attacks. In 1508 the army would get a new leader Reinar and he would try and abolish the swordmen as in his eyes they are ineffective in this day and age choosing to get the remaining swordsmen as pikemen.
 * Chief Commander: Hans von Haustaffel (B 1456 - still alive), (R 1483 - 1508), Reinar von Hauser (B 1470 - still alive),(R 1508 - present)
 * Army: Total of
 * Pikemen: 10,400
 * Swordmen: 220
 * Bowmen: 4,110
 * Cavalry: 6,930
 * Crossbowmen: 4,140
 * Arquebusier: 6,000
 * Landsknecht: 9,000
 * Navy: Total of
 * Cocha: 32
 * Cog: 25
 * Hoy: 17
 * Mediterranean brigantines: 4
 * Heavy weaponry
 * Cannons: 168
 * Events:
 * Building a fleet: Stops temporarily
 * Conscription: Consciption starts
 * Westrian Netherlands: In 23rd March 1507 the governer dies leading to a short interregnum until the takeover of prince Johan Willem van Oranje who became the offical leader of the region though never offically calling himself governor. van Oranje started to immediatly try and make the current military force more efficient in protecting the Westrian Netherlands meanwhile in Westria they have almost no idea what is happening in Westrian Netherlands. Johan Willem van oranje is lucky for Westria mostly loyal to the crown but also try and make Westrian netherlands less dependent on the rest of Westria knowing that there could be many times these kind of wars. At the same time he is gathering forces to try and push out the Trier army a last time. At the same time the military in Westrian Netherlands is getting more and more privatizied being many different mercenery groups and companies fighting for money rather than loyalty of the crown.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Escosia: Adelhard II offers to marry an Escosian princess

Tonga

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
 * King: Funga (-end of rule 1507), Punga (24)
 * Sister (of Punga): Rasinga (15)
 * Dynasty: Tonga
 * Archduke: Amanga (-end of rule 1508), Nongo (25) -|Married|- Liska (22)
 * Duke: Ranga (14) -|Married|- Misanago (14)
 * Capital: Mu'a
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ca 210 000 total
 * Mu'a: ca 17 700
 * Le'u: ca 7 200
 * Rural regions: ca 184 900
 * Ethnicities: 100% Polynesian.
 * Religion: 100% Tongan Mythology
 * Trade: Trading between all islands in the nations are established in order to 1, make each island either richer economically or richer in supplies. This also helps the relations between neighboring islands streangthen and keep them connected.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Military: 1% 2 100
 * 13 High shiefs with Kinikini Tongan War Clubs
 * 629 men with pakipaki clubs
 * 688 men with Tongan Paddle clubs
 * 664 men with Tongan Paddle clubs as main weapon and Kolo Tongan Throwing Clubs as secondary weapon.
 * 106 men with Pukepuke Tongan War Club
 * Navy:
 * 501 fishing boat
 * 157 travel ships (traveling between the islands)
 * 71 exploration ships.
 * Events:
 * The Coronation of Punga: The king of Tonga (Funga) decided it was time for his son to be coronated on the 7th day of the 7th month, year 1507, a ceremony is held for his coronation and he becomes the new king.
 * The Succesion of Nongo: With Amanga getting old, he decides to make his son, Nongo the new Archduke of the Munigo Archdukedom.
 * New Duke: With the Engagement of Misanago and ranga in place they are set to marry year 1509 where they will get the title of "Duke" with their Family name being "Musingu
 * Territories of Tonga.pngTerritories of the Tongan Royalty etc: With there being an Archdukedom and a dukedom in the nation the new King (Punga) decided to give them each their own territories to control. This will make it easier to control all the land we have.
 * New city.PNGNew city: A new city called Ke'a will be created on a northern island.
 * Expansion of Tonga-0.PNGNorthern islands: An offer is sent to the last 2 islands in the north to join our glorious  Kingdom.
 * North-western islands: An offer is sent to the north-western islands to join us.
 * Eastern islands: An offer is sent to the eastern islands asking if they want to join Tonga

Khitan Khanate:

 * Government: Steppe Horde
 * Khan/Khatun:
 * Khojin (F) (r. 1501 - present)
 * Dynasty: Yarud (1501 - present)
 * Parliament: None
 * Economy: The Khitan economy is largely based upon trade, herding, and pastoralism, as the Khitans and most of their subjects are nomadic peoples. However, in some areas, such as around cities, the inhabitants are settled agriculturalists.
 * Capital: Bayan Tumen (OTL Choibalsan)
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 80,000 (76% Khitans, 11% Mongols, 6% Jurchens, 4% Daevites, 3% other)
 * Religion: 82% Tengriism, 8% Arzham, 6% Buddhism, 4% others
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * N/A
 * Diplomacy:
 * Adytum: We request an alliance with the Adytites.
 * Events:
 * Tiger of the North (pt. 1): Khojin was born in the year 1480 into the Yarud clan (known in Chinese as "Yelu"), the same clan which once ruled over the mighty Liao dynasty, and was the daughter of a prominent tribal chief. At the age of four, her parents were killed in a raid from Northern Zhuang, and she was kidnapped and taken into slavery. In the year 1496, Khojin escaped from her captors and fled back to her tribal lands. She soon learned of her true origins and her Yarud ancestry, and took it upon herself to unite the Khitan tribes as her ancestors had done long ago, lest they fall under the yoke of foreigners (as she had experienced oppression herself). By 1501, Khojin united the Khitans, and she would spend the next two years invading the Northern Zhuang.
 * Assimilation: Efforts to peacefully assimilate the non-Khitan peoples under Khitan rule are made. However, violence will be used if absolutely necessary.
 * Banning of Slavery: Slavery is banned within the borders of the Khitan Khanate. This policy may have been influenced by Khojin's own experiences as a slave.

Sublime State of Zhaowa

 * Government: Thalassocratic Mixed Kongsi Republic
 * Administration: Zhaowa, like it’s mother state, Li, has an administrative system not dissimilar to the Li system of Prefectures (Chú), Urban Counties (Hwen), and Rural Counties (Vo). There are 21 prefectures.
 * Grand Overseer (Taixu): The Taixu is the ruler of Zhaowa as elected by the Grand Tribunal. They have the ability to veto any action done by the Grand Tribunal.
 * The Current Taixu is: Jieu Jengywéi (1492-)
 * Grand Tribunal (Ta Fapdéng): The Grand Tribunal is the main legislative authority in Zhaowa. It is made up of 81 members who vote on national policy and pass bills.
 * Council of Nine (Bát Yén qi Hwai): The Council of Nine oversee the 9 ministries of government in Zhaowa. They are hand-picked by the Taixu. Though meritocratic on paper, the ranks of the Council of Nine come from the same few noble families. The 9 ministries of government are the; the Ministry of Personnel, the Ministry of Commerce, the Ministry of Ceremony, the Ministry of Law, the Ministry of War, the Ministry of Works, the Ministry of Supervision, and the Ministry of Households. All of the ministers are subordinate to the Taixu.
 * Lower Tribunal (Hyaqi Fapdéng): The Lower Tribunal consists of all citizens elected by the Common People’s Tribunal and many high-ranking Bureaucrats. Members of the Lower Tribunal meet once a year to elect members of the Grand Tribunal. There are 873 members of the Lower Tribunal. They function similarly to the Electoral College in OTL US politics.
 * Common People’s Tribunal (Kúngyén qi Fapdéng): The Common People’s Tribunal consists of all citizens within the State of Zhaowa. It is by far the largest electoral body within Zhaowa. All citizens have the right to directly elect leaders for their respective counties and prefectures via popular vote. Though they do not directly vote for higher positions, they very much influence their decisions. As representatives those elected are both morally and practically obligated to represent the wishes of those under them, as the common people can easily vote them out if they do not fulfill their wishes.
 * Political Parties: While there are no official political parties Within Zhaowa, there are several political blocs within the Tribunals.
 * Aristocrats: The Aristocrats are a large front wishing to preserve the status-quo and increase the power of the noble class. They hold 23 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Tradesmen’s Front (Xángtang): The Tradesmen’s Front, primarily made up of Lower-level officials, merchants, and artisans, is a major political bloc within Zhaowa. They advocate for less trade restrictions, more power to the Hwais, lower tariffs, a strong navy, improving infrastructure, and pacifist foreign policy. They hold 24 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Militarists (Kwúntang): The Stratocrats are a sister group of the Tradesmen's front. They share many of the same beliefs as the Tradesmen's Front. However, they advocate for socially Conservative policies and aggressive foreign policy. They hold 21 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Traditionalists (Dauvuttang): The Traditionalist Party, primarily made up of Buddhists and Xianists, is one of the larger political fronts within Zhaowa. They advocate for socially Conservative policies, reforms to the Ministry of Ceremony, and Isolationist Foreign Policy. They hold 23 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Xianists (Xéntang): The Xianists are a fringe political bloc. They advocate for increased authority of Xianist schools, socially Progressive policies, reforms to the Ministry of Ceremony, and exploration into Papua and Australia. They hold 3 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Native Front (Tuojáktang): Made up of Ethnic Minihasans, Papuans, Ternatians, and others, the Native Front is a large tent group with incredibly diverse views on Economic, Social, and Foreign policies. Their only shared interest is to support rights for the native people within Zhaowa. Even among the large native population, this faction has little support. They have 10 seats in the Grand Tribunal.


 * Economy: Zhaowa has a Proto-Capitalist economy, focusing on agriculture, spices, metals, fishing, and logging. Perhaps the most important part of the Zhaowanese economy is the trade of all of the above. A major feature of the Zhaowanese economy is the Hwai, an economic and societal structure functioning similar to a Renaissance Guild, a Trade/Workers Union, and a Cartel. Hwais evolved from notions of brothership among the Mercantile and Managerial class of Yun-era China. Most citizens are part of or somehow involved in a Hwai. Hwais are commercial organizations consisting of members that provide capital and shared profits. Though much of the population may not be an active member of a Hwai, many citizens work for a member of a Hwai. Since all involved in the Hwai receive equal profits and have equal capital, Zhaowa could also be classified as Proto-Market-Socialist. Zhaowa has a paper and coin based Fiat monetary system. To avoid inflation, all money is in the hands of the Ministry of Finance. All paper money can be exchanged for gold, silver, and copper, or silk with an exchange rate of 3%.
 * Currency: Jencé


 * Demographics:
 * Ethnic Makeup
 * 17% Pure Chinese
 * 31% Mixed-Race
 * 25% Austronesian Malukans
 * 13% Minihasan Groups
 * 9% Papuan Groups
 * 3% Toraja
 * 1% Malay
 * 1% Other
 * Total Population: 322,000
 * Maluku: 29,500
 * Manado: 21,000
 * Nimkyóng: 18,000
 * Selam: 10,000
 * Launa: 7000
 * Sufu: 5,500
 * Jáng Hwi: 4000


 * Religion: 9% Xianist, 21% Mahayana Buddhist, 22% Theravada Buddhist, 6% Hindu, 47% Animist, 2% Other(Zoroastrian, Arzhamist)


 * Military: 14,200 Personnel
 * Army: 3,200
 * 200 Artillerymen
 * 2,400 Infantry
 * 800 Fire Archers and Gunmen
 * Navy: 10800 Sailors, 395 Ships (excluding coastal patrol)
 * 20 Hunghwangjwen (~80 meters) (2200 crew total)
 * 40 Galleys (32~ meters) (1920 crew total)
 * 100 Supply ships (45~ meters) (2000 sailors total)
 * 40 Heavy-Cannon Ships (30~ meters) (820 crew total)
 * 160 3-Masted Djongs (25~ meters)  (2560 crew total)
 * 35 Troop Transports (350 crew total, able to carry 2900 troops in total)
 * Various Coastal Patrol (950 crew total)


 * Firearms:




 * Cetbang/Jwangfiau: The Jwangfiau is the most commonly used gun in Zhaowa. It is a breech-loading swivel gun, and is used on fortifications and ships.
 * Xépdan-tswáng: The Xépdan-tswang, literally meaning “Ten Shot Gun”, is a gun similar to an Organ Gun. Inspired by the multiple rocket launchers in use across the Sinosphere, instead of firing arrows or rockets, it fires iron or bronze pellets. It is used as an anti-personnel gun. Due to it having 10x more barrels than an average gun, it can shoot 10x more bullets, but it takes 10x more time to clean. Unlike the guns of Europe, it is breech loading, which provides quicker loading time. To seal the breech, paper cartridges or a block are used, though this is quite ineffective. The Xépdan-tswáng is used in very low quantities, with perhaps only 40 being used across Zhaowa.
 * Lagatswáng: The Lagatswáng, literally meaning “Small Long-Gun”, is a firearm used across Zhaowa in mediocre quantities.  Deriving from the Javanese Arquebus, it features a mechanism not dissimilar to a serpentine lock, though it requires a match to fire. It could be classified as a type of Arquebus. It does not feature a stock, making it quite unstable, but it makes up for this with a folding stand. (Just search up Javanese arquebus it’s the same thing)
 * Bedil Tombak/Lungencwung: The Lungencwung, literally meaning “Hand Gun”, is the most common handheld gun in Zhaowa. It is quite simple, with a socket attached to a pole and a tube from which projectiles are fired from. It commonly has a blade attached to it in case of melee fighting. Around all infantry in Zhaowa uses it along with another blade (1,800 users among infantry).
 * Hwacá: The Hwacá is a multiple rocket launcher or an organ gun, depending on the projectile used. It fires around 150 rockets or arrows, which are contained within a wooden frame. The wooden frame allows the rockets to fly straighter, and, as a result, farther. In elevated positions, they have a range of 600 meters. However, on flat positions, they have a range of only 200 meters. Current rockets have a length of around 15 centimeters. Though with a short range, it has enough force to make a 30 cm-deep crater in a patch of sand.


 * Research and Production:
 * Rockets: Hurrah! Larger rockets have been made, which have an improved range of 950 meters. However, they are quite inaccurate and inefficient fuel wise. These new rockets have a length of 45 centimeters, which is 3x the size of our smaller rockets, yet they have a range less than twice of our smaller rockets. Improvements will be made in these two aspects.
 * Lagatswáng: Without a stock, the Lagatswáng is quite unstable. Research begins on better ways to stabilize the firearm. In addition, the Lagatswáng is quite poor at getting through plate armor. Effort is being made to help remove that issue. However, the Lagatswáng is still incredibly useful, so they are constantly being made to replace the Lungencwung.
 * Volley Fire: Taking inspiration from the Han Dynasty crossbow formations used in the 8th Century, Cili Gava creates the Sámlyuensa (三轮射) Formation, meaning “Three Rotation Shooting”. In it, three rows of arquebusiers rotate, allowing for quicker shooting. However, it has yet to be perfected.
 * Jwangfiau: The first batch of portable Jwangfiau is produced in the year 1506. Attached to the body of the cannon, is a chain and hook, meant to stabilize the gun from recoil.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Invasion of Siang: The navy continues the barrage of rockets and cannonfire on the Siangese capital of Makassar. Meanwhile, the group of 800 storms the city, armed with guns and sabres.
 * Gwarri-Yolngu War: The group of 1310 is entirely in Gwarri by the year 1508, with 180 armed with Lagatswáng, and the rest being armed with nothing more than spears, sabres, bows and arrows, shields, and clubs. Our forces land on the Gwarri coast, and their primary objective is to defend Gwarri from the Syonanese incursion. By assaulting Syonanese and Nihonese forces from the bush, with the help of Gwarri guides, the forces are able to achieve the element of surprise. A few incidents have occurred where Gwarri tribesmen have consumed our forces. So far, ten have died from Gwarri cannibalism. The two ships, with Jwangfiau, are to attack the coastal camps of the Syonanese. Since they have brought no ships over, the two ships do not need to fear any resistance.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Siang: Hi, do you wish to surrender?
 * Gwarri: Yo, agree to the demands in 'Banishment and the Land down Under (2)', and we'll send epic support
 * Events:
 * Banishment and the Land down Under (2): Dauxáng Sidabuta, having him and his crew warmly welcomed by the Gwarri, due to Gwarri’s new foreign policy, stays in Gwarri for a while. The Gwarri ambassador makes clear that they wish to receive military aid from Zhaowa in the Gwarri-Yolngu war due to Syonanese intervention. Figuring that he was barred from entering Zhaowa himself, Sidabuta sends one of his ships back to Zhaowa to relay the message. Taixu Jengywéi refuses to intervene on Gwarri’s behalf, due to there being little resources within Australia, and also due to previous experiences with the Aboriginals. However, Tsúyén begged to differ. After all, the Zhaowanese didn’t need to send any good troops, a couple hundred Papuan tribesmen would do just fine. In addition, sending troops to Gwarri would cement Zhaowanese influence within the Continent. In fact, the outbreak of disease among the Australian aboriginals could be used to our benefit. However, Jengywéi would have none of it. This left Sidabuta with only one option, to figure out a way to recruit mercenaries himself. After some negotiating with the Namfuru (OTL Arafura) Sea Company, they would agree to send over 1250 irregular Alfur and Papuan mercenaries, with 3 portable Jwangfiau, in exchange for the ability to freely pearl and fish, as well as use plots of land for agriculture. Jieu Jengywéi allows it, but is wary, and is willing to shut down the operation, and, if need be, the entire company if things get out of hand. (See Gwarri-Yolngu war for more)Zhaowa moment-0.png
 * Zhaowanese Buddhism (2): Dalmahabda begins to spread the beliefs of the new sutra among the Zhaowanese populace. Right from the get-go, he has numerous followers, due to the mutually conclusive status of religion within Zhaowa, and the incredibly syncretic beliefs of Prasannaḥnirdeśa Buddhism. It turns out that the beliefs of many line up with Prasannaḥnirdeśa incredibly well. By 1510, he has a dedicated group of followers.
 * Forts (2): Not letting the Syonanese one-up the Zhaowanese, the construction of a fort on the on the island of Sangihe would begin in the year 1507, and would end in the year 1512. Work on the forts in Tangbana would continue, upgrading them.
 * Naval Expansion: In addition, the construction of drydocks in the city of Sufu would begin, using free workers, but mostly workers under debt bondage. The drydocks are expected to be completed by 1522.
 * Your stuff, no, OUR stuff: Jieu Jengywéi passes the “National Ownership” bill. Under the new policy, all assets owned by Hwais overseas shall also be property of the Zhaowanese Central Government, and shall be subject to Zhaowanese law. In addition, Hwais cannot own land themselves, unless granted via a charter, in which case they become national Hwais, but may operate and own tangible assets outside of Zhaowa without owning the land it is on.

​​

Kingdom of Hispania

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy
 * Ruler (Queen): Maria I (1477-)
 * Economy: The economy is starting to recover, with the use of loans and other measures. The economy of Valcanor is now also fully brought into the fold, with the already dominant Beso now fully established as currency in both lands.
 * Alliance - 
 * Demographics
 * Population - 11,600,376
 * Ethinicities - 91% Spanish-esque 5% North African 4% Other
 * Religon - 93% Catholicism 7% Other
 * Cities and Population Spread
 * Madrid - 295,000
 * Toledo - 91,000
 * Cordoba - 95,000
 * Burgos - 90,000
 * Leon-  295,00
 * La Coruna - 95,000
 * Oviedo - 87,000
 * Rural - 9,996,000
 * Fuerte Solaridad - 500
 * Fuerte Puedra Alta - 100
 * San Sebastian - 95,000
 * Granada - 40,000
 * Sevilla - 30,000
 * Garofe - 40,000
 * Malaga - 25,000
 * Algecia - 30,000
 * Valencia - 100,000
 * Tarragonna - 80,000
 * Murcia - 100,000
 * Barcelona - 90,000
 * Perrogo - 100,000
 * -- Nueva Hispania (Colony, below) Mainland Hispania (Above)
 * Atlantis - 20,000
 * San Costa - 15,000
 * Nea Theossalonica - 15,000
 * Thalassopolis - 20,000
 * Haitiana - 10,000
 * Military - 85,000
 * Archers - 11,770
 * Longbow - 7,700
 * Crossbow - 5,070
 * Medium-Sized Bows - 3,000
 * Cavalry - 12,500
 * Heavy - 6,250
 * Light'  -  3,250
 * Super Light - 2,500
 * Standard Knights - 1,000
 * Pikemen - 23,000
 * Men at Arms - 12,150
 * Arquebusers - 13,500
 * Naval Personnel - 7,150
 * Siege Weapons
 * Trebuchets - 125
 * Ballista - 150
 * Cannons - 155
 * Navy
 * Transport Ships - 50
 * Crew of 50 Each
 * Floating Fortresses - 44
 * Crew of 75 Each
 * Sea Falcons - 45
 * Crew of 30 Each
 * Wars and Conflicts - 
 * The HRE War - Whilst any semblance of direct conflict is heavily avoided by the Hispanians which don't want to divert military spending away from the New World, arms are provided to the princes opposing Westria, and trade is similarly restricted with Westria and it's loyal princes.
 * The Conquest of the Carribean - 10 Floating Fortresses and 15 Sea Falcons, escorting a force of 500 Conquistadors are ordered to attack the resisting Atlantian states, the sheer power of gunpowder from the ships are expected to bombard the shore and the enemies into submission. The Genoans are SECRETELY allowed to take a few islands for themselves.
 * Diplomacy
 * Genoa - Both the secret and official offers are accepted.
 * Catonzia - Seeing the situation Catonzia is in, a plan is laid for 20 years worth of integration, eventually culminating with the domains of Catonzia being integrated as a Viceroyalty under the Hispanian crown. The first 10 years deal with the integration of the Catonzian economy and military, whilst the 10-15 years deal with government, the last quarter sweeping up whatever is left.


 * Events
 * The New Frontier (Part 4) - There is somewhat of an influx of migrants heading towards the protectorates, as the economic situation cuts down on many budgets, causing countless to seek a new life somewhere else.
 * Mapping the New World (Part 4) - The incredible amount of confusion over the naming of various realms ends up with the Hispanian government issuing a decree on the various names for the areas. The present day Yucatan Peninisula, after much pressure, is allowed to be named as the Slyvan Plain. The continent of North America, including or excluding (the decree did not mention exactly) is ordered to be named as Colombia, whilst Atlantis or the Shattered Isles is to refer to the Carribean. Meridia, already incredibly popular, is allowed to be the name for South America. Colonies and their names are also ordered to be included accordingly, though all of the Carribean states are ordered to be depicted as part of Hispania. The lands of the Wanka, which are called the Huanca, are also included as well as that of all of the Maya and Aztec states, and Vinland.
 * Conquistador Companies (Part 4) - At this time the Conquistador companies see most of their plans finally approved, starting what could be foolhardy mass charge, or an unlikely success.
 * Hernan Cortez - Hernan Cortez was a 27 year old Conquistador, having been kicked out the Hispanian army for having an affair with his superior's wife, he grasped for the glory of conquest under him. This would come at the exact time the Hispanian government took its first steps in permitting the conquistadors to begin their job. He would land on the Mayan shore with 3,500 men, before then settling in an area about 87 miles away in a concealed area from Tikal. At this area he would spend his time writing translated letters over to various discontented cities, promising them much more prosperity with the Hispanians than with that of Tikal, and asking for plans for an eventual march on Tikal.
 * Coruna Arms Company - The conquistadors would begin a trend for industries to fill, in weapons. Diego De Alvarez, a Hispanian who had previously worked in extensive negotiations with various companies with McCarthy Arms would begin his own company, based in the aforementioned city. It would grow to soon provide a large amount of arms to the conquistadors and Hispanian government, as well as introducing the Whellock mechanism to Hispania in larger numbers.

Nueva Valcanor

 * Government: Colony under Absolute Monarchy (Colony of Hispania)
 * Monarch: Queen Maria I
 * Local Governor: Leandro Collizan
 * Economy: There isn’t much of an economy to be had yet, as the colony is still getting onto its feet and any money brought from Europe has no use. Some items brought across can be traded with natives.
 * Capital: Nueva Valencia (Rename of Nueva Euboria)
 * Demographics:
 * Nueva Valcanor: 
 * Population: ~20,000
 * Nueva Valencia (Renamed from Nueva Euboria): ~12,000
 * Nueva Perrogo: ~2,000
 * Rural Areas and Smaller Communities: ~6,000
 * Ethnic Groups:
 * ~67.5% Spanish (Mostly Valcan)
 * ~20% Dysian Greek
 * ~12.5% Osnerolese and Native Tribes
 * Military: 2,000 active
 * Human Resources:
 * 750 Pikemen/Spearmen
 * 400 Heavy Infantry
 * 750 Archers and Crossbowmen
 * 50 Cannonmen
 * 50 Arquebusiers and... Gunmen I guess?
 * 2,000 Reserve Troops
 * Siege Weapons and Artillery:
 * 20 Large Cannons
 * 30 Small Cannons
 * 50 Arquebuses
 * 25 Prototype Wheellock guns
 * Navy:
 * 20+ Transports
 * 2 Large Transports
 * 8 Sea Gliders (rename)
 * 5 Naval Kings
 * 2 Salvaged Scourges
 * Trading Fleet:
 * 15 Cargo Ships
 * 25 Merchant Ships
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Conquest of Dysia: The Dysians are eliminated and eradicated from the New Feles Islands (OTL Turks and Caicos).
 * Diplomacy:
 * N/A
 * Events:
 * New Generation, Part 1: Calixta and Velasco Suazo join the growing military of Nueva Valcanor, hoping that they can get fame and riches as Conquistadors.
 * Northern Exploration, Part 1: Our ships sail up and down the Eastern Seaboard, investigating the land and wildlife we can observe, and occasionally trading with natives we encounter. Far to the north of our expeditions, we come across some people seeming more civilized and advanced than the natives we have encountered so far. We come ashore between Yamasee and Croatan and attempt to initiate friendly conversation when our crew make a startling discovery: the “natives” in this region are speaking Greek!
 * A New City: As we extend north with the land purchased from Osnerol, a new city named Nueva Perrogo is founded near OTL Clarence Town, Long Island.
 * Bear Arms and Fight: A decently large portion of Nueva Valcanor consists of soldiers and Conquistadors as most people who come over come to fight and expand, and the colony needs strong and brave men and women to prepare for the common people to come over. All men can assist with sailing and the navy.

Council of Yolngu

 * Government: Tribal Council.
 * Chieftain: Koen (1488 - present)
 * Head Shaman: Kalti (1482 - present)
 * Head Elder: Kippin Gnuger (1465 - present)
 * Representatives:
 * Walwallie: Koen
 * Amwari: Suna
 * Jubatti: Pendor
 * Djani: Yarre
 * Economy: Traditional (Bartering, Equal Value, etc)
 * Main Religion: Dreamtime
 * Allies:
 * Syonan: trading allies in Papua
 * Cities and Demographics:
 * Population: ~39,000
 * Ethnicity:
 * Aboriginal: 100%
 * Yolngu Nation: 32%
 * Kalkadoon: 68%
 * Traditions:
 * Traditions On Hold: After the surprise attack from the Gwarri, many traditions that are held yearly are on hold. Those in adolescence will still be able to choose their companion.
 * “Sorcery”: Those who are left in the Amwari Tribe and smaller parts of said tribe have spoken about the ritualistic art of sorcery where natural death is usually by spirits and other shamans who wish death upon an individual. In order to enact the ritualistic aspect of a once lost tradition, shamans of the Amwari tribe (and the smaller ones) bless the strongest of warriors to hold the spirits of death.
 * Wars & Conflicts: see War under Events
 * Military: ~9750 Troops
 * ~ 6,000 troops paired with animal companions
 * ~250 troops paired with a marsupial lion
 * ~1,010 troops paired with a dingo
 * ~1,500 troops paired with a euro
 * ~240 troops paired with a perentie lizard
 * ~3,000 troops paired with a cassowary
 * ~3,000 troops atop great monitor lizards (gifted by syonan by trade)
 * ~ 750 troops going on foo
 * Types of Weapons:
 * ~1500 troops with boomerangs
 * ~2500 troops with hielaman + shield
 * ~2500 troops with throwing spears
 * ~2500 troops with clubs
 * ~240 troops with bone weaponry (animal and human bones)
 * Diplomacy:
 * United We Stand Strong: Yolngu has sent a message to Wuthayhi on joining together against Gwarri.
 * Events:
 * Animals Domesticated and Released Occasionally: Kookaburra, Dingo, Euro, Bearded Dragon, Frilled Lizard, Perentie, Goanna, Cassowary, Marsupial Lion, & Monitor Lizard
 * Sickness: An unknown disease has hit the people of Yolngu. Losing about 1,000 of the population, many of the tribesmen are unable to properly assess and even take care of themselves. Those who have seen the affliction of disease have suggested isolation of tribes.
 * War Events:
 * Continuous Push: The war continues, there are many who are ready for the death of the Gwarri people and thus they push forward for the better.
 * Noine’s Proposal: With the retaking of some part of the original Yolngu nation, Noine has proposed the idea of taking a small group of the Syonan group (and some mercenaries) and attacking more inland. While peace was once an option, it is now no longer. In order to feed the people and the animals that are part of this ongoing war between Gwarri and Yolngu, she has decided to attack the supply lines that feed the Gwarri people and use it for her tribesman and the Syonan.
 * Send in The Hounds (& Giant Monitor Lizards to follow): Amongst the many tribesman who have dingoes as their companion they shall be sent first for an attack on the Gwarri -- the dingoes are allowed to incapacitate the Gwarri and if there are any who do not comply with surrendering, they shall be met with jaws of an animal on their throats. Once the hounds have been released with their companion, the Giant Monitor Lizards shall be sent to keep pushing wave after wave.
 * Silence the Enemy (cont.): Migaloo, white painting upon the body of the Aboriginals that will Silence the Enemy; this painting will signify the coming death that will overtake them. It is decided that the many who are attempting to hurt the allies on the coast, the Head Shaman is in charge of the Migaloo and will use the night as their cover to kill them in secrecy.

The Syonanese Diarchy | Syonan Nikun-shu
Reformists: Even with the most conventional parliamentary system, there will always be a couple hardy radicals. ‘Nuff said.
 * Government: Mixed Noble Republic
 * Grand Kōshaku of All Syonan, Suwawa and Tidung: The Grand Kōshaku is the ruler of Syonan. He is elected by the Syonanese Diet upon the previous Kōshaku’s death, resignation, or impeachment and serves a life term.
 * Noriaki Kakyoin (born 1462, ruled 1491-)
 * Subordinate Kōshakus: The constituent kingdoms of Hiraga and Nagasato are each ruled by a subordinate Kōshaku. Subordinate Kōshakus are the second most powerful positions in Syonan, with a subordinate Kōshaku having almost total control in their respective domains, answering only to the Grand Kōshaku and their respective Diets.
 * Hiragan Kōshaku:
 * Yoshimune Kira (born 1449, ruled 1475-)
 * Nagasatoan Kōshaku:
 * Ginzo Souji (born 1453, ruled 1482-)
 * Syonanese Diet: The Syonanese Diet is the main legislative body of Syonan. A bicameral system based on Syonan’s 2 constituent kingdoms, it is composed of Syonan’s nobility and particularly powerful burgher families. The Syonanese Diet hosts 732 delegates in total.
 * Hiragan Diet: The Hiragan Diet is the main legislative body of the constituent Kingdom of Hiraga (located in the northern half of Syonan). Made up of notable Hiragan noble and burgher families, the Hiragan Diet hosts 437 delegates.
 * Nagasatoan Diet: The Nagasatoan Diet is the main legislative body of the constituent Kingdom of Nagasato (including the overseas territories of Suwawa and Tidung), located in the southern half of the country. Composed of notable Nagasatoan noble and burgher families, the Nagasatoan Diet hosts 295 delegates.
 * Suwawa and Tidung, being governed under Nagasato, is theoretically subject to the Nagasatoan Diet. However, there is little to no representation of the two overseas territories in the Syonanese legislature.
 * Political Parties: Although no real political parties exist in Syonan as of yet, there are several loose power blocs within the Syonanese Diet, with borders between specific power blocs sometimes muddy and difficult to discern. Many delegates are influenced by multiple blocs.
 * Centralists: The Centralist bloc is composed of those delegates who desire more central government control over local affairs in Syonan. An extremely big tent bloc, Centralists range from those who simply want more government oversight in day to day governance, to supporters of Anjuro Katagiri’s absolutist and imperial policies, to those who want to do away with the Diarchy system altogether. Significantly more powerful in the north than in the south the Centralists, along with their bitter enemies the Federalists, are the two most powerful blocs in the Syonanese Diet.
 * Federalists: The Federalist bloc is composed of those delegates who desire less central government control over Syonan. A similarly big tent bloc to the Centralists, they range from feudalists to status quo supporters to even a few Nagastoan secessionists. Significantly more powerful in the south than in the north, the Federalists, along with the Centralists, are the two most powerful blocs in the Syonanese Diet, and are perpetually at odds with one another.
 * Traders: Supporting mercantilist policies and touting the trade guilds as the lifeblood of the Syonanese economy, the traders punch far above their weight in power, mostly due to Syonan’s control over the seas. They are the most staunch supporters of the Sulu Sea sound toll. Many of them tend to agree in part with the Militarists on certain supposed “integral territories of Syonan”.
 * Militarists: The Syonanese militarists are probably by far the most unified bloc in Syonanese politics, uniformly advocating for stratocratic principles and aggressive foreign policy to “keep Syonan great” (read. continue Syonanese near-hegemony over maritime Southeast Asia). They are quite inclined to randomly scream “Syonan Banzai” and debate you for hours on how Palawan and Sabah are integral territories of Syonan stolen by the Bruneians.
 * Traditionalists: The traditionalists are a faction dedicated to preserving the status quo. They are the most socially conservative group, and also tout an isolationist foreign policy, which they call “Sakoku”. No one really takes them seriously at the moment.
 * Religious Supremacists: Syonan’s religious supremacists are a mostly fringe group that emphasize increased authority of religious bodies over governance and everyday life. Although the Shinto, Buddhist, Hindu and Xianist blocs clash often, their proposed policies are much the same, designed to give their religion more power in state affairs.
 * Administration: Syonan is divided into 2 constituent kingdoms (koku), which are further subdivided into 9 provinces (dō). The 9 provinces are in turn subdivided into 35 prefectures (ken), which are in turn further divided into districts (gun).
 * Suwawa and Tidung are considered overseas territories of the constituent Kingdom of Nagasato. They do not have any representation in the Syonanese Diet, and their people are not considered Syonanese citizens (and thus are not awarded the rights of Syonanese citizens) unless they are descended from at least one Syonanese parent or descended from at least one parent that has served in the Syonanese military.
 * Capital City:
 * Syonanese and Hiragan Capital: Morioh
 * Nagasatoan Capital: Nagasato
 * Suwawan Capital: Gorontalo
 * Tidungese Capital: Kutei
 * Economy: Syonan boasts a diverse and robust economy geared towards foreign trade. Major sectors of the Syonanese economy include agriculture, mining, the spice trade, fishing, and logging. The late 15th and early 16th centuries would see the inception of the Syonanese plantation economy, particularly prevalent in the plains of Central Luzon and inland Mindanao, while urban and coastal economies would remain dominated by various merchant guilds.
 * Currency: The Syonanese taru is the main currency in Syonan, backed up by gold reserves, with one taru equivalent to around 65 grams (2.29 ounces) of gold. In rural and remote areas, however, the barter system is king, due to limited state influence in these areas.
 * Demographics:
 * Total Population: 815,007
 * Hiraga: 392,146
 * Morioh: 28,560
 * Mei-nira: 53,012
 * Kanakawa: 31,225
 * Kitahara: 26,178
 * Keishi: 25,092
 * Naga: 21,895
 * Nagasato: 216,545
 * Nagasato-shi: 24,735
 * Davao: 32,104
 * Pemagarong: 25,453
 * Souhama-Shibu: 20,604
 * Cagayan: 13,271
 * Tsuhama: 12,455
 * Suwawa: 72,802
 * Gorontalo: 10,612
 * Tidung: 133,524
 * Kutei: 20,112
 * Ethnicities:
 * 37.8% Syonanese (308,073 people)
 * 12.9% Yojin (“pure” Syonanese) (39,741 people)
 * 87.1% In-jin (mixed race Syonanese) (268,332 people)
 * 29.9% Native Syonanese (243,687 people)
 * 22.8% Takairō-jin/Tagalog (55,560 people)
 * 19.7% Kabishi-jin/Visayan (48,006 people)
 * 12.5% Rusonto-jin/Ilocano (30,461 people)
 * 7.4% Ibaruno-jin/Bicolano (18,033 people)
 * 7.1% Nagasato-jin/Maguindanao (17,302 people)
 * 30.5% Other groups (74,325 people)
 * 10.2% Malay (83,131 people)
 * 2.2% Chinese (17,930 people)
 * 2.1% Japanese (17,115 people)
 * 8.4% Suwawan (68,641 people)
 * 6.7% Dayak (54,605 people)
 * 1.7% Other (mostly Southeast Asian, Indian and Arabian traders) (13,855 people)
 * Religions: Religion in Syonan is not necessarily exclusive, with many Syonanese ascribing to beliefs from 2 or more religions.
 * Syonanese Shinto: Syonanese Shinto has diverged greatly from Shinto in the Japanese islands, with many Shinto kami being syncretized with native and Hindu deities, and Theravada and Mahayana Buddhism heavily influencing the religion. Most prevalent in coastal, urban and lowland areas dominated by ethnic Syonanese, Syonanese Shinto is the main religion of Syonan.
 * ~70% of the population (~570,500 people)
 * Syonanese Buddhism: A sect of Buddhism almost totally exclusive to the islands of Syonan, Syonanese Buddhism is heavily influenced by Shinto, Hinduism, Theravada Buddhism and native beliefs. It is by far the most influential Buddhist sect in Syonan, although other sects do manage to gain followers in the Syonanese Isles.
 * ~62% of the population (~505,300 people)
 * Other Buddhist sects (Mahayana, Theravada and Zen Buddhism) are practiced by ~7% of the population (~57,000 people)
 * Hinduism: Practiced by many indigenous and mixed-race Syonanese especially in Mindanao and the Visayas, Hinduism in Syonan has been heavily syncretized with Syonanese Buddhism and Shinto (and vice versa), with many Hindu gods in Syonan being almost indistinguishable from the Syonanese variants of Shinto kami. A more “pure” version of Hinduism exists in coastal Tidung.
 * ~35% of the population (~285,300 people)
 * Xianism: Xianism states that the sole god of man, Tian, has endowed humans with the ability to become "Xian", basically deities, unlocked by committing good deeds in Tian's name, and understanding Tian and the way the universe works. Unlike many Eastern religions, Xianism is a monotheistic religion. Practitioners of the religion are mostly confined to the ethnic Chinese minority within Syonan, and are most prevalent in Pemagarong and Mindoru Prefectures.
 * ~2% of the population (~16,300 people)
 * Other: In remote, mountainous areas of inland Syonan, as well as in the jungles of Tidung and Suwawa, many native tribes still live as they did before Syonanese settlement on the islands, and still worship their old gods in much the same way as they once did.
 * ~19% of the population (~155,000 people)
 * Military:
 * Grand Army of Syonan:
 * Deployed forces: 5,500 (463 in Yolngu)
 * Total forces: 25,000
 * 3,500 Heavy Breakthrough Elite Infantry
 * 2,000 Field Artillery Personnel
 * 7,500 Light Infantry
 * 1,000 Light Mixed Cavalry
 * 2,000 Homeland Security Infantry (Military Police)
 * Reservists/Potential levies: 15,000
 * Extragovernmental Military Groups Deployed:
 * Nihonese Southern Company: A Japan-based mercenary group headed by Kanzaki Setsuna.
 * Strength: 1421 troops, 4 ships
 * Various Irregular Dayak Troops: Various groups of Dayak tribal warriors who have opted to join the Syonanese military to gain their one shot at citizenship (and, by extension, immunity to becoming a slave on one of Nagasato’s many plantations).
 * Strength: 5512 troops
 * Syonan Nikun Royal Navy:
 * Total sailors: 26,000
 * Total ships (excluding coastal patrol): 514 ships
 * SNRN Muramasa-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Muramasa
 * Crew: 120
 * SNRN Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Yamamoto
 * Crew: 70
 * SNRN Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Higashikata
 * Crew: 70
 * 12 Muramasa-class Oceanic Battlecruisers
 * Crew: 120
 * 28 Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruisers
 * Crew: 70
 * 221 Subarashi Pagong-class Oceanic Cruisers
 * Crew: 60
 * 250 Subarashi Dātsu-class Oceanic Interceptors
 * Crew: 40
 * 540 Tsuna-class Torpedo Boats
 * Crew: 10
 * 495 Transport Ships
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Nanshindo War (Gwarri-Yolngu War): The Gwarri-Yolngu War, known in Syonan as the Nanshindo War, was a conflict between the northern Australian Gwarri and Yolngu tribes, sparked with the former’s spontaneous invasion of the latter. Called into the war on the side of Yolngu due to an alliance and trade ties, Syonanese participation in the Nanshindo War would mainly be via mercenaries and irregular troops.
 * We send 8000 troops, mostly made up of irregular auxiliaries from various Dayak tribes from inner Tidung (6000 troops), as well as the Nihonese Southern Company (1500 troops), a mercenary group led by Kanzaki Setsuna and based in the Japanese isles, and the Syonan Nikun 78th Battalion (500 troops), to the Nanshindo War. They are tasked with holding back the Gwarri onslaught and pushing back their hordes.
 * Syonanese Casualties: 604 military, 97 civilian (from the previous legation to Yolngu)
 * Divided into 4 groups of 2000 troops each, our forces will land on specific areas of the Gwarri coast, establishing beachheads. From there, they will attempt to control coastal regions, pushing the Gwarri inland and weakening their hold. [OBJECTIVE FULFILLED (TURN XXII:1505-1510)]
 * Having captured several beachheads across the Gwarri coast, we begin to push further along the northern coast of Gwarri, with the eventual goal of uniting our fronts with the Yolngu fronts in the east. Meanwhile, an effort will be made to encircle Garrihu and hopefully seize the city.
 * ~500 troops will detach from the main army and begin raiding the interior of Gwarri territory, attempting to obstruct and stall supply lines. This contingent shall be commanded by none other than Nakamura Souji herself.
 * For more information, see Events.
 * Research:
 * Type 001 Yajiri Torpedo Mod. 1498: An updated model of the Yajiri Torpedo allowing it to reach faster speeds in water and improving its accuracy.
 * Subarashi Kulog Taihou Mk.V: We begin to equip more ships with this cannon.
 * Bakuchiku Mk.I: The Bakuchiku cannon is now standard fare for all Syonanese ships.
 * Kogata-jū: A variant of the Javanese arquebus indigenous to Syonan, the Kogata-jū has become the standard firearm of choice for the Syonanese Army.
 * Early Rocket Developments: A few mildly successful attempts at recreating the effects of torpedoes on land are made, but none effective enough to be practically used.
 * Reptilian Growth: Continued breeding of the Filipino monitor lizard has caused the species to grow in size, through decades, if not centuries will be required for the lizards to grow even larger.
 * That being said, they are now large enough to be farmed for food, as these monitor lizards slowly become a delicacy in the Nagasatoan region.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Yolngu: We got you.
 * Events:
 * Nakamura Souji’s Bizarre Adventure: Outback Army: After a long two years wandering the Australian Outback, trying to survive and picking off any Gwarri garrison they chanced upon, a disheveled Nakamura Souji as well as 4 other people, the only people from the previous diplomatic legation to survive, would appear at a Syonanese military camp in one of the Syonanese-controlled beachheads in Gwarri territory. After recuperating and getting reacquainted with whatever vestige of society the troops managed to export this far out, as well as becoming
 * ahem* very close friends with Nihonese Southern Company leader and main commander for the Syonanese Army in Gwarri Setsuna Kanzaki, Nakamura would again be tasked with going back into the interior of Australia, only this time with an army of 500 to disrupt Gwarri supply chains and cripple their war effort. Due to her intimate knowledge of the landscape (gained from being forced to survive there for years), Nakamura was chosen as the leader of this ambitious and dangerous operation.
 * During this operation, Nakamura Souji comes upon 6 year old Torrin, a starving orphan boy cast out from his village and left to die because he was considered “cursed”, wandering the Australian bush. Taking pity on the young child, Nakamura would feed him and take care of him throughout the rest of the war, even as she was juggling commanding an army. She would eventually adopt him as her son.
 * Military Reforms and Preparations pt.3: The naval base at Shubiko is finally complete by January 1509, a massive complex containing massive drydocks, state of the art naval technology and the ability to hold 100 ships at once. Meanwhile, the Kakyoinite Walls in Mei-nira continue their construction, and a similar set of walls begins construction in Morioh. Renovation of old forts and castles and construction of new ones in strategically located areas continues.
 * The Rural Shift: For centuries, rural Syonan was characterized by a series of local communities populated and controlled by small independent farmers which bonded together and provided for their own as best as they could. However, with the advent of the Syonanese Plantation System, which by 1510 had already begun to outcompete local agriculture in much of Nagasato, the traditional livelihoods of rural Syonanese would come at stake, as more and more farms would be bought out by merchants or minor nobles hoping to make a quick buck off of running plantations off of indentured servant labor. This would spark several small-scale peasant revolts in Mindanao by concerned farmers worried they would get squeezed off of their land, which in turn only accelerated their fears. More and more farms were being sold to rich merchants, noble families, or guilds in order to be turned into plantations, and more and more rural farmers would flock into Nagasatoan cities, forming the bulk of the constituent kingdom’s urban poor.

Ahuric Empire

 * Government and Policy:
 * Monarch: King Hameed Ahurid -> King Ja'far Ahurid
 * Administrative Situation: The reforms have been run as expected. There was no opposition under King Hameed as the conservatives had become quiet after the civil war. This led the King to have unparalleled powers with no check on his power. Luckily, the King didn't go mad and out of control, the assassination of his father and the civil war fresh in his mind. His death, unexpected yet peaceful, was mourned across the nation with a parade of his achievements in multiple cities. His son, Ja'far, largely continued the same reformist agenda. However, opposition to his moves has risen, as the conservatives have come out of their period of stagnation.
 * Population: 10,499,910
 * Policy and National Affairs:
 * The Eastern Agenda: With Keqi, Abadun and Hawza now in the League of the Desert, we have become larger than ever expected. The concern is that such a large alliance would become unsustainable due to the distances and disconnects between the members. As such, an endeavor is taken to maintain the stability of the alliance. The eastern nations, Keqi, Abadun and Hawza, are to be connected to to the Elamite Muhafeza for faster communication. A network similar to our's, with rest houses along the way, is to be built. The 3 nations are to send representatives to the city of Yazd every 3 months for discussions on regional affairs and issues. Behind the scenes, certain Ahuric diplomats and thinkers attempt to present an idea of unification to the people. Expectations aren't that the idea will be taken up rapidly, but hopefully, first within small circles and eventually within a significant portion the population, the idea will be taken to present a solid wall to Arashenan ambitions. The military portion of this agenda is perhaps more vital to our interests. The armies of these nations are to train together, hoping this will allow for better co-operation. Military equipment is given to them, ranging from cannons to ships. Generals are sent over to instruct the troops on the best of Ahuric military strategy. Thousands are employed and paid to build fortifications with jagged walls, round towers, trenches and grain stores. A lot of infrastructure is to be revolutionised as the Ahuric thought process and development pours into the nation. The ideology of Darman propogates in the nation, reducing the mortality rate for those that have access to the resources. The papermaking process is spread to them. Keqi in particular had long been a papermaking hub, making the finest paper in the region. However, it was low in quantity, and as such they are introduced to our mass production process. This should make paper much more widespread, making them particularly wealthy.
 * Re-structuring of the League of the Desert: There are 2 regions of concern to the League: The Peninsula and Eastern Iran. The Empire is split into both regions and has an interest in both, while Keqi, Hawza and Abadun are in the Eastern Iran region exclusively and Yemen, Qarsoon and Hejaz are in the Peninsula exclusively. As such there is effectively a 3 nation split in either region, with the Empire as the glue between them. With this in mind, a set of rules and regulations are put into motion:
 * 1, Defence of the Realm: If any member of the League is attacked, it is the duty of all other members to participate in their defence, however far and however difficult (This law is quite the incentive for the smaller nations as it guarantees them in the face of larger threats)
 * 2, Trade of the Realm: Members have full rights to trade in the markets and ports of fellow members, without barrier to entry, be it physical or additional cost.
 * 3, Roads of the Realm: Roads are to be built connecting nations to eachother, and ports are to be built where sea roads need to disembark, at the cost of the members which the road travels to and from unless under private agreement.
 * 4, Conference of the League: Every year, in the case of peace, or 6 months in case of war, delegations of each member is to meet up in Ahuras to discuss the affairs of the alliance.
 * 5, Voting within the League: In case a member would like to declare war on some other nation, with the backing of the alliance, they need to announce as such within a conference where voting takes place. Firstly, the peninsular nations, Yemen, Hejaz and Qarsoon vote between themselves as well as Keqi, Abadun and Hawza, the Iranian nations, between themselves. The majority vote of each is considered their block's vote. The Ahuric Empire is considered it's own block. If the war gets a majority in the block vote, it is accepted.
 * 6, Movement of Infomation: With paper books more common, intellectual books are to be copied by dedicated copiers to other languages for other members.
 * The 4th Sipah: The military needs to grow to sustain the defensive needs of the Alliance and Empire. As large as our army is, it is not large enough. As such, a 4th Sipah is to be enlisted, a copy of the Sipahs previous to it. The positioning of these Sipahs is now of importance as the league has expanded beyond that of quick movement. The 1st Sipah is stationed in Elam, the 2nd in Grane, the 3rd in Rafha, the 4th in Afif. The armies each have a large campsite dedicated to their operations, with extensive accompaniments, such as a map room and multiple wells. The transport camels in each team carries food and supplies as well as camping material so that a quick base can be built wherever a war breaks out. Again, this might seem normal and rather mundane. However, wars in the desert have long been just raids clashing with counter-raids. This movement towards actual warfare in a battle allows us to break free of the shackles of the desert and fight beyond it in lands far away. Another important innovation, thanks to the paper abundance, is widespread maps. These allow us to understand the terrain further, with detailed maps of certain regions made (or about as detailed as you can get) for generals. This is a good way of making sure we aren't completely knocked out by the enemy's terrain management.
 * Westerners: Once upon a time, a group of westerners arrived at our lands and we gave them territory to help us. Thus the Qarsoon were born. Now, another group of westerners approach us. They have large ships and a large empire, telling of lands so exotic, we wish we could exploit. Now, they have asked for territory, rather worthless territory. A random island shouldn't be a large loss, and we could certainly learn a lot from them. They dot lands from Swahili to Socotra, an extensive trade empire. We shall drag as much information out of them as we can and have a particularly open view to them, seeing them with friendship rather than contempt. We will accept their demands, with rules obviously, while also cozying up with them. However, we should be prepared to combat them if time needs us to. While the description makes us look rather confused by these westerners, we know of Agousta, with traders occasionally taking the journey there to sell our very exotic goods. We know of their nation and their structure, their culture and their technology, and as such we aren't taken a-back, but rather intrigued as to how they got here so fast.
 * Easterners: With a larger focus on the East, many fleets have travelled to there and back bringing various tradable goods. As such there is bound to be a larger Adnanite presence in the region, and perhaps, a larger Zoroastrian presence in the region. A number of priests do travel to the region to grow the Zoroastrian religion, and they are encouraged to do so.
 * Copying from the West, Arms Companies: The west seems to have built companies dedicated to producing weaponry. It is fascinating how successful such stuff can get. Our merchants in the region, the ones sent under the government "Muta'alemin" plan, regularly provide information of the happenings in the west, but there is still a slight delay. These companies seem to be focused on producing guns, the easier fire lances we've been investigating, and cannons. We'll take a leaf out of their book, setting up a collective of blacksmiths and ironworks to build cannons under one banner. By setting up, it is more accurate to say government owned buildings are transferred to a certain member of the population for a price. This is called the "Sahra Ironworks". It builds cannons of different proportions, well sold thanks to merchants wanting to protect their ships. But competition is the only thing that work, so we also develop 2 more ironworks, the "Gerrha's Pride Ironworks" and "Akbar's Ironworks". The competition between the 3 partially reduces cost and increases efficiency but only partially. Akbar quickly focuses on small cannons rather than the larger cannons. As such they control a significant part of the fire lance market too.
 * Military:
 * Personnel: 107,550
 * 1st Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Fire Lancers: 350
 * Crossbowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 2,000
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Transport Camels: 35
 * Overall: 20,050 Troops
 * 2nd Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Fire Lancers: 350
 * Crossbowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 2,000
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Transport Camels: 35
 * Overall: 20,050 Troops
 * 3rd Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Fire Lancers: 350
 * Crossbowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 2,000
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Transport Camels: 35
 * Overall: 20,050 Troops
 * 4th Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Fire Lancers: 350
 * Crossbowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 2,000
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Transport Camels: 35
 * Overall: 20,050 Troops
 * "Aqeel's" Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 5,000
 * Bowmen: 3,000
 * Fire Lancers: 500
 * Light Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 500
 * Cannons: 20
 * Polybolos: 10
 * Overall: 10,110 Troops
 * Patrol Force:
 * Light Cavalry: 3,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 3,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Overall: 6,500 Troops
 * Muscat Fleet:
 * Gharaq: 60
 * Harbis: 50
 * Fire Ships: 30
 * Light Transport Ships: 20
 * Heavy Transport Ships: 2
 * Grane Fleet:
 * Harbis: 50
 * Gharaqs: 70
 * Fire Ships: 30
 * Light Transport Ships: 40
 * Heavy Transport Ships: 10
 * Trade Fleet (There has always been a large trade fleet, but wasn't included here):
 * Big Fleets: 2
 * Harbis: 10
 * Gharaqs: 10
 * Transport Ships: 100
 * Small Fleets: 10
 * Harbis: 20
 * Gharaqs: 30
 * Transport Ships: 150
 * Military Operations and Foreign Affairs:
 * New Troops and Tactics:
 * Nothing New
 * Adnanification:
 * Swahili: We continue our efforts, albeit much less
 * Imerina: We continue investing in their adnanification, but it seems like they are setting up their own Adnanification.
 * The Eastern Lands: We have people attempting their adnanification, but we don't expect much success.
 * Zanzibar: Our provocations continue. With the growth of paper products, a rudimentary news spreading technique has allowed for rumours of Zoroastrian's being hurt to be spread.
 * Economy:
 * The Treasuries are being filled once more: Our spending sprees have died down and now our treasuries are to be filled once more. The reserves are important to us as they fill the gap between production and expenditure in the case of war. They became vital in the civil war, keeping the Imperials better off in comparison to the Vizierites, maintaining a longer war. As the treasuries return to full, and new treasuries are to be built, our economy is being insured, preparing us for war, the inevitable conflict of greed and power.
 * New Research:
 * Easier Fire Lances: Interestingly, some of the west have a similar weapon. We prototype based on our knowledge and now have a few in testing. However, best way to spread the inventions as fast as possible, we give blueprints to the ironworks. In an attempt to become more economically stable, the Sahra Ironworks are taking strides in prototyping. Akbar, more invested in the fire lance, seems to have ignored the development. We are expecting a very small number of workable prototypes in a short time.
 * Cannons: Investigations into attaching cannons to horses via some mechanism are going pretty well. The investigations are divested to the Ironworks, with Akbar's being very interested in the light cannon.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Imerina: We welcome their kingly delegation, with large accomodations prepared. We gift them a large ship, the Mer'ana Class of Ship, developed specifically for them. Large and with multiple cannons, it is bound to impress the royalty of such an allied nation. Also, the Gerrha's Pride Ironworks intend to develop a set of metalworks in Imerina, building cannons for use by the Imerina if they want.
 * League of the Desert (Yemen, Qarsoon, Hejaz): Prepare for war with Arashena, they are going to get feisty. 
 * Swahili, the Eastern Nations: We try (again), more Zoroastrian, more Adnanite.
 * Zanzibari Zoroastrians: We give them texts and scripture from the Empire, fund them, and secretly, through channels, give them our support
 * Agousta: We give them the island of Hormuz if they accept a few rules. They are allowed to build a fort on the island, but we insist they do not develop a trade port to rival Muscat. In return we hope they will agree with some territory in Muscat leased to them for 50 years, after which it would be rented, to develop their own warehouses and set up their own markets. We also, although this is non-binding, hope they aid us in times of need. We, rather than an extortionate price, ask for military equipment and technology, books and information. We still ask for money though, 5 books don't make up an island.
 * Staff: Can we kill the Daevites with fire?

Mod Event

 * Azure Fox: Back in the year of 1506, a young 10-year-old boy named Claes was playing with his sister in the courtyard. It was not a particularly important day, not at first. His family called both of them in with important news. When they arrived, the told them that either of them will become the heir of the Scandinavians. It is... a strange news to tell to two children, what were they intending? That is all what Claes could remember, have they intended to get the siblings to share? Or is one of them going to get it? If so, why tell both? Is it stir up a competition? These are the questions that has never left Claes' mind as he sails to Snaelland when he was 19. Obviously, the choice wasn't him, as the ruler chose the more virtuous sibling; his sister. Claes now traveled to Snaelland, seeking out the "Blind Robin" to prove himself just as capable as his sister in 1515. It took him about a year, but he finally found the supposed legend in a hut near the cliffside. He didn't really expect an old woman there, but he pressed. The woman didn't believe him to be worthy enough. He did not know what to do afterwards, he came all this way and he won't stop now. It took another year, with no luck, at least until one day when the woman decided to listen to his story. After explaining his dilemma, he was surprised to see the woman offering him a hand.
 * New Discoveries: Several Agoustan explorers reach southeast Asia (more details below) in 1511, though Jorge Alvares of Agousta becomes the first European to reach China by sea. In 1512 João de Lisboa and Estevão de Fróis discover the Jahulets, making brief contact with them. In 1513, Vasco Nunez de Balboa crosses the (OTL) Isthmus of Panama and reaches the Pacific Ocean, becoming the first European to do so. The same year, 1513 Juan Ponce de León explores "Catonzia" (Osnerol) lands and the Yucatán. In 1514, Antonio Fernandes (of Agousta) reaches Imerina. The next year, (1515) Gonzalo de Badajoz followed Vasco Nunez de Balboa's path and reached the same destination he did, though he landed on the shores.
 * Agoustan Activity in Maritime South East Asia: Timor, Banda Islands, Ambon Island and Seram are discovered by Antonio de Abreu in 1512. In the same year, Francisco Serrao reaches the Moluccas, formally establishing contact with the State of Zhaowa after shipwrecking in Ternate, and asked for permission of building a fort there.
 * Third Daevite Empire: Tulaani's Empire conquers Qanbar, Keqi, Abadun, and Hawza. Between 1510 to 1514. Though, in the process, it provoked the Delhi. In 1515, a refusal to co-operate by the Delhi had prompted an invasio nof their lands by the Third Daevite Empire, the city of Delhi was right next door, so it was gradually surrounded as they lose their western territories to the Daevites (from Kandahar to Delhi). But such a war would be one of the biggest challenges Tulaani faces, mainly due to the Indian mountain ranges being unfit to traverse sometimes.
 * Pestilence of War: The conflict in (OTL) Australia proved to be devastating. Since the invasion of Gwarri on Yolngu land, the Syonans, who had a good relationship with the Yolngu for their animals, was obligated to join the war on Yolngu's side. Syonan raids along the coastline switched to an all out invasion with 10,000 well-armed troops. With Yolngu's forces (full of trained animals) pounding against Gwarri's forces and seeking out Gwarri men. Yolngu "sorcery" had allowed tribesmen to sneak behind enemy lines and cause chaos. However, a trading company in Zhaowa joins the war (and the government does not claim responsibility, although this would reflect badly) in favor of Gwarri despite a tense relationship between them. Unfortunately, the increased amount of foreigners on the mainland has increased the risk of pestilence. Yolngu had long been exploring outside, but any contraction of foreign sickness never made it home (or died before home). Such statistic is unlikely but is still possible, but war breeds sickness, and such statistic cannot be held off for any longer. As of now the number of men who died in the war (roughly 2,000) has increased rapidly not because of spears or being eaten by hounds or human, but through pestilence. The number of people that died from sickness in the war over the next 5 years (if the war is still going) would be roughly 10,000 men and women (5,000 each).
 * The Empire's Power Struggle: Luxemburg is liberated by Westrian Netherlands' forces while attempts by the Holy Roman Emperor and Magdeburg see success up to near Burgenbrao, before they are defeated by a joint army comprising of Vesnian and Koronan forces and Avarian and Hanseatic mercenaries, before being driven off Vesnian premises. As the campaign was ongoing, forces from Saxony launched a campaign up north and took over Magdeburg. As the war look to be unwinnable from either perspective, coupled with Viennese peasant revolts after apparent inactivity from the Archduke regarding the sack of Vienna demanding peace, a peace offer was presented to Westria, offering a status quo end to the war.
 * Bruneian Civil War: Following the death of the Bruneian King, the young prince is practically fought over by aristocrats vying for greater influence over the future monarch. This further exacerbates existing faults within Bruneian society, leading to civil war as nobles declare self-rule. In the midst of the chaos, the nobles in Sabah opt for protection from neighbouring Syonan, with whom they have much warmer relations with, diplomatically and in trade.
 * Capture of Brunei: The Agoustans, quick to seize opportunities, launch an invasion of Brunei under the pretext of supporting one faction of nobles. This quickly turns into betrayal, as the capital is seized and the Agoustans declaring what remains of Brunei to be an Agoustan colony, much to the dismay of the now-executed noblemen that welcomed them.
 * Purchase of Malacca: Upon the arrival of Agoustan explorers in the Malayan Peninsula circa 1511, the port of Malacca fell under the sights and desires of the Agoustan Empire. After a few negotiations and the willingness of the Khmerlaccan king to make a quick buck, the port is sold for a fetching price to the Agoustans, who use it as a foothold to penetrate further into Asia.
 * Il Principe: Niccolo Machiavelli, after being expelled by the Medici family, publishes a political treatise in 1513 under the Latin name, De Principatibus, later would be known as The Prince. The work is written in vernacular Italian rather than Latin, a rather innovative point at the time, and is considered one of the first works of modern philosophy, especiall modern political philosophy.
 * Argent Theft: In 1513, a group of (suspected) Imperial dissidents attacked the Schwaz silver mine, stealing much of the mineral wealth mined and disrupting business, putting a dent on the Westrian economy
 * Commentariolus: Nicolaus Copernicus' work, outlining his theory of heliocentrism (that is, the Sun is at the centre of the universe, unmoving, with other planets orbiting it), as opposed to the old belief of geocentrism, is published.
 * Melencolia I: The famous engraving, created by German Renaissance artist Albercht Dürer in 1514, displays a gloomy female figure, thought to be the representation of melancholia
 * Conquest of Goa: After a nine-month siege, the Agoustans, under the command of Afonso de Albuquerque, conquers Goa.
 * Influenza Pandemic: In 1510, influenza reaches Sicily, before reaching other Italian states and the rest of Europe, reportedly with a fatality rate of about 1%. No known figures of infected are available.
 * Helianthus: More commonly known as sunflowers, the floral product was brought to Europe in 1510 from European merchants in the New World.
 * End of the Florentine Republic: The republic is abolished, as the Medici family returns and takes power once again.

NPC Event

 * Dai Viet: They formally reopen communications with Nihon, accepting their delegation with grace. A delegation is sent forth to Nihon, containing various goods, including an elephant (!)
 * Saratov, Samara, Don: They appreciate the protectorate offer against the Third Daevite Empire, but differences between them prevent any real effort in unification into a single client state.
 * Bara: As wished, a trade route is established with Imerina.
 * Eskos: Adelhart II is offered a princess of Eskos for marriage, under the conditions that he responds to any Atouman aggression against them.
 * Wuthayhi: They considered ignoring and staying out of it, but they accept to join as a reluctant ally. They are convinced of Yolngu's points that Gwarri may not stop at Yolngu.
 * Mossi: They occupy Gao from Aretis-Songhai.
 * Hawza, Abadun and Keqi: Reactionary pressure forced the three to break the alliance with Ahurics. Though Hawza had a change in leadership, they broke it did it more rudely.

Atouman Empire

 * Government:
 * Kaiser: Achaeus "The Strong" [c. 1504-]
 * Grand Vizier:
 * Suleyman II abd-Muttari Pasha (b. 1456-) (c. 1501-1503, 1508-1509, 1514-)
 * Hersekenia abd-Beyid Pasha (b. 1464) (c. 1503-1507, 1513-1514)
 * Ozman abd-Jafar Pasha (b. 1481) (c. 1510-1513)
 * Economy: The economy of the Atouman Empire was based on a system of iqta', an Arzhamite feudal system, as the Atouman state's ultimate goal were consolidation and extension of the Azarkh's power, and the way to reach it was by taking advantage of resources and the revenues system by making the productive classes prosperous. So while the agrarian-based economy was fruitful in its development, it ultimately prevented an emergence of social disorder, and kept the traditional organization of the culture and society as a whole. Mining operations would also aid as a driving factor of the economy, with copper, iron, silver, and gold being mined in Bulgaria while fruits grown across the Anatolian region and Balkan peninsula producing bountiful luxuries that are consequently sold at the various port markets in Ionia and Greece. Olive trees grow in wild fashion, with their oil being harvested and sold to the highest bidder. Atouman expansion into Europe during the 14th and 15th centuries would emphasize a Greco-Persian royal sentiment, which would be emphasized furthermore in Azarkh Iskandir I's reign, who famously claimed himself as Padishah, a term historically used to describe the ruling monarch of Persia. This emphasis would lead to the capital cities becoming major commercial and industrial centres, serving as highways between the Greco-Roman-Daevite cultures and mercantile trade. This policy of tolerance would later lead to Azarkh Tayyeb's Mandate of Adrianople, which officially allowed for the Jewish people to reside and prosper in the Atouman Realm far away from the persecution they faced at the hands of Christendom. Most of these people were settled in either Constantinople or other port cities along the Ionian coast. Other exports include cotton, a myriad of fruits, and plenty of slaves.
 * Capital: Constantinople (Primary), Ipsus (Secondary), Abdera (Tertiary), Thessalonica (Quaternary), Serdika (Quinary)
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 12,500,000
 * Religion:
 * Arzham: Under Atouman authority, Arzham would make a re-emergence following the collapse of the Askari Azarkhate in the 14th century. Followers of the Xunni belief, the House of Atmanaglu would dedicate a number of resources to spreading the word of Arzhang. This included the construction of Ozman's Temple, which would stand as the largest religious institution until the construction of Ioxamander's Temple in 1547, and numerous methods of prolythesizing that worked to varied results.
 * Xunni Beliefs: The Xunni denomination of Arzham is often characterized by a greater emphasis on the prophet Arzhang, his companions in Persia, and the patronage of the all of the classic Azarkhates’ as rightly-guided successor states in contrast to the Xa’mah belief, which only correlate proper successorship to Arzhang’s original state and the Askari Azarkhate. While the Xa’mah believe that the prophet Arzhang can only be succeeded by relatives or immediate family members, the Xunni deny this concept of succession-by-lineage, instead believing that the Arzhamite community can change and evolve to the point where staying in tradition will only lead to disaster, with this concept being further emphasized by the collapse of the Askari Azarkhate. While most differences between the Xunni and the Xa’mah are relatively political in nature, the Xunni represents a majority of the believers of Arzham that are more wide-spread across Eurasia, with the Xa’mah representing pluralities in places like India and Persia.
 * Christianity: Christianity following the collapse of the Byzantine Empire would stagnate during this time, declining into a plurality due to a myriad of policies introduced by the Atouman Empire, such as increased taxing, second-class citizenship, and the banning of proselytizing, which was punishable by death. This decline in Christianity would also be further aided by the re-organization of the Janissaries, which by this part were mostly made up of young Christian slaves from the Balkans that had converted to Islam. During the Atouman-Isetium War, Kaiser Achaeus would institute a similar policy of enslavement and brain-washing, kidnapping the youngest children of various Christian families in Syria and the Levant, as well as re-organizing their numerous churches and cathedrals into mosques or other Arzhamite institutions. As such, the Christian communities in the Atouman Empire declined exceptionally, with most of the Hellenic-influenced Christians converting to Arzham in the face of disaster.
 * Judaism: The Jewish communities of the Atouman Empire would flourish in the 16th century due to the former Azarkh Tayyeb’s policy of tolerance. While the Jewish communities of the Empire were small and most located in Constantinople, Kaiser Achaeus would allow the construction of Synagogues along the Ionian coast in exchange for the Jewish communities paying a higher tax as part of the already existing jizya tax. This wouldn’t necessarily bother the Jewish people, for most of the Jews that were able to migrate were mostly bankers that had made fortunes off of their time spent in Europe. The Jewish population were also staunch supporters for Atouman expansion, oftentimes offering funds for extentensive campaigns meant to drive away the heretics from the Holy Land.
 * Zoroastrianism: The Zoroastrian community of the Atouman Empire was primarily limited due to Zoroastrian’s decline during the rise of Arzham in Persia and due to a newly realized focus towards Arabia. Zoroastrians in the Atouman Empire were mostly specific to the southeastern regions, in cities like Melitine and Caesarea, although it should be mentioned that they still represented a minority in these cities.
 * Syncretic Philosophy: Representing a rather small community, Syncretic philosophy in Greece and Anatolia would foster as a result of diversification. Although syncretic schools of thought, such as the Abyadites and Aesunids, were primarily focused on inter-religion unification, other schools like the Smyrnites were more focused on political reform, specifically the adoption of secular political ideologies like democracy and republicanism. The circulation of these differing concepts would lead to Azarkh Tayyeb instituting the eradication of syncretic philosophy in the early years of the 16th century, however, would later be repealed by Kaiser Ioxamander during the formation of the Cult.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Atouman-Isetium War (1515-)
 * Historical Precedence: Prior to the enactment of the War Policy, Kaiser Achaeus and his eldest brother, Ioxamander, would spend nearly three years learning everything there can be known about the state of Isentium as recorded by Arzhamite scholars over history. What they soon realized, however, was that Isetium had stood as the ‘one that got away’, as in none of the previous Azarkhates had conquered it successfully, the closest one being the Askari dynasty and later the Daevites. This precedence of failure would anger Achaeus to the point where he would state that he would be “praised in the histories” for succeeding in the conquest of Egypt, and that Europe shall remember his name like they do for his grand-father, the late Iskendir II.
 * War Policy (1514): Like most of the offensive campaigns conducted by the Atouman Empire, the Grand Council once again coalesces in Constantinople in discussion for what to do if Kaiser Achaeus’ army succeeded in conquering Isetium. While the idea of partitioning Isetium into numerous Amirates seemed the most ideal, the organizational work would be far too difficult to maintain in a geo-political setting, with Kaiser Achaeus deducing that it’d be easier to simply annex the whole of Isetium into the Atouman realm, establishing four provinces in Syria, the Levant, Northern Hejaz, and Egypt, that would be administered federally. The policy enacted that the Atouman Empire would need to act more conservatively in terms of conversion tactics, and that conversion by the sword would be necessarily towards establishing a long-term Atouman presence in Egypt and the Levant. It would be decided that Kaiser Achaeus would lead the campaign in conjunction with Grand Vizier Suleyman II abd-Muttari Pasha aiding in this war. Near the end of the conference, Kaiser Achaeus would ask for the Grand Council’s blessing where, in the chance that he may perish in the war, he would like his younger brother, Ioxamander, to take the throne. The Grand Council would accept this as just, and thus the conference ended.
 * Karaman Campaign (1515): The first military conflict in the war was the Karaman Campaign, led by Kaiser Achaeus and his Grand Vizier, Suleyman II abd-Muttari Pasha, whom had previously served in the conquest of Helborg during the reign of Azarkh Tayyeb. With their war experience and on-time strategy, the city of Attalea would soon fall after a week-long battle that saw the mass-genocide of pagan worshipers and the enslavement of Christian peasants. These peasants would be used as target practice or human shields when launching offensives, allowing for the morality of Isetium and Karaman troops to break before a shot had even been fired. On the Siege of Iconium, historians would write: “The heathens of Egypt, the “Hellenistic Whores”, have sat too long in their sacreligious brothels. To protect the sanctity of the followers of Arzhang, Achaeus would command arrows of black apocalyptic fire to rain down upon the Pagans; their false idols being cast aside and scattered; their savage people stripped of their barbarity, either by conversion or death. Forty days of darkness descends upon the Hellens: the first sign of the apocalypse. Vultures from Hell would rise with an eternal scream, marking the death of the eldest children in these heretical households. The Kraken, a monster believed to be unstoppable by the pagans of Alexandria, would fall to the powerful Atouman cannons in a flash of fire and fury the likes of which the world had not seen. The sea speaks with an unparalleled fury for the burden of supporting such heathen-rich machinations that are Isetium ships. Their accursed vessels are made from weak, dying spirits that can't compare to Atouman timber. Their oars shimmer crooked in the sea, and their sails hardly contain the pulls of the wind. When an Egyptian speaks a thick foam spews from his cracking, pale lips, leaving sprinklings of spew on their bald, narrow heads. The people of Isetium are birthed from the fire pits beneath the Nile, in the dark and twisting tunnels deep below that city, where all that is good in this world is burned and consumed to produce beings not of any mother or father, but pulled from the primordial matter and formed of fleshly, cruel metal. Their bones become twisted and mismatched in that hell place, with the people permanently hunched over and lumbering on all fours to walk. They scream and cry, “Gods, save us!” but their false god wouldn’t hear their prayers, even as their walls fall and their women ravaged.” By early December, Iconium would fall to the Atoumans, with Kaiser Achaeus annexing the territories and plotting his next moves for the following year.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Isetium: The ting goes “skrrrahh, pap, pap, ka-ka-ka, skidiki-pap-pap, and a pu-pu-pudrrrr-boom”.
 * Circassia, Girba, Tlemcen, Valeris: If you are willing to pay tribute and kneel to the Kaiser in his Court, perhaps mercy may be shown to your subjects. If not, then fourty plagues shall ravage your lands for eternity, your soil salted and burned, and the skin of your children used as a replacement for the timber used to construct Atouman warships.
 * Events:
 * Golden Age: While Kaiser Achaeus was memorable primarily for his role in the expansion of the Atouman Empire, the Atouman Golden Age had only continued to flourish under his supervision, with universities being constructed across key administrative centers to serve as intellectual cross-roads between the eastern world and Europe, while da Vinci's bridge is seen as a contemporary piece of modern engineering that is only able to be constructed due to the "...divine status inherited by the House of Atmanaglu, the descendents of Atman." Although this was the Court's explanation by Kaiser Achaeus when being prompted the question, the more historical answer was that the Golden Age succeeded due to the reinvigoration of markets and roads in Greece and the Balkans, which had deteriorated under the declining Byzantines prior to their collapse. The Atouman Golden Age, sometimes referred to as the "Classical Age" in Atouman historical records, concerns the history of the Atouman Empire from the Fall of Constantinople in September of 1453 to the second half of the sixteenth century; at the end of the reign of Ioxamander the Magnificent.
 * Ioxamander, King of Hellas: After the death of the King of Hellas leaves the province of Greece without successor, Kaiser Achaeus would appoint his younger brother, Ioxamander, as "King of Hellas", operating as governor over Greece and Svartheim. While his reign as governor would aid in better understanding the regional and national politics of the Atouman Empire, in his first year as King, Ioxamander would form a more religiously tolerant policy, allowing believers of other religions to live freely without fear that they may be killed due to the socio-religious landscape. A year later, Ioxamander would allow a number of Christian Greeks into his administration, believing that having all aspects of the culture in the court would only lead to more success long-term, and that prioritizing certain beliefs or positions would only lead to in-fighting and eventual collapse. Although Ioxamander was more tolerant towards other religions, Ioxamander also held the belief that it was the goal for the Atouman Empire to establish a successor state of Rome separate from the ancient empire and it's many failed successors, and as such would find his brother's actions as Kaiser to be "just".
 * Arzham 101:
 * Theology: Arzhamites (followers of Arzhang/Arzham) believe that there is one unitary, transcendent, and omnipresent deity known as “Ahlah”, or to European converts as “God”. In his lifetime, the prophet Arzhang would preach that Ahlah was incorporeal and disconnected with the world, later elaborating that Ahlah always held a universal compassion toward his followers, and thus was everlasting in concept but remained separate from his own creation. Arzham has often been classified as an “oriental” Abrahamic religion, primarily due to sharing numerous teachings and prophets from Judeo-Christianity as well as accepting the city of Jerusalem as spiritually holy and pious in nature, while often times being seen as an orthodox branch of Zoroastrianism during its original conception in Kandahar. Ahlah is assisted by a host of lesser beings, known as angels. Most theological texts describe these angels as being similar to Ahlah, in that they incorporeal beings, but instead operated under the guidance and direction of Ahlah. Angels are often shown in scripture and iconography as being able to perform superhuman feats and abilities, usually in the form of passing through walls, vanishing in an instance, or casting illusions. The primary goal for angels is to act as guides for the followers of Arzham, whether it be speaking to or guarding prophets, kings, priests, or administering certain aspects of nature such as the ocean or mountains. Like other Eastern religions, Arzhamites believe in the concept of reincarnation through a gradual evolution of the soul that will enter the afterlife and become one with Ahlah, with those that embrace negative activities during their lifetime being re-born in dire circumstances as part of their cosmological punishment. Iconography of the Prophet Arzhang and Ahlah is strictly illegal in Arzham, although other prophets are allowed to be depicted in art.
 * Scripture: The scripture of Arzham has been described by numerous scholars as syncretic due to its canonical texts featuring numerous prophets from other religions, such as Moses and Zoroaster. In total, there are five canonical texts of Arzham: the Book of Khalarsis, Book of Xedous, Book of Mashaturi, the Book of Jesakhish, and the Koran, although most followers of Arzham believe the Koran to be separate from the other canonical texts.

Kingdom of Imerina

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
 * King: Andriamasindohafandrana (B 1477, D 1513 - Age 36) (R 1494-1513), Rafandrampohy (B 1495 - Age 19, alive) (R 1513-Present)
 * Dynasty: Ammagari (Andrianerinerina branch)
 * Order of Succession:  Andriantompokoindrindra, the son of Ndahimananjara (B 1467 - Age 47) (imprisoned) | Andriamihaja, the son of Andriantompokoindrindra (B 1496 - Age 18)
 * Economy: The economy of Imerina is based mainly on agriculture and fishing, there's also trade going on with the Swahili and various peoples on our home island including the other Malagasy states of Betsimisaraka, Mahafaly and possibly Bara. Contact has been established with the Ahuric Adnanite people and we have a major trade relationship, extending into influence and what could be seen as a de facto alliance with eachother. The Merina economy stands as one of the strongest and most developed in all of Sub-Saharan Africa, no longer seen as primitive.
 * Allies: N/A
 * Capital: Ambanja
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ca 545 000 total
 * Ambanja: 9 000
 * Mahajanga: 6 000
 * Toamasina: 4 000
 * Morafenobe: 400
 * Rural regions: ca 527 000
 * Ethnicities: 90% Malagasy (divided into 62% Merina and 28% others such as Betsimisaraka, Sakalava, Tsimihety, Sihanaka, Antankarana etc.), 5% Komoro Natives (Swahili?), 5% Adnanite
 * Religion: 88% Haintenism (traditional Merina folklore), 12% Zoroastrianism (there are also people who practice Haintenism with Zoroastrian influences and vice versa)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
 * Skirmishes in the Central Highlands: We attempt to achieve peace with the people, but still men are sent to fight back attackers and keep the area safe for the Merina settlers.
 * Crackdown on the Fossa Warriors: See event.
 * Military: Due to Imerina being a rural realm, a large amount of units can be raised for warfare, but usually about 1% of the population is the most trained and prepared soldiers that can be drafted. Parentheses means the deployed units in cases where not all units are deployed for war.
 * Deployed units: All except Fossa Warriors
 * 5 200 Spearmen
 * 2 400 Bowmen
 * 900 Crossbowmen
 * 50 Light Cavalry
 * 100 Fossa Warriors (none are in military service)
 * Navy:
 * 11 Ahuric military ships
 * 1 Mer'ana class ship
 * 8 transport ships
 * Diplomacy:
 * Antankarana People: We offer any tribes that flee north into our lands to settle up in the north, since the migration of Merina people to settle in the Central Highlands has caused those areas to be less populated. A peace offer is sent to the various tribes from Rafandrampohy, apologizing for the breaking of their fady and the disturbance caused by Merina expansion. To compensate, the tribes are given fair shares of resources and livestock and are like said, offered to settle in various areas in Imerina where their work will come to great use for every person within our borders. Since Morafenobe has been noticed as a big community for Antankarana people in Imerina, many are given the offer to live there and build the settlement up.
 * Bara: Marvelous!
 * Agousta: The first contact between the Malagasy and the Agoustans is made.
 * Events:
 * Andriamasindohafandrana's Reign [Final]: For years the king had noticed that the Fossa Warriors were becoming ever more powerful through forming their own alliances and groups. Having such a high status as the king's royal guard and the elite force of all Imerina allows them to have power and say in various royal and ruling matters. Many of them hold tradition close and are in close touch with several nobles and Haintenist priests. With the recent increase in Zoroastrianism as well as royal support for such, Andriamasindohafandrana feared that they would band together against him and overthrow him. So he spent the years 1509-1512 discussing this in secret with his most trusted friends and nobles. During the time he secretly put restrictions on the Fossa Warriors to weaken them, but he knew that they would realize it eventually. In 1513 he went to his most trusted diplomats and then spoke to a friend he'd lost, Andriantompokoindrindra, to try and make peace. He explained his side of the new direction he was taking Imerina in and pleaded that they would co-operate again. He also asked him to be the one announcing the new restrictions and such put on the Fossa Warrior caste, believing he could explain it without aggravating them. Andriantompokoindrindra reluctantly agreed, he heard truth in what the king said, but one part of him believed this to be a trap and he himself was also scared of the power of the Fossa Warriors and their power, since even his son started to become much more of a military man than himself and he wondered if this was what his father Ndahimananjara really wanted. Nevertheless he held up the promise, but his fear got the better of him and the announcement he made seemed more like a warning to the Fossa Warriors that put blame on the king and his court for these decisions. After this Andriantompokoindrindra was prepared for the Fossa Warriors and all-around non-Zoroastrians to take over and hopefully he could be spared and still hold a significant amount of power in the state. One fateful day, the 14th of May 1513, Andriamasindohafandrana went out to Maromokotro to pay his respects to the various people whose shrines were placed there. Unfortunately, several Fossa Warriors had banded together following the new laws to take power into their own hands. The guards by the mausoleum followed the king inside, preparing their crossbows. As the four of them sneaked up on him from behind, the king managed to hear something coming and quickly turned around. With no time to react, he was shot in the chest with three bolts. Collapsing, he let out a few final words: "I have been killed! By Zanahary, I knew this day would come!" before dying. Other guards nearby the temple heard this and rushed over. These Fossa Warriors were not part of the conspiracy. After a brief skirmish, the conspirators were outnumbered and surrendered. As soon as the news of the king's murder came to the court, Rafandrampohy was coronated as the new king and a trial was set up against the conspirators. Queen consort (and now queen mother) Rasoherimananitanyjaka, the new king Rafandrampohy and several advisors and nobles questioned the killers extensively to find out about a larger conspiracy against the king, consisting of many more Fossa Warriors as well as priests and nobles against the Zoroastrianification and Adnanification of Imerina as well as the involvement of Andriantompokoindrindra. Immediately an extensive search of the nobles, the "clergy" and the standing military was done. Hundreds were jailed, most notably most of the Fossa Warriors, many of whom had their titles stripped and were arrested, sometimes those arrests broke out into violent fights. This brought their number down to a measly 100 soldiers, the ones seen as most trustworthy and as having had no involvement in the conspiracy at all. Some nobles and priests managed to escape the clutches of this inquisition, going into exile outside of Imerina's borders. Andriantompokoindrindra was tracked down and also thrown in prison. He pleaded with the inquisition that while he did indirectly provoke the Fossa Warriors, he had no intention of getting rid of the king. However, Rafandrampohy was so furious over his father's murder that he didn't even give the inquisition a vote and instead just threw him in the slammer. His family was kept out of it, since he had his relationship with Rangita and didn't see any suspicions in the rest of the family aside from Andriamihaja, but Rafandrampohy saw him as just an angry little wannabe Fossa Warrior and not a threat, even if he was now first in line as heir, Rafandrampohy of course had intentions of producing children of his own, not just because of love for Rangita but also because ever since Andrianamboniravina's death there has been a problem in terms of heirs and a lack of children in line to the throne.
 * Long Live King Rafandrampohy: Despite the death of Andriamasindohafandrana and the imprisoning of Andriantompokindrindra, Rafandrampohy was now king and he could once again be with his loved one Rangita every day. Only a few months after ascending, a marriage between the two is held. The two seemed closer than any ruling royal couple before them and throughout the first years of Rafandrampohy's reign they both are very much involved in trying to piece Imerina back together again following the chaos that has plagued the realm the last few decades.
 * Influences of the Ahuric Empire: With increasing diplomacy and interaction, the Adananita have set influence over us. More merchants start to adopt Zoroastrianism and/or parts of it into their rituals and traditions. More Zoroastrian texts are translated into Malagasy and the Sorabe alphabet, which is being more modified in these texts to accomodate various parts of the Adnanite language that we don't have, continuing the Adnanification of the Sorabe alphabet as well as leading to merchants learning the Adnanite language. The officially established class (or caste) of Merina merchants also trade in the Comoros with not only the natives there but also the Swahili on the East African coast, which sets up the start of spreading Zoroastrianism, the adnanified Sorabe and the Adnanite language to those lands.
 * Tombovelo - Iray: Tombovelo became acquainted with Andriamasindohafandrana and he was instructed to continue the translation of Ahuric texts as well as furthering the use of the "New Sorabe" due to him seeing it as more useful than the current one. As he became more paranoid, Tombovelo was told to do these things regarding Zoroastrianism and translation and all that in secret to avoid persecution. He would work on this, all the while traveling throughout Madagasikara for studying and such. A short while before his death, the king believed he or others close to him were being targeted for assassination and as such told Tombovelo to go into exile. Tombovelo (along with all those colleagues he has) took this moment to travel to Adnania and study there to see what the land was like and also to study Zoroastrianism from the best.
 * Adapting New Technology: We've held on to foreign tech for quite a while and now we start adapting it and studying it more. Crossbows especially for the purpose of warfare in the future. Crossbows become a good weapon that starts to increase and seems more effective than bows. Still, the majority of our ranged units are bowmen since bows and arrows are simpler to make and you don't need to reload when using them. The phasing out of bows will take a long time. Seeing the success of cavalry in various battles, new tactics are developed for the cavalry units and more of these units are recruited. The breeding of horses, while having occurred for a few years have really started taking off after this.Ethnicgroupmadg.png
 * Status of the Antankarana [4]: The Central Highlands were inhabited mainly by the Antankarana ethnic group, another ethnic group that live near is the smaller Bezanozano. Since Merina colonization the Antankarana have scattered and now mostly live in diaspora rather than in one central homeland. As Merina people settle in their former home (although there are still some Antankarana people living there), the Antankarana in Imerina mostly live in Morafenobe and the northernmost lands. The violence that started during the expansion and colonization is still going on a bit but there are many attempts to end it.

Nihon no Domei

 * Government: Feudal Confederation
 * Emperor: Uchiha no San-nin (Takagi Anzu)
 * Prime Advisor: Kanzaki Nagato
 * Shogun: Takeda Shizuka
 * Congress of Daimyo: A body consisting of the 24 Daimyo and certain outside observers.
 * Chairman of the Congress: Nishimiya Yuzuru
 * List of Daimyo: Midoriya, Nanbu, Odawara, Fujiwara, Mogami, Yatogami, Niigata, Tachibana, Shiba, Nagao, Matsudaira, Takeda, Oda, Chuosanmyaku, Tanabe, Kanzaki, Miyoshi, Mori, Uzumaki, Chosokame, Otomo, Ryuzoji, Honkobu-Taira, Taira, Ryukyu
 * Autonomous Territories: Izumo-Matsue (Joseonese), Chiba (Eskosian)
 * Outside Observers: Ezo (Friend of the Domei), Kansha (officially a Daimyo), Joseon (Friend of the Domei)
 * Clans:
 * Oda
 * Main family: Oda (minor branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Takeda, Matsudaira, Chuosanmyaku
 * Tachibana
 * Main family: Tachibana (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Nagao, Fujiwara, Nanbu
 * Mogami
 * Main family: Mogami (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Odawara, Niigata
 * Kanzaki
 * Main family: Kanzaki (side branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Mori, Miyoshi
 * Shin-Taira
 * Main family: Ryuzoji (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Honkobu-Taira, Otomo
 * Southern Alliance
 * Main family: Ryukyu (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Ryukyu
 * Allies: Ezo, by personal union with Fujiwara; Joseon, defensive military alliance
 * Capital: Kyoto
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 12,630,000
 * Ethnicities: Yamatai (78%), Chinese-origin (5%), Joseon (8%), Syonan (6%), Other (2%)
 * Official Religion: Shinto, with Buddhist influences
 * Population Distribution:
 * Urban Population [out-of-date]: 1,950,000 - 435,000 (Edo), 382,000 (Kyoto), 198,000 (Hiroshima), 174,000 (Fukushima), 135,000 (Kobe), 305,000 (cities with less than 100,000 population)
 * Rural Population [out-of-date]: 13,150,000 - 1,310,000 (Chugoku), 6,210,000 (Tohoku), 2,450,000 (Chubu), 1,100,000 (Kyushu), 890,000 (Shikoku), 1,570,000 (Kansai)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War): 
 * N-A
 * Army:
 * Horses [15,000]: Modest steeds trained to gallop across the rough and uneven terrain of Nihon's islands. They can also be employed for charging out of boats onto land, although that kind of situation is comparably rarer.
 * General infantry [62,000]: Rudimentarily trained infantry with a general focus on close-ranged melee and shortrange bow combat. Second priority for usage of battering rams and other siege equipment, usually assisting other infantry and auxillaries with tasks.
 * Irregular infantry [63,000]: Infantry-in-training as well as part-time infantry that does not serve for lifetime employment. Mostly the former. First priority for handling of siege equipment.
 * Support staff [15,000]:  Infantry serving in entirely logistical roles. Equipped with extreme short range equipment such as daggers for self-defence, the bulk of many impromptu convoys.
 * Auxillary infantry [15,000]: Long-range bowmen and combat medics. Heavily trained, many chosen to be officers upon promotion in the field.
 * Irregular auxillaries [28,000]: Often merchants and mercenaries serving the same role as auxillary infantry, auxillaries-in-training or officers serving in combat.
 * Highest-ranking generals:
 * N_A
 * Navy:
 * Kawataro-fune [57]: An armoured slow-moving battleship which covers the deck in metal plating and a layer of steel behind the caravel structure to give it a special amount of versatility. If it is sinking, it can last for enough hours to bring it back to shore or at least into a kamikaze attack.
 * Hayai-fune [33]: A restored line of lightly-armoured battleships designed to quickly board another ship before sinking it. Incredibly fragile.
 * Supply ships [152]: Unarmoured fast-moving cargo ships as well as heavy lightly-armoured supply ships. The former used to resupply close to land; the latter used to carry along supplies on longer, no-docking expeditions.
 * Irregular converteds [8]: Various ships with various amounts of armour and what not attached on; mostly former Kei-fune and and Hayai-fune and cargo ships. Heavily personalised, often used as fleet commander ships.
 * 39,000 sailors: close-quarters trained, basic infantry training and ship training
 * Admirals:
 * Takeda Shizuka
 * Tachibana Ranma
 * Diplomacy: 
 * N-A
 * Economics:
 * De-centralisation: The collapse of central authority in Nihon as well as the chaos of widespread rioting pushes many skilled workers and artisans into rural areas and an exodus to Kansha, which is more or less happy to receive them; meanwhile, this kind of decentralisation leads to the advent of informal communes in parts of Nihon, particularly Shikoku, Kyushu and Chugoku. It also leads to power being shifted right back into the hands of regional Daimyo, who wield outsized power over the country now, removing the centre of power from Kyoto and permanently changing the dynamics of power in the region.
 * Private Conglomerates: Private commercial entities begin to develop in the absence of a central authority, many of whom quickly develop into monopolistic entities that carry multiple different trades and industries all at once. The Kamakura and Nihonese Southern Companies are at the forefront of this, but other mercenary and financial organisations begin formation in urban centres, especially private police who become the primary arbiters of public security in cities and towns.
 * Value of Gold: While barter has remained one of the biggest methods of trade within the country, gold is the currency by which trade with foreign merchants has been practiced. The main source of gold in Nihon, however, are the Han nations to the East, Kansha and Syonan; it has no actual power over the premier currency it uses. The usage of bronze and copper coins for smaller denominations has become generally more commonplace in urban areas, while barter trade remains common. The national mint is centred in Edo, controlled by a council of retired or former daimyo.
 * Actual monetary value: One ounce of gold can currently buy eight sacks of rice (7.2kg total).
 * Currency:
 * 1-yen coin (copper)
 * 5-yen coin (copper)
 * 10-yen coin (bronze)
 * 100-yen coin (bronze)
 * 1000-yen promissory note (backed in gold)
 * Major Economic Organisations:
 * Kamakura Company: Front organisation with dealings in weapons, assassinations and other various activities.
 * Nihon: 6,400 members (150 ninja)
 * Kansha: 210 members, mostly from the old days of the nation as a regional convention
 * Syonan: 50 members
 * Nihonese Southern Company: Mercenary group. Professional army.
 * Nihon: 4,100 members and two hayai-fune
 * Kansha: 2,800 members and one kawataro-fune
 * Syonan: 2,400 members and five hayai-fune + one kawataro-fune
 * Dai Viet: 100 members (preliminary set-up)
 * Culture:
 * Yamatai: The dominant culture on the three main islands, practiced by the vast majority of ethnic Nihonese; it emphasises the importance of self and the privilege of existence. A partly individualistic culture with overtly communal streaks that designates the greatness of finding a specific calling and engaging it with the most effort possible; giving rise to a society that prizes the arts as well as the value of literature. While it does not shun the sciences, they are not often given priority; meanwhile, the military and warriors are given outsized importance against all else. Its envisioning of Shinto has numerous distinct cultural streaks from the nations that existed before Yamato united the three main islands under its own banner; as well as little reminders of the past.
 * Ainu: A distinct, unique culture native to Tohoku and Ezo; a kind of communal culture that emphasises the community and a place within that community. It speaks of the importance of discovering a place within society and fulfilling the callings asked of you by others, and that no individual is above the common good. Its adoption of arts and literature is thus comparably limited, but it is the Ainu which have advanced Nihon's science so far, partly due to the fact that they are encouraged to go to school from younger ages (and generally live in more urbanised societies). Their envisioning of Shinto is more akin to a kind of lifestyle, which promotes certain practices and discourages others; one which has, surprisingly, remained largely sturdy for the last 400 years.
 * Joseonese-Han: A minority culture arising from the great giants from across the sea; Joseonese-Han is a monstrous beast of mish-mashed cultures, from distinct Han streaks arising almost 600 years ago to the original Xia cultures. It is almost entirely reliant on distinct, tiny Xianist sects and practices a form of Buddhism mixed with Shinto.
 * Religion:
 * Shinto: A polytheistic, animistic and pantheistic religion which most Nihonese follow. It revolves around the kami - gods/spirits, which are depending on region omnipresent or omniscient. Worship is mainly practiced in household shrines and public shrines, with family shrines more common for political and clan officials. Extreme levels of localisation, with many in the North having strong Ainu streaks while those in Kyushu and Kansha have subtle Han influence.
 * Events:
 * The Phoenix of Nihon [5]:
 * Little Warnings, Little Inchings - Autumn 1512: Several things happen all at once in the Autumn of 1512; Nagato discovers that the Daevite Empire has indeed been revived for a third incarnation, something which she has suspected but is still rather shocked by. At the same time, Uchiha Ryu falls off his horse and is then promptly killed by an aide's steed when it smashes in his face, an inglorious end for an inglorious man. At the funeral proceedings (which Nagato mostly spends discussing with aides about the resurgence of one of Nihon's oldest enemies to the West) a question emerges: who will succeed him? No actual successor had been announced, as a result of him being viewed as a disappointment in comparison to his mother; and that leaves a power vacuum in the air. Nagato, however, has other plans - this girl, Takagi, continues to interest her, for one. Curiously intelligent but lacking in self-confidence, something she presumes is borne out of a childhood to parents in Tohoku where she was neglected from an early age, Nagato sees something more than just a faintly strong and smart girl. She ticks the boxes she demands; Ainu, and, with a little pushing, indeed expressing no major opposition to sexual relations with another woman (although she spends much of that confession telling Nagato quite explicitly that she still prefers men). This is the ticket Nagato needs - she immediately begins organising together the late Ryu's advisors to put someone she knows she needs in charge on the Chrysanthemum Throne.
 * End of Subtlety - Summer 1513: Months of haggling with advisors and politicians pay off; with the situation in Nihon continuing to see massive political infighting, no one is able to raise a stronger candidate for successor than Takagi Anzu, although some begin to refer to her as Kanzaki Anzu. The Council for the Imperial Succession confirms her ascension in mid-1513, and wearing the same robes as all the Empresses of Nihon, Takagi becomes Empress of Nihon by the end of 1513. Her appointment, however, is extremely controversial, with many staring at how much influence Nagato appears to have. Those suspicions are confirmed when a letter between Nagato and Takagi is intercepted by a Osaka courier who immediately brings it to the head of the Oda Clan, Heiya Shimizu; perusing it, he quietly disseminates it to the heads of several Daimyo. Realising this, Nagato immediately takes the opportunity to ascend herself into a higher position and assumes status as Prime Advisor to the Empress; giving herself essentially religious protection. Takagi, while unpopular with much of the ruling class, remains in power due to her previous association with a shrine in Fukushima, allowing her to assume the duties of court more easily than her predecessors despite only being of 22 years of age. Uchiha no San-ban, as she is now officially referred to, takes her reign on a tenuous seat.

Notable People:
 * The Lion of Nihon [1]:
 * A War of Curious Slights - Spring 1511: On a campaign she definitely qualified no more than a child for she performed exceptionally well. Perhaps it was the fact that she had spent so long surviving in sparsely-populated regions, perhaps it was the fact that she was fighting in a sparsely-populated region, only of a different kind. The desert sand was difficult to adapt to, and yet she did it faster than so many of her colleagues. Kanzaki Setsuna had a natural talent for this kind of thing, apparently. Throughout leading the campaign in Gwarri she had gained her first taste of operational experience - and moreso operational victory - only heightening her expectations for what she would do as head of the branch of the Nihonese Southern Company she had been tasked to run. There always lay one question in the back of her mind: Why her, though? She didn't understand her cousin's choice to make her the head of this organisation, especially at the expense of more veteran individuals. It just didn't make sense to her. Regardless of the answer to that question, this unparalleled success was scoffed at by others in her vicinity - with the exception of one single person - Nakamura Souji. From meeting the dishevelled woman for the first time and asking her why she possessed no first name, the two had become steadfast allies in the war, although she always did question why the woman she took to nicknaming 'Nara' got so close sometimes.
 * A Committal in More Ways - Winter 1513: With the war in Gwarri done, Setsuna made her way back to HQ in Morioh, having to manage the new recruits flooding in from Nihon with the renewed military programmes after the retirement of the last head. Not exactly Nihonese after spending so many years away from the Three - when she had left still being referred to as the Four - Home Islands, she became rather acquainted with the Syonanese capital's people and its culture. One person ultimately stayed close, and that was Nakamura, who consistently showed up every week for a chat. Just as she had committed to running this place in her diasporic home, she slowly committed to a friendly relationship with Nakamura, whom despite the lineage behind her appeared fine with contacting someone as comparably irrelevant as herself. Besides, her emotions were stunted anyways. Whatever Nakamura had in mind for her, she quietly thought that Nakamura would give up and leave someone whose smile was always fake for other endeavours.
 * The Death of Nihon [1]:
 * Sword's Saviours - Autumn 1513: In Tanabe, as in many places, blacksmithing and swordsmithing had become generally more commonplace. But what made this swordsmith special was his unique technique with the blade; a sharp, shining katana forged from the sweat and steel of a true auteur. This man is Muramasa Sengo, a middle-aged artist with killing weapons, whose special Muramasa-ba and Muramasa-nakago have turned him famous throughout much of the South; with daimyo and clan leaders alike clamouring for this kind of quality and this kind of uniqueness. And that blade was used to murder Uchiha Ryu. Wait, what? You mean to say he wasn't murdered, and- shhhhhh. Myths make money. Muramasa hasn't the slightest interest in whether or not his blades are used for nefarious purpose, for he has no control over its users, only their tools' refinement, something he is eager to do and continue.
 * On a routine trip to Osaka, he comes upon a series of swordsmiths poorly attempting to emulate his style to pass off to less fortunate others and out of frustration has the city authorities arrest the lot; but then he comes upon another beginner. A girl with pinkish hair and browned skin, as if she's come from the South - a Souji. Curious. No Souji has stood on these three islands since a brief visit from Ojirou Souji before the trek that would take her to Europe and to death; and he wonders what she wishes to do here. Suddenly - out of nowhere - she asks to be his student in his 'school' of smithing. He shrugs the entire idea off. It's not a school, he explains, it's not a style; it's an art he has taken up. He doesn't wish to push his craft onto another, he remarks, before the girl shakes her head and presents him with a small bag of gold coins. A small bag of coins no one has seen since the day of Himiko San-nin a hundred years ago - coins worth enough to afford a four-child family food till the end of their lives. Bewildered, he shockedly accepts the girl's request, and asks for her name. 'Tala.' She responds; 'Tala Souji.'
 * 1401-1473 [The Last Days of the Heian]:
 * Uchiha Tomoko (1387 - 1469) [deceased]: Head of the Yamatai faction during the Civil War and later Empress (1412-1469) under the name 'Uchiha no Ichiban'.
 * Mori Kyoko (1378 - 1473) [deceased]: One of the two heads of the Peoples' League during the Civil War, later Speaker of the National Convention unopposed until death. Spouse: Kido Mirio.
 * Hori Shizuku (1377 - 1456) [deceased]: The other head of the Peoples' League, a minor political player in Hiroshima after the war. Committed suicide under threat of involuntary execution.
 * Midoriya Kaitou (1383 - 1472) [deceased]: A minor player in the Civil War who gained popularity as a capable administrator. Birth name Zhang Kaisheng. Spouse: Midoriya Yuki.
 * Seishiro Kirie (1381 - 1463) [deceased]: One of the heads of the Outsiders who found herself alienated from her hometown in her pursuit of political unity. Became a remarkable writer, writing works such as The Use of War, a critical book on the purpose of strife. Spouse: Bakushi Yona.
 * Bakushi Yona (1380 - 1463) [deceased]: A Yamatai-Eskosian, best known for fighting for the political rights of the tiny Eskosian minority in Nihon. Became a political kingmaker after the war. Spouse: Seishiro Kirie.
 * Hu Jin-Yo (1376 - 1462) [deceased]: A Joseon-Yamatai, best known as a Joseonese reunificationist who participated in a minor role during the Civil War. Afterwards, provided much financial support to the Nihonese army advancing in Kyongsong before dying in a tragic accident.
 * Kanzaki Izuku (1394 - 1489) [deceased]: First Shogun then Taisho, well known for unconventional military tactics that precipitated asymmetrical warfare against enemy forces. Lived a relatively stunted life afterwards, travelled into Joseon and participated in its war against Kyongsong before travelling West in hopes of retracing the steps of Bulijin Khatun, a dream promptly foiled. Spouse: Yonekura Hiyori.
 * Nishimiya Asuka (1372 - 1479) [deceased]: Shogun after her predecessor Kanzaki was passed over due to ignoring the Empress, she became something of a despot and massively expanded the powers of the military as well as a small secret police under the direction of Empress Uchiha and Speaker Mori. Lived a quiet, nondescript life. Spouse: Ryuzoji Mirio.
 * 1474 - ??? [The Rise of the Bakufu]
 * Uchiha Ryu (1467 - 1512): Adopted son of Empress Uchiha, originally groomed to be an apt successor of hers; he was soon convinced to take another path by the Regent. Overthrown in 1487.
 * Senjougahara Ryuko (1459 - 1489) [deceased]: Popular regent originally meant to become successor to Uchiha, eventually sidelined. With a massive amount of political power, however, she pulled strings to keep herself as Regent and manipulated the new Emperor as she wished. Murdered by an assassin.
 * Senmyaku Hyo-in (1436 - 1486) [deceased]: Powerful orator of the Dochaku who advocated for their betterment. Eventually sidelined due to the maneuvring of Empress Uchiha.
 * Yamagata Jiro (1461 - 1503) [deceased]: An upstart military man who became Shogun at the behest of the late Nishimiya Asuka. Soon evolved into a broadly popular political figure who usurped the throne from Uchiha Ryu, but his ambitions overcame him and he was deposed after attempting to re-consolidate power.
 * Kanzaki Nagato (1467 - ??): Nationalist despot intent on restoring Nihon to political unitarism. She quickly exploited her way through the chaos of rapid decentralisation to insert herself as the effective leader of Nihon in just one and a half decades, essentially unchallenged.
 * Kanzaki Family: From a minor clan in old Minamoto arose one of the defining political and military families of the early Bakufu. This chronicles its most famous members.
 * Izuku (1394 - 1489): Grandfather of the entire family. Began the Kanzaki name by abandoning usage of the old Minamoto clan name and rising as first a potential Emperor before becoming one of the most prolific generals in Nihon's history. However, his attempts at glory were foiled and eventually he gave up, passing his life's work to a strange girl who might just get some use out of it.
 * Nagato (1467 - ??): Two generations later, a bored Shinto temple head turned trainer turned puppet master. Exploited the political weaknesses of the political system to make herself a de facto leader, first head of the Kanzaki Clan. Charted the family's rise to prominence.
 * Setsuna (1482 - ??): Another third generation'er; she went missing in Syonan before being discovered as Nagato travelled to it. Made head of the Nihonese Southern Company.

Dragon's Fire

 * Summary: A group of Dutch men who are literally sick of Westria even if they weren't part of the war. Initially just a group of people who are just tired of Westria, they decide to form a group of adventurers seeking to go to the New World, where rumours begin to arrive here of opportunity. (Warning, contents may change but this is their initial background I'm aiming for. I have permission from Eltool to use Westria and their army as a future plot device, but that depends on my motivation.)
 * Backstory: On 1502, with the war between Westria and Vesnia ongoing, there has been slight discontent in the Westrian Netherlands regarding the current seat and the Emperor. Being somewhat weak and incompetent, some disgruntled Dutch people around their 20s/30s have started banding together and silently resisting (temporarily, though I have a feeling that it might be long-term) themselves from the grip of Westria. With that in mind, a small group in Den Haag was founded initially as an underground, secret group, which was named as the Dragon's Fire. The group started off under that name at a small drinking session on 29th March 1502, which led to people discussing about creating a group of armed soldiers and prepare to resist the rule of the Emperor. They thought of that name while being drunk and the name eventually got stuck in the minds of these people. Once founded, there are few who eventually join in sessions and there are some isolated training grounds in the marshes of the Lowlands but none of them were ever used and so they were largely unprepared for a fight should they attempt to organise a peasant rebellion. But by the latter half of the 1500s, things would have changed for them as messages and rumours of something west begins to tickle their mind...
 * Leadership Structure: There is a structure that resembles some form of leadership and hierarchy, where most members are at the bottom and those who lead the organisation are at the top. They do have the authority and reserve rights to revoke membership. The Grand Dragon, created as a title to go with the de facto leader and obviously coming out from a tavern, has most of the power and the final say in its current leadership structure. There are senior chiefs, but they are small in number and are often appointed by the Grand Dragon manually. Though when there is planned restructuring of the group once the Grand Dragon moves away, there might be two operations and therefore, two members are required to handle operations of this group, including one in Westrian Netherlands.
 * Grand Dragon: Mechiel Tangelder
 * Representative of the Grand Dragon: Hubert Bodde
 * Senior Chiefs: Five figures
 * Membership: 600 members, all of them are concentrated in Westrian Netherlands and based around Den Haag. Most of the membership comes from secret meetings and invitations by word of select messengers. Most of them are untrained in fighting (though there are some who are getting there) and are young adults as they founded this group just lately, so around the age of their 20s but there are some in their 30s up until the mid-40s. Slavokans (or Jews, the sentiment of antisemitism in Europe is still prevalent so its expected) are not accepted however. Women are technically allowed into the organisation but they are smaller in numbers compared to men.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Hispania (from our messenger and a breakaway group): Please could you let us into the New World, we are poor and we are suffering from the hands of the Westrian royalty. If you let us into the New World to your ports, can we also come to take some of the prices too, because we want our families to prosper. We want to be trained at your place, ok thank you but if you refuse, we'll be sad and we will just keep on dissenting against our Emperor. Arms are accepted too, but we'll bring our own, they're still inferior so we want some of them for our purpose. So we also want some ships if we can't bring them around, so backups are better :( (This is a dumb begging offer at the courts lmao, I doubt its success but I want a meme out of it) (also player response required unless no)
 * Agousta (from another messenger that is broken off from the main Hispania group): We are poor and we came here for months of travel. We heard of the New World and we would like to set up something there. Any arms for protection would be good, but we can bring our own but they're inferior so anything would do. We also want ships to get there, so please if you refuse, this will be tragic to waste an adventure of people coming from the north. :(
 * Operations: N/A
 * Events:
 * Dissenting Against the Emperor (Part 2): The group continues to dissent against the Emperor secretly in Westrian Netherlands and showing some support of non-loyal princes and leaders around Westrian Netherlands. It is growing as a secondary role to just piss against the Emperor around Den Haag. As the group grows though and there are dividing, polarised views on what the group/organsiation is supposed to do, along with a high risk of being caught as numbers grow, especially when it begins to reach other towns in outreach. Though the Grand Dragon began to downplay such role and tried to beg on the promise of the New World, it is still the most prominent sentiment within the group. Should the Grand Dragon's promise be rejected, there would be no other choice but to depose him and replace him with someone who shares a popular sentiment in this organisation.
 * Budgeting and Secret Arrangements (Part 2): Small acquisitions on some assets like items and small boats are made based on whatever the members have at the time. A ship is also being slowly raised and saved so that once it is bought, then they can stock things up in perhaps sending it to the New World by personal choice. Though some doubt that might happen within the next few years and there is still dvision on this controversial spending.
 * Trainers and Defectors: As the war between Westria and Vesnia continue and there are struggles with the Westrians there, there are very few defectors from Westria's levies that are stationed in Westrian Netherlands, although sparse as the war is still technically ongoing, joining the group. Training is resumed, but are still operated on remote grounds. As they prepare to resist both Westria and perhaps send out some men out into the New World, it is important for them to have a form of martial skills (not martial arts, but rather having good combat skills) in case a planned revolt rises.
 * Messenger: A group of 16 men, including one messenger and the Grand Dragon (somehow he wants to come) departed on 1513 to walk through France and into Hispania for about months. He appointed a representative of his role to assume similar powers but is unable to usurp that position and could be dismissed. Since he'll be gone for months, they are expected to loan some ships (even if they are vastly inferior or have smaller capacity) through their budgeting scheme and some convincing of locals and expand some of the organisation's operations in Westrian Netherlands doing shady things. The Grand Dragon also asked (for some reason) for a talk with Hispania's royal court and palace, believing that they are the only way to ensure that their dreams come true. (see Diplomacy)
 * Agoustan Fallback Plan: Shortly after the Grand Dragon and his messenger team's arrival to Hispania, a group of four men from this main group was split off to Agousta's main capital to visit the courts of the king, with a similar message. Unlike Hispania, their message is different. (see Diplomacy)

Sublime State of Zhaowa

 * Government: Thalassocratic Mixed Kongsi Republic
 * Administration: Zhaowa, like it’s mother state, Li, has an administrative system not dissimilar to the Li system of Prefectures (Chú), Urban Counties (Hwen), and Rural Counties (Vo). There are 21 prefectures.
 * Grand Overseer (Taixu): The Taixu is the ruler of Zhaowa as elected by the Grand Tribunal. They have the ability to veto any action done by the Grand Tribunal. Upon their death, the vice-taixu, chosen by the Taixu, becomes the interrex until an election occurs, no more than a year after the Taixu’s death.
 * The Current Taixu is: Jieu Jengywéi (1492-)
 * Grand Tribunal (Ta Fapdéng): The Grand Tribunal is the main legislative authority in Zhaowa. It is made up of 81 members who vote on national policy and pass bills.
 * Council of Nine (Bát Yén qi Hwai): The Council of Nine oversee the 9 ministries of government in Zhaowa. They are hand-picked by the Taixu. Though meritocratic on paper, the ranks of the Council of Nine come from the same couple of noble families. The 9 ministries of government are the; the Ministry of Personnel, the Ministry of Commerce, the Ministry of Ceremony, the Ministry of Law, the Ministry of War, the Ministry of Works, the Ministry of Supervision, and the Ministry of Households. All of the ministers are subordinate to the Taixu.
 * Lower Tribunal (Hyaqi Fapdéng): The Lower Tribunal consists of all citizens elected by the Common People’s Tribunal and many high-ranking Bureaucrats. Members of the Lower Tribunal meet once a year to elect members of the Grand Tribunal. There are 873 members of the Lower Tribunal. They function similarly to the Electoral College in OTL US politics.
 * Common People’s Tribunal (Kúngyén qi Fapdéng): The Common People’s Tribunal consists of all citizens within the State of Zhaowa. It is by far the largest electoral body within Zhaowa. All citizens have the right to directly elect leaders for their respective counties and prefectures via popular vote. Though they do not directly vote for higher positions, they very much influence their decisions. As representatives those elected are both morally and practically obligated to represent the wishes of those under them, as the common people can easily vote them out if they do not fulfill their wishes.
 * Political Parties: While there are no official political parties Within Zhaowa, there are several political blocs within the Tribunals.
 * Aristocrats: The Aristocrats are a large front wishing to preserve the status-quo and increase the power of the noble class. They hold 20 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Tradesmen’s Front (Xángtang): The Tradesmen’s Front, primarily made up of Lower-level officials, merchants, and artisans, is a major political bloc within Zhaowa. They advocate for less trade restrictions, more power to the Hwais, lower tariffs, a strong navy, improving infrastructure, and pacifist foreign policy. They hold 19 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Militarists (Kwúntang): The Stratocrats are a sister group of the Tradesmen's front. They share many of the same beliefs as the Tradesmen's Front. However, they advocate for socially Conservative policies and aggressive foreign policy. They hold 22 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Traditionalists (Dauvuttang): The Traditionalist Party, primarily made up of Buddhists and Xianists, is one of the larger political fronts within Zhaowa. They advocate for socially Conservative policies, reforms to the Ministry of Ceremony, and Isolationist Foreign Policy. They hold 10 seats in the Grand Tribunal
 * Xianists (Xéntang): The Xianists are a fringe political bloc. They advocate for increased authority of Xianist schools, socially Progressive policies, reforms to the Ministry of Ceremony, and exploration into Papua and Australia. They hold 3 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Native Front (Tuojáktang): Made up of Ethnic Minihasans, Papuans, Ternatians, and others, the Native Front is a large tent group with incredibly diverse views on Economic, Social, and Foreign policies. Their only shared interest is to support rights for the native people within Zhaowa. Even among the large native population, this faction has little support. They have 7 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Economy:
 * Zhaowa has a Proto-Capitalist economy, focusing on agriculture, spices, metals, fishing, and forest products. Perhaps the most important part of the Zhaowanese economy is the trade of all of the above. A major feature of the Zhaowanese economy is the Hwai, an economic and societal structure functioning similar to a Renaissance Guild, a Trade/Workers Union, and a Cartel. Hwais evolved from notions of brothership among the Mercantile and Managerial class of Yun-era China. Most citizens are part of or somehow involved in a Hwai. Hwais are commercial organizations consisting of members that provide capital and shared profits. Though much of the population may not be an active member of a Hwai, many citizens work for a member of a Hwai. Since all involved in the Hwai receive equal profits and have equal capital, Zhaowa could also be classified as Proto-Market-Socialist. Zhaowa has a paper and coin based Fiat monetary system. To avoid inflation, all money is in the hands of the Ministry of Finance. All paper money can be exchanged for gold, silver, and copper, or silk with an exchange rate of 3%.
 * Main Currency: Ceijen
 * Monetary Value: 1 Ceijen coin (制钱) is equivalent to one mace (3.8 grams) of 21K rose gold (12% Copper, 88% Gold).
 * Demographics:
 * Ethnic Makeup
 * 11% Pure Chinese
 * 30.7% Mixed-Race
 * 26.8% Macassan
 * 9.8% Austronesian Moluccans
 * 8.4% Minihasan
 * 4.4% Papuan
 * 6.9% Toraja
 * 1% Malay
 * 1% Other
 * Total Population: 501,500
 * Maluku: 33,000
 * Makassar: 30,000
 * Manado: 28,000
 * Nimkyóng: 23,000
 * Selam: 14,000
 * Launa: 12,000
 * Sufu: 8,500
 * Jáng Hwi: 4,500
 * Religion: 9% Xianist, 21% Mahayana Buddhist, 22% Theravada Buddhist, 6% Hindu, 47% Animist, 2% Other(Zoroastrian, Arzhamist)
 * Military: 23,970 Personnel (~4.78%)
 * Army: 6,900
 * 200 Garrison Artillerymen
 * 3,000 Standard Infantry
 * 1,600 Field Artillerymen (all personel not armed with melee weapons)
 * 100 Miltary Engineers
 * ~2000 Disorganized Infantry
 * Navy: 17070 Sailors, 753 Ships (excluding coastal patrol)
 * 27 Hunghwangjwen (70~ meters) (2970 crew total)
 * 50 Galleys (32~ meters) (2400 crew total)
 * 160 Supply ships (35~ meters) (3000 sailors total)
 * 55 Heavy-Cannon/Rocket Ships (30~ meters) (1155 crew total)
 * 160 3-Masted Djongs (20-25~ meters)  (2880 crew total)
 * 200 War Perahu (15-20~ meters) (2000 crew total)
 * 51 Hwapjwen (15-20~ meters) (Reconnaissance Ships) (765 crew total)
 * 50 Troop Transports (500 crew total, able to carry 4000 troops in total)
 * Various Disorganized Coastal Patrol (1400 crew)
 * Firearms:
 * Cetbang/Jwangfiau: The Jwangfiau is the most commonly used gun in Zhaowa. It is a breech-loading swivel gun, and is used on fortifications and ships. These come in portable (wheeled) and stationary varieties.
 * Xépdan-tswáng: The Xépdan-tswang, literally meaning “Ten Shot Gun”, is a gun similar to an Organ Gun. Inspired by the multiple rocket launchers in use across the Sinosphere, instead of firing arrows or rockets, it fires iron or bronze pellets. It is used as an anti-personnel gun. Due to it having 10x more barrels than an average gun, it can shoot 10x more bullets, but it takes 10x more time to clean. Unlike the guns of Europe, it is breech loading, which provides quicker loading time. To seal the breech, paper cartridges or a block are used, though this is quite ineffective. The Xépdan-tswáng is used in very low quantities, with perhaps only 40 being used across Zhaowa.
 * Lagatswáng: The Lagatswáng, literally meaning “Small Long-Gun”, is a firearm used across Zhaowa in mediocre quantities.  Deriving from the Javanese Arquebus, it features a mechanism not dissimilar to a serpentine lock, though it requires a match to fire. It could be classified as a type of Arquebus. It does not feature a stock, making it quite unstable, but it makes up for this with a folding stand. (Just search up Javanese arquebus it’s the same thing)
 * Bedil Tombak/Lungencwung: The Lungencwung, literally meaning “Hand Gun”, is the most common handheld gun in Zhaowa. It is quite simple, with a socket attached to a pole and a tube from which projectiles are fired from. It commonly has a blade attached to it in case of melee fighting. Around all infantry in Zhaowa uses it along with another blade (1,800 users among infantry).
 * Hwacá: The Hwacá is a multiple rocket launcher or an organ gun, depending on the projectile used. It fires around 150 rockets or arrows, which are contained within a wooden frame. The wooden frame allows the rockets to fly straighter, and, as a result, farther. In elevated positions, they have a range of 600 meters. However, on flat positions, they have a range of only 200 meters. Current rockets have a length of around 15 centimeters. Though with a short range, it has enough force to make a 30 cm-deep crater in a patch of sand. A second, larger rocket is currently being produced, with a length of 45 centimeters, with a range of 1000 meters.
 * Research and Production:
 * Rockets: Some small improvements in rocket range and accuracy have been made.
 * Lagatswáng: Lagatswáng continue to be produced. Assuming Agousta lets us buy and study their weapons, we shall attempt to reverse-engineer and produce these new weapons.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Gwarri-Yolngu War: The Zhaowanese Central Government orders the Namfura Sea Company to pull out of the war. In the year 1511, all Papuan and Alfur mercenaries are sent home. This leaves Sidabuta with no choice but to pull out as well. In the midst of night, he and his remaining 52 men set sail for the west, taking as many supplies as they could. They would not see Zhaowanese shores for another two decades.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Agousta: We grant you the permission to construct a fort on the island of Ternate. Also, we request to buy a few of your arquebuses with these odd mechanisms (matchlock and wheellock guns) in exchange for us allowing your merchants to travel to and do business in all ports within Zhaowa (ya want spices or no), though we would like to be able to do the same.
 * Events:
 * Daqin Saga (1): In 1511, Dauxáng Sidabuta set sails for the west. Stopping in Khmerlacca for three and a half years, surviving with his crew by fishing and doing mercenary work. They are joined by around a dozen others. In 1514, Sidabuta and his posse leave Khmerlacca for India. Though troubled by heavy rains, they make it to Bangal in early 1515.
 * Ships from the West: Francisco Serrao is received well by the Zhaowanese, though is not greeted by Jieu Jengywéi due to him being sick. He is instead greeted by Tsúyén, who invites him to the palace in Maluku. Relations with the Kingdom of Agousta are established. Francisco Serrao quickly befriends Tsúyén, both holding each other in high regard.
 * Ill Omens: Jieu Jengywéi falls ill in the year 1512. Tsúyén, taking advantage of Jengywéi’s delirious state, convinces Jengywéi to appoint Kyang Baklangit, an adolescent of 13 years, to the position of vice-taixu, who will assume the position of Taixu for a few months until another Taixu could be elected. Though he would resume ruling after a few weeks, he would never fully recover. From here on out, Tsúyén would be the true power in Zhaowa.Zhaowa moment-1.png
 * Squeezed on Two Sides:  As Syonan integrates Sabah, Zhaowanese trade northward is increasingly threatened. Also, the Gwarri-Yolngu war seems to be a clear Yolngu victory. With the entirety of Northern Australia soon to be under Yolngu influence or direct control, Syonan has effectively surrounded Zhaowa on two sides. In fact, due to Majapahit being one of Syonan’s allies, one could say that if Syonan wished to, trade westward could be restricted as well, though that is of relatively minor importance, due to our alliance with Khmerlacca.
 * The Imperial Idea (3): The citizens of Zhaowa grow angrier by the day. After all, one of the most prominent Hwais within Zhaowa lost a war to backwards barbarians.  The Alfur and Papuan peoples around the Namfuru Sea suffered the most. Not only have they been shamed, but they have been lost members of their communities. They have long been disregarded by the Zhaowanese Government, with most attention being given to the Sino-dominated regions of coastal Papua and the northern islands. This discontent could morph into a rebellion if not handled. However, Tsúyén, a genius in manipulation and propaganda, would be quick to diffuse the situation, using his lofty position to get seemingly irrelevant members of the Tuojáktang to oddly important positions. In addition, he begins a process of branding the war as a noble attempt to defend Australia from Syonanese dominance, and to spread the superior Sinitic culture and Zhaowanese social practices, not what it actually was, an incredibly delusional attempt to bring Gwarri under Zhaowanese influence by a company lead by a Xianist madman. The Papuan and Alfur tribesmen, not wanting to admit that they lost members of their community for nothing, cling to this belief with all that they have. People affiliated with the Namfuru Sea Company (NFSC, for short, not to be confused with the Nihon Southern Company) also buy into this belief. A side effect of this would be increasing hate towards Syonan on all levels of society.
 * Sunda or Bust: The Túng Vannusa Company (TVC, for short) sets up shop in the city of Kemala, as well as in Agoustan Brunei. Their goal, to outdo the Zhaowanese Indian Sea Company, who is primarily in Khmerlacca. They dabble in fishing, mercenary work, but is mostly involved in trade.
 * The August Admiral (1): Seemingly from nowhere, a mysterious figure enters the history books. Generally agreed to be a Makkasan captain who defected to the Zhaowanese side during the Zhaowa-Siang war, this man would be noted for his incredible astuteness in naval matters. Knowing the patterns of the winds and waves like the back of his hand, he would begin to make waves, both metaphorically and physically, within a few years. His name was Langká Diyo, and he would become one of the best admirals the orient would know.
 * Integration of Siang: The general policy for the integration of Siang is to be better than the previous rulers, a task not easily accomplished. Economic incentive is provided for ethnic Makkasan people to migrate to the central islands of Zhaowa, and vice versa. As part of a ‘Military and Worker Benefit’ program, Zhaowanese soldiers and workers who have had their fields unattended due to them either constructing facilities or serving in the military, will be able to buy land in Makassar. Ethnic Makassar people will be able to occupy these lands, as well as undeveloped Papuan lands annexed after a few expeditions, for cheap, provided that they sell their old fields for Zhaowanese laborers and soldiers. The ability to trepang brings many other ethnic Zhaowanese to Siang, and the ability to get involved in the lucrative spice and logging industries of the Moluccas and Papua bring many ethnic Makassar. Infrastructure is constructed, and using corvee labor obtained from captured Siangese soldiers, the city of Makassar is repaired. Siangese laws and policies are replaced by Zhaowanese laws and policies. The prospect of being able to “choose” one’s leader excites many Siangese, though Zhaowa is in actuality not much more liberal than Siang.
 * Path to the Rising Sun (1): Trying to find an alternate route to Japan via Micronesia, two small expeditions to OTL Palau are made by 1515. They occupy the island, enslaving the miniscule native population.

Archduchy of Westria

 * Head of the State: 
 * Emperor Adelhard II Hohenstaufen (B 1480 - present), (R 11th May 1492 - present)
 * Head of the Government:
 * Leader of the Wien Council Count Karl von Stroof (B 1465 - still alive), (23rd May 1501 - 12th March 1511)
 * Interim Leader of the Wien Council Reinar von Hauser (B 1470 - still alive), (12th March 1511 - 12th April 1511)
 * Interim Leader of the Wien Council Jozeph von Stroof (B 1467 - still alive), (12th April 1511 - 13th April 1511)
 * Leader of the Wien Council Archbishop Johannes von stroof (B 1436 - D 1515), (13th April 1511 - 15th April 1511)
 * Archchancellor Reinar von Hauser (B 1470 - still alive), (15th april 1511 - Present)
 * Government: Absolute Feudal Monarchy ruled by an Archduke. Though a lot of powers are also vested in to a council. The title is Archduke of Westria, Last of the Romans. Our ruling dynasty is Hohenstaufen. We are also the Emperor of the HRE since 1351.
 * Heir to the throne:
 * Crown Prince Hans Hohenstaufen (B 1480 - still alive), (R 1492 - 1514)
 * Crown Prince Friedrich Hohenstaufen (B 1514 - still alive), (R 1514 - present)
 * Religious Head: 
 * Archbishop Johannes von stroof (B 1436 - D 1515), (R 1497 - 1515)
 * Archbishop Willhelm Vorf (B 1444 - still alive), (R 1515 - present)
 * Governor of Westrian Netherlands
 * (De facto) Leader Prince Johan Willem van Oranje (B 1467 - Still Alive), (R 30th March 1507 - 30th March 1511) 
 * Governor-General Prince Johan Willem van Oranje (B 1467 - Still Alive), (30th March 1511 - present)
 * Demographics:
 * Population:
 * Wien: Population: 17,060
 * Amsterdam: Population: 11,800
 * Konr: Population: 9,300
 * Rich: Population: 11,460
 * Polanum: Population: 12,800
 * Bozn: Population: 14,370
 * Trieste: 13,200
 * Antwerp: Population: 6,450
 * Liege: Population: 6,350
 * Luxembourg: Population: 4,300
 * Brussels: Population: 7,300
 * Rural and smaller towns population: 2,273,930
 * Total population: 2,388,410
 * Religion: catholic christians (99%), others (1%)
 * Ethnicities: 60% Westrian, 2% Venetian, 23% Flemish 10% Wallon and "Luxembourger" 5%
 * Economy: We are based on agriculture and trade through the danube river and with most of the HRE. We use our own coins which resembles a lot those of the old Roman empire. We have also started with trade from the sea through our port Trieste and Westrian Netherlands. The economy is in dramastic decline because of our wars and because of the recent theft.


 * Wars and conflicts: 
 * Westrian-Vesnian Power Struggle: Ends as we accept the peace deal
 * Chief Commander: Reinar von Hauser (B 1470 - still alive),(R 1508 - present)
 * Army: Total of
 * Pikemen: 10,400
 * Swordmen: 220
 * Bowmen: 4,110
 * Cavalry: 6,930
 * Crossbowmen: 4,140
 * Arquebusier: 6,000
 * Navy: Total of
 * Cocha: 38
 * Cog: 28
 * Hoy: 25
 * Mediterranean brigantines: 8
 * Carrack: 3
 * Heavy weaponry
 * Cannons: 250
 * Events:
 * Building a fleet: Continues
 * Conscription: Consciption ends
 * Economic Decline: A period of economic decline has recently started because of our wars, sacking and the recent theft of our silver. We hope that the ensuing peace will lead to us regaining what we lost economically hoping that Wien will once again become the economic centre in our country as it once was.
 * Crisis of 1511: A crisis began in March 1511 when our Leader of the council resigned stating the recent economical decline this lead to multiple leaders of the council until eventually our Chief Commander had to go in and take over the council making also himself "Archchancellor" coincidently many of the leaders belonged to the house of von Stroof.
 * Bianchi's return: Bianchi the architect from Italy returns to Westria after more than 15 year away from Westria, to help and rebuild the Westrian capital in Renissance fashion.
 * Reconstruction: A reconstruction has began of Wien and other cities damaged during the war.
 * Trying to find the thefts: At the same time we are trying to rebuild we are in vain trying to find the silver thieves or at least anything of the silver.
 * Westrian Netherlands: Johan Willem van Oranje continued his reign in Westrian Netherlands and the Emperor not daring to try and depose Johan Willem appoints him as the offical Governor though gives him a more fancy title as Governor-General. A reconstruction of the economy has began and more ships are being build especially merchant ones for trading. Johan Willem is also looking at Agoustan with interest getting ideas but first the navy has to be completely build.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Escosia: Sure, we are glad to help you defend against the Atoumans if they attack.
 * Vesnia: We accepts the peace deal status quo

The United Kingdoms of the British Isles (Albion)
Government: Absolute Monarchy Economy: The economy of British Isles consists of trade and commerce of a variety of materials. The primary export products of the UK are fish, wool, cloth, and a variety of vegetables.
 * Note: If you wish to engage in diplomacy with me, please DM me on Discord
 * Drakes: 
 * King Casimir (M, b. 1454 - )
 * Albert (M, b. 1495 - )
 * Queen Abigail (F, b. 1455 - )
 * Frances I (F, b. 1497 - )
 * Victoria (F, b. 1499 - )

Main Religion: Christianity

Cities and Demographics: Wars and Conflicts Armed Forces Research and Development Training and Production Diplomacy Westria: Britain accepts Westria’s proposal for an alliance, with a thousand Allies Events Deceased Log 
 * Population: 6.49 million
 * Cities
 * Brighton: A newer shipbuilding facility located on the English Channel.
 * Birmingham: A quiet town that is the location of McCarthy Arms Company, one of, if not, the oldest firearms companies to date.
 * Caen: The main hub where products heading to Britain from land mount ships to cross the channel.
 * Calais: One of the few French towns still owned by the British, it is a prosperous city that is one of the most important trading hubs in the North Sea.
 * Dover: Main location of the British navy. While elements of the navy are located throughout the territory, the headquarters of the navy are located here. In addition, Dover is the main trading hub between it and Caen.
 * Dublin: Main hub of Ireland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * Glasgow: Main hub of Scotland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * London: The capital of England, and location of the throne.
 * Portsmouth: The location of the first drydocks in history, which became the founding of various legendary ships of the Royal Navy
 * Urlondum: Though they don’t own the city, the city is the location of the British embassy in Vinland. Though they have a small presence, this does make Urlondum the first place the British definitively fly their flag, even if it’s over a building or two.
 * York: Main center of England’s eastern fishing company.
 * None.
 * Total: 134,350 Manpower
 * Army
 * Total: 127,820
 * United Drake Forces: 
 * Light Infantry: 10,000
 * Frontline Infantry: 1,000
 * Longbow Archers: 18,000
 * Marksman Infantry: 34,300
 * Light Cavalry: 14,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 3,000
 * Bow Cavalry: 2,900
 * Field Artillerymen: 5,800
 * Field cannons: 1,760
 * Logistical Support: 30,000
 * Roundtable Knights (Elite): 8,350
 * These are Britain’s elite forces. A rebirthed version sprouting from Artoria’s original group of holy knights, this force has never lost a battle, and has unwavering loyalty to the crown and the Order of the Roundtable, willing to fight to the death for the survival of the British Isles.
 * While most are able to fight, members of the Roundtable are encouraged to branch out into their own craft, such as pottery and sheepherding, with the idea that everyone should act like a Roundtable Knight and give their all into both their craft and their country.
 * The only way to become a Roundtable Knight is to be selected by an existing member of the group. Most knights tend to make apprentices out of those they recruit to the Roundtable, and generally, no one usually complains when a Roundtable Knight selects someone to join the ranks of the Roundtables. Depending on the country/chapter, one can also be appointed to the Roundtable by the crown.
 * Notable (Living) Members:
 * The Drake Family
 * Joanna Palaiologos McCarthy
 * Navy:
 * Personnel: 5,000 (combined between both fleets)
 * Naval Vessels:
 * British Galleons: 4
 * Main flagship: HMS Ember
 * Prototype British Caravel: 60
 * Dual-Purpose Merchant Caravel: 22
 * MAC Cannons: McCarthy Industries continues to produce MAC Cannons in a variety of calibers and sizes, ranging from small 6 pound field cannons to 16 pound naval cannons. At least in Britain, McCarthy Industries has the monopoly on the firearms industry.
 * Naval Vessels: With the new drydock constructed in Portsmouth, the British prepare to construct ships larger than even the Caravels in service.
 * McCarthy Arms Company: Continued efforts are made to improve the wheel lock, with minor changes made over time to allow for easier manufacturing of the rifle.
 * Brighton: A new drydock is being constructed in the port city (will be completed by 1520)
 * 100 Dual-purpose Merchant Caravels (Will be pumped out at 15-20 per half-decade until the full order is fulfilled)
 * Continued conversion of troops into British musketeers
 * Renamed to British Marksman Infantry
 * Whatever equipment and personnel is required to maintain numbers on the frontline.
 * Americas: With intelligence from the Vinlanders, the British decide to scope out the other nations of the Eastern Coast of North America, and see what they have to offer
 * Europeans: Though not offered the top-line models, Britain does allow McCarthy Arms Company to sell some of their wares overseas, to those willing to purchase them, at least
 * Vinland: Allies in the New World. Though technologically inferior to the British, they are a bridge into the New World, a bridge the British wish to explore into, in return for supporting their new allies
 * Velkyst: Norweigan allies in the North Sea. The oldest ally of Britain, harkening back to the British Empire’s founding.
 * Journey to the West (Part 5): Britain continues to send aid to the Vinlanders, though the significant loss of life was apparent to anyone who set foot on Vinland soil. With Vinland’s sovereignty in mind and their permission, Casimir authorizes a fourth venture be made into the New World, this time to protect Vinland territory from their neighbors while the Vinlanders recuperate from the plague they face.
 * Elysia: Upon learning of some of Vinland’s possessions further south, British forces led by Henry Cabot investigate the mideast coast of America, coming into contact with the Elysians, a lost Greek colony. Making landfall in Vinland territory in the area, the British expeditionary force begin to explore the new region, as well as make contact with the Elysians, surprised at how distant their Greek has split off from mainland Greece.
 * Rulers
 * Pendragon:
 * Artoria “Ember” Pendragon (F, b.1317- 1389?) (Reign: 1351 ~ 1369 - 1389)
 * Ash I (M, b. 1347 - 1434) (Reign: 1390 - 1434)
 * Sister: Aura (F, b.1350 - 1434)
 * Ash II (M, b. 1399 - 1442) (Reign: 1434 - 1442)
 * Amber (F, b. 1424 - ) (Reign: 1442 - 1482)
 * Brother: Edward (M, b. 1441 - 1481)
 * Mordue:
 * River Mordue (F, b. 1322 - 1393) (Reign: 1369 - 1393)
 * Henry (M, b. 1353 - 1429) (Reign: 1393 - 1429)
 * Daughter: Mary (F, b. 1382 - 1399)
 * Lionel (M, b. 1388 - 1482) (Reign: 1430 - 1482)
 * Son: Leo I (M, b. 1407 - 1465)
 * Leo III (M, b. 1445 - 1478)
 * Son: Leo II (M, b. 1423 - 1478)
 * Brother: Henry II (M, b. 1398 - 1478)
 * Roundtable Knights
 * Joan “Anne” of Arc (Died in 1431)
 * Sir George Cromwell of Cotswold (Died in 1445)
 * Sir George Cromwell II of Cotswold (Died in 1482)
 * Sir Rex of Dover (Died in 1482)
 * Misc
 * Shauna McCarthy (Died in 1489)
 * Founder of McCarthy Arms Company, one, if not, the oldest firearms companies in the world.

Council of Yolngu

 * Government: Tribal Council.
 * Chieftain: Koen (1488 - present)
 * Head Shaman: Kalti (1482 - present)
 * Head Elder: Kippin Gnuger (1465 - present)
 * Representatives:
 * Walwallie: Koen
 * Amwari: Suna
 * Jubatti: Pendor
 * Djani: Yarre
 * Economy: Traditional (Bartering, Equal Value, etc)
 * Main Religion: Dreamtime
 * Allies:
 * Syonan
 * Wuthayhi
 * Cities and Demographics:
 * Population: ~34,000
 * Ethnicity:
 * Aboriginal: 100%
 * Yolngu Nation: 32%
 * Kalkadoon: 68%
 * Traditions:
 * Traditions On Hold: After the surprise attack from the Gwarri, many traditions that are held yearly are on hold. Those in adolescence will still be able to choose their companion.
 * “Sorcery”: Those who are left in the Amwari Tribe and smaller parts of said tribe have spoken about the ritualistic art of sorcery where natural death is usually by spirits and other shamans who wish death upon an individual. In order to enact the ritualistic aspect of a once lost tradition, shamans of the Amwari tribe (and the smaller ones) bless the strongest of warriors to hold the spirits of death.
 * Wars & Conflicts: see War under Events
 * Military: ~8500 Troops (and 5000 troops from Wuthayhi)
 * ~ 4,500 troops paired with animal companions
 * ~250 troops paired with a marsupial lion
 * ~1,010 troops paired with a dingo
 * ~1,000 troops paired with a euro
 * ~240 troops paired with a perentie lizard
 * ~2,000 troops paired with a cassowary
 * ~3,000 troops atop great monitor lizards (gifted by syonan by trade)
 * ~ 1000 troops going on foot
 * Types of Weapons:
 * ~1500 troops with boomerangs
 * ~2500 troops with hielaman + shield
 * ~2500 troops with throwing spears
 * ~2500 troops with clubs
 * ~240 troops with bone weaponry (animal and human bones)
 * Diplomacy:
 * United We Stand Strong: Wuthayhi is now allied with Yolngu against the threat of the Gwarri.
 * Events:
 * Animals Domesticated and Released Occasionally: Kookaburra, Dingo, Euro, Bearded Dragon, Frilled Lizard, Perentie, Goanna, Cassowary, Marsupial Lion, & Monitor Lizard
 * Sickness: The disease continues to spread, the tribes have already spread themselves--- supplies are given to each tribe and will be enough for certain tribesmen. There is a bit of unrest between the people, but they are willing to push through and hope this war between the Gwarri will be over soon.
 * Aid from the Coastal Brethren: Answering Yolngu in this time of need, Wuthayhi has sent 5000 troops to aid in the war. [ 1512 they have arrived ]
 * War Events:
 * Continuous Push: The war continues, there are many who are ready for the death of the Gwarri people and thus they push forward for the better. [ CURRENTLY HALTED AFTER 1514 ]
 * Noine’s Proposal pt.2: There is success in cutting off the supplies to the Gwarri people; however it’s not fully there -- Noine’s Proposal has worked in their favour. While there are still supplies to the Gwarri people, she will use the resources she was able to take to feed her people and aid even the Gwarri who are injured as she still firmly believes that this war will continue if they do not seek peace.
 * Upon the Capital: Noine accompanied by her small army has decided to march upon the capital of Gwarri to end this horrible and meaningless war. With so much bloodshed and plenty of the people unable to support themselves against the raging disease she only wishes for peace between them.
 * The Perentie Proposal: The Perentie is an extremely venomous lizard and while the Yolngu have the antidote to such venom, they are willing to share it amongst the Gwarri. Noine’s proposal for peace between the two nations is one akin to a double headed snake, for if one side betrays the proposal and trust of the other-- then inevitable doom will follow them in their tracks. Due to the amount of bloodshed the two have caused upon their people, there are negotiations that will need to be answered.
 * Aggression: If the Gwarri refuse the proposal, then there is plenty they will lose -- alongside territory and the people. Noine has informed the Gwarri that they also have the aid of Wuthayhi and many more forces are on the Yolngu side ready to continue the war.
 * Coastlines: As they are the ones who instigated the war, Noine’s only proclamation to make it even between the nation would be the Gwarri will give up their coastal lands and let it be under Yolngu control -- they are able to still trade with Yolngu and have the same amount of resources, but they will lose control of their coastal territory. Any foreign trade between Yolngu will also have ties to Gwarri if the two are properly allied with one another. Noine has even stretched the offer on sending a spokesman (like a viceroy, except not to rule but to have interest of the nation) of the Yolngu to Gwarri and Gwarri may do the same.
 * Halt on the Eastern Front: Defenses are made as soon as they claim more of the Gwarri land. Upon the frontlines to make sure the defenses do not dwindle are the Cassowary tribesmen and the Euros. Kookaburras are also used as sirens if there is movement on the front sending to alert all of the tribesmen. For now, the war is on halt as word has come to the Eastern Front as Noine is seeking peace between the two nations. 75% of the tribesmen are keeping watch while the 25% will be aiding the sick and the injured.

Keisarvalta

 * Government: Elective Monarchy
 * King:  [Temporary Riksdag Rule]
 * Dynasty: Varold
 * Economy: The Keisairvaltan Economy is based on heavily by trade through the Baltic Sea. As well as agriculture.
 * Capital: Varntio
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 4mil
 * Ingrians: 45%
 * Rostovians: 15%
 * Misc Finnic Cultures: 5%
 * Vesnians: 7%
 * Daeva: 9%
 * Volgans: 10%
 * Varangian: 4%
 * Religion:
 * Eastern Orthodox: 90%
 * Catholic: 4%
 * Traditional Religions: 2%
 * Judaism: 4%
 * Diplomacy
 * Wars & Conflicts
 * The Tambov War:Divisions from Tambov and surrounding cities Will split in 2. The Northern Unit will use Aggressive Tactics to push towards the city of Samara. The Southern Unit will use large amounts of Infantry Units to overwhelm the smaller population of Saratov.
 * Events
 * The Border Conflict: The Riksdag continues to rule in place of a monarch due to the Varold Dynasty being rather small and without a lot of potential heirs (at least ones that aren't favored by the Riksdag). The Riksdag is hoping to find a ruler they can push around in order to keep their power. As a result of this power trip the Riksdag sets up a border incident at the Samaran border in Tambov. Using it as a casus beli against Saratov and Samara claiming it to be a joined effort.

The Syonanese Diarchy | Syonan Nikun-shu

 * Government: Mixed Noble Republic
 * Grand Kōshaku of All Syonan, Suwawa and Tidung, Lord Protector of Sabah and Palawan: The Grand Kōshaku is the ruler of Syonan. He is elected by the Syonanese Diet upon the previous Kōshaku’s death, resignation, or impeachment and serves a life term.
 * Noriaki Kakyoin (born 1462, ruled 1491-)
 * Subordinate Kōshakus: The constituent kingdoms of Hiraga and Nagasato are each ruled by a subordinate Kōshaku. Subordinate Kōshakus are the second most powerful positions in Syonan, with a subordinate Kōshaku having almost total control in their respective domains, answering only to the Grand Kōshaku and their respective Diets.
 * Hiragan Kōshaku:
 * Yoshimune Kira (born 1449, ruled 1475-1514)
 * Ryohei Higashikata (born 1455, ruled 1514-)
 * Nagasatoan Kōshaku:
 * Ginzo Souji (born 1453, ruled 1482-)
 * Yang di-Pertua Agong of Sabah and Palawan: Serves a similar role to a subordinate Kōshaku, with free reign over the 8 prefectures of Sabah and Palawan.
 * Pengiran Dahud Sinaman (born 1470, ruled 1511-)
 * Syonanese Diet: The Syonanese Diet is the main legislative body of Syonan. A bicameral system based on Syonan’s 2 constituent kingdoms, it is composed of Syonan’s nobility and particularly powerful burgher families. The Syonanese Diet hosts 732 delegates in total.
 * Hiragan Diet: The Hiragan Diet is the main legislative body of the constituent Kingdom of Hiraga (located in the northern half of Syonan). Made up of notable Hiragan noble and burgher families, the Hiragan Diet hosts 437 delegates.
 * The autonomous province of Sabah and Palawan sends 27 delegates to the Hiragan Diet.
 * Nagasatoan Diet: The Nagasatoan Diet is the main legislative body of the constituent Kingdom of Nagasato (including the overseas territories of Suwawa and Tidung), located in the southern half of the country. Composed of notable Nagasatoan noble and burgher families, the Nagasatoan Diet hosts 295 delegates.
 * Suwawa and Tidung, being governed under Nagasato, is theoretically subject to the Nagasatoan Diet. However, there is little to no representation of the two overseas territories in the Syonanese legislature.
 * Political Parties: Although no real political parties exist in Syonan as of yet, there are several loose power blocs within the Syonanese Diet, with borders between specific power blocs sometimes muddy and difficult to discern. Many delegates are influenced by multiple blocs.
 * Centralists: The Centralist bloc is composed of those delegates who desire more central government control over local affairs in Syonan. An extremely big tent bloc, Centralists range from those who simply want more government oversight in day to day governance, to supporters of Anjuro Katagiri’s absolutist and imperial policies, to those who want to do away with the Diarchy system altogether. Significantly more powerful in the north than in the south the Centralists, along with their bitter enemies the Federalists, are the two most powerful blocs in the Syonanese Diet.
 * Federalists: The Federalist bloc is composed of those delegates who desire less central government control over Syonan. A similarly big tent bloc to the Centralists, they range from feudalists to status quo supporters to even a few Nagastoan secessionists. Significantly more powerful in the south and in the Bornean territories than in the north, the Federalists, along with the Centralists, are the two most powerful blocs in the Syonanese Diet, and are perpetually at odds with one another.
 * Traders: Supporting mercantilist policies and touting the trade guilds as the lifeblood of the Syonanese economy, the traders punch far above their weight in power, mostly due to Syonan’s control over the seas. They are the most staunch supporters of the Sulu Sea sound toll. Many of them tend to agree in part with the Militarists on certain supposed “integral territories of Syonan”.
 * Militarists: The Syonanese militarists are probably by far the most unified bloc in Syonanese politics, uniformly advocating for stratocratic principles and aggressive foreign policy to “keep Syonan great” (read. continue Syonanese near-hegemony over maritime Southeast Asia). They are quite inclined to randomly scream “Syonan Banzai” and debate you for hours on how Palawan and Sabah are integral territories of Syonan stolen by the Bruneians.
 * Traditionalists: The traditionalists are a faction dedicated to preserving the status quo. They are the most socially conservative group, and also tout an isolationist foreign policy, which they call “Sakoku”. No one really takes them seriously at the moment.
 * Religious Supremacists: Syonan’s religious supremacists are a mostly fringe group that emphasize increased authority of religious bodies over governance and everyday life. Although the Shinto, Buddhist, Hindu and Xianist blocs clash often, their proposed policies are much the same, designed to give their religion more power in state affairs.
 * Reformists: Even with the most conventional parliamentary system, there will always be a couple hardy radicals. ‘Nuff said.
 * Administration: Syonan is divided into 2 constituent kingdoms (koku), which are further subdivided into 10 provinces (dō). The 9 provinces are in turn subdivided into 43 prefectures (ken), which are in turn further divided into districts (gun).
 * Suwawa and Tidung are considered overseas territories of the constituent Kingdom of Nagasato. They do not have any representation in the Syonanese Diet, and their people are not considered Syonanese citizens (and thus are not awarded the rights of Syonanese citizens) unless they are descended from at least one Syonanese parent or descended from at least one parent that has served in the Syonanese military.
 * Sabah and Palawan is an autonomous province under the constituent Kingdom of Hiraga (with the exception of the southernmost portions of former Bruneian Sabah, which has been incorporated into the Kingdom of Nagasato as Tarakan Prefecture). Autonomous provinces are similar to normal provinces except that they have more power domestically, as the constituent kingdom-level government is not allowed to impose laws and restrictions on the autonomous province, with the only power they are able to wield over provincial authorities in an autonomous province being a veto.
 * Capital City:
 * Syonanese and Hiragan Capital: Morioh
 * Sabahan Capital: Sandakan
 * Nagasatoan Capital: Nagasato
 * Suwawan Capital: Gorontalo
 * Tidungese Capital: Kutei
 * Economy: Syonan boasts a diverse and robust economy geared towards foreign trade. Major sectors of the Syonanese economy include agriculture, mining, the spice trade, fishing, and logging. The late 15th and early 16th centuries would see the inception of the Syonanese plantation economy, particularly prevalent in the plains of Central Luzon and inland Mindanao, while urban and coastal economies would remain dominated by various merchant guilds.
 * Currency: The Syonanese taru is the main currency in Syonan, backed up by gold reserves, with one taru equivalent to around 3.2 grams of gold. In rural and remote areas, however, the barter system is king, due to limited state influence in these areas.
 * Demographics:
 * Total Population: 1,102,118
 * Hiraga: 400,295
 * Morioh: 30,025
 * Mei-nira: 55,012
 * Kanakawa: 32,525
 * Kitahara: 26,878
 * Keishi: 25,193
 * Naga: 22,378
 * Nagasato (including Tarakan but not Suwawa or Tidung): 262,470
 * Nagasato-shi: 26,145
 * Davao: 33,104
 * Pemagarong: 25,992
 * Souhama-Shibu: 21,023
 * Cagayan: 13,887
 * Tsuhama: 13,125
 * Sabah and Palawan: 237,048
 * Sandakan: 29,370
 * Api: 20,925
 * Suwawa: 71,028
 * Gorontalo: 11,213
 * Tidung: 131,277
 * Kutei: 21,169
 * Ethnicities:
 * 28.3% Syonanese (312,245 people)
 * 12.9% Yojin (“pure” Syonanese) (40,280 people)
 * 87.1% In-jin (mixed race Syonanese) (271,965 people)
 * 22.3% Native Syonanese (245,993 people)
 * 22.8% Takairō-jin/Tagalog (56,086 people)
 * 19.7% Kabishi-jin/Visayan (48,460 people)
 * 12.5% Rusonto-jin/Ilocano (30,749 people)
 * 7.4% Ibaruno-jin/Bicolano (18,203 people)
 * 7.1% Nagasato-jin/Maguindanao (17,465 people)
 * 30.5% Other groups (75,028 people)
 * 14.2% Malay (157,280 people)
 * 1.6% Chinese (18,021 people)
 * 1.6% Japanese (17,523 people)
 * 6.3% Suwawan (69,023 people)
 * 9.0% Kadazan-Dusun (98,865 people)
 * 6.8% Bajau (75,225 people)
 * 2.9% Murut (32,145 people)
 * 6.7% Dayak (61,777 people)
 * 1.3% Other (mostly Southeast Asian, Indian and Arabian traders) (14,021 people)
 * Religions: Religion in Syonan is not necessarily exclusive, with many Syonanese ascribing to beliefs from 2 or more religions.
 * Syonanese Shinto: Syonanese Shinto has diverged greatly from Shinto in the Japanese islands, with many Shinto kami being syncretized with native and Hindu deities, and Theravada and Mahayana Buddhism heavily influencing the religion. Most prevalent in coastal, urban and lowland areas dominated by ethnic Syonanese, Syonanese Shinto is the main religion of Syonan.
 * ~55% of the population (~600,000 people)
 * Syonanese Buddhism: A sect of Buddhism almost totally exclusive to the islands of Syonan, Syonanese Buddhism is heavily influenced by Shinto, Hinduism, Theravada Buddhism and native beliefs. It is by far the most influential Buddhist sect in Syonan, although other sects do manage to gain followers in the Syonanese Isles.
 * ~50% of the population (~550,000 people)
 * Other Buddhist sects (Mahayana, Theravada and Zen Buddhism) are practiced by ~9% of the population (~98,000 people)
 * Hinduism: Practiced by many indigenous and mixed-race Syonanese especially in Mindanao and the Visayas, Hinduism in Syonan has been heavily syncretized with Syonanese Buddhism and Shinto (and vice versa), with many Hindu gods in Syonan being almost indistinguishable from the Syonanese variants of Shinto kami. A more “pure” version of Hinduism exists in coastal Tidung and in newly-acquired Sabah.
 * ~40% of the population (~450,000 people)
 * Xianism: Xianism states that the sole god of man, Tian, has endowed humans with the ability to become "Xian", basically deities, unlocked by committing good deeds in Tian's name, and understanding Tian and the way the universe works. Unlike many Eastern religions, Xianism is a monotheistic religion. Practitioners of the religion are mostly confined to the ethnic Chinese minority within Syonan, and are most prevalent in Pemagarong and Mindoru Prefectures.
 * ~1.5% of the population (~17,000 people)
 * Other: In remote, mountainous areas of inland Syonan, as well as in the jungles of Tidung and Suwawa, many native tribes still live as they did before Syonanese settlement on the islands, and still worship their old gods in much the same way as they once did.
 * ~15% of the population (~170,000 people)
 * Military:
 * Grand Army of Syonan:
 * Deployed forces: 16,000 (9,000 in Sabah in order to fully cement control)
 * Total forces: 25,000
 * 3,500 Heavy Breakthrough Elite Infantry
 * 2,000 Field Artillery Personnel
 * 7,500 Light Infantry
 * 1,000 Light Mixed Cavalry
 * 2,000 Homeland Security Infantry (Military Police)
 * Reservists/Potential levies: 15,000
 * Syonan Nikun Royal Navy:
 * Total sailors: 26,000
 * Total ships (excluding coastal patrol): 565 ships
 * SNRN Muramasa-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Muramasa
 * Crew: 120
 * SNRN Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Yamamoto
 * Crew: 70
 * SNRN Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Higashikata
 * Crew: 70
 * 13 Muramasa-class Oceanic Battlecruisers
 * Crew: 120
 * 32 Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruisers
 * Crew: 70
 * 242 Subarashi Pagong-class Oceanic Cruisers
 * Crew: 60
 * 275 Subarashi Dātsu-class Oceanic Interceptors
 * Crew: 40
 * 600 Tsuna-class Torpedo Boats
 * Crew: 10
 * 515 Transport Ships
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Nanshindo War (Gwarri-Yolngu War): The Gwarri-Yolngu War, known in Syonan as the Nanshindo War, was a conflict between the northern Australian Gwarri and Yolngu tribes, sparked with the former’s spontaneous invasion of the latter. Called into the war on the side of Yolngu due to an alliance and trade ties, Syonanese participation in the Nanshindo War would mainly be via mercenaries and irregular troops.
 * We send 8000 troops, mostly made up of irregular auxiliaries from various Dayak tribes from inner Tidung (6000 troops), as well as the Nihonese Southern Company (1500 troops), a mercenary group led by Kanzaki Setsuna and based in the Japanese isles, and the Syonan Nikun 78th Battalion (500 troops), to the Nanshindo War. They are tasked with holding back the Gwarri onslaught and pushing back their hordes.
 * Syonanese Casualties: 818 Syonanese military, 97 civilian (from the previous legation to Yolngu)
 * Divided into 4 groups of 2000 troops each, our forces will land on specific areas of the Gwarri coast, establishing beachheads. From there, they will attempt to control coastal regions, pushing the Gwarri inland and weakening their hold. 
 * Having captured several beachheads across the Gwarri coast, we begin to push further along the northern coast of Gwarri, with the eventual goal of uniting our fronts with the Yolngu fronts in the east. Meanwhile, an effort will be made to encircle Garrihu and hopefully seize the city.
 * ~500 troops will detach from the main army and begin raiding the interior of Gwarri territory, attempting to obstruct and stall supply lines. This contingent shall be commanded by none other than Nakamura Souji herself.
 * Seeing as the war is now most likely a Yolngu victory, compounded by the volatile situation back home, we withdraw our troops from Australia.
 * Research:
 * Type 001 Yajiri Torpedo Mod. 1498: An updated model of the Yajiri Torpedo allowing it to reach faster speeds in water and improving its accuracy.
 * Subarashi Kulog Taihou Mk.V: We begin to equip more ships with this cannon.
 * Bakuchiku Mk.I: The Bakuchiku cannon is now standard fare for all Syonanese ships.
 * Kogata-jū: A variant of the Javanese arquebus indigenous to Syonan, the Kogata-jū has become the standard firearm of choice for the Syonanese Army.
 * Early Rocket Developments: Early rocket launchers are devised by several bright minds of Syonan, with most failing but a few managing to barely work. However, even the designs that work need a lot of refining in order to produce a functional weapon.
 * Reptilian Growth: Continued breeding of the Filipino monitor lizard has caused the species to grow in size, through decades, if not centuries will be required for the lizards to grow even larger.
 * That being said, they are now large enough to be farmed for food, as these monitor lizards slowly become a delicacy in the Nagasatoan region.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Agousta: We will let your people trade in our ports if you allow us to trade in yours, and we will pay the same prices for your goods as anyone else’s goods, but keep in mind that as soon as you try something fishy like you did in Malacca and Brunei you are getting kicked out of our islands.
 * Zhaowa: lol pay up
 * Events:
 * The Sabah Crisis: With the Sabahan and Palawanese nobilities’ 1511 petition for Syonan to annex their lands in the wake of the Agoustan invasion and takeover of Brunei, the nation was at first elated at its new territorial acquisitions, with the Militarist faction of the Syonanese Diet being particularly overjoyed at completing “the natural borders of Syonan”. However, this initial sense of joy and elation at a new territorial acquisition soon became one of tension and discord, as the constituent kingdoms of Hiraga and Nagasato jockeyed for the right to control the newly-annexed territories, and basic policies of integration and citizenship became extremely contentious topics. After 8 months of extremely tense deliberation (including a period in time where the Nagasatoan Diet threatened to walk out of the National Assembly if their demands of full control of Sabah and the ability to exploit “human resources” from the territory were not met), a compromise was eventually reached, in which southern Sabah was given to Nagasato (as Tarakan Prefecture), while Hiraga exercised nominal suzerainty over the rest of Sabah and Palawan while giving the established noble class there near-total control over internal affairs. Citizenship in the newly-annexed territories was strictly restricted to nobility and anyone wealthy enough to pay a hefty bribe to the correct people in government, and a policy of enticing Syonanese to migrate to Sabah and Palawan would be pursued by the territories under Hiragan control, while Nagasato was content to run its territory much like Tidung and Suwawa (i.e a glorified slave labor camp).
 * Strangers from the Far West: Agousta’s seizure of Brunei has ruffled many feathers in Syonan. The idea that a foreign power from far away can just waltz into a previously robust and functional kingdom during a time of weakness and just take it over from the inside strikes fear and panic into the hearts of much of Syonan’s nobility, and more than a few comparisons of Brunei’s pre-Agoustan takeover situations to Syonan’s current system of constituent nations are made. This fear rejuvenates the Centralist position in government, with many members of the Syonanese Diet taking a noticeably anti-Agoustan bent and espousing their belief that the distinctions between Hiraga and Nagasato be removed if Syonan is to avoid takeover from a foreign power, with the most outspoken of them all being Keicho Nijimura, a minor noble from Souhama who greatly admires Anjuro Katagiri’s imperial rule of Syonan and strongly condemns the current “divided and weak government”. Grand Koshaku Kakyoin, confident that the Syonanese nation is strong enough to rebuff any attempt at outside control, disregards the Centralist crowd, allowing Agoustan traders to trade in Syonanese ports providing they follow the same etiquette and rules as other foreign nations, albeit keeping a close eye on them and reassuring the Diet that the Agoustans will be booted out of Syonan should they try anything fishy.
 * Sulu Sea Sound Toll: With the seizure of Sabah, the Syonanese government would demand Sabah’s nobility to stop allowing non-allied merchant ships to circumvent Syonan’s Sulu Sea Sound Toll, levied to any trade passing through the Sulu Sea. Promising Sabahan authorities 25% of the revenue from this venture, this move has made sure that traders cannot simply hug the Bornean coast to escape Syonanese tolls anymore.
 * Nakamura Souji’s Bizarre Adventure: Homecoming: After the war in Gwarri, Nakamura Souji would finally return home to Syonan after nearly a decade away from its shores. Following a tearful reunion with her family (they thought she had died, as Nakamura remained one of only 3 surviving members of the original legation to Yolngu), she would once again strike out, this time to the Syonanese capital of Morioh, living off revenues from books about the Nanshindo War and being lauded as a war hero. Between writing books, being paraded around every other day, and having to take care of young Tourin Souji (now officially adopted into the Souji family), Nakamura would still find the time to visit her good friend and would-be lover, Setsuna Kanzaki, at least once a week. Bonding over shared experiences in the Nanshindo War and a shared adventurous spirit, they eventually grew closer and more inseparable, until, one night, Nakamura confessed her love for Setsuna in a drunken stupor…
 * The Black Hand’s Baptism: Tourin Souji would take to Syonan and its society the same way a duck takes to water. Quickly learning the Syonanese language, and then mastering everything his adopted family and his tutor threw at him: Syonanese customs, history, literature, the arts and crafts, maths, science, religion, and even a bit of military theory. He was very obviously turning out to be a genius – in fact having every faculty of what Westerners would call “the Renaissance Man”, as much as he tried to deny he was ever that smart. Although young and an adopted child, it was clear that young Tourin would be destined for great things...

Kingdom of Hispania

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy
 * Ruler (Queen): Maria I (1477-)
 * Economy: The economy is starting to recover, with the use of loans and other measures. The economy of Valcanor is now also fully brought into the fold, with the already dominant Beso now fully established as currency in both lands.
 * Alliance - 
 * Demographics
 * Population - 12,300,376
 * Ethinicities - 91% Spanish-esque 5% North African 4% Other
 * Religon - 96% Catholicism 4% Other
 * Cities and Population Spread
 * Madrid - 295,000
 * Toledo - 91,000
 * Cordoba - 95,000
 * Burgos - 90,000
 * Leon-  295,00
 * La Coruna - 195,000
 * Oviedo - 87,000
 * Rural - 10,596,000
 * Fuerte Solaridad - 500
 * Fuerte Puedra Alta - 100
 * San Sebastian - 95,000
 * Granada - 40,000
 * Sevilla - 30,000
 * Garofe - 40,000
 * Malaga - 25,000
 * Algecia - 30,000
 * Valencia - 100,000
 * Tarragonna - 80,000
 * Murcia - 100,000
 * Barcelona - 90,000
 * Perrogo - 100,000
 * -- Nueva Hispania (Colony, below) Mainland Hispania (Above)
 * Atlantis - 20,000
 * San Costa - 15,000
 * Nea Theossalonica - 15,000
 * Thalassopolis - 20,000
 * Haitiana - 10,000
 * Military - 85,000
 * Archers - 11,770
 * Longbow - 7,700
 * Crossbow - 5,070
 * Medium-Sized Bows - 3,000
 * Cavalry - 12,500
 * Heavy - 6,250
 * Light'  -  3,250
 * Super Light - 2,500
 * Standard Knights - 1,000
 * Pikemen - 23,000
 * Men at Arms - 12,150
 * Arquebusers - 13,500
 * Naval Personnel - 7,150
 * Siege Weapons
 * Trebuchets - 125
 * Ballista - 150
 * Cannons - 155
 * Navy
 * Transport Ships - 50
 * Crew of 50 Each
 * Floating Fortresses - 44
 * Crew of 75 Each
 * Sea Falcons - 45
 * Crew of 30 Each
 * Wars and Conflicts - 
 * Diplomacy
 * Catonzia - The First 5 years are implemeted on plan.
 * Events
 * The New Frontier (Part 5) - There is somewhat of an influx of migrants heading towards the protectorates, as the economic situation cuts down on many budgets, causing countless to seek a new life somewhere else. However, this is starting to gradually go down.
 * Mapping the New World (Part 5) - Additional confusion would end up with some mappers including all of the Sylvan Plain as Hispanian land, after hearing rumors of the land being subjugated. Most of South America is mapped out, though incorrectly, based on faulty accounts from other explorers and natives.
 * Conquistador Companies (Part 5) - At this time the Conquistador companies see most of their plans finally approved, starting what could be foolhardy mass charge, or an unlikely success.
 * Hernan Cortez - Gaining the support of several Mayan cities, Palenque, Izapa, and Uxmal, as well as some villages (Batran allows this), Cortez would have a force of 55,000 men total march on Tikal, where he demands the Maya leader to submit to Hispanian control. Some of the Mayans are also taught how to use the arquebus as well.
 * Francisco Pizzaro (The Younger) - Francisco Pizzaro the Younger would similarly take control of his own group of Conquistadors, 4,000 strong, moving into the Aztec territories, he would similarly rally Aztec states into a march on Titlan.
 * Coruna Arms Company - Coruna Arms would eventually start setting up branches across the protectorates, allowing for the Conquistadors to be far more deadlier each day. They also expand their various developments into other fields.

Ahuric Empire

 * Government and Policy:
 * Monarch: King Ja'far Ahurid
 * Administrative Situation: War has come to our nation. We are honourbound to join in. This means our treasuries are to be opened in case it is needed. However, they don't have ships in the Gulf of Gerrha, we are probably going to have trade as usual. The Iroworks are put into action, while our military prototypes are being produced for further tests at an extended rate. The administration is in full war mode, with generals and military leaders being invited to advisor meetings and the King relocating to Shep for faster communication. News is spread of the war (and of all the horrendous things the Daevites do, you know, propoganda as usual). People are spurred on to produce, for the nation, for the religion, for the people.
 * Population: 11,129,905
 * Policy and National Affairs:
 * War with the Empire: It was a surprising attack to say the least, and the collapse of our allies was most concerning. As per the rules and regulations of the League, it is our duty to retaliate and defend our allies. Even though we are surprised by the developments, we are not hesitant. Our Sipah's are transported to Elam as soon as a war breaks out in the East. They are not sent our immideatly (This is the only way I can explain away the Persian Nations being removed) as they must be given permission to declare war. This permission is passed after a League of the Desert meeting behind closed doors where the nations, Yemen, Hejaz, Qarsoon and us re-affirm our belief in the treaty. As such, war begins. With most Daevites at war with Delhi, we are to quickly attack and take land, and then dig in. The Ironworks are to produce much more equipment than usual, with more people employed under their workshops. The canons are sold to our allies, used up in forts, placed in cities. The new prototyped "Blitz Canons" are to be used by a few units in the field as a test, and to support this, they are being produced by the Ironworks rather than the state. This makes it immune to the numerous delays of the administrative machine and releasing the state from the shackles of any accidents. Generals are given the maps compiled for an attack on the Qarshids, giving the general layout of the region ahead of them. The many forts we built across the border come to life and are now put in use. They were built to combat the Qarshids many decades ago, updated recently after the civil war, with a very few rebuilt according to the jagged anti-canonshot mentality, built with jagged walls and round towers. Knowing that the Daevites use many horses, trenches are used for some of these forts, trenches with stakes.
 * Wartime Economy: The economy has not seen a foreign war in a very long time. We have filled up our treasuries for a long time now, as a rainy day fund. It had become common place ever since the Grane war against the Hassanids. Luckily, our opponent doesn't or shouldn't have a navy. We can procede with war for a long time if we are to be left in charge of the sea, where our navy shall keep our trade healthy and our supply strong. As such we are not worried on the issue of trade. However, locally, many young men are enlisted and given jobs in the Ironworks, producing cannons and weapons en-masse. A new set of companies, based around fletchers, are set up as well. Poisoned arrows, built and stored thanks to the congo rubber trees and various poisonous plants, are entered into service with our ranged cavalry. While our resources are perhaps stretched thin, we purchase from elsewhere, Iron, Wood, Food, all being supplied. The dip in our economic strength is being covered by the treasury, which have been opened for the first time since the civil war for consumption. The people are stirred up by propoganda to donate their gear and resources, that spare grain they may have grown, the goat they are willing to spare from their herds. Whatever may have been domestic opposition to such a move has been eradicated as it seems even Arzhamites believe fighting based on honour is more important to distant religious affliations. We are defending an Arzhamite ally against an agressor, for all they are concerned.
 * The Land of the 10 Forts: For a long time, ever since the Elamite region was recaptured to be exact, there has been some threat from the North. The Qarshid threat warranted building many forts along the border. Knowing we couldn't fight in the offensive, due to terrain concerns, we sat for the defensive war. As such we had built many forts along the border, manned with cannons, with men, with cavalry. The system of fortifications was ingenious, though untested. There were 10 forts in every system. One fort, generally the one further from the front line, was designated the command fort. It stationed the most men, and was the best equipped. The 9 remaining forts were dotted towards the border in a parabolic shape from the command fort. Each fort was aided by 3 watch towers, each with a single cannon, a handful of archers and a small number of cavalry. The expectation is for news to go down the system, from watch towers, to forts, to the command fort, preparing to fight back against the enemy. This system had a quicker means of communication too, smoke signals. A fire burnt atop the watchtower signalling to the fort that an invasion had occured. The cavalry would then have left the tower to signal to the fort. This would be an insurance that the fire was set by allied troops rather than enemy troops. Across the region, many of these complex fortifications lay around, prepared for enemy invasions. Recently, few of the command forts had been upgraded with jagged walls and round towers, being more cannons resistant.
 * The Diplomatic Frontlines: We might be fighting a war with bows and swords, but on the same front, diplomacy takes place. Our league members will be joining the war as per their league commitments. The armies of Qarsoon, Hejaz and Yemen are expected to quickly enter the war, aiding our front, forming their own, or aiding Delhi, as they wish. This will bolster our numbers with a lot more troops, a lot more ships and a lot more diplomatic power. We contact the Delhi court, informing them of our mutual war against the Daevites and offering weapons to beat back the enemy. The Daevites are a considerable threat to both of us and with much lobbying we expect to get the Delhi on favourable terms. The Panjab Amirate is lobbied to join our war. They are not much a hurdle for the Daevites that just cleared out many larger nations. If they hope to remain independent for any time, they should join our war. Gifts are exchanged, diplomats are exchanged, we intend to get them on our side as soon as possible.
 * Military:
 * Personnel: 107,550
 * 1st Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Fire Lancers: 300
 * Blitz Cannons: 50
 * Crossbowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 2,000
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Transport Camels: 35
 * Overall: 20,050 Troops
 * 2nd Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Fire Lancers: 350
 * Crossbowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 2,000
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Transport Camels: 35
 * Overall: 20,050 Troops
 * 3rd Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Fire Lancers: 350
 * Crossbowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 2,000
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Transport Camels: 35
 * Overall: 20,050 Troops
 * 4th Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Fire Lancers: 350
 * Crossbowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 2,000
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Transport Camels: 35
 * Overall: 20,050 Troops
 * "Aqeel's" Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 5,000
 * Bowmen: 3,000
 * Fire Lancers: 500
 * Light Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 500
 * Cannons: 20
 * Polybolos: 10
 * Overall: 10,110 Troops
 * Patrol Force:
 * Light Cavalry: 3,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 3,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Overall: 6,500 Troops
 * Muscat Fleet:
 * Gharaq: 60
 * Harbis: 50
 * Fire Ships: 30
 * Light Transport Ships: 20
 * Heavy Transport Ships: 2
 * Grane Fleet:
 * Harbis: 50
 * Gharaqs: 70
 * Fire Ships: 30
 * Light Transport Ships: 40
 * Heavy Transport Ships: 10
 * Trade Fleet (There has always been a large trade fleet, but wasn't included here):
 * Big Fleets: 2
 * Harbis: 10
 * Gharaqs: 10
 * Transport Ships: 100
 * Small Fleets: 10
 * Harbis: 20
 * Gharaqs: 30
 * Transport Ships: 150
 * Military Operations and Foreign Affairs:
 * New Troops and Tactics:
 * Blitz Cannons: These are far easier to use than fire lances. There are no flames to start. First a hammer is pulled. With the press of a trigger, it descends quickly, hitting some material, causing sparks which ignite the gunpowder which explodes, sending out a bullet. After close to a century of work, it seems to have become ready for testing. While this might happen at a test range in regular armies, due to the war, it has become necessary to rush them into service, even when prototyped.
 * Adnanification:
 * Swahili: We continue our efforts, albeit much less
 * Imerina: We continue investing in their adnanification, but it seems like they are setting up their own Adnanification.
 * The Eastern Lands: We have people attempting their adnanification, but we don't expect much success.
 * Zanzibar: Our provocations continue. With the growth of paper products, a rudimentary news spreading technique has allowed for rumours of Zoroastrian's being hurt to be spread.
 * The War of the East: 
 * Stage 1, The attack of the 3 Sipahs: Initially, with 4 Sipahs in Elam, 3 of them spread to Pangjur, with the 4th Sipah acting as a rear guard. The 1st, 2nd and 3rd are to spread out slightly, surrounding Pangjur in a pincer movement and blazing the cannons into the relatively small city, hopefully quickly taking the city. With 60,000 men upon them, expectations are high. Then, with Pangjur captured, the Sipahs are to besiege Qusdar, forming a defensive line from the East of Persepolis in Daevite territory, to Qusdar to the Panjab. Using long trenches, the spearmen and lots of arrows, we intend to keep the Daevite hordes away from us. If in any area of the coast, a battle is to occur, the navy shall be on hand to pepper the enemy with projectiles.
 * Stage 2, A double fronted war: Aqeel's Sipah are to land in Delhi and aid them if allowed. We don't have much hope in this occuring, no one likes troops in their land. As such they are to land in the Daevite territory and go North. They are a smaller force and much more trained. They typically fight without supply, living off the land, as evident from the Civil War. As such, they are sent to the North to harrass Zarang. If possible, they will capture Zarang, then 4 Sipahs are to extend their line to Zarang.
 * Stage 3, In case of Success: In case we succeed, and there seems to be no major response, the city of Yazd is to be besieged, with the line of Sipah's rising. Yazd used to be a Zoroastrian city of importance, and as such we shall reclaim it for the cause. This would mean that Yazd, Qusadar, Zarang and Pangjur are sieged in this war, hopefully captured.
 * Plan in case of failure: If the enemy responds and delivers a crushing defeat, we are to retreat all Sipahs to the border, where our forts are built in large numbers. There they will fight on the defensive, on favourable terms. While the enemy is distracted and attracted to our troops, Aqeel's Sipah is to land behind the enemy and ambush them, delivering large losses. This should allow our Sipah's freedom once more to attack into their territory.
 * Economy:
 * War Economy: The treasuries have opened, men are being sent to work in blacksmiths, producing weapons. We have large stores of weaponry, but will need more. Cannons are built daily in large blacksmith "towns" as they are called. The large and small cannons are all being built with different purposes. Men are joining the military training program in case of war. Magi are preaching the importance of defenfing the nation against this threat, compelling people to deliver their donations. Trade fleets are delivering the raw resources needed for war, the economy has transformed within a few years to one with a focus on the military. Many are enlisted to build towers along the frontline, carrying supplies in carriages.
 * New Research:
 * Easier Fire Lances: They are being developed by the Sahra Ironworks
 * Cannons: Akbar's Ironworks are focusing on maneuverability
 * Diplomacy:
 * League of the Desert (Yemen, Qarsoon, Hejaz): We have declared war on the Daevites as an alliance for they have attacked our allies. As per our own agreement, we will all act and attack. I request of you, will you aid me in this war? (They're agreement-bound to join)
 * Swahili, the Eastern Nations: We try (again), more Zoroastrian, more Adnanite.
 * Zanzibari Zoroastrians: We give them texts and scripture from the Empire, fund them, and secretly, through channels, give them our support
 * The Resistance in Daevite Persia: Having just captured many territories, the people are bound to be unhappy. As such we supply them. Our advancing armies should convince many locals to join us in war under our banner
 * Daevite Empire: The crime you have been guilty of is attacking our allies, allies that are vital to us as an alliance. This is no attack to be glossed over, and no matter the optics, we shall resist. We are honourbound to defend our allies. Have the Daevites no sense of honour (you siberian cucks)? Retreat these lands at once (We are open to negotiations basically)
 * Staff: Can we send the Daevites to the Gulag?

Nueva Valcanor

 * Government: Colony under Absolute Monarchy (Colony of Hispania)
 * Monarch: Queen Maria I
 * Local Governor: Claudia Collizan
 * Economy: Trade is picking up with the natives and Greek states to the north. New World plants and other discoveries are shipped back to make a profit as well.
 * Capital: Nueva Valencia
 * Demographics:
 * Nueva Valcanor: 
 * Population: ~25,000
 * Nueva Valencia: ~13,500
 * Nueva Perrogo: ~4,500
 * Smaller Communities: ~7,000
 * Ethnic Groups:
 * ~55.5% Spanish (Valcan, mainly)
 * ~33% Greek
 * ~11.5% Osnerolese and Native Tribes
 * Military: 3,000 active
 * Human Resources:
 * 1,150 Pikemen/Spearmen
 * 500 Heavy Infantry
 * 1,175 Archers and Crossbowmen
 * 75 Cannonmen
 * 100 Arquebusiers and... Gunmen I guess?
 * 2,000 Reserves
 * Artillery:
 * 20 Large Cannons
 * 35 Small Cannons
 * 150 Arquebuses
 * 25 Wheellock guns
 * Navy:
 * 25+ Transports
 * 2 Large Transports
 * 10 Sea Gliders
 * 7 Naval Kings
 * 3 Salvaged Scourges
 * Trading Fleet:
 * 15 Cargo Ships
 * 30 Merchant Ships
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Conquest of the Greek Islands: Some conquistadors are sent to assist in the invasion of the Greek islands in the Caribbean.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Osnerol/Catonzia/Whatever: Can we purchase the rest of the archipelago from you? We can pay with these new foods and technologies from Europe, including “advanced” medicine and firearms.
 * Events:
 * New Generation, Part 2: The Suazo kids sail up and down the Eastern Seaboard with the exploration fleet, seeing a mix of native cities in Osnerol and Greek towns in the former Elysian states. They also serve in the invasion of Greek islands in the Caribbean.
 * Northern Exploration, Part 2: Translators brought from Europe and some of the more studious soldiers are able to identify the “natives” as speaking Greek. Communications are established with Eldia and Elysia, and through trading they see the more modern inventions of the arquebus and better ship designs.
 * New Governor/Governoress?: Leandro Collizan, naval commander in the Re-Re-Reconquista and pioneer of Nueva Valcanor has passed. His daughter Claudia ascends to the position of governor.
 * Bear Arms and Fight: A decently large portion of Nueva Valcanor consists of soldiers and Conquistadors as most people who come over come to fight and expand, and the colony needs strong and brave men and women to prepare for the common people to come over. All men can assist with sailing and the navy.
 * Nueva Valcanor Needs Moms: However, the common people of Valcanor are not discouraged from coming over. In fact, it is encouraged for them to cross in any way possible to grow our population and economy.
 * Mapmakers sorry I bashed you earlier thanks for putting the new cities on the map

Mod Event

 * Ninety-Five Theses: In the Roman Catholic Church, practically the only Christian church in Western Europe at the time, indulgences are part of the economy of salvation. In this system, when Christians sin and confess, they are forgiven and no longer stand to receive eternal punishment in hell, but may still be liable to temporal punishment. This punishment could be satisfied by the penitent's performing works of mercy. If the temporal punishment is not satisfied during life, it needs to be satisfied in a Catholic belief of a place in-between Heaven and Hell, called Purgatory. By an indulgence, this temporal punishment could be lessened. Under abuses of the system of indulgences, clergy benefited by selling indulgences and the pope gave official sanction in exchange for a fee. Martin Luther, theologist and town preacher, wrote the Ninety-five Theses against the contemporary practice of the church with respect to indulgences.
 * Azure Fox (part 2): It has been several years since the Blind Robin offered her hand to the boy. Frederique de Noyon (or just Frederique), as Claes learned she would prefer to go by, turned out to be a mentor that is more suited for combat than that of politics. But it does not mean she doesn't know anything. He learned that she was the wife of Remanus III of Vilmnatz, an decades old legend that impaled thousands of Atouman troops during their incursion (at least until the fall). During this time, she had learned quite a bit of politics from first hand experience. What she told him is mostly what Claes knows, but other things were deemed important enough for him to consider. One driving force behind power is your popularity or reputation with everyone else, the more you are known (and in a positive way), the more access you have to backdoor places. He wonders if his sister was ever more popular than him, is why she became heir instead of him. Did his sister have a backdoor? Regardless, Claes continued training, within a few years, he will find out true adventure.
 * Third Daevite Empire: The war with the Delhi Azarkhate lasted for several years, at least until 1517. It was decided for whatever that Daevites has gained they get to keep, as long as they push no further than the mountains. After years of fighting, Tulaani inspected the damages and, after witnessing so much losses, that it was best to not cross the mountains into India as it was proven too risky. She turned her attention northwards, she has heard of Daevite tribal states in the North. Determined to get to them, she ordered her armies to occupy and conquer the Tuvan Confederation. One more thing, to the Ahurics: we have no quarrel with you. Any act of aggression henceforth would be on you, not us.
 * New Discoveries: Juan Díaz de Solís explores the River Plate estuary and names it "Jaletica". After Jahulets that lived in the area. Agousta traders land in Da Nang, Champa, naming it Cochinchina (modern Vietnam). Agoustans by the name of Lourenço Gomes reaches Borneo. Meanwhile, Hispanian explorer Juan de Grijalva explores the Aztec coastline. Disunity has brewed among the Mayans over the years, which was exacerbated by the landing of the Hispanian Conquistador Hernán Cortés and marched from the Yucatan down to the city of Tikal with 55,000 followers gathered over the years. Believing him and his 3,500 men, to be a spirit of ancestors, he had gained followers over the years had built supporters (though it took years to be able to fully understand). The demonstration of gunpowder has helped this. Alonzo Alvarez de Pineda sails around the Gulf east of the Shattered Isles and discovers the "Father of Waters" (OTL the Mississippi). The same year, Gaspar de Espinosa sails west along the west coasts of OTL Panama, to which he named New Grenada.
 * The Last Work of a Genius: With the finish of the Golden Horn bridge, the polymath Leonardo da Vinci has added another work into his long list of accomplishments; yet there was something else on his mind: Alexandria. The city was in danger due to recent Atouman attacks, and personal works of Da Vinci (including many ideas for early flight, though physics may not work that way) was stashed in the deteriorating Library. Da Vinci traveled to the Library of Alexandria, only to learn that the genius was not the only one to travel to there with the same idea. The place was in chaos, many scholars raided the library, despite protests, in order to save the knowledge and bring them back. Da Vinci grabbed anything the genius could, including personal works, plus a couple more books on things like medicine or biology, and dragged them on a boat back to Europe. In 1518, Da Vinci knew that the time might finally come for the genius to depart from the earth. After writing down works, Da Vinci traveled to the nearest printing press, and told them to publish copies of books on such knowledge. Da Vinci did not like it when inventions fall into the wrong hands, it was the biggest fear and there are rumors that the genius purposefully had messed with this in order to avoid it. But Da Vinci knew with these newly published copies of famous works, may probably make lives better in its legacy. Upon Da Vinci's death in 1519, copies of the books had already began to be distributed among those that could afford it, it was truly the last work of a genius.
 * The Second Wave: Over hundreds of years, the library of Alexandria had stored information and knowledge dating from the Ancient world to the present. Even big genius Da Vinci has went there several times to study and share art and inventions. However, due to neglect, its presence has deteriorated over the centuries (or decades) after the Romans abandoned the place. It's status as the center of learning has largely deteriorated. There were a number of small fires, but not enough to desecrate the whole center of learning, culture, and other arts. However, it was on its last legs when Atouman forces had scoured Isetium. Believing what happened in Constantinople could happen in Alexandria, what is left of the cultural knowledge was transported to Europe. In one case, Da Vinci has taken some as well.
 * Fury of Ares (2): The Songhai forces begin to suffer losses with the spanned out war on three fronts. The Northern warlord takes Ifni and declares independence from Songhai, seeing a chance to broaden his own power, creating the nation of Aretis-Sahar. In the east the city of Djenne is captured, but rural lands are lost to Mossi and Djenne. In the west Velitia holds out, and with reinforcements crushes the siege. Donnius and Saminia are captured by the Galatoi
 * Hispanic Disease: Every action has an equal and opposite reaction, including the consequences of contact between Europe and the New World. To the residents of the New World, death and disease were imports of European origin, however the consequences for the Europeans have made themselves clear. In the dingy underbellies of Hispanic port cities, a new disease makes a name for itself. Hispanic Disease, or Hispanic Flu, otherwise called syphilis, gave its hosts sores on unspeakable parts of the body, and it was rumoured that Columbus himself fell victim to the disease. Originally limited to Hispania and Agousta, this disease now runs rampants in brothels from Valcanor to Venice.
 * Utopia: Thomas More's satirical work of how the world should be, Utopia is completed on 1516 and is published on that same year. It is about a fictional island off the New World whose values and ideas are 'progressive' than any European kingdom or republic
 * Odd Dancing Mania: In the city of Strasburg, Alsace, 400 people danced nonstop until their deaths from dehydration and being tired on July 1518, with no explanation of its origin. It affects mainly young women.
 * La Giocondo: Also known as the Mona Lisa, the mastertype of Italian Renaissance art was believed to have been produced by the polymath Leonardo da Vinci between 1503 and 1506, however, speculations say work on the painting continued up until 1517.
 * Sweating Sickness: An outbreak hits Oxford and Cambridge in 1517.
 * Disaster in Nueva Hispania: A swarm of tropical fire ants devastates crops and agriculture in the colony, leaving massive damage.
 * African Slave Trade: The slave trade, bringing African slaves to Western colonies in the New World is said to have started in 1518.
 * Cacao: The crop, native to the Amazon Basin, is brought to Europe.
 * Trigger Warning: In 1519, the first fatal accident involving a gun in the British Isles was recorded at Yorkshire.
 * Reinheitsgebot: A series of regulations was instituted in Ingolstadt, regulating the purity levels of beer permissible for sale.
 * Nantan meteorite: The meteorite is possibly observed in China in 1516.

NPC Event

 * Vinland: Due to the many diseases and sickness wracking the nation, they lose their holdings they took from Elysia, as a semi-isolation period begins and many Vinland settlements find themselves on their own. Internal strife wracks the country and infighting occurs on how they could deal with the mass death and how to distribute resources to combat it or alleviate it (food, supplies, etc.), though many wants the resources for themselves.
 * Wuthayhi: They'll send 5,000 troops in aid of Yolngu, they are determined to push to the capital.
 * Samara and Saratov: They accuse the Keisairvalta of wrongful conduct for framing them for the Tambov incident, while calling the Riksdag "hypocrites" given the protectorate offer just last turn. The move by the Riksdag proved to be unpopular with neighboring nations. Envoys from both nations are sent to Keisarvalta to hope to strike a peace deal and resolve the misunderstanding.
 * Indetah & Kemahana : Their attacks on the Aztecs caused a massive outbreak years ago, but unbeknownst to them a deadly disease came from the east. This devastating disease has wiped out a good portion of their population and their lands gradually retracted from the south (including the Indetah capital). Dilyacoma and Supai became the new border cities of the two. Their southern incursions has rapidly disappeared.

Khitan Khanate

 * Government: Steppe Horde
 * Khan/Khatun:
 * Khojin (F) (r. 1501 - present)
 * Dynasty: Yarud (1501 - present)
 * Parliament: None
 * Economy: The Khitan economy is largely based upon trade, herding, and pastoralism, as the Khitans and most of their subjects are nomadic peoples. However, in some areas, such as around cities, the inhabitants are settled agriculturalists.
 * Capital: Nerchuu (OTL Nerchinsk)
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 83,000 (85% Khitans, 8% Mongols, 3% Jurchens, 2% Daevites, 2% other)
 * Religion: 82% Tengriism, 8% Arzham, 6% Buddhism, 4% others
 * Military: 1,660 troops
 * 500 cavalry
 * 700 infantry
 * 200 archers
 * 200 spearmen (also trained in archery)
 * 200 swordsmen (also trained in archery)
 * 460 elite cavalry
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Conquest of the Tungusic Tribes: More troops are recruited to conquer the Tungusic tribes to the north. A total of 5,000 troops are sent to conquer the Tungusic tribes to the north. Cavalry troops are sent as a vanguard to locate tribal hotspots, and then an onslaught of shock infantry troops (albeit arriving on horseback) is sent to subdue the enemy forces while infantrymen continue to push the front. 3,500 troops are recruited to protect the country in case of an enemy attack.
 * Diplomacy (italics indicate secret):
 * Third Daevite Empire: The lands under your mighty banner stretch from the Khangai Mountains in the east to the fabled Caspian Sea in the west. Your empire stands proudly amongst the petty kingdoms of the steppe. O mighty Tulaani, we bow down to Your Majesty and offer you the finest tribute, if you shall spare our humble kingdom. If you shall aid us to prosper and to grow strong (but of course, not stronger than your great empire), then we shall be forever grateful to you. May your empire prosper for ten thousand years.
 * Adytum, Jochureon, Joseon, Sahaliyan, Aigun ( ONLY if Third Daevite Empire rejects the offer): It will only be a matter of time before the Daevites are on our doorstep once again. We must band together and form a coalition against the Daevites, lest we crumble to their forces. One twig will break easily, but a bundle of twigs will endure.
 * Events:
 * Tiger of the North (pt. 2): Khojin spent the next few years (as in, last turn) consolidating her control and reforming the kingdom. However, she saw the need to prove the strength of her newly-founded nation to the other surrounding khanates. The various Tungusic tribes to the north of the Khitan Khanate were an obvious target. So, in 1516, she launched a campaign against the Tungusic tribes. The next year, Khojin married a nobleman of Jurchen descent named Cungšan, and in 1519, she gave birth to their first child, a boy named Erketu.
 * The Daevites: With the news of the fall of Tuva, Khojin saw the writing on the wall. The Third Daevite Empire was expanding in her direction, and it would be a matter of time before the Daevites were at the doorstep of the Khitan Khanate. After much deliberation, she finally decided to offer to pay 15% of the kingdom's tax revenue to the Daevite Empire and to allow Daevite merchants to pass through the capital of Nerchuu without having to pay a tax, in exchange for Tulaani's guarantee of the continued protection of the Khitans, refraining from meddling in the internal affairs of the Khitan Khanate, and to aid the Khitans in asserting their dominance over the neighboring kingdoms. Of course, if Tulaani were to reject her offer, Khojin would reach out to the neighboring kingdoms to form a coalition.
 * Reforming the Khanate: Khojin implemented a meritocratic system of government official selection, based on historical Chinese meritocratic systems (TL;DR: civil service examinations that cover relevant topics that a good candidate should be knowledgable in are required for any person who wishes to become a government official). She also implemented a code of law based upon Temujin's yassa law code and created an official currency (based on the coinage of the earlier Liao dynasty).
 * Assimilation: The assimilation of ethnic minorities within the Khitan realm continues.

Atouman Empire
i sat at home eating kebab when ioxamander ring ”isetium is kill” ”no”
 * Government:
 * Kaiser:
 * Achaeus "The Strong" [c. 1504-1519]
 * Ioxamander “The Magnificent” [c. 1519-]
 * Grand Vizier:
 * Suleyman II abd-Muttari Pasha (b. 1456-) (c. 1501-1503, 1508-1509, 1514-1519)
 * Hersekenia abd-Beyid Pasha (b. 1464) (c. 1503-1507, 1513-1514)
 * Ozman abd-Jafar Pasha (b. 1481) (c. 1510-1513)
 * Dogukhan abd-Ashur Pasha (b. 1484) (c. 1519-)
 * Economy: The economy of the Atouman Empire was based on a system of iqta', an Arzhamite feudal system, as the Atouman state's ultimate goal were consolidation and extension of the Azarkh's power, and the way to reach it was by taking advantage of resources and the revenues system by making the productive classes prosperous. So while the agrarian-based economy was fruitful in its development, it ultimately prevented an emergence of social disorder, and kept the traditional organization of the culture and society as a whole. Mining operations would also aid as a driving factor of the economy, with copper, iron, silver, and gold being mined in Bulgaria while fruits grown across the Anatolian region and Balkan peninsula producing bountiful luxuries that are consequently sold at the various port markets in Ionia and Greece. Olive trees grow in wild fashion, with their oil being harvested and sold to the highest bidder. Atouman expansion into Europe during the 14th and 15th centuries would emphasize a Greco-Persian royal sentiment, which would be emphasized furthermore in Azarkh Iskandir I's reign, who famously claimed himself as Padishah, a term historically used to describe the ruling monarch of Persia. This emphasis would lead to the capital cities becoming major commercial and industrial centres, serving as highways between the Greco-Roman-Daevite cultures and mercantile trade. This policy of tolerance would later lead to Azarkh Tayyeb's Mandate of Adrianople, which officially allowed for the Jewish people to reside and prosper in the Atouman Realm far away from the persecution they faced at the hands of Christendom. Most of these people were settled in either Constantinople or other port cities along the Ionian coast. Other exports include cotton, a myriad of fruits, and plenty of slaves.
 * Capital: Constantinople (Primary), Ipsus (Secondary), Abdera (Tertiary), Thessalonica (Quaternary), Serdika (Quinary)
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 16,000,000
 * Anatolia: 6,000,000
 * Balkans: 3,500,000
 * Egypt: 4,200,000
 * Greece: 1,000,000
 * Syria: 800,000
 * Misc: 500,000
 * Religion:
 * Arzham: Under Atouman authority, Arzham would make a re-emergence following the collapse of the Askari Azarkhate in the 14th century. Followers of the Xunni belief, the House of Atmanaglu would dedicate a number of resources to spreading the word of Arzhang. This included the construction of Ozman's Temple, which would stand as the largest religious institution until the construction of Ioxamander's Temple in 1547, and numerous methods of prolythesizing that worked to varied results.
 * Xunni Beliefs: The Xunni denomination of Arzham is often characterized by a greater emphasis on the prophet Arzhang, his companions in Persia, and the patronage of the all of the classic Azarkhates’ as rightly-guided successor states in contrast to the Xa’mah belief, which only correlate proper successorship to Arzhang’s original state and the Askari Azarkhate. While the Xa’mah believe that the prophet Arzhang can only be succeeded by relatives or immediate family members, the Xunni deny this concept of succession-by-lineage, instead believing that the Arzhamite community can change and evolve to the point where staying in tradition will only lead to disaster, with this concept being further emphasized by the collapse of the Askari Azarkhate. While most differences between the Xunni and the Xa’mah are relatively political in nature, the Xunni represents a majority of the believers of Arzham that are more wide-spread across Eurasia, with the Xa’mah representing pluralities in places like India and Persia.
 * Christianity: Christianity following the collapse of the Byzantine Empire would stagnate during this time, declining into a plurality due to a myriad of policies introduced by the Atouman Empire, such as increased taxing, second-class citizenship, and the banning of proselytizing, which was punishable by death. This decline in Christianity would also be further aided by the re-organization of the Janissaries, which by this part were mostly made up of young Christian slaves from the Balkans that had converted to Islam. During the Atouman-Isetium War, Kaiser Achaeus would institute a similar policy of enslavement and brain-washing, kidnapping the youngest children of various Christian families in Syria and the Levant, as well as re-organizing their numerous churches and cathedrals into mosques or other Arzhamite institutions. As such, the Christian communities in the Atouman Empire declined exceptionally, with most of the Hellenic-influenced Christians converting to Arzham in the face of disaster.
 * Judaism: The Jewish communities of the Atouman Empire would flourish in the 16th century due to the former Azarkh Tayyeb’s policy of tolerance. While the Jewish communities of the Empire were small and most located in Constantinople, Kaiser Achaeus would allow the construction of Synagogues along the Ionian coast in exchange for the Jewish communities paying a higher tax as part of the already existing jizya tax. This wouldn’t necessarily bother the Jewish people, for most of the Jews that were able to migrate were mostly bankers that had made fortunes off of their time spent in Europe. The Jewish population were also staunch supporters for Atouman expansion, oftentimes offering funds for extentensive campaigns meant to drive away the heretics from the Holy Land.
 * Zoroastrianism: The Zoroastrian community of the Atouman Empire was primarily limited due to Zoroastrian’s decline during the rise of Arzham in Persia and due to a newly realized focus towards Arabia. Zoroastrians in the Atouman Empire were mostly specific to the southeastern regions, in cities like Melitine and Caesarea, although it should be mentioned that they still represented a minority in these cities.
 * Syncretic Philosophy: Representing a rather small community, Syncretic philosophy in Greece and Anatolia would foster as a result of diversification. Although syncretic schools of thought, such as the Abyadites and Aesunids, were primarily focused on inter-religion unification, other schools like the Smyrnites were more focused on political reform, specifically the adoption of secular political ideologies like democracy and republicanism. The circulation of these differing concepts would lead to Azarkh Tayyeb instituting the eradication of syncretic philosophy in the early years of the 16th century, however, would later be repealed by Kaiser Ioxamander during the formation of the Cult.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Atouman-Isetium War (1515-1520)
 * Syrian Campaign (1516-1518): After a successful conquest of Karaman, Kaiser Achaeus would not slow down his dreams of strangling the pagan aristocracy, believing that the Grand Army must end Isetium in a swift and decisive war. Immediately after Earth’s revolution around the Sun, Kaiser Achaeus would lead his armies to Tarsus, crushing the city’s defenses and occupying Cilicia by May. After shutting down a few uprisings, Kaiser Achaeus would partition the legions of the Grand Army into two separate regiments, one led by Achaeus himself and the other led by Grand Vizier Suleyman II abd-Muttari Pasha. While Kaiser Achaeus would march onwards to Hieropolis, Grand Vizier Suleyman II Pasha would command the forces onward to Antioch and Latakia (see: Levantine Campaign (1516-1518). Leading nearly 65,000 forces, the city of Hierapolis would collapse under persistent cannon fire while a squadron of 10,000 would arrive at the Gates of Edessa, with that city surrendering immediately after witnesses saw the Battle of Hierapolis. After these successful wins, Kaiser Achaeus would march onto Damascus, and over the next year, would surround the city, effectively cutting off their supplies before committing to a nine-month siege. As 1518 rolled around, the Atouman flag would be raised over Damascus, mounted on a large pile of dead Egyptian barbarians and raised by Kaiser Achaeus himself.
 * Levantine Campaign (1516-1518): While Kaiser Achaeus led the forces into Syria proper, Grand Vizier Suleyman II Pasha would administer the coastal campaign in an effort to prevent Egyptian advances via the coast. Although the cities of Antioch and Latakia had surrendered upon the arrival of Atouman forces, the city of Byblos had been entrenched by pagan forces prior to the arrival of Suleyman II’s forces. As Suleyman II looked over the city from the eastern mountains, he would strategize a method of flushing the forces out without suffering large casualties, and decided that simply allowing them to survive would be easier so long as they create the illusion that the city is surrounded. With this, Grand Vizier Suleyman II left a number of his forces under the young and impressionable Dogukhan abd-Ashur, promoting him to Field General while leading a bulk of the forces onward to Sidon and Tyre. While garrisons in Sidon and Tyre were not expecting the forces, they would put up an honorable defense that perished within days after the arrival of the Suleyman II’s forces. Sad. Anyways, after learning what the Atoumans were doing, the pagan forces in Byblos would leave the city southward to flank Suleyman II’s army in the south, but would be stopped by Dogukhan abd-Ashur after waking up to see the city of Byblos deserted of pagan legions. Rushing to stop the flanking armies, Dogukhan would capture the city of Byblos and move southward in an effort to warn Suleyman II. After capturing Acre, Vizier Suleyman II would make a long-winded proclamation in the city-square about how the Atoumans will usher in a new “Roman” period, but before he would be able to finish his speech, a number of horse-back pagan raiders from the north would come into the wall-less city, and although the Atoumans were able to defend their occupation and force the pagan forces to retreat into Egypt proper, by the time the dust settled Atouman soldiers looked on to a decapitated and deceased Suleyman II.
 * Israelite Campaign (1518-1519): After capturing Damascus, Kaiser Achaeus would receive the news of Suleyman II’s death, and although Kaiser Achaeus would stop in Acre to direct burial proceedings, it was only then that his goal for ultimate conquest began to give him doubt, with him questioning whether the war was worth it and whether or not they should just go home because while it didn’t seem like Achaeus was overly friendly with Suleyman II, it was known in the Grand Army that Suleyman II was well respected not only for his military success in this campaign, but his success in the wars against Vilmnatz and Helburg under Azarkh Tayyeb as well. In Acre, Kaiser Achaeus would appoint Dogukhan abd-Ashur as the new Grand Vizier, and after pondering this feeling of guilt and doubt in his head for some time, Kaiser Achaeus decided that he would see what his soldiers wanted, as a means of getting second opinions on the topic, and when it was decided by most of his soldiers that they wished to see it through to the end, Kaiser Achaeus vowed complete vengeance for Suleyman II’s death. Ironically, the last battle Achaeus would see in his lifetime would be the following Battle of Jerusalem, which was say Achaeus leading the Grand Army in a battle for control over the Levant as a whole. Unlike the European states that had been conquered by the Atoumans before, Isetium stood out for their usage of gunpowder technology that put them and the Atoumans on an equal playing field for the most part, although it should be noted that the Atoumans remained superior in terms of sheer numbers. The Battle would last weeks, ending with an Atouman victory and the conquest of Jerusalem: a city that was once considered unconquerable by prior Azarkhs in past Azarkhates. So while Achaeus had proven himself in the eyes of history, it would be his willingness to give mercy to the pagan barbarians that surrendered his downfall, as before he was able to gave the command to the Janissaries to imprison the enemy troops, a Pagan soldier would lunge at Achaeus with a knife, stabbing him multiple times before being decapitated by Vizier Dogukhan Pasha. Slowly dying to his stab-wound, Kaiser Achaeus would tell his advisors that his younger brother, Ioxamander, must continue the campaign in his honor before making his final wish: a view of the sunrise on a beautiful world. After being dragged onto a small mountain that overlooked the Israeli valley, Achaeus’ vision would turn black as the Sun shined brightly over the terrain. Soon, Achaeus would feel himself floating upwards, looking down to see his own deceased body before closing his eyes and opening them to find himself resting on an oak tree in a vast field of wheat. Suddenly, an apple would fall on his lap, and after taking a bite, would find himself transported into a garden so beautiful it could not be described by words alone. It was there that Achaeus would meet Ahlah, the creator, with Ahlah stating that Achaeus has fulfilled his cycle, and that he will now live in the Eternal Gardens of Babylon, becoming one with Ahlah. After being given the news of his brother’s death, Ioxamander’s reaction would be solemn silence as he watched the waves crash from his royal palace in Thessalonica. After a few weeks, Ioxamander would arrive in Jerusalem, proclaiming himself Kaiser to the troops present, promising his legions that while they may never experience the apocalypse as foretold by Arzhang, that they will inflict an apocalypse on Egypt in an act of revenge. This speech would only receive cheering and applause as Ioxamander mounted his war horse, commanding his forces onward into Egypt proper.
 * Egyptian Campaign (1519-1520): Ioxamander’s campaign in Egypt is often referenced as “disturbing” in nature, largely due to his change-of-pace in regards to mercy, as while Tayyeb and Kaiser were conquerors, they weren’t genocidal, and often gave mercy as a sign of their own perceived guilt towards their conquests, but much like Iskendir II, Ioxamander did not believe in that level of mercy-giving, and instead acted rational under genocidal tendencies. The Battle of Petuxas, for example, saw the complete massacre of all Isetium forces, most of them being burned alive or simply gutted and left to rot in the scorching Sinai peninsula. Historians would record it as such, writing, “...at the site of the massacre in Petuxas, the Magnificent Kaiser Ioxamander would laugh at the already deceased Pagan forces, exclaiming ‘Where are your gods now? They can’t seem to save you from death after all, huh?’” Although the Battle of Damietta and the Siege of Alexandria seemed to have been cleansed from history likely as a result of wishing to keep the information from tying the House of Atmanaglu to a series of war crimes gone, historians would recollect the death of the monarch of Isetium, King Andros IX, stating that “...the leader of the idolaters was tied off the side of the Royal Palace by his feet, while a second rope ran from his neck to a building across the street. He would be repeatedly thrown off the roof of the first building so that he swung like a pendulum, smacking face first into the side of the Royal Palace. Then he was drawn back up by the rope around his neck so that he can be smashed again. After several swings he was certainly dead, but this continued repeatedly until every piece of him was destroyed across the side of the old palace, and his blood and flesh running thick into the streets below. This is how his corpse was left until scavenging vultures picked it apart, although it took them months due to their feasting upon other false believers.” After the news of the death of King Andros IX reached the southern territories, Grand Vizier Dogukhan abd-Ashur Pasha would be sent to complete a campaign to “earn” back his honor after failing to warn Suleyman II in the years prior, and although was successful in defeating the remnant pagan forces in Nubia, would still be scorned by Ioxamander for his inefficiency. After sending diplomats to Hejaz with much of Egyptian Hejaz being occupied within reasonable time, Ioxamander would return to Constantinople to commission the annexation of Isetium into the Atouman Empire before returning to Alexandria, thus ending the age of an independent kingdom and becoming the first Arzhamite monarch to conquer the “unconquerable kingdom of egypt”.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Isetium: where were you when isetium died?
 * Circassia, Girba, Tlemcen, Valeris: if you’re not a part of the solution, then you’ll be a part of the body count. oh well
 * Hejaz: listen here cowboy, i heard you got a cool black cube thingy in your capital, so how about you let me see it? and since we’re on the topic of me taking everything you own, i’d also like to have access to all of your literature and art too and maybe all of your land as well which i’d be sooo happy to take off your hands without cost. dont worry though, i’ll let you think it over uwu (basically asking them to become a tributary in exchange for northern Hejaz, which is south of Petra)
 * Events:
 * Golden Age: While Kaiser Achaeus was memorable primarily for his role in the expansion of the Atouman Empire, the Atouman Golden Age had only continued to flourish under his supervision, with universities being constructed across key administrative centers to serve as intellectual cross-roads between the eastern world and Europe, while da Vinci's bridge is seen as a contemporary piece of modern engineering that is only able to be constructed due to the "...divine status inherited by the House of Atmanaglu, the descendents of Atman." Although this was the Court's explanation by Kaiser Achaeus when being prompted the question, the more historical answer was that the Golden Age succeeded due to the reinvigoration of markets and roads in Greece and the Balkans, which had deteriorated under the declining Byzantines prior to their collapse. The Atouman Golden Age, sometimes referred to as the "Classical Age" in Atouman historical records, concerns the history of the Atouman Empire from the Fall of Constantinople in September of 1453 to the second half of the sixteenth century; at the end of the reign of Ioxamander the Magnificent.
 * The Aftermath: Historians would transcribe the events following the conquest of Isetium, writing that, “...the great victory has come, and the Egyptians have been destroyed. The evil mound of Isetium has crumbled, and the peaceful and righteous people of the world have been freed. An immense celebration occurs in Constantinople, with Ahlah leading the festivities from the heavens above. The weak Egyptians have been humiliated beyond repair. King Bahomet himself was slain, so that their rebellion ended completely. Instead it was affirmed that the entirety of that world now belongs to the Atouman Empire. The Pagan heresy was purged from the Nile, and the Egyptians slain where they stood. 200,000 Atouman veterans, priests, and their related families, are to be settled in the lands initially, with many more Greeks and Persians over time brought into the land, spreading the true faith of Arzham.”

Nihon no Domei
Notable People:
 * Government: Feudal Confederation
 * Emperor: Uchiha no San-nin (Takagi Anzu)
 * Prime Advisor: Kanzaki Nagato
 * Shogun: Takeda Shizuka
 * Congress of Daimyo: A body consisting of the 24 Daimyo and certain outside observers.
 * Chairman of the Congress: Nishimiya Yuzuru
 * List of Daimyo: Midoriya, Nanbu, Odawara, Fujiwara, Mogami, Yatogami, Niigata, Tachibana, Shiba, Nagao, Matsudaira, Takeda, Oda, Chuosanmyaku, Tanabe, Kanzaki, Miyoshi, Mori, Uzumaki, Chosokame, Otomo, Ryuzoji, Honkobu-Taira, Taira, Ryukyu
 * Autonomous Territories: Izumo-Matsue (Joseonese), Chiba (Eskosian)
 * Outside Observers: Ezo (Friend of the Domei), Kansha (officially a Daimyo), Joseon (Friend of the Domei)
 * Clans:
 * Oda
 * Main family: Oda (minor branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Takeda, Matsudaira, Chuosanmyaku
 * Tachibana
 * Main family: Tachibana (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Nagao, Fujiwara, Nanbu
 * Mogami
 * Main family: Mogami (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Odawara, Niigata
 * Kanzaki
 * Main family: Kanzaki (side branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Mori, Miyoshi
 * Shin-Taira
 * Main family: Ryuzoji (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Honkobu-Taira, Otomo
 * Southern Alliance
 * Main family: Ryukyu (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Ryukyu
 * Allies: Ezo, by personal union with Fujiwara; Joseon, defensive military alliance
 * Capital: Kyoto
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 12,630,000
 * Ethnicities: Yamatai (78%), Chinese-origin (5%), Joseon (8%), Syonan (6%), Other (2%)
 * Official Religion: Shinto, with Buddhist influences
 * Population Distribution:
 * Urban Population [out-of-date]: 1,950,000 - 435,000 (Edo), 382,000 (Kyoto), 198,000 (Hiroshima), 174,000 (Fukushima), 135,000 (Kobe), 305,000 (cities with less than 100,000 population)
 * Rural Population [out-of-date]: 13,150,000 - 1,310,000 (Chugoku), 6,210,000 (Tohoku), 2,450,000 (Chubu), 1,100,000 (Kyushu), 890,000 (Shikoku), 1,570,000 (Kansai)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War): 
 * N-A
 * Army (de-facto disbanded):
 * Horses [15,000]: Modest steeds trained to gallop across the rough and uneven terrain of Nihon's islands. They can also be employed for charging out of boats onto land, although that kind of situation is comparably rarer.
 * General infantry [62,000]: Rudimentarily trained infantry with a general focus on close-ranged melee and shortrange bow combat. Second priority for usage of battering rams and other siege equipment, usually assisting other infantry and auxillaries with tasks.
 * Irregular infantry [63,000]: Infantry-in-training as well as part-time infantry that does not serve for lifetime employment. Mostly the former. First priority for handling of siege equipment.
 * Support staff [15,000]:  Infantry serving in entirely logistical roles. Equipped with extreme short range equipment such as daggers for self-defence, the bulk of many impromptu convoys.
 * Auxillary infantry [15,000]: Long-range bowmen and combat medics. Heavily trained, many chosen to be officers upon promotion in the field.
 * Irregular auxillaries [28,000]: Often merchants and mercenaries serving the same role as auxillary infantry, auxillaries-in-training or officers serving in combat.
 * Highest-ranking generals:
 * N_A
 * Navy:
 * Kawataro-fune [64]: An armoured slow-moving battleship which covers the deck in metal plating and a layer of steel behind the caravel structure to give it a special amount of versatility. If it is sinking, it can last for enough hours to bring it back to shore or at least into a kamikaze attack.
 * Hayai-fune [41]: A restored line of lightly-armoured battleships designed to quickly board another ship before sinking it. Incredibly fragile.
 * Supply ships [172]: Unarmoured fast-moving cargo ships as well as heavy lightly-armoured supply ships. The former used to resupply close to land; the latter used to carry along supplies on longer, no-docking expeditions.
 * Irregular converteds [8]: Various ships with various amounts of armour and what not attached on; mostly former Kei-fune and and Hayai-fune and cargo ships. Heavily personalised, often used as fleet commander ships.
 * 39,000 sailors: close-quarters trained, basic infantry training and ship training
 * Admirals:
 * Takeda Shizuka
 * Tachibana Ranma
 * Diplomacy: 
 * The government sends gifts to the nations of Wu, Syonan, Dai Viet and Khmerlacca, hoping for improved relations.
 * An offer is sent to the current Koshaku of Syonan, removing any informal tariffs that exist between Nihon and its Southern neighbour in exchange for a guarantee that merchant guilds will pay explicitly in gold while trading in Nihon.
 * Economics:
 * De-centralisation: The collapse of central authority in Nihon as well as the chaos of widespread rioting pushes many skilled workers and artisans into rural areas and an exodus to Kansha, which is more or less happy to receive them; meanwhile, this kind of decentralisation leads to the advent of informal communes in parts of Nihon, particularly Shikoku, Kyushu and Chugoku. It also leads to power being shifted right back into the hands of regional Daimyo, who wield outsized power over the country now, removing the centre of power from Kyoto and permanently changing the dynamics of power in the region.
 * Private Conglomerates: Private commercial entities begin to develop in the absence of a central authority, many of whom quickly develop into monopolistic entities that carry multiple different trades and industries all at once. The Kamakura and Nihonese Southern Companies are at the forefront of this, but other mercenary and financial organisations begin formation in urban centres, especially private police who become the primary arbiters of public security in cities and towns.
 * Value of Gold: While barter has remained one of the biggest methods of trade within the country, gold is the currency by which trade with foreign merchants has been practiced. The main source of gold in Nihon, however, are the Han nations to the East, Kansha and Syonan; it has no actual power over the premier currency it uses. The usage of bronze and copper coins for smaller denominations has become generally more commonplace in urban areas, while barter trade remains common. The national mint is centred in Edo, controlled by a council of retired or former daimyo.
 * Actual monetary value: One ounce of gold can currently buy eight sacks of rice (7.8kg total).
 * Currency:
 * 1-yen coin (copper)
 * 5-yen coin (copper)
 * 10-yen coin (bronze)
 * 100-yen coin (bronze)
 * 1000-yen promissory note (backed in gold)
 * Major Economic Organisations:
 * Kamakura Company: Front organisation with dealings in weapons, assassinations and other various activities.
 * Nihon: 6,600 members (150 ninja)
 * Kansha: 1,400 members, mostly from the old days of the nation as a regional convention
 * Syonan: 1,000 members
 * Wu: 100 members
 * Dai Viet: 100 members
 * Nihonese Southern Company: Mercenary group. Professional army.
 * Nihon: 4,100 members and two hayai-fune
 * Kansha: 2,800 members and one kawataro-fune
 * Syonan: 3,600 members and eight hayai-fune + three kawataro-fune
 * Dai Viet: 1,500 members
 * Culture:
 * Yamatai: The dominant culture on the three main islands, practiced by the vast majority of ethnic Nihonese; it emphasises the importance of self and the privilege of existence. A partly individualistic culture with overtly communal streaks that designates the greatness of finding a specific calling and engaging it with the most effort possible; giving rise to a society that prizes the arts as well as the value of literature. While it does not shun the sciences, they are not often given priority; meanwhile, the military and warriors are given outsized importance against all else. Its envisioning of Shinto has numerous distinct cultural streaks from the nations that existed before Yamato united the three main islands under its own banner; as well as little reminders of the past.
 * Ainu: A distinct, unique culture native to Tohoku and Ezo; a kind of communal culture that emphasises the community and a place within that community. It speaks of the importance of discovering a place within society and fulfilling the callings asked of you by others, and that no individual is above the common good. Its adoption of arts and literature is thus comparably limited, but it is the Ainu which have advanced Nihon's science so far, partly due to the fact that they are encouraged to go to school from younger ages (and generally live in more urbanised societies). Their envisioning of Shinto is more akin to a kind of lifestyle, which promotes certain practices and discourages others; one which has, surprisingly, remained largely sturdy for the last 400 years.
 * Joseonese-Han: A minority culture arising from the great giants from across the sea; Joseonese-Han is a monstrous beast of mish-mashed cultures, from distinct Han streaks arising almost 600 years ago to the original Xia cultures. It is almost entirely reliant on distinct, tiny Xianist sects and practices a form of Buddhism mixed with Shinto.
 * Religion:
 * Shinto: A polytheistic, animistic and pantheistic religion which most Nihonese follow. It revolves around the kami - gods/spirits, which are depending on region omnipresent or omniscient. Worship is mainly practiced in household shrines and public shrines, with family shrines more common for political and clan officials. Extreme levels of localisation, with many in the North having strong Ainu streaks while those in Kyushu and Kansha have subtle Han influence.
 * Events:
 * The Phoenix of Nihon [6]:
 * NOTE: Given that Nagato was a joke that apparently no one decided I should correct, I'm going to retcon Nagato's name to Noriko from now on.
 * To Save The Economy - Spring 1516: Despite all her attempts at reform, Noriko discovers that attempting to save the sinking ship that is the Nihonese economy will take something far stronger than a series of basic policies. Because Nihon's economy is genuine bust - when Noriko first entered the treasury, she was shocked to discover its gold all wasted on various frivolous projects; statues, some odd iron-gold boat, with the actual amount of useable gold left in the entire country reduced to but a few hundred pounds or so. With that in mind, she set on that task of fixing the holes in the vessel and turning it back into a beautiful sailing craft within her lifetime; but it only seems more daunting by the day. Putting old plans back into effect has been effective for the time, as well as more revolutionary attempts at economic change, but seemingly nothing will stop the continued decentralisation of Nihon into total confederacy. And she will not stand for that. In a fit of desperation behind closed doors, she drafts the Sho-keikaku; 'Southern Plan'. This plan, essentially only known to her, plans out three things:
 * ONE: Attaining friendly (or advantageous) relations with the Syonanese Nikun-shu; and attempting to attain assistance with the reforging of gold into traditional coins and denominations
 * TWO: Off-setting the increasing population burden by convincing many from Tohoku to move North, to Kansha or even to Syonan
 * THREE: Recentralising Nihon to a degree where regional autonomy is definitively secondary to central authority
 * [To Save The Economy - CONTINUED]: With this in mind, Noriko convinces the navy to begin massive recruitment; with the army still in shambles, they remain the only powerful branch of the military in any functional state. She convinces Takagi to allocate them considerably more in the way of funds for the rest of the decade, allowing for massive re-militarisation to begin. A large construction programme is set up, triggering the drydocks of Nihon to kick back into action creating Kawataro-fune and Hayai-fune once more. This actually halts de-centralisation to an extent, helping to convince peasants and former naval officers to flock back to coastal cities, creating a temporary economic buoy that anchors the value of the nation's paper currency.
 * The Lusitania Rides Today - Winter 1518: With the rise in power that the Nihonese Southern Company has exhibited in Syonan, Noriko once again contacts her cousin, asking for permission to set up economic ventures in Syonan under the NSC. Months later, she receives a reply: yes. With that, she massively expands the skeleton crew of the Kamakura Company previously set-up in Syonan; as well as additional expansions to their operations in Kansha and the various other East Asian nations. Meanwhile, she continues to manage the trainwreck that is Tohoku and its surrounding regions, trying to wrestle them back under the power of Kyoto, but the competing political influence of Edo only makes that more difficult; she contends that Edo must be brought under heel first. But while doing this, Takagi's parents die of disease and in their final request, they leave Takagi Anzu to the care of Noriko herself, asking her to allow their child to take her family name and treat her as if she was her own. Noriko, disinterested in the entire idea of new family but knowing that that child really did see her as a parental figure, decides to contact Matsudaira Chihiro to do the job for her. Takagi Anzu is privately rechristened Takagi Kanzaki Anzu at the end of 1519, and she becomes Noriko's (by law) child, something which only heightens the rumours about her.
 * The Lion of Nihon [2]:
 * A Strange Commitment - Summer 1515: There exists a saying that love is like taking a dive off a cliff without any guarantee of what exists at the bottom. You have to figure your way out on the journey down, or you'll never try again. A week after a confession from Nakamura, Setsuna remains shell-shocked; utterly and completely blank-minded while she attempts to manage the NSC. She hadn't seen a single one of the signs and remained completely oblivious until that moment. That confession had turned her life upside down, and now she hasn't the slightest idea what to do. Meeting with Nakamura on a weekly basis suddenly turns to a quiet and awkward affair which forces her to reconsider what she thinks of her on a conceptual level; but eventually, smiling, she accepts Nakamura's confession of love and the two effectively become lovers. Upon hearing this, Noriko's response is as follows: 'what the fuck hello you got involved with the Soujis and you're in a romantic relationship with one of them helloooooooooo what the fuck'
 * A Happy Commitment - Autumn 1518: Alongside Nakamura, and surprisingly with her cousin's support, Setsuna and Nara tie the knot together and marry in the Autumn; Setsuna taking the Souji family name with it. This gives the NSC significantly more power in Syonan, with their barracks in Morioh expanding to include local training grounds in the outskirts of the city and their ranks ballooning. Meanwhile, Setsuna Souji moves in with her now-wife, joining the local nobility to some extent as a contractor for the NSC with a generally great reputation. Naval training exercises also begin to be held by the NSC in the straits outside Morioh.
 * The Death of Nihon [2]:
 * RETCON: Tala's event will be changed to appear later.
 * Muramasa's Rise - 1517: With the continued descent into chaos that Nihon experiences, another round of food riots occurring after brief drought strikes Tohoku, Muramasa begins to be seen as a kind of rebellious symbol. The legend that his blades struck down an Emperor begin to be substantiated by a truth: that his blades are amazingly high-quality, yet of a low enough cost for politicians and military-men alike that he is the most preferred choice for a katana in all of Nihon. This remains in stark contrast to the rising cost of rice and the constant scamming that has become commonplace in all of Nihon's urban areas, and Daimyo leaders, generals and admirals all flock to his smithery in Tanabe to peruse his work; he is also seen as humble, his building of a public shrine where he personally prays making him ever-more popular. His blades become prized especially among the Tachibana clan, where it is viewed as an affordable prestige symbol, while at home, he begins to be celebrated as a hero. Muramasa himself finds himself living a generally more comfortable and fulfilling life with the attention he receives, not knowing what will come next or what will come after; until one day...
 * A Meeting with the Prime Advisor - Winter 1519: Untraceable weapons. Noriko always wanted something like that. But, she supposed that an unremarkable weapon would do the trick. Muramasa's weapons had become so increasingly commonplace among nobility that if assassinations occurred with them, Noriko concurred no one would know who was doing it, especially since she still largely insisted her ninja use daggers and bows and arrows rather than larger melee weapons which could be lost easily. With that in mind, she goes down to Tanabe and personally requests from Muramasa fifty katana with the various clans' markings on them. Muramasa, unaware of her notoriety and more than happy to fulfill a generous order of his beloved craft, passes them to her, not knowing that these katana will become the central focal point of intrigue for a century to come.


 * 1401-1473 [The Last Days of the Heian]:
 * Uchiha Tomoko (1387 - 1469) [deceased]: Head of the Yamatai faction during the Civil War and later Empress (1412-1469) under the name 'Uchiha no Ichiban'.
 * Mori Kyoko (1378 - 1473) [deceased]: One of the two heads of the Peoples' League during the Civil War, later Speaker of the National Convention unopposed until death. Spouse: Kido Mirio.
 * Hori Shizuku (1377 - 1456) [deceased]: The other head of the Peoples' League, a minor political player in Hiroshima after the war. Committed suicide under threat of involuntary execution.
 * Midoriya Kaitou (1383 - 1472) [deceased]: A minor player in the Civil War who gained popularity as a capable administrator. Birth name Zhang Kaisheng. Spouse: Midoriya Yuki.
 * Seishiro Kirie (1381 - 1463) [deceased]: One of the heads of the Outsiders who found herself alienated from her hometown in her pursuit of political unity. Became a remarkable writer, writing works such as The Use of War, a critical book on the purpose of strife. Spouse: Bakushi Yona.
 * Bakushi Yona (1380 - 1463) [deceased]: A Yamatai-Eskosian, best known for fighting for the political rights of the tiny Eskosian minority in Nihon. Became a political kingmaker after the war. Spouse: Seishiro Kirie.
 * Hu Jin-Yo (1376 - 1462) [deceased]: A Joseon-Yamatai, best known as a Joseonese reunificationist who participated in a minor role during the Civil War. Afterwards, provided much financial support to the Nihonese army advancing in Kyongsong before dying in a tragic accident.
 * Kanzaki Izuku (1394 - 1489) [deceased]: First Shogun then Taisho, well known for unconventional military tactics that precipitated asymmetrical warfare against enemy forces. Lived a relatively stunted life afterwards, travelled into Joseon and participated in its war against Kyongsong before travelling West in hopes of retracing the steps of Bulijin Khatun, a dream promptly foiled. Spouse: Yonekura Hiyori.
 * Nishimiya Asuka (1372 - 1479) [deceased]: Shogun after her predecessor Kanzaki was passed over due to ignoring the Empress, she became something of a despot and massively expanded the powers of the military as well as a small secret police under the direction of Empress Uchiha and Speaker Mori. Lived a quiet, nondescript life. Spouse: Ryuzoji Mirio.
 * 1474 - ??? [The Rise of the Bakufu]
 * Uchiha Ryu (1467 - 1512): Adopted son of Empress Uchiha, originally groomed to be an apt successor of hers; he was soon convinced to take another path by the Regent. Overthrown in 1487.
 * Senjougahara Ryuko (1459 - 1489) [deceased]: Popular regent originally meant to become successor to Uchiha, eventually sidelined. With a massive amount of political power, however, she pulled strings to keep herself as Regent and manipulated the new Emperor as she wished. Murdered by an assassin.
 * Senmyaku Hyo-in (1436 - 1486) [deceased]: Powerful orator of the Dochaku who advocated for their betterment. Eventually sidelined due to the maneuvring of Empress Uchiha.
 * Yamagata Jiro (1461 - 1503) [deceased]: An upstart military man who became Shogun at the behest of the late Nishimiya Asuka. Soon evolved into a broadly popular political figure who usurped the throne from Uchiha Ryu, but his ambitions overcame him and he was deposed after attempting to re-consolidate power.
 * Kanzaki Noriko (1467 - ??): Nationalist despot intent on restoring Nihon to political unitarism. She quickly exploited her way through the chaos of rapid decentralisation to insert herself as the effective leader of Nihon in just one and a half decades, essentially unchallenged.
 * Kanzaki Family: From a minor clan in old Minamoto arose one of the defining political and military families of the early Bakufu. This chronicles its most famous members.
 * Izuku (1394 - 1489): Grandfather of the entire family. Began the Kanzaki name by abandoning usage of the old Minamoto clan name and rising as first a potential Emperor before becoming one of the most prolific generals in Nihon's history. However, his attempts at glory were foiled and eventually he gave up, passing his life's work to a strange girl who might just get some use out of it.
 * Noriko (1467 - ??): Two generations later, a bored Shinto temple head turned trainer turned puppet master. Exploited the political weaknesses of the political system to make herself a de facto leader, first head of the Kanzaki Clan. Charted the family's rise to prominence.
 * Setsuna (1482 - ??): Another third generation'er; she went missing in Syonan before being discovered as Nagato travelled to it. Made head of the Nihonese Southern Company. Spouse: Souji Nakamura.

Archduchy of Westria

 * Head of the State: 
 * Emperor Adelhard II Hohenstaufen (B 1480 - present), (R 11th May 1492 - present)
 * Head of the Government:
 * Archchancellor Reinar von Hauser (B 1470 - still alive), (15th april 1511 - Present)
 * Government: Absolute Feudal Monarchy ruled by an Archduke. Though a lot of powers are also vested in to a council. The title is By the Grace of God Archduke of Westria, Last of the Romans, Duke of Burgundy, Guleders, Brabant, Flanders and Luxembourg. Our ruling dynasty is Hohenstaufen. We are also the Emperor of the HRE since 1351.
 * Heir to the throne:
 * Crown Prince Friedrich Hohenstaufen (B 1514 - still alive), (R 1514 - present)
 * Religious Head: 
 * Archbishop Willhelm Vorf (B 1444 - still alive), (R 1515 - present)
 * Governor of Westrian Netherlands
 * Governor-General Prince Johan Willem van Oranje (B 1467 - Still Alive), (30th March 1511 - present)
 * Demographics:
 * Population:
 * Wien: Population: 17,560
 * Amsterdam: Population: 11,900
 * Konr: Population: 9,500
 * Rich: Population: 11,360
 * Polanum: Population: 12,800
 * Bozn: Population: 14,380
 * Trieste: 13,220
 * Antwerp: Population: 6,450
 * Liege: Population: 6,350
 * Luxembourg: Population: 4,300
 * Brussels: Population: 7,320
 * Rural and smaller towns population: 2,274,930
 * Total population: 2,390,160
 * Religion: catholic christians (99%), others (1%)
 * Ethnicities: 60% Westrian, 2% Venetian, 23% Flemish 10% Wallon and "Luxembourger" 5%
 * Economy: We are based on agriculture and trade through the danube river and with most of the HRE. We use our own coins which resembles a lot those of the old Roman empire. We have also started with trade from the sea through our port Trieste and Westrian Netherlands.
 * Allies:
 * Venice
 * Albion
 * Escosia


 * Wars and conflicts: 
 * Chief Commander: Reinar von Hauser (B 1470 - still alive),(R 1508 - present)
 * Army: Total of
 * Pikemen: 10,400
 * Swordmen: 220
 * Bowmen: 4,110
 * Cavalry: 6,930
 * Crossbowmen: 4,140
 * Arquebusier: 6,000
 * Navy: Total of
 * Cocha: 40
 * Cog: 30
 * Hoy: 27
 * Mediterranean brigantines: 10
 * Carrack: 8
 * Heavy weaponry
 * Cannons: 300
 * Events:
 * Building a fleet: Continues
 * Economic Decline: The decline stops and we are seeing a stagnation of the decline a sign of recovery in Westrian Mainland.
 * Wien rebuild: In 1420 Wien has been mostly rebuild from what the sacking destroyed and now bianchi have been invited by the governor-general of the Westrian Netherlands to start building a nice palace for the governor-general.
 * Westrian Netherlands: The economy is booming atleast compared to the rest of the country. Sileni Alcibiadis is published as a stand alone in 1517 if it is something that Johan willem like it is Erasmus books. Collquia is released a year later. Many admire Erasmus works and he gets increasingly popular.
 * Trying to discover the world: Preparations had already began in 1515 when the three first carracks or carrack like ships were build in the Westrian Netherland Johan Willem van Oranje had quite big ambitions wanting to expand their trade outside Netherlands and see where they could find good trading partners. Though dearing not to go to close to Hispania territories they hope to be able to stay at Agousta ports if anything. But there is a lot to be done before that could be happening.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Agousta: Maybe you want a trade agreement or even allies?

The United Kingdoms of the British Isles (Albion)
Government: Absolute Monarchy Economy: The economy of British Isles consists of trade and commerce of a variety of materials. The primary export products of the UK are fish, wool, cloth, and a variety of vegetables.
 * Note: If you wish to engage in diplomacy with me, please DM me on Discord
 * Drakes: 
 * King Casimir (M, b. 1454 - )
 * Albert (M, b. 1495 - )
 * Eldegard (F, b. 1517 - )
 * Rupert (M, b. 1517 - )
 * Queen Abigail (F, b. 1455 - )
 * Frances I (F, b. 1497 - )
 * Albus (M, b. 1519 - )
 * Victoria (F, b. 1499 - )
 * Important People: 

Main Religion: Christianity

Cities and Demographics: Wars and Conflicts Armed Forces Research and Development Training and Production Diplomacy Allies Events Deceased Log 
 * Population: 6.53 million
 * Cities
 * Brighton: A newer shipbuilding facility located on the English Channel.
 * Birmingham: A quiet town that is the location of McCarthy Arms Company, one of, if not, the oldest firearms companies to date.
 * Caen: The main hub where products heading to Britain from land mount ships to cross the channel.
 * Calais: One of the few French towns still owned by the British, it is a prosperous city that is one of the most important trading hubs in the North Sea.
 * Dover: Main location of the British navy. While elements of the navy are located throughout the territory, the headquarters of the navy are located here. In addition, Dover is the main trading hub between it and Caen.
 * Dublin: Main hub of Ireland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * Glasgow: Main hub of Scotland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * London: The capital of England, and location of the throne.
 * Portsmouth: The location of the first drydocks in history, which became the founding of various legendary ships of the Royal Navy
 * Urlondum: Though they don’t own the city, the city is the location of the British embassy in Vinland. Though they have a small presence, this does make Urlondum the first place the British definitively fly their flag, even if it’s over a building or two.
 * York: Main center of England’s eastern fishing company. Also where a bulk of British trading companies are located, evident from the various merchant caravels present there.
 * None.
 * Total: 134,350 Manpower
 * Army
 * Total: 127,820
 * United Drake Forces: 
 * Light Infantry: 10,000
 * Longbow Archers: 15,000
 * Marksman Infantry: 39,300
 * Light Cavalry: 14,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 2,000
 * Bow Cavalry: 2,900
 * Field Artillerymen: 5,800
 * Field cannons: 1,760
 * Logistical Support: 30,000
 * Roundtable Knights (Elite): 8,350
 * These are Britain’s elite forces. A rebirthed version sprouting from Artoria’s original group of holy knights, this force has never lost a battle, and has unwavering loyalty to the crown and the Order of the Roundtable, willing to fight to the death for the survival of the British Isles.
 * While most are able to fight, members of the Roundtable are encouraged to branch out into their own craft, such as pottery and sheepherding, with the idea that everyone should act like a Roundtable Knight and give their all into both their craft and their country.
 * The only way to become a Roundtable Knight is to be selected by an existing member of the group. Most knights tend to make apprentices out of those they recruit to the Roundtable, and generally, no one usually complains when a Roundtable Knight selects someone to join the ranks of the Roundtables. Depending on the country/chapter, one can also be appointed to the Roundtable by the crown..
 * Notable (Living) Members:
 * The Drake Family
 * Joanna Palaiologos McCarthy (??? - ???)
 * Navy:
 * Personnel: 5,000 (combined between both fleets)
 * Naval Vessels:
 * British Galleons: 4
 * Main flagship: HMS Ember
 * Prototype British Caravel: 60
 * Dual-Purpose Merchant Caravel: 38
 * These ships are given to British merchants who sail in dangerous waters, and are not usually used in engagements against enemy fleets unless necessary (in a 1-on-1 fight with a ship of similar size, the enemy ship would win, mainly since these ships are filled with merchants rather than trained personnel). That being said, these ships are included in numbers when someone asks the size of the British navy, to deter anyone from invading Britain.
 * MAC Cannons: McCarthy Industries continues to produce MAC Cannons in a variety of calibers and sizes, ranging from small 6 pound field cannons to 16 pound naval cannons. At least in Britain, McCarthy Industries has the monopoly on the firearms industry.
 * Naval Vessels: With the new drydock constructed in Portsmouth, the British prepare to construct ships larger than even the Caravels in service.
 * McCarthy Arms Company: Continued efforts are made to improve the wheel lock, with minor changes made over time to allow for easier manufacturing of the rifle.
 * Brighton: A new drydock is being constructed in the port city (will be completed by 1520)
 * 8 English Galleons
 * 800~ sailors trained to sail and support the new vessels
 * 100 Dual-purpose Merchant Caravels (Will be pumped out at 15-20 per half-decade until the full order is fulfilled)
 * Continued conversion of troops into British musketeers
 * Renamed to British Marksman Infantry
 * Whatever equipment and personnel is required to maintain numbers on the frontline.
 * Americas: With intelligence from the Vinlanders, the British decide to scope out the other nations of the Eastern Coast of North America, and see what they have to offer
 * Europeans: Though not offered the top-line models, Britain does allow McCarthy Arms Company to sell some of their wares overseas, to those willing to purchase them, at least
 * Vinland: The British send what supplies they can spare to try and support their allies, knowing that it will be a futile effort if nothing is done beyond that (see events for more details).
 * Vinland: Allies in the New World. Though technologically inferior to the British, they are a bridge into the New World, a bridge the British wish to explore into, in return for supporting their new allies
 * Velkyst: Norweigan allies in the North Sea. The oldest ally of Britain, harkening back to the British Empire’s founding.
 * Westria: An ally on mainland Europe who also dislikes France, cause f**k France (jk).
 * Journey to the West (Part 6): Despite Britain’s efforts, Vinland is slowly collapsing. Though support is still sent their way, it has become apparent that Vinland will fall. As such, the British decide to strengthen their garrison in Urlondum, with wooden walls constructed surrounding the entirety of the city. Acting as a sort of refugee location, the British in the area make use of Urlondum to try and nurse the Vinlanders who have survived the worst of the illness back to health, even if some of the doctors who are assisting in Vinland’s recovery fall ill as well.
 * Vinland: The British assist in Vinland’s evacuation from their territory in the mid-east coast of North America, transporting Vinlanders back to their original territory. In addition, the British sent forces to defend what remains of Vinland.
 * In addition, when the force is sent out (in 1519), along for the ride is Tàmhas Dungailsson. Under the new alias of Thomas, he returns to Vinland as Thane to take up the throne, complete with the blessing from both King Casimir and Queen Abigail themselves, who saw the fleet off when they departed.
 * Elysia: Contact is made with Elysia, as the British get a grasp of the lost Greek colony’s strengths and the likes.
 * Succession: Casimir and Abigail have ruled for many decades, growing old in each other's arms as they wrestled a nation from the grasps of tyranny in their youth. However, the time has come to determine a successor to the two. Though they have no intentions of passing on the torch anytime soon, it’s better to cement who is the next ruler of the kingdom. As such, they analyze each of their children to see who is worthy of the crown, rather than let the eldest child take the throne. With a fair effort made by each of their children, the couple make a tough decision, electing that Victoria will become the next ruler once the two pass, though they also praise their other children for their good effort.
 * Though he graciously accepts that Victoria will take the crown next, Albert still wishes to have a position of power within the government. As such, Albert becomes an admiral within the navy, as he studies diligently to become a leader the navy can rely on.
 * Rulers
 * Pendragon:
 * Artoria “Ember” Pendragon (F, b.1317- 1389?) (Reign: 1351 ~ 1369 - 1389)
 * Ash I (M, b. 1347 - 1434) (Reign: 1390 - 1434)
 * Sister: Aura (F, b.1350 - 1434)
 * Ash II (M, b. 1399 - 1442) (Reign: 1434 - 1442)
 * Amber (F, b. 1424 - ) (Reign: 1442 - 1482)
 * Brother: Edward (M, b. 1441 - 1481)
 * Mordue:
 * River Mordue (F, b. 1322 - 1393) (Reign: 1369 - 1393)
 * Henry (M, b. 1353 - 1429) (Reign: 1393 - 1429)
 * Daughter: Mary (F, b. 1382 - 1399)
 * Lionel (M, b. 1388 - 1482) (Reign: 1430 - 1482)
 * Son: Leo I (M, b. 1407 - 1465)
 * Leo III (M, b. 1445 - 1478)
 * Son: Leo II (M, b. 1423 - 1478)
 * Brother: Henry II (M, b. 1398 - 1478)
 * Roundtable Knights
 * Joan “Anne” of Arc (Died in 1431)
 * Sir George Cromwell of Cotswold (Died in 1445)
 * Sir George Cromwell II of Cotswold (Died in 1482)
 * Sir Rex of Dover (Died in 1482)
 * Misc
 * Shauna McCarthy (Died in 1489)
 * Founder of McCarthy Arms Company, one, if not, the oldest firearms companies in the world.

Dragon's Fire

 * Leadership Structure: There is a structure that resembles some form of leadership and hierarchy, where most members are at the bottom and those who lead the organisation are at the top. They do have the authority and reserve rights to revoke membership. The Grand Dragon, created as a title to go with the de facto leader and obviously coming out from a tavern, has most of the power and the final say in its current leadership structure. There are senior chiefs, but they are small in number and are often appointed by the Grand Dragon or the Representative manually. Since the late 1510s, there has been a structural change, whereby there's now a temporary front company established officially where the Grand Dragon is the leader and that all of the gains, whether be from operating trade to handling loot will be directed to this organisation secretly. The Representative is the one who operates in the Westrian Netherlands.
 * Grand Dragon: Mechiel Tangelder (b. 1480, office since 1502)
 * Head of the Company: Mechiel Tangelder (b. 1480, office since 1515)
 * Representative of the Grand Dragon: Hubert Bodde (b. 1473, office since early 1510s)
 * Senior Chiefs: Seven figures
 * Membership: 770 members, all of them are concentrated in Westrian Netherlands and based around Den Haag and the surrounding towns within a close range of no more than 20 kilometres. Most of the membership comes from secret meetings and invitations by word of select messengers. Slavokans (or Jews, the sentiment of antisemitism in Europe is still prevalent so its expected) are not accepted however. Women are technically allowed into the organisation but they are smaller in numbers compared to men. Since the operation was split into two, one based in Westrian Netherlands with a representative (Hubert Bodde) appointed to loyalty and continue the operations of Dragon's Fire in that area. The front company that's set up will secretly funnel any profits if available to this group, topping up on financial incentives. This is not known to anyone yet as the messengers and groups sent to Hispania were mainly seen as 'ordinary' Dutchmen.
 * The Tangelder Company: A front company that's set up for any conquistador-esque or mercenary purposes of the group. May be involved in trade too.
 * 240 men
 * 3 transport ships
 * Diplomacy:
 * Hispania: Thanks!!!
 * Operations: N/A
 * Events:
 * Downplaying Dissident: Dragon's Fire, in fear of retribution with a growing amount of sentiment against Westrian Netherlands made a downplay in their role on dissenting. With a new focus that's already promised, their role against dissident against the Westrian crown is reduced, though the group's members is still prominent and notorious on resisting the Archduchy.
 * Separation of Power: The group is split into two on 1515 following an unexpected acceptance by Castile. This led to Mechiel Tangelder returning to home with his 15 other men forming the messenger group and said that Tangelder would want to split operations into two, one operating for a front company that is set up for his personal conquests and profit and the other is based in Westrian Netherlands, where they fund their own ships and fleet, allowing them to bolster a rich arsenal for the future, though that is undecided yet. (Think of it, Tangelder is now L. Ron Hubbard by doing crazy journeys. If Hubbard did Sea Org for the sake of doing such trip, then Tangelder must be an early L. Ron Hubbard)
 * Spending our Fundraising Money for What: By 1516, 300 men have suddenly came from the north down to Hispania all of a sudden, after months of carrying some resources and coins all the way. Travelling through France must be difficult for them at least. The fundraising and some of the gathered money and sold assets from the late 1400s/early 1410s is being spent by 300 men who suddenly head towards Hispania. They (somehow) got into the Coruna Arms Company and buy a few arquebuisers (which aren't muskets but whatever, still a primitive firearm) for themselves. With Hispania accepting the pleas of poor Dutchmen coming into the nation, they also bought three ships from some convincing companies through bargains and compromises. (Because... WE NEED THESE SHIPS)
 * Posing as a Conk Group: The Grand Dragon informs other leaders to establish a front company on 1515 following the split in order to officially establish themselves and pivot away from being a simple group to being a group of adventurers seeking to funnel some of the loot gained and put it into the group's own budgeting to improve and fund more of their operations, eventually acquiring a fleet of ships. Thus, the so-called 'The Tangelder Company' was established in the public eye on that year and they were the strangest kind of group to have been established. Legitimacy is key and putting up a front company will build the reputation of the group, for now.
 * Journey to the Centre of the New World: With most of the purchasing of some weapons and three ships done by 1517-18, they went from Coruna (which they bought everything there and stuff, though they went to other places too for supplies and other equipment) in Hispania using three ships (for now at least) and crammed their men there. However, they did not know that travelling to the New World can bring consequences. Sixty men have died over the months before arriving on 1519 to the New World from scurvy and dehydration, all of which were issues from a lack of fresh food, yet they wind up to survive somehow. They arrive at the Shattered Isles (or Atlantis as these New World Greeks call them) and reached the port of Atlantis on that year, setting up camp eventually. They will start training for the last four months of this year and learning how to use firearms. It will be a while until they are ready to pillage. (Probably not the Aztecs or the Maya but Wanka? Mayhaps)

Council of Yolngu

 * Government: Tribal Council.
 * Chieftain: Koen (1488 - present)
 * Head Shaman: Kalti (1482 - present)
 * Head Elder: Kippin Gnuger (1465 - present)
 * Representatives:
 * Walwallie: Koen
 * Amwari: Suna
 * Jubatti: Pendor
 * Djani: Yarre
 * Economy: Traditional (Bartering, Equal Value, etc)
 * Main Religion: Dreamtime
 * Allies:
 * Syonan
 * Wuthayhi
 * Cities and Demographics:
 * Population: ~30,000
 * Ethnicity:
 * Aboriginal: 100%
 * Yolngu Nation: 32%
 * Kalkadoon: 68%
 * Traditions:
 * Traditions On Hold: After the surprise attack from the Gwarri, many traditions that are held yearly are on hold. Those in adolescence will still be able to choose their companion.
 * “Sorcery”: Those who are left in the Amwari Tribe and smaller parts of said tribe have spoken about the ritualistic art of sorcery where natural death is usually by spirits and other shamans who wish death upon an individual. In order to enact the ritualistic aspect of a once lost tradition, shamans of the Amwari tribe (and the smaller ones) bless the strongest of warriors to hold the spirits of death.
 * Wars & Conflicts: see War under Events
 * Military: ~8500 Troops (and 5000 troops from Wuthayhi)
 * ~ 4,500 troops paired with animal companions
 * ~250 troops paired with a marsupial lion
 * ~1,010 troops paired with a dingo
 * ~1,000 troops paired with a euro
 * ~240 troops paired with a perentie lizard
 * ~2,000 troops paired with a cassowary
 * ~3,000 troops atop great monitor lizards (gifted by syonan by trade)
 * ~ 1000 troops going on foot
 * Types of Weapons:
 * ~1500 troops with boomerangs
 * ~2500 troops with hielaman + shield
 * ~2500 troops with throwing spears
 * ~2500 troops with clubs
 * ~240 troops with bone weaponry (animal and human bones)
 * Diplomacy:
 * United We Stand Strong: Wuthayhi is now allied with Yolngu against the threat of the Gwarri. We are grateful for their assistance. We have also begun to trade with them more often.
 * Events:
 * Animals Domesticated and Released Occasionally: Kookaburra, Dingo, Euro, Bearded Dragon, Frilled Lizard, Perentie, Goanna, Cassowary, Marsupial Lion, & Monitor Lizard
 * Sickness: The disease continues to spread, the tribes have already spread themselves--- supplies are given to each tribe and will be enough for certain tribesmen. There is a bit of unrest between the people, but they are willing to push through and hope this war between the Gwarri will be over soon.
 * Aid from the Coastal Brethren: Answering Yolngu in this time of need, Wuthayhi has sent 5000 troops to aid in the war. [ 1512 they have arrived ]
 * War Events:
 * Continuous Push (again) : The war continues, there are many who are ready for the death of the Gwarri people and thus they push forward for the better.
 * Noine’s Proposal pt.3: There is success in cutting off the supplies to the Gwarri people; however it’s not fully there -- Noine’s Proposal has worked in their favour. While there are still supplies to the Gwarri people, she will use the resources she was able to take to feed her people and aid even the Gwarri who are injured as she still firmly believes that this war will continue if they do not seek peace.
 * Upon the Capital: Noine accompanied by her small army has decided to march upon the capital of Gwarri to end this horrible and meaningless war. With so much bloodshed and plenty of the people unable to support themselves against the raging disease she only wishes for peace between them.
 * The Perentie Proposal (again): The Perentie is an extremely venomous lizard and while the Yolngu have the antidote to such venom, they are willing to share it amongst the Gwarri. Noine’s proposal for peace between the two nations is one akin to a double headed snake, for if one side betrays the proposal and trust of the other-- then inevitable doom will follow them in their tracks. Due to the amount of bloodshed the two have caused upon their people, there are negotiations that will need to be answered.
 * Coastlines (again): As they are the ones who instigated the war, Noine’s only proclamation to make it even between the nation would be the Gwarri will give up their coastal lands and let it be under Yolngu control -- they are able to still trade with Yolngu and have the same amount of resources, but they will lose control of their coastal territory. Any foreign trade between Yolngu will also have ties to Gwarri if the two are properly allied with one another. Noine has even stretched the offer on sending a spokesman (like a viceroy, except not to rule but to have interest of the nation) of the Yolngu to Gwarri and Gwarri may do the same.
 * Aggression (again): If the Gwarri refuse the proposal, then there is plenty they will lose -- alongside territory and the people. Noine has informed the Gwarri that they also have the aid of Wuthayhi and many more forces are on the Yolngu side ready to continue the war.
 * Halt on the Eastern Front: Defenses are made as soon as they claim more of the Gwarri land. Upon the frontlines to make sure the defenses do not dwindle are the Cassowary tribesmen and the Euros. Kookaburras are also used as sirens if there is movement on the front sending to alert all of the tribesmen. For now, the war is on halt as word has come to the Eastern Front as Noine is seeking peace between the two nations. 75% of the tribesmen are keeping watch while the 25% will be aiding the sick and the injured.

Kingdom of Hispania

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy
 * Ruler (Queen): Maria I (1477-)
 * Economy: The economy is starting to recover, with the use of loans and other measures. The economy of Valcanor is now also fully brought into the fold, with the already dominant Beso now fully established as currency in both lands.
 * Alliance - 
 * Demographics
 * Population - 11,750,376
 * Ethinicities - 91% Spanish-esque 5% North African 4% Other
 * Religon - 96% Catholicism 4% Other
 * Cities and Population Spread
 * Madrid - 265,000
 * Toledo - 91,000
 * Cordoba - 95,000
 * Burgos - 90,000
 * Leon-  265,00
 * La Coruna - 145,000
 * Oviedo - 87,000
 * Rural - 10,196,000
 * Fuerte Solaridad - 500
 * Fuerte Puedra Alta - 100
 * San Sebastian - 95,000
 * Granada - 40,000
 * Sevilla - 30,000
 * Garofe - 40,000
 * Malaga - 25,000
 * Algecia - 30,000
 * Valencia - 100,000
 * Tarragonna - 80,000
 * Murcia - 80,000
 * Barcelona - 90,000
 * Perrogo - 80,000
 * -- Nueva Hispania (Colony, below) Mainland Hispania (Above)
 * Atlantis - 20,000
 * San Costa - 15,000
 * Nea Theossalonica - 15,000
 * Thalassopolis - 20,000
 * Haitiana - 10,000
 * Military - 85,000
 * Archers - 11,770
 * Longbow - 7,700
 * Crossbow - 5,070
 * Medium-Sized Bows - 3,000
 * Cavalry - 12,500
 * Heavy - 6,250
 * Light'  -  3,250
 * Super Light - 2,500
 * Standard Knights - 1,000
 * Pikemen - 23,000
 * Men at Arms - 12,150
 * Arquebusers - 13,500
 * Naval Personnel - 7,150
 * Siege Weapons
 * Trebuchets - 125
 * Ballista - 150
 * Cannons - 155
 * Navy
 * Transport Ships - 50
 * Crew of 50 Each
 * Floating Fortresses - 44
 * Crew of 75 Each
 * Sea Falcons - 45
 * Crew of 30 Each
 * Wars and Conflicts - 
 * Diplomacy (If you wanna do this with me, please inform me on Discord)
 * Catonzia - 10 years is reached in the plan, Nueva Valcanor is also allowed their Carribean islands.
 * Events
 * The New Frontier (Part 6) - There is somewhat of an influx of migrants heading towards the protectorates, as the economic situation cuts down on many budgets, causing countless to seek a new life somewhere else. However, this is starting to gradually go down.
 * Mapping the New World (Part 6) - Anyhow, other crazy claims going around from travelers eventually start getting people to add the Aztec lands to Hispania. The other discoveries made by explorers is also added in these maps.
 * Nueva Hispanian Disaster - As the area would be taken by this event, emergency reserves were pulled up to sustain the population as the crops failed, on order from Madrid.
 * Hispanic Flu - As the deadly disease spread throughout the nation, population levels would decrease across the cities, as discoordinated efforts by authorities would only delay the disease for only a small bit. Bodies were piled up in mass graves as the disease let itself be known, especially in the port city of Coruna, which lost 50,000 people.
 * Conquistador Companies (Part 6) - At this time the Conquistador companies see most of their plans finally approved, starting what could be foolhardy mass charge, or an unlikely success.
 * Hernan Cortez - The cooperative cities were awarded with about 30% of the loot taken from Tikal as the city was sacked. Thousands would die in the various activies going on from both Conquistador actions and that of the cities. By the end of the whole thing, the rest of the wealth was taken back into mainland Hispania whilst the Maya domains would be declared annexed into Hispania by Cortez. All other Maya leader would be asked to submit to Hispanian rule.
 * Francisco Pizzaro (The Younger) - Francisco Pizzaro the Younger with his 4,000 strong army, aided by several cities, providing about 95,000 men (Irl estimates place these numbers as high as 200,000). Arriving at the massive city of Titlan, he would comment that the city was "At least the size of Madrid, multiplied 5 times, if not even more", and that "It was unfortunate that false gods and war stood between Hispania and this city." Approaching the Aztec leader, he would stay in the city for 2 weeks before growing impatient with him, staging a rapid palace coup where he kidnapped the person. Threatening to raze the whole city to the ground and to then kill the whole lineage of his leadership, he forcibly demanded all Aztec decrees to pass by his hand first. However, he would grow scared as a rebellion was planned and caused much damage in the city later in 1517. Forcing a conversion to Christianity from the Aztec Leader before executing him, he would then engage in a sack of the city with his forces, destroying most of the temples and killing thousands in the ensuing fire. Similar to Cortez, he then announced the Aztec lands to be annexed into Hispania, symbollically converting the 5 largest temples in the city into churches. All other Aztec leaders would be asked to submit to Hispanian rule.
 * Coruna Arms Company - Coruna Arms would eventually start setting up branches across the protectorates, allowing for the Conquistadors to be far more deadlier each day, this is popularized by the doings of Francisco the Younger and Cortez.

☀

Sublime State of Zhaowa

 * Government: Thalassocratic Mixed Kongsi Republic
 * Administration: Zhaowa, like it’s mother state, Li, has an administrative system not dissimilar to the Li system of Prefectures (Chú), Urban Counties (Hwen), and Rural Counties (Vo). There are 21 prefectures.
 * Grand Overseer (Taixu): The Taixu is the ruler of Zhaowa as elected by the Grand Tribunal. They have the ability to veto any action done by the Grand Tribunal. Upon their death, the vice-taixu, chosen by the Taixu, becomes the interrex until an election occurs, no more than a year after the Taixu’s death.
 * The Current Taixu is: Jieu Jengywéi (1492-)
 * Grand Tribunal (Ta Fapdéng): The Grand Tribunal is the main legislative authority in Zhaowa. It is made up of 81 members who vote on national policy and pass bills.
 * Council of Nine (Bát Yén qi Hwai): The Council of Nine oversee the 9 ministries of government in Zhaowa. They are hand-picked by the Taixu. Though meritocratic on paper, the ranks of the Council of Nine come from the same couple of noble families. The 9 ministries of government are the; the Ministry of Personnel, the Ministry of Commerce, the Ministry of Ceremony, the Ministry of Law, the Ministry of War, the Ministry of Works, the Ministry of Supervision, and the Ministry of Households. All of the ministers are subordinate to the Taixu.
 * Lower Tribunal (Hyaqi Fapdéng): The Lower Tribunal consists of all citizens elected by the Common People’s Tribunal and many high-ranking Bureaucrats. Members of the Lower Tribunal meet once a year to elect members of the Grand Tribunal. There are 873 members of the Lower Tribunal. They function similarly to the Electoral College in OTL US politics.
 * Common People’s Tribunal (Kúngyén qi Fapdéng): The Common People’s Tribunal consists of all citizens within the State of Zhaowa. It is by far the largest electoral body within Zhaowa. All citizens have the right to directly elect leaders for their respective counties and prefectures via popular vote. Though they do not directly vote for higher positions, they very much influence their decisions. As representatives those elected are both morally and practically obligated to represent the wishes of those under them, as the common people can easily vote them out if they do not fulfill their wishes.
 * Political Parties: While there are no official political parties Within Zhaowa, there are several political blocs within the Tribunals.
 * Aristocrats: The Aristocrats are a large front wishing to preserve the status-quo and increase the power of the noble class. They hold 20 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Tradesmen’s Front (Xángtang): The Tradesmen’s Front, primarily made up of Lower-level officials, merchants, and artisans, is a major political bloc within Zhaowa. They advocate for less trade restrictions, more power to the Hwais, lower tariffs, a strong navy, improving infrastructure, and pacifist foreign policy. They hold 19 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Militarists (Kwúntang): The Stratocrats are a sister group of the Tradesmen's front. They share many of the same beliefs as the Tradesmen's Front. However, they advocate for socially Conservative policies and aggressive foreign policy. They hold 22 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Traditionalists (Dauvuttang): The Traditionalist Party, primarily made up of Buddhists and Xianists, is one of the larger political fronts within Zhaowa. They advocate for socially Conservative policies, reforms to the Ministry of Ceremony, and Isolationist Foreign Policy. They hold 10 seats in the Grand Tribunal
 * Xianists (Xéntang): The Xianists are a fringe political bloc. They advocate for increased authority of Xianist schools, socially Progressive policies, reforms to the Ministry of Ceremony, and exploration into Papua and Australia. They hold 3 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Native Front (Tuojáktang): Made up of Ethnic Minihasans, Papuans, Ternatians, and others, the Native Front is a large tent group with incredibly diverse views on Economic, Social, and Foreign policies. Their only shared interest is to support rights for the native people within Zhaowa. Even among the large native population, this faction has little support. They have 7 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Economy:
 * Zhaowa has a Proto-Capitalist economy, focusing on agriculture, spices, metals, fishing, and forest products. Perhaps the most important part of the Zhaowanese economy is the trade of all of the above. A major feature of the Zhaowanese economy is the Hwai, an economic and societal structure functioning similar to a Renaissance Guild, a Trade/Workers Union, and a Cartel. Hwais evolved from notions of brothership among the Mercantile and Managerial class of Yun-era China. Most citizens are part of or somehow involved in a Hwai. Hwais are commercial organizations consisting of members that provide capital and shared profits. Though much of the population may not be an active member of a Hwai, many citizens work for a member of a Hwai. Since all involved in the Hwai receive equal profits and have equal capital, Zhaowa could also be classified as Proto-Market-Socialist. Zhaowa has a paper and coin based Fiat monetary system. To avoid inflation, all money is in the hands of the Ministry of Finance. All paper money can be exchanged for gold, silver, and copper, or silk with an exchange rate of 3%.
 * Main Currency: Ceijen
 * Monetary Value: 1 Ceijen coin (制钱) is equivalent to one mace (3.8 grams) of 21K rose gold (12% Copper, 88% Gold).
 * Demographics:
 * Ethnic Makeup
 * 11% Pure Chinese
 * 30.7% Mixed-Race
 * 26.8% Macassan
 * 9.8% Austronesian Moluccans
 * 8.4% Minihasan
 * 4.4% Papuan
 * 6.9% Toraja
 * 1% Malay
 * 1% Other
 * Total Population: 501,500
 * Maluku: 33,000
 * Makassar: 30,000
 * Manado: 28,000
 * Nimkyóng: 23,000
 * Selam: 14,000
 * Launa: 12,000
 * Sufu: 8,500
 * Jáng Hwi: 4,500
 * Religion: 9% Xianist, 21% Mahayana Buddhist, 22% Theravada Buddhist, 6% Hindu, 47% Animist, 2% Other(Zoroastrian, Arzhamist)
 * Military: 23,970 Personnel (~4.78%)
 * Army: 6,900
 * 200 Garrison Artillerymen
 * 3,000 Standard Infantry
 * 1,600 Field Artillerymen (all personel not armed with melee weapons)
 * 100 Miltary Engineers
 * ~2000 Disorganized Infantry
 * Navy: 17070 Sailors, 753 Ships (excluding coastal patrol)
 * 27 Hunghwangjwen (70~ meters) (2970 crew total)
 * 50 Galleys (32~ meters) (2400 crew total)
 * 160 Supply ships (35~ meters) (3000 sailors total)
 * 55 Heavy-Cannon/Rocket Ships (30~ meters) (1155 crew total)
 * 160 3-Masted Djongs (20-25~ meters)  (2880 crew total)
 * 200 War Perahu (15-20~ meters) (2000 crew total)
 * 51 Hwapjwen (15-20~ meters) (Reconnaissance Ships) (765 crew total)
 * 50 Troop Transports (500 crew total, able to carry 4000 troops in total)
 * Various Disorganized Coastal Patrol (1400 crew)
 * Firearms:
 * Cetbang/Jwangfiau: The Jwangfiau is the most commonly used gun in Zhaowa. It is a breech-loading swivel gun, and is used on fortifications and ships. These come in portable (wheeled) and stationary varieties.
 * Xépdan-tswáng: The Xépdan-tswang, literally meaning “Ten Shot Gun”, is a gun similar to an Organ Gun. Inspired by the multiple rocket launchers in use across the Sinosphere, instead of firing arrows or rockets, it fires iron or bronze pellets. It is used as an anti-personnel gun. Due to it having 10x more barrels than an average gun, it can shoot 10x more bullets, but it takes 10x more time to clean. Unlike the guns of Europe, it is breech loading, which provides quicker loading time. To seal the breech, paper cartridges or a block are used, though this is quite ineffective. The Xépdan-tswáng is used in very low quantities, with perhaps only 50 being used across Zhaowa.
 * Cauywa Lagatswáng: The Cauywa Lagatswáng, literally meaning “Zhaowanese Small Long-Gun”, is a firearm used across Zhaowa in mediocre quantities. Deriving from the Javanese Arquebus, it features a mechanism not dissimilar to a serpentine lock, though it requires a match to fire. It is classified as a type of Arquebus. It does not feature a stock, making it quite unstable, but it makes up for this with a folding stand.
 * Farang Lagatswáng: The Farang Lagatswáng, literally meaning “Frankish (Western European) Small Long-Gun”. It refers to all European arquebuses imported into Zhaowa, and all Arquebuses with features such as matchlocks and wheelocks.
 * Bedil Tombak/Lungencwung: The Lungencwung, literally meaning “Hand Gun”, is a common gun in Zhaowa. It is quite simple, with a socket attached to a pole and a tube from which projectiles are fired from. It commonly has a blade attached to it in case of melee fighting. Around all infantry in Zhaowa uses it along with another blade (1,800 users among infantry).
 * Hwacá: The Hwacá is a multiple rocket launcher or an organ gun, depending on the projectile used. It fires around 150 rockets or arrows, which are contained within a wooden frame. The wooden frame allows the rockets to fly straighter, and, as a result, farther. In elevated positions, they have a range of 600 meters. However, on flat positions, they have a range of only 200 meters. Current rockets have a length of around 15 centimeters. Though with a short range, it has enough force to make a 30 cm-deep crater in a patch of sand. A second, larger rocket is currently being produced, with a length of 45 centimeters, with a range of 1000 meters.
 * Research and Production:
 * Rockets: Some improvements in rocket range and accuracy have been made.
 * Lagatswáng: Receiving Matchlocks and Wheelocks from Agousta for the price of allowing Agoustan merchants into all Zhaowanese ports, Cili Gava, now in his late fifties, designs Lagatswáng with european features such as matchlock and wheelock mechanisms, and stocks. He finds that it’s not too much of a hassle to convert older Lagatswang into Snap Matchlocks, which quickly becomes a common process.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Sulu Sea War: On December 13th, Syonanese ships from Cayagan enter the Molucca Sea. Due to heavy fog the day before, Zhaowanese ships stationed in Sufu and the Sangihe islands could not follow them. This would result in them constantly being ahead of the Zhaowanese fleet. The few ships which encountered them were crushed, and they received no major resistance until they reached Kajoa island on December 15th, a few kilometers away from the capital of Maluku. Langká Diyo, stationed on Obi island with a fleet of 140 ships, would rush to Kajoa island, where he would engage the Syonanese fleet of 350 ships. The Syonanese fleet and Zhaowanese fleet would meet at sunset, December 15th. The Syonanese would unleash their torpedos, which would certainly be unexpected. However, Diyo would recognize them as some sort of naval mine, and would bide his time. The Syonanese would underestimate the range of Zhaowanese rockets and cannons, resulting in the Zhaowanese fleet being able to fire at the Syonanese fleet even with a 800 meter gap, caused by the Torpedos basically serving as a wall between both sides. However, night soon arrived, and wind would begin to go seawards. This would result in the Syonanese torpedos moving towards the fleet. As soon as a suitable distance between the torpedoes and the Zhaowanese navy would be achieved, the Zhaowanese navy would go on the offensive, as the torpedoes crashed into the Syonanese navy. The result would be a major Zhaowanese Victory. Tsuyen would appoint Diyo as temporary admiral.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Syonan: Lick the tip of my Lagatswang, and also my cock. We’re not paying up dumbfuck.
 * Events:
 * Daqin Saga (2): Sidabuta, arriving in Bangal, engages in all sorts of activities and professions with his crew, from merchants, from palanquin-carriers to merchants selling miscellaneous objects, to begging and theft, among others. However, in winter of 1516, a member of Sidabuta’s crew impregnates a Bangalese noblewoman, resulting in him being ejected from the crew. Figuring that his time would be up soon, Sidabuta leaves the city of Dacca on December 14th, 1516. He and his crew would then stop by numerous cities in India before reaching Sandarib in early January of 1517. He would become great friends with a small handful of minor nobles, before moving on in November of 1517. With a few small gifts from his friends, he and his crew, now consisting of 3 ships and 67 men and women, would begin to sail to Persia, but would be blown off course to Maledvipa by the Arabian Gyre. One of his ships is damaged, and they are forced to sell the components of the ship in Al-Meenah, as it would be too much hassle to repair it. 9 of his men volunteer to stay in Maledvipa to not overcrowd ships, presumably to either become merchants or to start up some establishment. This leaves him with 58 men, and two ships. Eager to reach his next location before monsoon season, he leaves Maledvipa in Late February, and reaches Sumali in March of 1518, where he would stay for another few years.
 * Innovations in Guns: With European Guns being imported into Zhaowa, it is natural that some older versions of guns are replaced. Wheelocks are produced in very low amounts, with them only being provided to soldiers guarding large quantities of gunpowder, or involved in secretive operations. However, matchlocks are easily produced, and older forms of Lagatswáng canbe upgraded to Snap Matchlocks (also known as Sepingalda in Zhaowanese) with relatively little effort.
 * Zhaowanese Buddhism (3): Prasannaḥnirdeśa Buddhism, also known as Clear-water Buddhism (Zhaowanese: Majuen Xiúe Kyá) spreads among the population of Zhaowa, especially among Halmaheran, Bandan, and Makkasan commoners. From the port of Makassar, it begins to spread outside of Zhaowanese lands, into Tanjung and Majapahit.
 * Selling of Weapons: Though many older Lagatswáng are to be upgraded, some are to be replaced. Willing to make a cheap buck, and to help out allies, many of these older Lagatswáng are sold to Khmerlacca and to With. Many also fall iinto the hands of overseas Hwais, most notably the Túng Vannusa Company, with some even making it as far as Jeju.
 * Redirection of Trade: Due to the Sulu Sea Sound Toll, many Zhaowanese traders find it easier to go around the Sulu Sea Sound Toll, by using Khmerlaccan and Agoustan ports to reach mainland east asian markets.
 * Path to the Rising Sun (2): Similarly, a few more expeditions are made into Micronesia, north of Palau, but the explorers find that as they venture further north, the islands become smaller and smaller, and the distance between large ones becomes greater and greater. This discourages further exploration to the north.
 * Sunda or Bust (2): Taking advantage of the new influx of trade through the Java sea, The TVC grows powerful and wealthy. To milk trade, they begin to consolidate more influence within Sunda and on the island of Belitung, where a sizable Sinitic population already lives.
 * Naval Expansion: Due to an influx of Makassan and Palauan workers, the drydocks are finished in summer of 1519, two whole years before the expected date.
 * 10 Unreasonable Demands and Rising Tensions: (Read Syonan turn for more) Following the Pemagarong protests, a Syonanese delegation makes its way to Zhaowa on the 8th of November, issuing an ultimatum consisting of 10 demands. They are met in the city of Sufu by the governor of the city, Basirun Páu’ngwam and Langká Diyo. After reading all of the demands, Páu’ngwam says that he’ll send the message over to the Taixu. On the morning of November 11th, the messages reaches the Taixu and Tsúyén. It was said that Jengywéi was so enraged by the letter that he tore the paper up. However, for unknown reasons, Tsúyén would piece the paper together, and hang it up on his bedroom wall. Zhaowa would begin preparing for a Syonanese invasion by sending ships over to Manado and the Sangihe islands.

The Syonanese Diarchy | Syonan Nikun-shu

 * Government: Mixed Noble Republic
 * Grand Kōshaku of All Syonan, Suwawa and Tidung, Lord Protector of Sabah and Palawan: The Grand Kōshaku is the ruler of Syonan. He is elected by the Syonanese Diet upon the previous Kōshaku’s death, resignation, or impeachment and serves a life term.
 * Noriaki Kakyoin (born 1462, ruled 1491-)
 * Subordinate Kōshakus: The constituent kingdoms of Hiraga and Nagasato are each ruled by a subordinate Kōshaku. Subordinate Kōshakus are the second most powerful positions in Syonan, with a subordinate Kōshaku having almost total control in their respective domains, answering only to the Grand Kōshaku and their respective Diets.
 * Hiragan Kōshaku:
 * Yoshimune Kira (born 1449, ruled 1475-1514)
 * Ryohei Higashikata (born 1455, ruled 1514-)
 * Nagasatoan Kōshaku:
 * Ginzo Souji (born 1453, ruled 1482-)
 * Yang di-Pertua Agong of Sabah and Palawan: Serves a similar role to a subordinate Kōshaku, with free reign over the 8 prefectures of Sabah and Palawan.
 * Pengiran Dahud Sinaman (born 1470, ruled 1511-)
 * Syonanese Diet: The Syonanese Diet is the main legislative body of Syonan. A bicameral system based on Syonan’s 2 constituent kingdoms, it is composed of Syonan’s nobility and particularly powerful burgher families. The Syonanese Diet hosts 732 delegates in total.
 * Hiragan Diet: The Hiragan Diet is the main legislative body of the constituent Kingdom of Hiraga (located in the northern half of Syonan). Made up of notable Hiragan noble and burgher families, the Hiragan Diet hosts 437 delegates.
 * The autonomous province of Sabah and Palawan sends 27 delegates to the Hiragan Diet.
 * Nagasatoan Diet: The Nagasatoan Diet is the main legislative body of the constituent Kingdom of Nagasato (including the overseas territories of Suwawa and Tidung), located in the southern half of the country. Composed of notable Nagasatoan noble and burgher families, the Nagasatoan Diet hosts 295 delegates.
 * Suwawa and Tidung, being governed under Nagasato, is theoretically subject to the Nagasatoan Diet. However, there is little to no representation of the two overseas territories in the Syonanese legislature.
 * Political Parties: Although no real political parties exist in Syonan as of yet, there are several loose power blocs within the Syonanese Diet, with borders between specific power blocs sometimes muddy and difficult to discern. Many delegates are influenced by multiple blocs.
 * Centralists: The Centralist bloc is composed of those delegates who desire more central government control over local affairs in Syonan. An extremely big tent bloc, Centralists range from those who simply want more government oversight in day to day governance, to supporters of Anjuro Katagiri’s absolutist and imperial policies, to those who want to do away with the Diarchy system altogether. Significantly more powerful in the north than in the south the Centralists, along with their bitter enemies the Federalists, are the two most powerful blocs in the Syonanese Diet.
 * Federalists: The Federalist bloc is composed of those delegates who desire less central government control over Syonan. A similarly big tent bloc to the Centralists, they range from feudalists to status quo supporters to even a few Nagastoan secessionists. Significantly more powerful in the south and in the Bornean territories than in the north, the Federalists, along with the Centralists, are the two most powerful blocs in the Syonanese Diet, and are perpetually at odds with one another.
 * Traders: Supporting mercantilist policies and touting the trade guilds as the lifeblood of the Syonanese economy, the traders punch far above their weight in power, mostly due to Syonan’s control over the seas. They are the most staunch supporters of the Sulu Sea sound toll. Many of them tend to agree in part with the Militarists on certain supposed “integral territories of Syonan”.
 * Militarists: The Syonanese militarists are probably by far the most unified bloc in Syonanese politics, uniformly advocating for stratocratic principles and aggressive foreign policy to “keep Syonan great” (read. continue Syonanese near-hegemony over maritime Southeast Asia). They are quite inclined to randomly scream “Syonan Banzai” and debate you for hours on how Palawan and Sabah are integral territories of Syonan stolen by the Bruneians.
 * Traditionalists: The traditionalists are a faction dedicated to preserving the status quo. They are the most socially conservative group, and also tout an isolationist foreign policy, which they call “Sakoku”. No one really takes them seriously at the moment.
 * Religious Supremacists: Syonan’s religious supremacists are a mostly fringe group that emphasize increased authority of religious bodies over governance and everyday life. Although the Shinto, Buddhist, Hindu and Xianist blocs clash often, their proposed policies are much the same, designed to give their religion more power in state affairs.
 * Reformists: Even with the most conventional parliamentary system, there will always be a couple hardy radicals. ‘Nuff said.
 * Administration: Syonan is divided into 2 constituent kingdoms (koku), which are further subdivided into 10 provinces (dō). The 9 provinces are in turn subdivided into 43 prefectures (ken), which are in turn further divided into districts (gun).
 * Suwawa and Tidung are considered overseas territories of the constituent Kingdom of Nagasato. They do not have any representation in the Syonanese Diet, and their people are not considered Syonanese citizens (and thus are not awarded the rights of Syonanese citizens) unless they are descended from at least one Syonanese parent or descended from at least one parent that has served in the Syonanese military.
 * Sabah and Palawan is an autonomous province under the constituent Kingdom of Hiraga (with the exception of the southernmost portions of former Bruneian Sabah, which has been incorporated into the Kingdom of Nagasato as Tarakan Prefecture). Autonomous provinces are similar to normal provinces except that they have more power domestically, as the constituent kingdom-level government is not allowed to impose laws and restrictions on the autonomous province, with the only power they are able to wield over provincial authorities in an autonomous province being a veto.
 * Capital City:
 * Syonanese and Hiragan Capital: Morioh
 * Sabahan Capital: Sandakan
 * Nagasatoan Capital: Nagasato
 * Suwawan Capital: Gorontalo
 * Tidungese Capital: Kutei
 * Economy: Syonan boasts a diverse and robust economy geared towards foreign trade. Major sectors of the Syonanese economy include agriculture, mining, the spice trade, fishing, and logging. The late 15th and early 16th centuries would see the inception of the Syonanese plantation economy, particularly prevalent in the plains of Central Luzon and inland Mindanao, while urban and coastal economies would remain dominated by various merchant guilds.
 * Currency: The Syonanese taru is the main currency in Syonan, backed up by gold reserves, with one taru equivalent to around 3.2 grams of gold. In rural and remote areas, however, the barter system is king, due to limited state influence in these areas.
 * Demographics:
 * Total Population: 1,102,118
 * Hiraga: 400,295
 * Morioh: 30,025
 * Mei-nira: 55,012
 * Kanakawa: 32,525
 * Kitahara: 26,878
 * Keishi: 25,193
 * Naga: 22,378
 * Nagasato (including Tarakan but not Suwawa or Tidung): 262,470
 * Nagasato-shi: 26,145
 * Davao: 33,104
 * Pemagarong: 25,992
 * Souhama-Shibu: 21,023
 * Cagayan: 13,887
 * Tsuhama: 13,125
 * Sabah and Palawan: 237,048
 * Sandakan: 29,370
 * Api: 20,925
 * Suwawa: 71,028
 * Gorontalo: 11,213
 * Tidung: 131,277
 * Kutei: 21,169
 * Ethnicities:
 * 28.9% Syonanese (318,245 people)
 * 12.9% Yojin (“pure” Syonanese) (41,054 people)
 * 87.1% In-jin (mixed race Syonanese) (277,191 people)
 * 22.6% Native Syonanese (248,993 people)
 * 22.8% Takairō-jin/Tagalog (56,770 people)
 * 19.7% Kabishi-jin/Visayan (49,052 people)
 * 12.5% Rusonto-jin/Ilocano (31,124 people)
 * 7.4% Ibaruno-jin/Bicolano (18,425 people)
 * 7.1% Nagasato-jin/Maguindanao (17,679 people)
 * 30.5% Other groups (75,943 people)
 * 14.4% Malay (158,280 people)
 * 1.6% Japanese (17,523 people)
 * 0.9% Chinese (10,021 people)
 * 6.3% Suwawan (69,023 people)
 * 9.0% Kadazan-Dusun (98,865 people)
 * 6.8% Bajau (75,225 people)
 * 2.9% Murut (32,145 people)
 * 6.7% Dayak (61,777 people)
 * 1.3% Other (mostly Southeast Asian, Indian and Arabian traders) (14,021 people)
 * Religions: Religion in Syonan is not necessarily exclusive, with many Syonanese ascribing to beliefs from 2 or more religions.
 * Syonanese Shinto: Syonanese Shinto has diverged greatly from Shinto in the Japanese islands, with many Shinto kami being syncretized with native and Hindu deities, and Theravada and Mahayana Buddhism heavily influencing the religion. Most prevalent in coastal, urban and lowland areas dominated by ethnic Syonanese, Syonanese Shinto is the main religion of Syonan.
 * ~55% of the population (~600,000 people)
 * Syonanese Buddhism: A sect of Buddhism almost totally exclusive to the islands of Syonan, Syonanese Buddhism is heavily influenced by Shinto, Hinduism, Theravada Buddhism and native beliefs. It is by far the most influential Buddhist sect in Syonan, although other sects do manage to gain followers in the Syonanese Isles.
 * ~50% of the population (~550,000 people)
 * Other Buddhist sects (Mahayana, Theravada and Zen Buddhism) are practiced by ~9% of the population (~98,000 people)
 * Hinduism: Practiced by many indigenous and mixed-race Syonanese especially in Mindanao and the Visayas, Hinduism in Syonan has been heavily syncretized with Syonanese Buddhism and Shinto (and vice versa), with many Hindu gods in Syonan being almost indistinguishable from the Syonanese variants of Shinto kami. A more “pure” version of Hinduism exists in coastal Tidung and in newly-acquired Sabah.
 * ~40% of the population (~450,000 people)
 * Xianism: Xianism states that the sole god of man, Tian, has endowed humans with the ability to become "Xian", basically deities, unlocked by committing good deeds in Tian's name, and understanding Tian and the way the universe works. Unlike many Eastern religions, Xianism is a monotheistic religion. Practitioners of the religion are mostly confined to the ethnic Chinese minority within Syonan, and are most prevalent in Pemagarong and Mindoru Prefectures.
 * ~1% of the population (~10,000 people)
 * Other: In remote, mountainous areas of inland Syonan, as well as in the jungles of Tidung and Suwawa, many native tribes still live as they did before Syonanese settlement on the islands, and still worship their old gods in much the same way as they once did.
 * ~15% of the population (~170,000 people)
 * Military:
 * Grand Army of Syonan:
 * Deployed forces: 40,000 (Sulu Sea War)
 * Total forces: 25,000
 * 8,000 Heavy Breakthrough Elite Infantry
 * 5,000 Field Artillery Personnel
 * 20,000 Light Infantry
 * 7,000 Light Mixed Cavalry
 * 5,000 Homeland Security Infantry (Military Police)
 * Reservists/Potential levies: 0
 * Syonan Nikun Royal Navy:
 * Total sailors: 26,000
 * Total ships (excluding coastal patrol): 565 ships
 * SNRN Muramasa-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Muramasa
 * Crew: 120
 * SNRN Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Yamamoto
 * Crew: 70
 * SNRN Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Higashikata
 * Crew: 70
 * 13 Muramasa-class Oceanic Battlecruisers
 * Crew: 120
 * 32 Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruisers
 * Crew: 70
 * 242 Subarashi Pagong-class Oceanic Cruisers
 * Crew: 60
 * 275 Subarashi Dātsu-class Oceanic Interceptors
 * Crew: 40
 * 600 Tsuna-class Torpedo Boats
 * Crew: 10
 * 515 Transport Ships
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Sulu Sea War (1518-): The Sulu Sea War was a conflict between Syonan and neighboring Zhaowa sparked by the events of Burning Pemagarong, where a group of Zhaowanese merchants would start a 2-day riot in the port city of Pemagarong after being forced to pay the dreaded Sulu Sea Sound Toll. (see Events for more information)
 * All 40,000 troops and potential levies are raised, to stand on guard for an invasion of Zhaowanese territories. All Syonanese ships are put on guard for naval operations on Zhaowanese ships or ports.
 * Second Battle of Tangbana: After the events of the Rape of Tangbana (see Events for more information), a Zhaowanese garrison and several Zhaowanese ships would be stationed on the island of Tangbana, to defend against any further incursions onto the island. On December 24th, 1518, 55 Syonanese ships (including several transports with 3,000 troops aboard) would attack the Zhaowanese fleet stationed on the island, hoping to seize it from Zhaowanese control.
 * Battle of Kajoa Island: On December 13th, 1519, Syonanese ships from Cayagan would enter the Molucca Sea. Due to heavy fog the day before, Zhaowanese ships stationed in Sufu and the Sangihe islands could not follow them. This would result in them constantly being ahead of the Zhaowanese fleet. The few ships which encountered them were crushed, and they received no major resistance until they reached Kajoa island on December 15th, a few kilometers away from the capital of Maluku. Langká Diyo, stationed on Obi island with a fleet of 140 ships, would rush to Kajoa island, where he would engage the Syonanese fleet of 350 ships. The Syonanese fleet and Zhaowanese fleet would meet at sunset, December 15th. The Syonanese would unleash their torpedos, which would certainly be unexpected. However, Diyo would recognize them as some sort of naval mine, and would bide his time. The Syonanese would underestimate the range of Zhaowanese rockets and cannons, resulting in the Zhaowanese fleet being able to fire at the Syonanese fleet even with a 800 meter gap, caused by the Torpedos basically serving as a wall between both sides. However, night soon arrived, and wind would begin to go seawards. This would result in the Syonanese torpedos moving towards the fleet. As soon as a suitable distance between the torpedoes and the Zhaowanese navy would be achieved, the Zhaowanese navy would go on the offensive, as the torpedoes crashed into the Syonanese navy. The result would be a major Zhaowanese Victory and a major shock to the previously-unchallenged Syonanese Navy.
 * Manado Campaign: 15,000 troops would be promptly shipped to Suwawa, to assault Manado and its environs from land, as 125 ships blockaded the port by sea.
 * Coastal Raids: Coastal raids by the Syonanese Navy on Zhaowanese ports in the Molucca Sea begin in earnest. We secretly invite the pirates of Rinashima to join in in the raiding of Zhaowanese ports, enticing them with promises of loot.
 * Research:
 * Type 001 Yajiri Torpedo Mod. 1498: An updated model of the Yajiri Torpedo allowing it to reach faster speeds in water and improving its accuracy.
 * Subarashi Kulog Taihou Mk.V: We begin to equip more ships with this cannon.
 * Bakuchiku Mk.I: The Bakuchiku cannon is now standard fare for all Syonanese ships.
 * Kogata-jū: A variant of the Javanese arquebus indigenous to Syonan, the Kogata-jū has become the standard firearm of choice for the Syonanese Army.
 * Arquebus Reverse Engineering: With sporadic trade from Agoustan Brunei reaching our shores, we begin trying to reverse engineer their strange and powerful “arquebuses”, with mixed success.
 * Early Rocket Developments: Syonanese rocket prototypes slowly inch further and further towards a usable weapon.
 * Reptilian Growth: Continued breeding of the Filipino monitor lizard has caused the species to grow in size, through decades, if not centuries will be required for the lizards to grow even larger.
 * That being said, they are now large enough to be farmed for food, as these monitor lizards slowly become a delicacy in the Nagasatoan region.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Zhaowa: you have lost living privileges
 * Rinashima: hëlp
 * Events:
 * Burning Pemagarong: On October 27, 1518, a delegation of 27 seemingly ordinary merchant ships composed of several allied Zhaowanese Hwais sailed into Pemagarong Harbor, presumably to trade spices. After docking in the Port of Pemagarong, they would be approached by local port authorities, who would demand that the Zhaowanese merchants pay the hated (by the Zhaowanese) Sulu Sea Sound Toll levied on all merchants from non-allied countries (e.g Japan, Dai Viet) who came to trade in the ports of western Syonan. When they promptly refused, they were thrown into the local jail. However, in the dead of night, the Zhaowanese would manage to lockpick themselves out of their cells, as well as slaughter the prison guards and stage a prison breakout. What followed after this would rock Pemagarong and the entire nation of Syonan to the core. Quickly assembling a group of escaped criminals and disgruntled Bornean slaves, the angered Zhaowanese merchants would begin a riot, sparking great destruction and mayhem across Pemagarong: houses were torched, businesses and docked merchant ships ransacked and looted, men slaughtered cold-blooded in the streets, their wives and daughters raped so viciously many of them would bleed to death. It is said the air above Pemagarong smelt of acrid smoke mixed with the blood that ran red through every street in the city during what would come to be known in the collective Syonanese psyche as “Burning Pemagarong”. The carnage of Burning Pemagarong would rage on for three days and three nights until the Syonanese Army was shipped in to deal with the threat. Sadly for the Syonanese, however, the militant band of Zhaowanese merchants and petty criminals would manage to hold off the Syonanese Army for hours, hours which they used to mount an escape from the ruined port city, kidnapping several important local government officials, including several members of Syonan’s most prominent merchant guilds, the Mayor of Pemagarong, and Nagasatoan Koshaku Ginzo Souji’s most beloved niece, Daikou Souji. By October 31st, a full third of the city of Pemagarong had been destroyed (with the damage being greatest in the port district, which had burnt almost completely to the ground and was rendered completely useless), 1,207 Syonanese civilians had been massacred, and thousands more were left grievously injured or homeless. Burning Pemagarong would leave a searing mark in this generation of Syonanese, as many would vow retribution on the Zhaowanese for their heinous crimes against the good, humble folk of Pemagarong.
 * Mass Hysteria, Lynching, and General Madness: The events of Pemagarong would spark an almost immediate uproar in Rutawa Province, quickly spreading through the rest of Mindanao and then all of Syonan. Revenge killings of ethnic Chinese living in Syonan were rampant between November 1518 and March 1519, in what the Chinese-Syonanese community would later term “Red Winter”. Anywhere from a third to half of the Chinese community in Syonan would be murdered in cold blood in the bloodiest period of ethnic cleansing in Syonan for over a century. Chinese villages would be ransacked by their Syonanese neighbors the next village over, Chinese-owned businesses would be burnt down to the ground, and the screams of Chinese-Syonanese being burnt alive would become a near-daily occurrence in the seedy neighborhoods of Syonan’s major cities.
 * The Rape of Tangbana: On November 2, 1518, a group of 1,400 drunken peasants and sailors, enraged by the news from Pemagarong and swept up in the hysteria immediately following the event, snuck into the Zhaowanese city of Tangbana in the dead of night, proceeding to wreck havoc in the city, torching the city, slaughtering the Zhaowanese garrisons in their sleep, and savagely and systematically brutalizing and murdering the civilian population of Tangbana in an explicit tit-for-tat revenge killing of Zhaowanese civilians. The so-called “Butchers of Tangbana” would maintain control over the city for 6 weeks, until Zhaowanese forces would retake the city from its untrained peasant conquerors on the 17th of December after a short siege and naval blockade. However, the damage was done, as the town was completely ransacked and destroyed, 4,500 of its 5,000 inhabitants slaughtered and the rest blinded by the vengeful Syonanese invaders.
 * The 10 Demands: As the populace of Syonan increasingly clamored for retaliation, retribution, and war against the “Zhaowanese snakes”, the Syonanese Government knew it had to react fast. After days of deliberation on the best course of action to take, the Syonanese Diet would finally compose the 10 Demands on November 3, 1518, an ultimatum directed towards the Zhaowanese Government that would specifically be designed in order to provoke the Zhaowanese public with several “unreasonable demands”, including but not limited to forswearing war forever and eliminating its military, disbanding all Hwais that participated, aided, or benefitted from trade in Pemagarong, and handing over the Zhaowanese territories of Tangbana and Manado for an unspecified and indefinite amount of time. Unsurprisingly, this would elicit a fiery response from the Zhaowanese Government and the people of Zhaowa, and would be the catalyst for the beginning of the Sulu Sea War in December 1518.
 * Goddamned Slaves Need To Know Their Place: In the midst of the chaos started by Burning Pemagarong, the slaves of the city would use this chance to break free from their terrorized masters, led by a former Dayak tribal elder by the name of Silurong. With the express goal of freeing all the slaves in Mindanao, sailing to Tidung and liberating it from Syonanese oppression, the Freedmen’s Army, as they would call themselves, would carry out a low-level guerrilla war in western Mindanao for the next half-decade.
 * The Black Hand’s Blossoming: Tourin Souji would grow to become a charming young man, always able to win over the admiration of all who passed by him. Funny, intelligent, sharp-witted, outspoken and likeable, it is no surprise that he would make friends and contacts everywhere within the nobility and ruling class of Syonan, as well as with many of the average people below him. This massive web of ties would serve him well later on. Meanwhile, he would begin courting Chiyo Kakyoin, one of Grand Koshaku Noriaki Kakyoin’s daughters, cultivating a strong romantic relationship with her, as well as building a deep friendship with the Grand Koshaku himself.

Keisarvalta

 * Government: Elective Monarchy
 * King:  [Temporary Riksdag Rule]
 * Dynasty: Varold
 * Economy: The Keisairvaltan Economy is based on heavily by trade through the Baltic Sea. As well as agriculture.
 * Capital: Varntio
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 4mil
 * Ingrians: 45%
 * Rostovians: 15%
 * Misc Finnic Cultures: 5%
 * Vesnians: 7%
 * Daeva: 9%
 * Volgans: 10%
 * Varangian: 4%
 * Religion:
 * Eastern Orthodox: 90%
 * Catholic: 4%
 * Traditional Religions: 2%
 * Judaism: 4%
 * Diplomacy
 * Saratov: We apologize for blaming you for an incident you didnt cause. WE promise compensation for anything destroyed and any lives lost. As well as the land we stole.
 * Samara: We are confident that you are responsible for the Tambov catastrosphe, We refuse any offer of peace you have for us.
 * Wars & Conflicts
 * The Tambov War: We pull out all of our soldiers from Saratov and pull an All-Out Assault of Samara.
 * Events
 * The Political Divide: After the Diplomatic Disaster that was the Tambov Incident, the Monarchist Faction have began to grow in Popularity against the Riksdag Purists. The Monarchists want to end the long corrupt Riksdag periods of rule while the Riksdag supporters perfered to Reform the Riksdag rule system (or leave it the same). The Political tension of the Riksdag continues to rise, with a spike in political violence.

Nueva Valcanor

 * Government: Colony under Absolute Monarchy (Colony of Hispania)
 * Monarch: Queen Maria I
 * Local Governor: Claudia Collizan
 * Economy: Trade is picking up with the natives and Greek states to the north. New World plants and other discoveries are shipped back to make a profit as well. Gold and treasures from the conquest of the Aztecs boosts our economy as well.
 * Capital: Nueva Valencia
 * Demographics:
 * Nueva Valcanor: 
 * Population: ~50,000
 * Nueva Valencia: ~14,000
 * Nueva Perrogo: ~6,000
 * Nueva Barcelona (Rename of Arascælen): ~5,000
 * Smaller Communities: ~25,000
 * Ethnic Groups:
 * ~50% Spanish (Valcan, mainly)
 * ~41.4% Osnerolese and Native Tribes
 * ~8.6% Greek
 * Religion: 
 * ~85% Roman Catholic
 * ~15% Shrek Cult and Native Religions
 * Military: 5,000 active
 * Human Resources:
 * 1,150 Pikemen/Spearmen
 * 500 Heavy Infantry
 * 1,175 Archers and Crossbowmen
 * 75 Cannonmen
 * 500 Arquebusiers and... Gunmen I guess?
 * 3,000 Reserves
 * Siege Weapons and Artillery:
 * 30 Large Cannons
 * 40 Small Cannons
 * 500 Arquebuses
 * 50 Wheellock guns
 * Navy:
 * 25+ Transports
 * 3 Large Transports
 * 12 Sea Gliders
 * 8 Naval Kings
 * 4 Salvaged Scourges
 * Trading Fleet:
 * 15+ Cargo Ships
 * 30+ Merchant Ships
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Conquest of the Natives: Some of our conquistadors assist their Hispanian brothers and sisters in the invasion of the Mayans and Aztecs.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Elysian States: Hi, let’s trade.
 * Events:
 * New Generation, Part 3: Calixta and Velasco find themselves on the front lines of the invasion of the Aztec Empire, fighting in the battle to take Titlan. Both siblings had close calls, but due to  divine protection from Hanzila  their training and skills the Suazos make it through.
 * Northern Exploration, Part 3: Firm trading routes are established to the Greek City-states in the far North. Exploration past there leads to contact with the Native states of Sewanhaka and Massachuset
 * Colonize ALL the Islands!: With the successful purchase of the remaining Osnerolese islands, more Valcans move in from Europe to help colonize, and the city of Arascælen is renamed the Nueva Barcelona. Many natives are converted to Catholicism, although a few islands are declared as sanctuaries or reservations for the Osnerolese people for the preservation of their culture and lifestyle. We aren’t savages. We want to coexist.
 * Mysteries of the Colombian Coast, Part 1: A series of unusual events in the area off the Northern and Eastern coasts of Nueva Valcanor leaves many people confused and theorizing. One of our trading ships, when sailing North to Eldia, goes completely missing, never to be seen again. Another one’s captain notes when passing by our Northernmost island that their actual location is hundreds of miles West of their location according to their compasses and maps. A third ship sails into the region attempting to find the one that was lost, only to have their navigation equipment go crazy and suddenly find themselves on the unexplored coast of Massachuset. Some believe there is a greater force at play. Some insist it is merely a hallucination and none of it actually happened. Still others are sure it is just a prank being played on the crew.  But the truth that none of them are willing to accept is that they are now trapped in... the Twilight Zone!
 * Marksmen of Nueva Valcanor: Large amounts of arquebuses are shipped in to the colony, as well as some more prototype wheellock guns. Training for these weapons is increased.
 * Lost Pig of Nueva Perrogo: A loose pig in Nueva Perrogo causes chaos in the colony. After escaping from his owner’s small farm outside of the city, the swine destroyed two fields of crops, knocked a cannon into a small ditch by the side of the road, and bumped an arquebus causing it to fire and hit one of the watchtowers of the town, which quickly burnt down. The civilians banded together to catch the hog, but it jumped onto a small fisherman’s boat and floated out of the bay and off to the North. The (thus far unnamed) islands to the North are collectively named Cerdo de Ido Aví, or Where the Pig Went. This monumental event will certainly go down in history.
 * Mapping the Islands: As our newly obtained islands are explored, new maps plot out all the land under our control. The islands are divided into six regions, each with their own administration: Islas Nueva Feles, Islas Centrales, Cerdo de Ido Aví, Andros, and Grand Osnera. 1257524A-10D5-42AF-9EC7-6BAB86B42EF9.jpeg

Kingdom of Imerina

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
 * Monarch: King Rafandrampohy (B 1495 - Age 24, alive) (R 1513-1517), Queen Rangitamanjakatrimovavy (B 1493 - Age 26, alive) (R 1517-Present)
 * Dynasty: Ammagari (Andrianerinerina branch), Ammagari (Ndahimananjara branch)
 * Order of Succession:  Andriantompokoindrindra, the son of Ndahimananjara (B 1467 - Age 52) (imprisoned) | Andriamihaja, the son of Andriantompokoindrindra (B 1496 - Age 23) (revoked) [There is no current heir]
 * Economy: The economy of Imerina is based mainly on agriculture and fishing, there's also trade going on with the Swahili and various peoples on our home island including the other Malagasy states of Betsimisaraka, Mahafaly and possibly Bara. Contact has been established with the Ahuric Adnanite people and we have a major trade relationship, extending into influence and what could be seen as a de facto alliance with eachother. The Merina economy stands as one of the strongest and most developed in all of Sub-Saharan Africa, no longer seen as primitive.
 * Allies: N/A
 * Capital: Ambanja
 * Demographics (including rebelling areas):
 * Population: ca 549 000 total
 * Ambanja: 9 000
 * Mahajanga: 6 000
 * Toamasina: 4 000 (occupied)
 * Morafenobe: 700
 * Rural regions: ca 530 000
 * Ethnicities: 90% Malagasy (divided into 62% Merina and 28% others such as Betsimisaraka, Sakalava, Tsimihety, Sihanaka, Antankarana etc.), 5% Komoro Natives (Swahili?), 5% Adnanite
 * Religion: 86% Haintenism (traditional Merina folklore), 14% Zoroastrianism (there are also people who practice Haintenism with Zoroastrian influences and vice versa)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
 * Merina Civil War: After the outrage expressed by Andriamihaja, armies were raised and patrols close-by to the capital were started. On the 7th of October 1517, a patrol would notice a marching rebel army, led by Andriamihaja himself. Hostilities broke out and thus, the Merina Civil War began between Queen Rangita's royal court and Andriamihaja, accompanied by his supporters (called the Traditionalists).
 * 1517: 1517 marks the first year of the war. The Battle of Tsaratanana is a narrow victory for Rangita and the Traditionalists would retreat as a larger Royal army arrived. Rangita and Rafandrampohy (serving as a political advisor) were glad to hear that Mahajanga declared themselves loyal to the queen. Meanwhile Andriamihaja would sweep along the northeastern coast to take the Masoala peninsula. After capturing the naval vessels stored on the east coast, the Traditionalist controlled territory consisted of basically all of the eastern half of the kingdom, barring the Central Highlands whose newly settled area consisting of new Merina settlers and scattered Antankarana people is a more chaotic area and would become the main battleground of the war. The Royal Court in the meanwhile fought off the Traditionalist forces headed for Morafenobe and the newest city was grabbed by them, assuring that the biggest Antankarana settlement would be under Royal control. As 1517 comes to a close, the outcome of this conflict remains very much unknown to both sides.
 * 1518: As soon as 1518 would start Andriamihaja would contact neighbouring Betsimisaraka, asking for material assistance in the war. He'd argue to them that a Traditionalist Imerina would ensure the safety and independence of the entire island and guarantee peace between Imerina and Betsimisaraka, implying that a Merina kingdom under Rangita would pose a danger to the other states on the island and that they could be targets for conquest. In exchange for help, Betsimisaraka would be given resources, livestock and some of the more modern Merina technology. Rangita and the royal court would land on the Komoro islands to garrison several divisions of Fossa Warriors and some other troops to ensure that the Traditionalists wouldn't somehow get their grubby hands on them. Various skirmishes would take place as usual until the middle of the year Andriamihaja started a campaign of attacks all the way to the "bootheel" or what you would call it in the southwest of Imerina in the region of Menabe. As a response, the Royals would attempt an encircling movement that was partially successful. The Traditionalist troops in the southwesternmost area was cut off from the rest. A large force started fighting the larger force in the central southernmost area to attempt to push them back, while a smaller force tried to absolutely annihilate the trapped rebels. Andriamihaja knew that if he was able to tire out the royals in the south on the main battleground, he could possibly slip in and take the capital and win everything. He started to come up with plans for a good distraction, but needed a separate distraction first to really keep the Royals on their toes, fighting in almost every direction. The answer was the ocean. He started to send out the few warships the rebels held out towards Ambanja to bombard parts of it and hopefully cause chaos. This didn't really pay off however, as some coastal villagers noticed the ships passing by and quickly warned Ambanja, allowing them to send out their navy and starting a war at sea, which is mostly just naval skirmishes by the northern coast. Now at this point, Ahuric merchants were obviously aware of the civil war and the Royals needed to act. Diplomats were sent to the Ahuric Empire from Queen Rangita, informing them of the situation and asking for some form of assistance against the rebels. Meanwhile in that big battle in the south, those trapped rebels were proving an annoyance to the whole attempt at pushing, so some of the troops of the larger army went to assist, but it was a mistake as the Traditionalists were able to close in on the entire southwestern area. This forced a retreat causing the entire southern border to be controlled by them and giving the Traditionalists a fair bit of ground in the Central Highlands but they were still denied getting much closer to Morafenobe and it would remain as such towards the end of the year.
 * 1519: With the start of 1519, a pattern had been identified. One side pushes back the other in one area and the other side pushes them back in a different area, rinse and repeat. Most of 1519 would remain like this without that much to comment on. Some naval manuevers were attempted to defeat the Traditionalist navy, but failed and resulted in the Traditionalists capturing a ship. Naval warfare ended up on hold for a while after that as both sides put the ships on repair as both sides didn't want to risk the sinking of most of their fleet, allowing the other side to strike. Andriamihaja knew that he had to capture the capital of Ambanja somehow to win the war as quickly as possible. He first starts to raise as many soldiers as possible while keeping his controlled lands stable. This results in many untrained, peasant forces. He then starts to lessen the amount of forces in the Central Highlands and purposefully lets them start to be retaken by the Royals. In the meanwhile he plans to use his larger amount of forces now to strike Ambanja, capture it and become king. Still, this plan isn't completely ready before 1519 ends.
 * Military: Due to Imerina being a rural realm, a large amount of units can be raised for warfare, but usually about 1% of the population is the most trained and prepared soldiers that can be drafted. Parentheses means the deployed units in cases where not all units are deployed for war.
 * Deployed units: All (Royal Court only)
 * 2 000 Spearmen
 * 1 000 Bowmen
 * 1 000 Crossbowmen
 * 90 Light Cavalry
 * 50 Fossa Warriors
 * Navy:
 * 11 Ahuric military ships (4 controlled by the Traditionalists)
 * 2 Mer'ana class ships
 * 8 transport ships (3 controlled by the Traditionalists)
 * Diplomacy:
 * Ahuric Empire: See 1518. TL;DR - Help us please.
 * Betsimisaraka: See 1518.
 * Events:
 * Before the Storm - 1513-1515: The years following Rafandrampohy's ascension as King of Imerina were marked with a massive "campaign" to find and imprison and/or execute those believed to have participated in the conspiracy to overthrow the royal court. Vast amounts of people were arrested, but there was not a shortage of staunch Haintenist priests and nobles who managed to flee the Merina borders to other parts of Madagasikara (or whom went to the Komoro islands, whom have more "freedoms" of their own and which are less enforced by the Merina government). While there was obviously turmoil, from what was known most of the realm was for the current pro-Zoroastrian and pro-Ahuric direction the kingdom was heading in at mach speed. There was quite a problem though and that was a lack of nobles and rulers of various administrative areas due to the mass arrests. Considering his father was murdered as part of a larger planned conspiracy and the fact that he spent over 2 years jailing suspected members of that conspiracy, Rafandrampohy was nervous in crowning new ones, fearing they would revolt while the royal court is in quite a vulnerable position. This resulted in many of the new governors of cities and such being picked through something similar to nepotism, as in people very close to Rafandrampohy and Rangita rather than those with the most experience and qualifications.
 * Before the Storm - 1516: Noticably there was a bit of a stagnation in the development and prosperity of the non-capital cities due to their new leaders who weren't really competent enough for these positions. Smaller peasant revolts would occur, but quite easily put down. In the meanwhile, Andriamihaja was still breathing out a sigh of relief that he wasn't imprisoned by Rafandrampohy despite his relation to the conspirators and their agenda as well as the current king kinda really not having a good child-and-teenhood relationship with him due to all that stuff with Rangita and support for Zoroastrianism. He still saw opportunities for himself in the current state of Imerina. He put on a persona to keep himself safe. He acted scared of being imprisoned and subordinate to the king because of this. He also offered to help the royal court by acting as a sort of "diplomat" between different governors and such of the Merina Kingdom to keep everything stable. Rafandrampohy still didn't trust him but with not really anyone else around fitting such a role better he handed it to Andriamihaja. Of course the slippery eel is still very much an enemy of Rafandrampohy and wants revenge for his father's imprisonment, especially against Rangita, his own sister since he believes she truly betrayed the family and their grandfather (Ndahimananjara) when she bought into the Zoroastrianism stuff and started to bang Rafandrampohy (although that didn't literally happen until after marriage hah). During his time as this diplomat character thing he would secretly rally up people against the king and made alliances with the few nobles who weren't arrested that do hold a grudge against the new ways of Imerina. Now ever since after Rafandrampohy became king and married Rangita the two obviously were trying to produce children, a lot of them in fact in order to make sure there was a good amount of persons in the order of succession to make sure there's a ton of heirs and that the precarious situation regarding heirs that has plagued Imerina for the last few decades won't come up again. However, despite a lot of... a certain interaction between two consenting adults, there were no signs of Rangita being pregnant. In October of 1516, the couple approached the court physician. Because it's the early 16th century and we're also in Madagascar the physician did some examination or whatever that definitely doesn't happen today and told them to wait until the next year before starting to do secks again.
 * Before the Storm - 1517: Throughout 1517, the worsening state of governance would be even more noticable, even with people in governing positions gaining experience. This made Andriamihaja gain even more allies and the plan of a second conspiracy seemed to have a likelihood of actually succeeding this time, even quite a few of the extant Fossa Warriors would join his side as well. Meanwhile there was still no success of creating life between the king and queen. Checking once more with the court physician in June, some examination was done, Rafandrampohy was given a treatment that is as trustworthy and functional as medieval treatments usually are and whatever number was going to be the charm. But it wasn't and finally Rafandrampohy had realized that he was infertile and couldn't impregnate his wife. This meant that he couldn't see the beauty of starting a family as well as the fact that the succession was in even bigger trouble. Andriamihaja existed and was next in line but Rafandrampohy would rather break all the Merina fady than give him the crown. This fact was kept as a royal secret until August as Rafandrampohy attempted to keep everything together and ponder over what to do. He came to the decision that he would have to give the crown to Rangita. As far as they knew, she could still produce children and would have to get a different man as husband to secure the safety of the order of succession. He also believed her more military background could make her a good monarch, possibly even better than himself. Sure, Rafandrampohy's mother was still alive and only in her early 40s but Rafandrampohy was biased because wifey and also military and other stuff. On the 25th of August 1517, Rafandrampohy declared his abdication in favor of Rangita due to his condition. This was extremely controversial. Women do not have the right to serve as regnant monarch in Merina law but not only that, this meant a person who is not descended from Andrianerinerina (the founder of Imerina and the fabled son of Zanahary himself) and not only that either this also made nobles recall the much more public knowledge of Zafimahova. She served as regent (something that women are allowed to be in case of a very young king) of king Rafandrandrava and even after he was old enough she held him on puppet strings as the "true" ruler of Imerina, from the shadows. This kind of led to the current "oh shit there's barely any heirs" situation of nowadays and also due to standards, a woman having "control" over a man is seen as a massive no-no. Andriamihaja was INCREDIBLY pissed, since he was now pushed behind his sister as heir and also if she got children they would be in front of him. Andriamihaja protested and demanded that he would be crowned king due to literally being next in the order of succession. Rangita and Rafandrampohy basically gave him the finger by banning him from the rova (basically a fortified palace) of Ambanja. Andriamihaja gathered in Toamasina and raised up his supporters and soldiers of his own and started a march on Ambanja. (followed in Wars and Conflicts)
 * Influences of the Ahuric Empire: With increasing diplomacy and interaction, the Adananita have set influence over us. More merchants start to adopt Zoroastrianism and/or parts of it into their rituals and traditions. More Zoroastrian texts are translated into Malagasy and the Sorabe alphabet, which is being more modified in these texts to accomodate various parts of the Adnanite language that we don't have, continuing the Adnanification of the Sorabe alphabet as well as leading to merchants learning the Adnanite language. The officially established class (or caste) of Merina merchants also trade in the Komoros with not only the natives there but also the Swahili on the East African coast, which sets up the start of spreading Zoroastrianism, the adnanified Sorabe and the Adnanite language to those lands.
 * Tombovelo - Roa: Now in the Ahuric Empire, Tombovelo spends these 5 years quite all over the place to be honest. He lands in Duqm and spends the first year in what is formerly Oman, later traveling to the capital itself: Ahuras. These years were spent enjoying the foreign culture and meeting new people as well as studying Zoroastrianism, sciences and other Ahuric stuff together with experts. He wrote down everything he experienced to take with him back to Imerina when he decides it's time to leave. He is worried over the state of Andriamasindohafandrana (well...) as well as the stability of Imerina but he hopes it's good, oblivious over the civil war that has begun and lasted 3 years so far.
 * Adapting New Technology: We've held on to foreign tech for quite a while and now we start adapting it and studying it more. Crossbows especially for the purpose of warfare in the future. Crossbows become a good weapon that starts to increase and seems more effective than bows. Still, the majority of our ranged units are bowmen since bows and arrows are simpler to make and you don't need to reload when using them. The phasing out of bows will take a long time. Seeing the success of cavalry in various battles, new tactics are developed for the cavalry units and more of these units are recruited. The breeding of horses, while having occurred for a few years have really started taking off after this.Civilwar.png
 * Status of the Antankarana [Final]: The Central Highlands were inhabited mainly by the Antankarana ethnic group, another ethnic group that live near is the smaller Bezanozano. Since Merina colonization the Antankarana have scattered and now mostly live in diaspora rather than in one central homeland. Violent skirmishes occurred after the colonization and attempts to make peace with the insurgents have been quite successful. Now that the civil war has begun and the highlands serve as a massive battleground, things are not so peaceful anymore. Some of the Antankarana have joined the Royals and others the Traditionalists and some more migration (this time mostly out of Imerina rather than into a different location within Imerina) is starting to occur.

Mod Event

 * Azure Fox (Part 3): In 1521, the ruler of Vestkyst passed away, leaving the question of Claes and his sister to the throne. His sister was heavily favored and plans were made to install her as the new ruler. However, a faction that favored Claes has stalled this process through legal action. This greatly frustrated the court and his sister. This was, however, long enough for Claes to get noticed in 1522 (the seat upheld by a regency). Word has spread slow, to the island of Snaelland. Turning to the Blind Robin, now known as the lost Frederique de Noyon to Claes, he apologized to her as he had to leave for his calling. Frederique shakes her head and explains that she did not mind his company, she saw him grow to be a better person. Like some sort of son. It was not a luxury she had received when life took her son from her grasp. Claes nods and promises Frederique that when he gets into power, he will bring justice to the kidnappers. When he arrived, he sees a court in a deadlock. Claes' supporters were continuously blamed by the others for their stalling. He was surprised he even had supporters, still. But he took notice of the instability. He went to his sister argued for his rights to the throne over his sister to avoid a crisis, she disagreed, saying he abandoned the mainland, it would make more sense he is the ruler of Snaelland instead. Claes realized that even he would fall victim to this, and the chaos in the court may result in a Civil War. His sister soon realized this as well and both agreed on a solution. To avoid this, both Claes and his sister convinced both sides it is best for the Claes to receive a certain portion of the realm (an idea he claimed his sister gave to him) while his sister gets the rest. The succession dispute was settled via gavelkind succession, as Svearike was actually the place he took residence in the most prior to his absence, Claes gets it. In 1523, Svearike became its own realm separate from the Scandinavian Union. The Union itself would be consolidated into a single state just a year later.
 * The Man From The North (I): In 1521, an individual by the name of Kvasir was said to have mysteriously appeared outside Trondheim during a storm. He became well known in the town for his miraculous feats of medicine, as well as predictions for the town that came to pass accurately. When inquired as to where he obtained this knowledge, Kvasir simply explained that he was a representative of sorts to Odin, the god of wisdom. This was initially met with laughter, but after a while the townspeople started listening to his stories and tales of wisdom, particularly retellings of ancient Norse legends and sagas. Modern historians believe Kvasir was simply a highly educated and perceptive individual who managed to convince the common folk that he was a prophet of Odin. However, in 16th century Vestkyst, there were not enough who were observant to see this. Kvasir eventually gained quite a following, and began moving south to enlighten the people there. This did not go unnoticed by the local religious authorities in Trondheim, but a few dialogues between the priesthood and Kvasir eventually swayed the former to sympathising with him. Despite what history would later accuse him of being, he really was only an observant healer and storyteller who had a penchant for ancient Norse legends.
 * New Discoveries: Between 1520 and 1521, João Alvares Fagundes of Agousta explores the coast of Vinland, but was killed in 1522 by Vinland raiders. Meanwhile, Francisco Gordillo and Pedro de Quexos has made contact with the Elysians, but was promptly turned back. Cristóvão Jacques explores the more of the southern Meridian. In 1522, Gil González Dávila explores inland from the OTL Gulf of Nicoya, discovering a lake in New Granada (OTL Nicaragua), while his pilot Andrés Niño explores along the coastline further northward. Under the commission of Francis I of France, Italian explorer Giovanni da Verrazzano explores the eastern seaboard of the lands north of Catonzia. Verrazzano gave the names Francesca and Nova Gallia to that land, though the name may not stick. However, this promoted French interests in the region for the future.
 * Third Daevite Empire: When Tulaani met the Daevite states, she was ecstatic to see the old homeland of her hero Bulijin. She attempted to negotiate for the "rejoining" of the old Daevite states. Only Lovataar, Akaras, and Orok accepted as they witness the expansive Empire at their borders. Others are more confident, and says that Tulaani's Empire are 'fake wanna-be Daevites' (in modern vocabulary). Along the way, she took down the Oirat Confederation in the desire for Karakorum, the old capital of the Horseman Empires. If they hadn't take her seriously before despite the size of Tulaani's empire, they do now.
 * To Ahurics: Okay, now you have our attention. It's clear that you desire Persia, but such act would be detrimental with the order we have attempted to establish. How will we compromise on this?
 * A People Disunited (Part 1): Tàmhas Dungailsson had spent the last 15 years of his life in the kingdom of Albion. He'd operated as a valuable informant of the new world and as an aide to the scholars about the traditions, languages and beliefs of the Vinlander peoples. During his stay he'd converted to christianity and his name had been anglicized into Thomas Dungailsson. He'd become a valuable asset for the exploration efforts of the Albions, but his position was about to be elevated. News of disunity came from Vinland. The colonies to the south had collapsed, earls bickered and fought amongst each other, his father old and grey. The Albions saw a chance to increase their power in Vinland with the help of Thomas, a puppet ruler educated in the Albionese ways of life, a loyal ally. Tàmhas sets sail for Vinland, accompanied by an Albionese fleet and some of his most trusted friends as his advisors. Also a major force of soldiers comes along with him, to ensure his safety and the establishment of a stepping stone for the Albions to begin colonizing the continent. The fleet arrives in Beul Munnurinn, and the return of the prince is rejoiced by the loyalists of the Vinlander crown, but most earls see a new threat emerging. Tàmhas inherits the crown of Vinland from his father and proclaims himself the Thane of Vinland, the legitimate heir. The earls upon hearing of the new "king" denounce their support, with only Eyjasgaradh, Righbaerinn and Tradailcaladh pledging allegiance to the new order.
 * Hispanian Conquest: In 1521, forces led by Francisco Pizzaro (the Younger) has forced the Aztecs to surrender and submit to Hispanian rule. It is unknown if he has done this under orders of the Hispanian crown or his intention. In 1521, a fort was constructed named Fort "Ocaso" (roughly translates to twilight or sunset in Spanish). Meanwhile, the Mayans fall to Hispanian forces led by Hernan Cortes. Over the years, Cortes stirred support and took advantage of his legend as a ancestral ghost to take over the Mayans.
 * Captaincies of Vera Cruz: The Agoustan Crown determined to establish permanent colonies in their claim on the new continent. The Agoustans realized that they had no human or financial resources to invest in a large and distant colony, and decided to enlist private entrepreneurs, called donatários. Each would become owner and administrator of a capitania or captaincy, a land grant. This system had previously been successful in settling of the Agoustan colonies in Africa. The small trading colonies of Maranhao, Pernambuco, Bahia de Todos os Santos and Ilheus are settled
 * Fury of Ares (3): The fronts begin to crumble, as Aretis-Songhai begins to lose in the west. The Galatoi capture Nouacus and unite with Djenne, who have taken Baloro. The Galatoi armies march for Koumbi, sieging and capturing it. Oualata is also taken. Mossi sees little success in the east, making only progress towards Araouane and Djenne still struggles with trying to siege their old capital. The Songhai forces are becoming exhausted and morale is low, but a final defense is mounted in the cities of Timbuktu and Djenne. Aretian officers and priests are massacred by Galatoi, Mossi and Djenne, if not killed in battle.
 * Shenanigans of Simão: The brother of Agoustan diplomat Fernão Pires de Andrade, Simão arrived in Tunmen in 1519 with three ships unaffiliated with the Agoustan pursuit into the Asian trade scene. It is noted that Simão's conduct in Tunmen was highly unbecoming of any European seeking to pursue trade with the Asian nations. Among his infamous deeds in Tunmen include, but are not limited to: building a fort without permission from Wu authorities, disrespecting local authorities in Tunmen by knocking over their caps, executed an Agoustan citizen on unclear charges, kidnapping local women and children to sell as slave labor in various Agoustan holdings throughout Asia, and as stipulated in the report by Fernão following the Battle of Tunmen, "was directly responsible for the accidental discharge of a large sphere of lead at the Tunmen Port and the resulting casualties". Simão was noted to have successfully fled during the following Battle of Tunmen.
 * Battle of Tunmen: The Agoustans' appearance, coupled with multiple occasions of improper conduct lead to a diplomatic crisis against the Wu, which escalated into the Battle of Tunmen in April 1521, which is thought to be the first Sino-European battle in history. The Wu navy emerged victorious as five Agoustan caravels managed to disengage, sustaining heavy losses in the process.
 * The First Circumnavigation: Ferdinand Magellan, an Agoustan explorer, set out in 1519 in an expedition to the East Indies. The expedition would later result in the first circumnavigation, with help from local Syonanese sailors impressed with the fleet. Magellan himself would survive the ordeal, and arrive in Sevilla in 1522 with his ship, Victoria, and a crew of 19 men. News of Magellan's discoveries would soon spread across the courts of Iberia. One noticable anecdote noted from the explorer's notes was the scene of a battle in the ongoing Zhaowanese-Syonanese War, having described the types of so-called "torpedoes" reportedly employed by both sides, however, no proper blueprints or schematics are drawn up.
 * The Correio Publico: The first public mail service in Agousta was created by King Manuel in 1520.
 * A Medici Pope: Clement VII, a member of the influential Medici family in Florence is elected Pope in 1523.

NPC Event

 * Hejaz: They agree to the offer from the Atoumans.
 * Agousta: They agree to a trade agreement with Westria.
 * Gwarri's troubles: Thanks to Gwarri's aggressive defense (and some form of way to at least combat the diseases), they have mostly held back the invaders on their lands. However, the prolonged war and a lack of proper response has caused the people in Gwarri to become angered. Internal unrest has been brewing and Gwarri is now sitting on a knife's edge.
 * Vinland: many territories seceded or splintered from Vinland after the change in leadership, with only areas surrounding Eyjasgaradh, Righbaerinn and Tradailcaladh remaining loyal (read A people disunited)

Dragon's Fire

 * Leadership Structure: There is a structure that resembles some form of leadership and hierarchy, where most members are at the bottom and those who lead the organisation are at the top. They do have the authority and reserve rights to revoke membership. The Grand Dragon, created as a title to go with the de facto leader and obviously coming out from a tavern, has most of the power and the final say in its current leadership structure. There are senior chiefs, but they are small in number and are often appointed by the Grand Dragon or the Representative manually. Since the late 1510s, there has been a structural change, whereby there's now a temporary front company established officially where the Grand Dragon is the leader and that all of the gains, whether be from operating trade to handling loot will be directed to this organisation secretly. The Representative is the one who operates in the Westrian Netherlands.
 * Grand Dragon: Mechiel Tangelder (b. 1480, office since 1502)
 * Head of the Company: Mechiel Tangelder (b. 1480, office since 1515)
 * Representative of the Grand Dragon: Hubert Bodde (b. 1473, office since early 1510s)
 * Senior Chiefs: Seven figures
 * Membership: 930 members, all of them are concentrated in Westrian Netherlands and based around Den Haag and the surrounding towns within a close range of no more than 20 kilometres. Most of the membership comes from secret meetings and invitations by word of select messengers. Slavokans (or Jews, the sentiment of antisemitism in Europe is still prevalent so its expected) are not accepted however. Women are technically allowed into the organisation but they are smaller in numbers compared to men. Since the operation was split into two, one based in Westrian Netherlands with a representative (Hubert Bodde) appointed to loyalty and continue the operations of Dragon's Fire in that area. The front company that's set up will secretly funnel any profits if available to this group, topping up on financial incentives. This is not known to anyone yet as the messengers and groups sent to Hispania were mainly seen as 'ordinary' Dutchmen.
 * The Tangelder Company: A front company that's set up for any conquistador-esque or mercenary purposes of the group. May be involved in trade too.
 * 240 men (based around the city of Atlantis, for now at least)
 * 60 other members who are in (Westrian) Netherlands
 * 3 transport ships
 * Diplomacy:
 * Hispania: hmmm...
 * Operations: N/A
 * Events:
 * Better Train Faster Than Time Allows Us: Training is being set up near Atlantis as they move away from the city. The group will have to learn within five years before achieving full training by themselves with their arquebuisers. They were not experienced at firearms, only some melee weapons, but the only way to show. Rigorous training is met through the early 1520s. By the end of 1523, it is clear that they have to depart quickly and join up with the groups or stray a little before they take all of the gold. And so, they plan their departure after three years of studying and learning their own weapons. The exception are the reserve ones back at the home operations of Dragon's Fire. They're probably going to train themselves, perhaps.
 * Mainland Conk Stuff: In order for reinforcements and reserves to be made for the New World while time lasts, few men were chosen by the Representative and the Senior Chiefs. Funding continues through crop harvests, manufacturing objects and selling it off at a small-scale. Though it goes nowhere, some of it is then funnelled into the budget of Dragon's Fire, with hopes of buying few more transport ships. They are also being trained at a smaller scale like the 300 men that were brought onto the New World just before the Grand Dragon made a move to Hispania and brought them here for final training. They expect to amass another 300 men to be sent to the New World, which might even be the last one.
 * Repair and Supplies: Supplies especially by 1524 are important. Ships that are owned by the front company Tangelder Company are also repaired by hand, though none of the efforts of the Dragon's Fire men have successfully repaired any flaws, so they spent the rest for others to invest in repairing some of the damage done by sailing further than they have before. At this point, they're more experienced in handling their ownt ransport ships. Although transport ships can simply ship supplies back and forth with few men, this will soon be a problem as the group led by the Grand Dragon move deeper and further away from the ports and colonies of Hispania.
 * What's Next: Meridia (South America) is the target. As news reported of the Aztec and Maya civilisation being conquered already within few years, the Grand Dragon would never give up on finding riches. By 1524, he would reach the coast of northern Meridia and would begin a plan to set up his own expedition to find civilisation and perhaps take some of the gold. He set up camp for the remainder of the year around OTL Cartagena, Colombia. So far he hadn't seen any other tribes, but he did encounter the Zenu people a few times, which his group simply shot few as a firing warning. But that is quite not so resourceful

Sublime State of Zhaowa

 * Government: Thalassocratic Mixed Kongsi Republic
 * Administration: Zhaowa, like it’s mother state, Li, has an administrative system not dissimilar to the Li system of Prefectures (Chú), Urban Counties (Hwen), and Rural Counties (Vo). There are 21 prefectures.
 * Grand Overseer (Taixu): The Taixu is the ruler of Zhaowa as elected by the Grand Tribunal. They have the ability to veto any action done by the Grand Tribunal. Upon their death, the vice-taixu, chosen by the Taixu, becomes the interrex until an election occurs, no more than a year after the Taixu’s death.
 * The Current Taixu is: Jieu Jengywéi (1492-)
 * Grand Tribunal (Ta Fapdéng): The Grand Tribunal is the main legislative authority in Zhaowa. It is made up of 81 members who vote on national policy and pass bills.
 * Council of Nine (Bát Yén qi Hwai): The Council of Nine oversee the 9 ministries of government in Zhaowa. They are hand-picked by the Taixu. Though meritocratic on paper, the ranks of the Council of Nine come from the same couple of noble families. The 9 ministries of government are the; the Ministry of Personnel, the Ministry of Commerce, the Ministry of Ceremony, the Ministry of Law, the Ministry of War, the Ministry of Works, the Ministry of Supervision, and the Ministry of Households. All of the ministers are subordinate to the Taixu.
 * Lower Tribunal (Hyaqi Fapdéng): The Lower Tribunal consists of all citizens elected by the Common People’s Tribunal and many high-ranking Bureaucrats. Members of the Lower Tribunal meet once a year to elect members of the Grand Tribunal. There are 873 members of the Lower Tribunal. They function similarly to the Electoral College in OTL US politics.
 * Common People’s Tribunal (Kúngyén qi Fapdéng): The Common People’s Tribunal consists of all citizens within the State of Zhaowa. It is by far the largest electoral body within Zhaowa. All citizens have the right to directly elect leaders for their respective counties and prefectures via popular vote. Though they do not directly vote for higher positions, they very much influence their decisions. As representatives those elected are both morally and practically obligated to represent the wishes of those under them, as the common people can easily vote them out if they do not fulfill their wishes.
 * Political Parties: While there are no official political parties Within Zhaowa, there are several political blocs within the Tribunals.
 * Aristocrats: The Aristocrats are a large front wishing to preserve the status-quo and increase the power of the noble class. They hold 20 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Tradesmen’s Front (Xángtang): The Tradesmen’s Front, primarily made up of Lower-level officials, merchants, and artisans, is a major political bloc within Zhaowa. They advocate for less trade restrictions, more power to the Hwais, lower tariffs, a strong navy, improving infrastructure, and pacifist foreign policy. They hold 19 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Militarists (Kwúntang): The Stratocrats are a sister group of the Tradesmen's front. They share many of the same beliefs as the Tradesmen's Front. However, they advocate for socially Conservative policies and aggressive foreign policy. They hold 22 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Traditionalists (Dauvuttang): The Traditionalist Party, primarily made up of Buddhists and Xianists, is one of the larger political fronts within Zhaowa. They advocate for socially Conservative policies, reforms to the Ministry of Ceremony, and Isolationist Foreign Policy. They hold 10 seats in the Grand Tribunal
 * Xianists (Xéntang): The Xianists are a fringe political bloc. They advocate for increased authority of Xianist schools, socially Progressive policies, reforms to the Ministry of Ceremony, and exploration into Papua and Australia. They hold 3 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Native Front (Tuojáktang): Made up of Ethnic Minihasans, Papuans, Ternatians, and others, the Native Front is a large tent group with incredibly diverse views on Economic, Social, and Foreign policies. Their only shared interest is to support rights for the native people within Zhaowa. Even among the large native population, this faction has little support. They have 7 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
 * Economy:
 * Zhaowa has a Proto-Capitalist economy, focusing on agriculture, spices, metals, fishing, and forest products. Perhaps the most important part of the Zhaowanese economy is the trade of all of the above. A major feature of the Zhaowanese economy is the Hwai, an economic and societal structure functioning similar to a Renaissance Guild, a Trade/Workers Union, and a Cartel. Hwais evolved from notions of brothership among the Mercantile and Managerial class of Yun-era China. Most citizens are part of or somehow involved in a Hwai. Hwais are commercial organizations consisting of members that provide capital and shared profits. Though much of the population may not be an active member of a Hwai, many citizens work for a member of a Hwai. Since all involved in the Hwai receive equal profits and have equal capital, Zhaowa could also be classified as Proto-Market-Socialist. Zhaowa has a paper and coin based Fiat monetary system. To avoid inflation, all money is in the hands of the Ministry of Finance. All paper money can be exchanged for gold, silver, and copper, or silk with an exchange rate of 3%.
 * Main Currency: Ceijen
 * Monetary Value: 1 Ceijen coin (制钱) is equivalent to one mace (3.8 grams) of 21K rose gold (12% Copper, 88% Gold).
 * Demographics:
 * Ethnic Makeup
 * 11% Pure Chinese
 * 30.7% Mixed-Race
 * 26.8% Macassan
 * 9.8% Austronesian Moluccans
 * 8.4% Minihasan
 * 4.4% Papuan
 * 6.9% Toraja
 * 1% Malay
 * 1% Other
 * Total Population: 501,500
 * Maluku: 33,000
 * Makassar: 30,000
 * Manado: 28,000
 * Nimkyóng: 23,000
 * Selam: 14,000
 * Launa: 12,000
 * Sufu: 8,500
 * Jáng Hwi: 4,500
 * Religion: 9% Xianist, 21% Mahayana Buddhist, 22% Theravada Buddhist, 6% Hindu, 47% Animist, 2% Other(Zoroastrian, Arzhamist)
 * Military: 23,970 Personnel (~4.78%)
 * Army: 6,900
 * 200 Garrison Artillerymen
 * 3,000 Standard Infantry
 * 1,600 Field Artillerymen (all personel not armed with melee weapons)
 * 100 Miltary Engineers
 * ~2000 Disorganized Infantry
 * Navy: 17070 Sailors, 753 Ships (excluding coastal patrol)
 * 27 Hunghwangjwen (70~ meters) (2970 crew total)
 * 50 Galleys (32~ meters) (2400 crew total)
 * 160 Supply ships (35~ meters) (3000 sailors total)
 * 55 Heavy-Cannon/Rocket Ships (30~ meters) (1155 crew total)
 * 160 3-Masted Djongs (20-25~ meters)  (2880 crew total)
 * 200 War Perahu (15-20~ meters) (2000 crew total)
 * 51 Hwapjwen (15-20~ meters) (Reconnaissance Ships) (765 crew total)
 * 50 Troop Transports (500 crew total, able to carry 4000 troops in total)
 * Various Disorganized Coastal Patrol (1400 crew)
 * Firearms:
 * Cetbang/Jwangfiau: The Jwangfiau is the most commonly used gun in Zhaowa. It is a breech-loading swivel gun, and is used on fortifications and ships. These come in portable (wheeled) and stationary varieties.
 * Xépdan-tswáng: The Xépdan-tswang, literally meaning “Ten Shot Gun”, is a gun similar to an Organ Gun. Inspired by the multiple rocket launchers in use across the Sinosphere, instead of firing arrows or rockets, it fires iron or bronze pellets. It is used as an anti-personnel gun. Due to it having 10x more barrels than an average gun, it can shoot 10x more bullets, but it takes 10x more time to clean. Unlike the guns of Europe, it is breech loading, which provides quicker loading time. To seal the breech, paper cartridges or a block are used, though this is quite ineffective. The Xépdan-tswáng is used in very low quantities, with perhaps only 50 being used across Zhaowa.
 * Cauywa Lagatswáng: The Cauywa Lagatswáng, literally meaning “Zhaowanese Small Long-Gun”, is a firearm used across Zhaowa in mediocre quantities.  Deriving from the Javanese Arquebus, it features a mechanism not dissimilar to a serpentine lock, though it requires a match to fire. It is classified as a type of Arquebus. It does not feature a stock, making it quite unstable, but it makes up for this with a folding stand.
 * Farang Lagatswáng: The Farang Lagatswáng, literally meaning “Frankish (Western European) Small Long-Gun”. It refers to all European arquebuses imported into Zhaowa, and all Arquebuses with features such as matchlocks and wheelocks.
 * Bedil Tombak/Lungencwung: The Lungencwung, literally meaning “Hand Gun”, is a common gun in Zhaowa. It is quite simple, with a socket attached to a pole and a tube from which projectiles are fired from. It commonly has a blade attached to it in case of melee fighting. Around all infantry in Zhaowa uses it along with another blade.
 * Hwacá: The Hwacá is a multiple rocket launcher or an organ gun, depending on the projectile used. It fires around 150 rockets or arrows, which are contained within a wooden frame. The wooden frame allows the rockets to fly straighter, and, as a result, farther. In elevated positions, they have a range of 600 meters. However, on flat positions, they have a range of only 200 meters. Current rockets have a length of around 15 centimeters. Though with a short range, it has enough force to make a 30 cm-deep crater in a patch of sand. A second, larger rocket is currently being produced, with a length of 45 centimeters, with a range of 1100 meters.
 * Cwungdung: The Cwungdung is a common firearm in Zhaowa, used on larger ships and on fortresses. Most models of Cwungdung have a maximum range of around 950 meters, with one model having a maximum range of 1500 meters with darts. Darts are made out of wood tipped with iron, with iron tail fins. Unlike the modern conception of darts, these darts are quite large, slightly less than a meter long. When they strike their target, they generally bury up to their iron fletching. Though less destructive than rockets, they have much better accuracy. Cwungdung also fire numerous iron or stone cannonballs, though they have much lower range, with an average maximum range of 600 meters.
 * Research and Production: Research is temporarily paused as the war rages, however, production of guns and cannons continue, as always.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Sulu Sea War (1519-): The Sulu Sea War was a conflict between Syonan and neighboring Zhaowa sparked by the events of Burning Pemagarong, where a group of Zhaowanese merchants would start a 2-day riot in the port city of Pemagarong after being forced to pay the dreaded Sulu Sea Sound Toll.
 * Guerilla Warfare: The Zhaowanese, going into the war, would have no advantages except for much higher morale, a knowledge of the waters around their lands, and better logistics. The removal of Sea Marks in northern and eastern Halmahera is completed around March 1520, to increase the chances of Syonanese ships running aground. Should the Syonanese attempt to make a landing, they will be greeted by a situation not dissimilar to the Vietnam War OTL, except that both sides will be technologically equal.
 * 2nd Battle of Tangbana - Winter 1520: the Zhaowanese Fleet stationed at Tangbana, having only 30 ships, would find themselves outnumbered by the Syonanese fleet of 55. However, the 4 forts constructed on Tangbana would prove to be an incredibly valuable asset, and would allow the Zhaowanese fleet to repel all landings attempted by the Syonanese. They would attempt to hold out as long as possible, but Tangbana would fall on February 18th, 1520. The 15 Zhaowanese ships would escape to Portugese Brunei, and Tangbana would be captured by the Syonanese.
 * Defense of Manado - 1520: As they advanced, the Syonanese would be forced to slog through heavy jungle and face the constant threat of a surprise ambush by Zhaowanese forces. Lasut Angga, the governor of Minahasa, with former military experience, would advise total war, imploring the army of 4,000 and navy of 220 ships to ‘give the Syonanese invaders no peace’, and telling the common folk affected by the war, ‘You, who have nothing to lose, can still give your lives’. He would famously fight with a ragtag bunch of 500 volunteer peasants against the Syonanese advance. The Zhaowanese, with numerous forts in the area, would hold off the Syonanese army for the entire duration of the war.
 * Battle of Dagasuli - 1520: The Zhaowanese Victory at Kajoa island was purely based in the enemy admiral’s stupidity, and on luck. However, this luck would run out fast,and the Syonanese would be quick to wisen up, as demonstrated by the Battle of Dagasuli. On May 11th, 1520, a Syonanese fleet of 21 ships would approach the city of Sufu. However, in their path, was a large Zhaowanese fort on Dagasuli island. Not wanting an incredibly strategically important military installation in their way, the Syonanese would attack the island. They would quickly surround the fortification. A Zhaowanese fleet from Sufu would attempt to attack the Syonanese fleet. They would succeed in driving the Syonanese away, perhaps due to the Syonanese being incredibly discouraged at the slightest hint of defeat, but they would lose 18 out of 29 ships sent to defend Dagasuli.
 * Battle of Tobelo - 1521: A Syonanese fleet would loop around Morotai island to attack the Zhaowanese town of Tobelo. The Zhaowanese would use the islands surrounding the town to their advantage, disorganizing the Syonanese fleet, and splitting it up. In fact, they were even able to decimate a small flotilla of Syonanese ships. However, the Syonanese would reorganize, and force the Zhaowanese to retreat south. They would sack and loot Tobelo, and capture numerous women and children, as well as killing most of the men, before returning, satisfied.
 * 2 Years Peace; Divide and Conquer : The Sulu Sea War would wind down from 1521-1524. All conflict would be on an incredibly small scale, with most encounters having no more than 15 ships on both sides. However, this period of the war would be incredibly crucial, as it allowed the Zhaowanese to familiarize themselves with Syonanese strategy and weapons, and it would see the production and upgrading of Zhaowanese galley frigates. Practicing the classic strategy of ‘Divide and Conquer’, Diyo would lure and ambush Syonanese ships to great effect.
 * Battle of Bitung - 1524: By the end of the 2 Years Peace, the Syonanese administration would grow tired of the endless war of attrition occurring. The number of Syonanese ships lost in the 2 and a half years would total around 380. The Syonanese would gather 91 Ships, under the esteemed Admiral Kira Morinobu, descendant of Kira Yoshikage himself. Receiving rumors that a large transport convoy was heading to Maluku from the city of Bitung, Morinobu would be quick to intercept this lucrative target. He also received reports that a large Zhaowanese navy would be stationed at the eastern end of Lembeh island. To capture the Zhaowanese convoy, and to hopefully capture the port city of Bitung, Kira Morinobu would sail to Bitung via the Lembeh strait. However, when he arrived, he would find a large Zhaowanese fleet stationed not at the eastern side of the island, but in the strait itself. However, due to the strait being widest  in the middle, Morunobu was unable to see the Zhaowanese ships and field artillery at the edge of the water as he entered the strait. As the fleet entered the strait, a sailor on a catamaran at the head of the fleet spotted the Zhaowanese, and shouted “The Zhaowanese, the Zhaowanese are here!” It was at this point that the Zhaowanese fleet began firing. The Tsuna-class Torpedo ships would immediately engage the Zhaowanese fleet. However, they were losing more men than usual. Why? The Zhaowanese would employ a weapon previously rarely encountered by the Syonanese, the Hwacá, a type of multiple rocket launcher. The Hwacá have a maximum range of 1.1 Kilometers, and an average range of 600 meters, resulting in numerous Syonanese sailors on the torpedo boats to die or be thrust off of their ship, from direct explosions or their ship sinking. The ensuing chaos would buy the Zhaowanese much needed time to reload. While reloading, individual fire archers would fire at the Syonanese ships. However, soon, the Syonanese ships begin to get close. The Zhaowanese would fire a signal shot from a Cwungdung, signalling to the much larger Zhaowanese fleet stationed at the end of the bay to attack. The larger Syonanese ships would also begin firing at the Zhaowanese fleet, but they would find that they were be slightly out of range, and advancing would also mean that the  Zhaowanese would be in range as well, and given the range of many of their Cwungdung, they would likely be in range first. As many of the Torpedo boats were beginning to engage the Zhaowanese ships, decimating both fleets, the bulk of the Zhaowanese force, consisting of 160 Zhaowanese ships, would advance and begin firing on the Syonanese. Morinobu decides to advance into the Zhaowanese fleet. The Zhaowanese would feign retreat, but it would be a trap. After a few bits of back-and-forth, where the Zhaowanese would for the most part have the advantage due to the longer range of Zhaowanese artillery, the Zhaowanese would take advantage of the disorganized state of the Syonanese navy due to the back-and-forth, and rush into the Syonanese force. The majority of the Catamarans, still fighting against the Zhaowanese at the sides of the bay, wouldn’t come in time. When they did, they would find themselves outgunned by 35 upgraded 2-deck galleys, sometimes referred to as ‘Floating Fortresses’. With extra reinforcement around the keel and the hull, as well as measures for increased stability, they would be much harder to take down, and would require multiple rounds of torpedoes to sink. This would be enough time for the Arquebusiers and gunmen on the galleys to take down a significant amount of the Syonanese Catamarans, though not too many. Though not losing too many ships, Morinobu would be incredibly discouraged from only seeing clear victory in his military career, and would order a retreat. Morinobu, distressed, would station his entire fleet outside of the Lembeh strait for a few days. This would allow the Zhaowanese to regroup and keep weakening the fleet via a combination of hit-and-run attacks and field artillery. Eventually, Morinobu would retreat to Karakelong island. If Morinobu hadn’t retreated, then it could’ve been a Syonanese victory. However, due to his indecisiveness, this would be the only clear major Zhaowanese victory in the war.
 * Morotai Catastrophe - 1524: Another Syonanese fleet, from Nagasato, led by Miyagi Takahito, would attempt to capture the Zhaowanese city of Sufu. However, a significant portion of the fleet would be trapped on a shoal. This would give the Zhaowanese the ability to ambush the fleet using fire ships and hit-and-run attacks as they were stuck, causing the Syonanese to lose many ships. Miyagi Takahito, after the whole fiasco, receiving orders from the Koshaku of Nagasato himself, would travel to the Tidore islands.
 * Battle of the Tidore Islands - 1525: Miyagi Takahito would island hop across the Tidore islands. With an overwhelming force, they would wipe any Zhaowanese forces, and would capture the Tidore islands. In fact, many Zhaowanese would retreat at the sheer size of the Syonanese navy. Though they would lose quite a few ships in two ambushes near the coast, they would sail to Maluku unimpeded. They would also receive 10,000 Syonanese marines accompanied by the fleet of Kira Morinobu. Hearing of plans to attack Maluku, the Zhaowanese peacetime capital, Diyo and numerous other military officers would hatch a plan to keep the Syonanese at bay.
 * Battle of Maluku - 1525: The Syonanese Navy would be tricked by diversionary attacks into believing that the Zhaowanese navy was actually much larger than it was in actuality. This would result in around 10,000 Syonanese infantry landing a few kilometers away from the capital to attack the city by land. However, they would be forced to endure a hellish march through mountains and jungle to reach the city of Maluku. Led by Jieu Tsúyén and Kyang Lien, 3,500 Zhaowanese troops, and 1000 recruited auxiliaries would attack the Syonanese marines in bloody Guerilla warfare. The Syonanese troops would be whittled down to a mere 5,100 by the time they neared the outskirts of the city. Reaching the city, they would attempt to loot and raze the city, but any destruction of the city would be at the cost of their lives. 91% of all Syonanese marines involved in the March to Maluku would die or be captured. The rest would flee to their landing point in disarray. Meanwhile, the Zhaowanese would set up a naval perimeter, weakening the Syonanese in disorder. In the chaos, Admiral Kira Morinobu would die in the fray. However, as the Syonanese begin to retreat out of range, Diyo would order a pursuit. However, his subordinate captains would take this as an all-out chase, which would result in the Zhaowanese getting too close to the Syonanese. This would devolve into a large scale naval battle, ending with the Syonanese retreating, with their marines gone, and their navy heavily damaged. The Zhaowanese would be victorious, but it would be a pyrrhic victory, due to much of their navy being destroyed, including many of the upgraded galleys, an incredibly important asset in combating Syonanese torpedoes.
 * 2nd Battle of Kajoa Island - 1525: On September 2nd,a few weeks before the onset of Monsoon season, the Zhaowanese would begin to recapture the Tidore archipelago from Syonanese occupation. If the campaign to recapture the islands wasn’t completed by October, it would soon become Monsoon season, and the Zhaowanese would have to wait another 5 months to retake the islands. Miyagi Takahito would think 3 steps ahead, and realize that the Zhaowanese would attempt to take the islands before monsoon season, and would station two large fleets near the islands of Kajoa and Ternate. However, Diyo would be one step ahead of Takahito, and knew that Takahito would attempt to prevent a Zhaowanese recapture by stationining fleets in the easily defendable straits near Kajoa and Ternate. Thus, he would take the undefended islands of Makian and Moti first, and then rush south to attack the Syonanese at Kajoa. On September 3rd, both Makian and Moti would be captured without much hassle. He and his fleet of 130 would sail south to Kajoa. However, the majority of the Zhaowanese force would attack from the south. Takahito would hear news of Zhaowanese movements from the south of Kajoa, but believing it to be a trap, ignored the reports, and would instead position his fleet from the south to the north. By the time he got there, he would find that the Zhaowanese would be in a U-Formation. By crossing the strait, he forced his ships to be in a formation not dissimilar to a line. The Syonanese would be unable to have many of their ships fire without damaging their own, but the Zhaowanese would be able to use all of their ships to concentrate fire on the first few ships. This time, the Zhaowanese would go on the offensive, having their smaller Perahu advance close to the Syonanese, allowing the Zhaowanese to fire upon the Syonanese without the Syonanese ships being able to attack them. The Syonanese, still wary from the battle of Bitung, would not advance to engage the Zhaowanese, until Takahito would expressly order them to. Diyo, perhaps using the first documented use of naval volley fire, would have arquebusiers on the galleys rotate positions, allowing them to fire at the Syonanese quickly. Through a hail of arrow and bullets, the Syonanese would be able to destroy numerous Zhaowanese Perahu, before many of them would either retreat or be mowed down. It would be here that the Syonanese from the south would enter the battlefield from the northeast, using an alternate strait to enter. The Syonanese, having the majority of their ships concentrated to their front and port (west, southwest, south) would be unprepared for the large number of the Zhaowanese ships from the other side. The Syonanese, knowing that this would be another ambush situation which they would likely not be able to win, would retreat to the south. During the ensuing chaos, Diyo would be shot by an Arquebus shot. Knowing that his time would soon be up, he would order his nephew, Langká Karaeng to wear his clothes and lead the Zhaowanese to pursue the disorganized Syonanese. A Syonanese captain would sacrifice her flotilla to buy the Syonanese time. Karaeng would immediately order the Zhaowanese to stop pursuing, knowing that the Syonanese have a natural advantage at close range, and would order the reinforced galleys to the front. The Syonanese would destroy 20 Perahu and 3 Reinforced Galleys before having to retreat, in shambles from Zhaowanese fire. Knowing that his son, Miyagi Koyama, stationed at Ternate, would be unable to match the genius and numbers of Diyo (he has yet to know that Diyo had died), would abandon Ternate.
 * TL;DR: The Syonanese vibecheck the Zhaowanese, until the Zhaowanese pull a naval Vietnam War on their ass. The Syonanese are clearly defeated for the first time in the war in the Battle of Bitung. The Syonanese would then occupy the Tidore islands to reach the Zhaowanese city of Maluku. In said battle, much of the Syonanese and Zhaowanese fleets are destroyed, and the Syonanese marines are just gone. After another Zhaowanese victory in Kajoa island, the Zhaowanese would regain the Ternate islands. 
 * Events:
 * Moving the Capital: In January of 1520, the military capital would be moved from Maluku to Buru, while the Taixu and his court would move to Nimkyong, in Papua.
 * The August Admiral (2): Langká Diyo is promoted to admiral of the entire Zhaowanese Navy. The previous admiral had died of a stroke two days before the promotion, allowing Diyo to take the position without any hassle.
 * Syonanese Captives:  Basirun Páu’ngwam would refuse to let the Syonanese ships leave Sufu, going so far as to burn them on January 1st, 1520. Eventually, he would send all of the envoys to a sealed stone room. Outside of the room, pepper and other irritants would be set alight. The envoys would choke to death. Meanwhile, Daikou would be sent to live the life of a beggar, having to beg for food and water on the streets, and being forced to construct a shelter of her own, lest face death by exposure. During this 6 month ordeal, she would be closely monitored. Afterwards, she would be forced to construct munitions for the Zhaowanese, or face painful torture and execution. In 1521, deeming her usefulness over, she would be sentenced to death by burning. However, a Makassarese girl by the name of Liemdzú Widyawati and some of her friends would help her. Replacing Daikou with another burned corpse, she and Daikou would make their escape, as both of them wouldn’t be safe in Zhaowa. They would hide among the Chinese communities in Majapahit for the next few years. Eventually, they would make their way to Nihon, where they would live the rest of their lives as best friends. Daikou Souji would change her surname to Takagi.

Atouman Empire

 * Government:
 * Azarkh/Kaiser/Padishah:
 * Ioxamander “The Magnificent” [c. 1519-]
 * Grand Vizier:
 * Suleyman II abd-Muttari Pasha (b. 1456-1519) (c. 1501-1503, 1508-1509, 1514-1519)
 * Hersekenia abd-Beyid Pasha (b. 1464) (c. 1503-1507, 1513-1514)
 * Ozman abd-Jafar Pasha (b. 1481) (c. 1510-1513, 1524)
 * Dogukhan abd-Ashur Pasha (b. 1484) (c. 1519-1524)
 * Utman abd-Vedit Pasha (b. 1482) (c. 1524-)
 * Economy: The economy of the Atouman Empire was based on a system of iqta', an Arzhamite feudal system, as the Atouman state's ultimate goal were consolidation and extension of the Azarkh's power, and the way to reach it was by taking advantage of resources and the revenues system by making the productive classes prosperous. So while the agrarian-based economy was fruitful in its development, it ultimately prevented a renewed emergence of social disorder and kept the traditional organization of the culture and society as a whole. Mining operations would also aid as a driving factor of the economy, with copper, iron, silver, and gold being mined in Bulgaria while fruits grown across the Anatolian region and Balkan peninsula producing bountiful luxuries that are consequently sold at the various port markets in Ionia and Greece. Olive trees grow in wild fashion, with their oil being harvested and sold to the highest bidder. Atouman expansion into Europe during the 14th and 15th centuries would emphasize a Greco-Persian royal sentiment, which would be emphasized furthermore in Azarkh Iskandir I's reign, who famously claimed himself as Padishah, a term historically used to describe the ruling monarch of Persia. This emphasis would lead to the capital cities becoming major commercial and industrial centres, serving as highways between the Greco-Roman-Daevite cultures and mercantile trade. This policy of tolerance would later lead to Azarkh Tayyeb's Mandate of Adrianople, which officially allowed for the Jewish people to reside and prosper in the Atouman Realm far away from the persecution they faced at the hands of Christendom. Most of these people were settled in either Constantinople or other port cities along the Ionian coast. Other exports include cotton, a myriad of fruits, and plenty of slaves. The recent conquests of Egypt would lead to the expansion of Atouman-based markets while gradually pushing the native Egyptians into secondary class-hood.
 * Capital: Constantinople (Primary), Ipsus (Secondary), Alexandria (Tertiary), Thessalonica (Quaternary), Thessalonica (Quinary)
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 18,880,000
 * Anatolia: 5,600,000
 * Balkans: 3,550,000
 * Egypt: 4,350,000
 * Greece: 1,100,000
 * Syria: 850,000
 * Ifriqiya: 1,025,000
 * Atlasiya: 1,255,000
 * Hejaz: 400,000
 * Misc: 750,000
 * Religion:
 * Arzham: Under Atouman authority, Arzham would make a re-emergence following the collapse of the Askari Azarkhate in the 14th century. Followers of the Xunni belief, the House of Atmanaglu would dedicate a number of resources to spreading the word of Arzhang. This included the construction of Ozman's Temple, which would stand as the largest religious institution until the construction of Ioxamander's Temple in 1547, and numerous methods of prolythesizing that worked to varied results.
 * Xunni Beliefs: The Xunni denomination of Arzham is often characterized by a greater emphasis on the prophet Arzhang, his companions in Persia, and the patronage of the all of the classic Azarkhates’ as rightly-guided successor states in contrast to the Xa’mah belief, which only correlate proper successorship to Arzhang’s original state and the Askari Azarkhate. While the Xa’mah believe that the prophet Arzhang can only be succeeded by relatives or immediate family members, the Xunni deny this concept of succession-by-lineage, instead believing that the Arzhamite community can change and evolve to the point where staying in tradition will only lead to disaster, with this concept being further emphasized by the collapse of the Askari Azarkhate. While most differences between the Xunni and the Xa’mah are relatively political in nature, the Xunni represents a majority of the believers of Arzham that are more wide-spread across Eurasia, with the Xa’mah representing pluralities in places like India and Persia.
 * Christianity: Christianity following the collapse of the Byzantine Empire would stagnate during this time, declining into a plurality due to a myriad of policies introduced by the Atouman Empire, such as increased taxing, second-class citizenship, and the banning of proselytizing, which was punishable by death. This decline in Christianity would also be further aided by the re-organization of the Janissaries, which by this part were mostly made up of young Christian slaves from the Balkans that had converted to Islam. During the Atouman-Isetium War, Kaiser Achaeus would institute a similar policy of enslavement and brain-washing, kidnapping the youngest children of various Christian families in Syria and the Levant, as well as re-organizing their numerous churches and cathedrals into mosques or other Arzhamite institutions. As such, the Christian communities in the Atouman Empire declined exceptionally, with most of the Hellenic-influenced Christians converting to Arzham in the face of disaster.
 * Judaism: The Jewish communities of the Atouman Empire would flourish in the 16th century due to the former Azarkh Tayyeb’s policy of tolerance. While the Jewish communities of the Empire were small and most located in Constantinople, Kaiser Achaeus would allow the construction of Synagogues along the Ionian coast in exchange for the Jewish communities paying a higher tax as part of the already existing jizya tax. This wouldn’t necessarily bother the Jewish people, for most of the Jews that were able to migrate were mostly bankers that had made fortunes off of their time spent in Europe. The Jewish population were also staunch supporters for Atouman expansion, oftentimes offering funds for extentensive campaigns meant to drive away the heretics from the Holy Land.
 * Zoroastrianism: The Zoroastrian community of the Atouman Empire was primarily limited due to Zoroastrian’s decline during the rise of Arzham in Persia and due to a newly realized focus towards Arabia. Zoroastrians in the Atouman Empire were mostly specific to the southeastern regions, in cities like Melitine and Caesarea, although it should be mentioned that they still represented a minority in these cities.
 * Syncretic Philosophy: Representing a rather small community, Syncretic philosophy in Greece and Anatolia would foster as a result of diversification. Although syncretic schools of thought, such as the Abyadites and Aesunids, were primarily focused on inter-religion unification, other schools like the Smyrnites were more focused on political reform, specifically the adoption of secular political ideologies like democracy and republicanism. The circulation of these differing concepts would lead to Azarkh Tayyeb instituting the eradication of syncretic philosophy in the early years of the 16th century, however, would later be repealed by Kaiser Ioxamander during the formation of the Cult of Ioxamander.
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Absolute Carnage: The First Chapter (1522-)
 * Atouman-Cyrenic War (1522): After Kaisar Ioxamander had consolidated his rule over the core of Egypt, he would free a number of his Arzhamite brothers and sisters that had been slaves in the heretic kingdom, and build an army from their anger and hatred and motivation to free their families and loved-ones that had been enslaved and slaughtered all across Atlasia. Knowing the response these conquests will likely lead to, Ioxamander would commission help from two Adnanite corsairs from Ionia known as Abdullah and Aralyar Barbarossa. Having been forged in the study of naval combat from a young age and having seen first hand the destructive nature of war during the Atouman-Genoa War, Abdullah and Aralyar Barbarossa would lead a number of successful raids along the coast of Cyrenai as a means of pillaging the cities of Antipyrgos, Ptolemais-in-Cyrenai, and the capital of Cyrene before Ioxamander’s initial invasion. Referred to as the “Children of Poseidon”', Abdullah and Aralyar would commit to short but unexpecting and disastrous raids, which saw the stealing of women and treasure, as well as destruction of a multitude of Cyrenai’s defensive ships. These actions would not go unnoticed however, as upon Barbarossa’s raid on Sirte, their flagship would be boarded and Abdullah Barbarossa would be stabbed by an unknown Valerian-born privateer on a stormy night in the Mediterannean. Aralyar would jump from their flagship, swimming to the shore of Cyrenai and escaping into Atouman-occupied Egypt. After these naval attacks, Ioxamander would lead his slave army along the coast, capturing the city of Antipyrgos before committing a siege on the capital of Cyrene. Historians would note the death of the Cyrenic King and it coincidentally occurring during a solar eclipse, writing, “...the false believers and idolaters would face extinction at the mere mutter of heresy. Molded out of the primordial sewage of hellenic gluttony, the Cyrenic people that chose the path of blasphemy would be de-skinned of their green scales, ‘mummified’ in black bandages, and castrated to serve as newborn slaves for the eternal Atouman empire.” Although the Cyrenic King would flee westward, the nation of Cyrenai would fall to Ioxamander after the Battle of Tripolis, being reorganized into the Azarkhate of Ifriqiya with Aralyar Barbarossa as it’s Azarkh.
 * Atouman-Girban War (1522-1523): The escape of the Cyrenic King westward would instigate a secondary war against the Atouman Empire, as the Kingdom of Girba and Valeris would take notice of Atouman expansion in the last decade. Although they did not know who Ioxamander was at the time, only referring to him as the “Eastern Warlord”, it would be this lack of high expectations that would soon render most of a sovereign North Africa obsolete in the eyes of Europe. Marching from Tripolis, Ioxamander would lead his slave army along the Girban coast in an effort to encroach upon the crust of the nation and occupy the primary population centers. With Aralyar Barbarossa’s anger and hatred towards those that killed his brother, Abdullah, Aralyar would mount a number of perilous attacks along the Girban and Valerian coast as a means of taking out his own failure on those that wished him death. Ioxamander didn’t mind these attacks, as they were moreso a “means to an end” whereas, much like his conquests being consequential to the fact that his older brother Achaeus had been assassinated, but also that it weakened the overall power of these Atlasian states to the point where conquering them would be easy, due to their collective emphasis on naval combat in comparison to land-based warfare. Meanwhile, the marking of Ioxamander’s invasion of Girba in association with Aralyar’s raids along the Atlasian states would lead to Valeris’ declaration of war on the Atoumans. What is interesting about this declaration though, is that the King of Valeris made the fatal mistake of sending a formal and proper treaty with a multitude of reasons for their declaration of war against the Atoumans, which was something that was common in Europe during this time, however, Ioxamander didn’t empathize with this sort of honor-bound combat, and upon the arrival of the Valerian messenger, would imprison him and later torture him in Tatooine, which had recently been conquered by the Atoumans. Ioxamander would read the treaty aloud, laughing the entire time as he overlooked the broken and disfigured messenger. With a smile that could cure cancer, Ioxamander would rest his fine-point dagger on a fire before using it to carve and re-print the Valerian declaration of war onto Ferdi’s back. The heat and blood would make a mess below, and even though the declaration was barely even readable due to Ferdi’s constant movement during this process, Ioxamander would see this as just in his eyes, and overall believe the declaration of war to be a sign to continue his campaigns rather than dismiss them. After gradually cutting off Ferdi’s limbs so that nothing but his head and stomach remained, what remained of Ferdi would be thrown in the waters surrounding Valeria by Aralyar, washing ashore on a quaint morning when Pagan children were playing in the sand. All too soon the state of Girba fell though, with the month-long sieges of Gabes and Dousa rendering the state obsolete. After occupying the territory, the hellenic people of Lybia would be punished for their failure to accept the Holy Empire as truthful, with their King, a false “descendent” of Zeus, would not be shown mercy upon his capture and imprisonment. Although Ioxamander “The Magnificent” (first time in history being cited as such) had put on a grand display for the now-dead King Bahoment of Egypt a few years prior, Ioxamander wanted to put on a much more satisfying show for those that wished to speak the black tongue, and thus the youth of Lybia would be brought front-and-center as they watched Atouman priests whip and slash the false king of Girba, with his legs being tied tightly so that he may not bleed out but would watch front-and-center his legs being slowly sawed off, with his wounds leaking a toxic green liquid that poured out across the street. As the sun had set on a beautiful day, the false king barely clinging onto life, Ioxamander would bring the children of Lybia closer to their role model “king”. The war-supply camels would be brought forth as well, yielding stolen Cyrenic swords and spears that Ioxamander and his war cabinet had built up over their conquest of these backward kingdoms, presenting them to the children and forcing the children to kill their own king. You might think that giving a number of traumatized weapons would lead to an attempt on Ioxamander’s life, you’d be correct, except that the child that dared to slash at Ioxamander would be shot down by his slave army before even breathing in his direction. Some children simply killed themselves, which was acceptable for Ioxamander who deemed that suicide would be viable and allow the children to atone for their sins. The remaining children though, one by one, would be forced forward to stab or shank a part of the King’s body, for Ioxamander would see this as ironic and peculiar. By the time the seventh child pushed his small dual-sided blade into the Lybian King, the child would watch as the king would stop moving all-together. Ioxamander would walk forward to the child, taking his dagger and telling him, “... you may not like me for what I have made you do, but when you’re older, you’ll understand little one... ”. Ioxamander would balance the blade on his finger, speaking to the child directly and stating “This kingdom, over which you had lived and been birthed into, was not perfect and needed correction. Very soon young one, it shall be perfectly balanced, as all things should be.” What remained of the Girban king and his family would later wash ashore in Hispania sometime in the 1530s. The now-former Kingdom of Girba is absorbed into the Azarkhate of Ifriqiya.
 * Atouman-Valerian War (1523-1525): After the death of the King of Girba, Ioxamander would allow much of his slave army to settle in the recently conquered territories, instead returning to Constantinople to re-build an army while defensive legions are established in Girba. This would take some time though, allowing Aralyar Barbarossa to have some fun in his pillaging of the Tlemcen and Valeris’ coastline. By 1524, Ioxamander would return to Gabes with an army so large it would break the code of a EUIV game. With this large army, Ioxamander would march onwards, sending an advancing army to Thapia before settling in a month-long siege in Hadrument. Following it’s conquest, Ioxamander would yet again slaughter the Pagan peoples… yes I know it’s very one-dimensional, okay? Give me time to come with something new. Anyways, he would conquer this place and that place yada yada I know what you’re looking for. What was once his was now our’s, and our’s forever. Wrapped in whips and pulled by the strongest, most powerful horses of our time, the king would tumble his way down the palace steps onto the barren street over which he once brainwashed into believing in the false gods that sat upon their bone-ridden thrones. Perhaps it might’ve been them that could’ve ordered his execution, but more than likely it was Ahlah that emphasized with it. The age of the heathen and false idolaters had ended, and thus a new era under Ahlah shall unite the world… with broken teeth and coughing up foaming black blood, the sun would scorch his skin to a crisp under the dry and arid sun. Picked up by his arms by Arzhamite priests, they would drag him to the feet of Ioxamander as he stood with a grin. “Kiss my feet, peasant” he would exclaim, with the broken and battered Valerian king crawling his way over to the warlord of Europa. Before he could bless the righteous feet of Ioxamander however, Ioxamander would put his right foot on the up-right head of the king, and with no time to waste, would crush his head, stomping, and stomping, and stomping until what remained was an unrecognizable pool of black foam and the releasing of the king’s soul to Hell where he shall suffer for eternity, for the rightly-guided Ioxamander was Ahlah’s judge, jury, and executioner, and only killed those that would speak in falsehoods about Ahlah. Through these acts of genocide across Northern Africa, Arzhamite begins to spike in popularity as more civilians dismiss their fake beliefs for righteous and holy beliefs, with priests and military generals migrating into the region from Anatolia. The territory of Valeria would be re-organized into the Azarkhate of Atlasiya under the House of Veditaglu, a wealthy aristocratic family that formed during the rise of Atman in his rebellion against Ipsus.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Tlemcen: last chance...
 * Events:
 * Golden Age: While Kaiser Achaeus was memorable primarily for his role in the expansion of the Atouman Empire, the Atouman Golden Age had only continued to flourish under his supervision, with universities being constructed across key administrative centers to serve as intellectual crossroads between the eastern world and Europe, while da Vinci's bridge is seen as a contemporary piece of modern engineering that is only able to be constructed due to the "...divine status inherited by the House of Atmanaglu, the descendants of Atman." Although this was the Court's explanation by Kaiser Achaeus when being prompted the question, the more historical answer was that the Golden Age succeeded due to the reinvigoration of markets and roads in Greece and the Balkans, which had deteriorated under the declining Byzantines prior to their collapse. The Atouman Golden Age, sometimes referred to as the "Classical Age" in Atouman historical records, concerns the history of the Atouman Empire from the Fall of Constantinople in September of 1453 to the second half of the sixteenth century; at the end of the reign of Ioxamander the Magnificent.

The United Kingdoms of the British Isles (Albion)
Government: Absolute Monarchy Economy: The economy of British Isles consists of trade and commerce of a variety of materials. The primary export products of the UK are fish, wool, cloth, and a variety of vegetables.
 * Note: If you wish to engage in diplomacy with me, please DM me on Discord
 * Drakes: 
 * King Casimir (M, b. 1454 - )
 * Albert (M, b. 1495 - )
 * Eldegard (F, b. 1517 - )
 * Rupert (M, b. 1517 - )
 * Queen Abigail (F, b. 1455 - )
 * Frances I (F, b. 1497 - )
 * Albus (M, b. 1519 - )
 * Victoria* (F, b. 1499 - )
 * Important People: 

Main Religion: Christianity

Cities and Demographics: Wars and Conflicts Armed Forces Research and Development Training and Production Diplomacy Allies Events Deceased Log 
 * Population: 6.57 million
 * Cities
 * Brighton: A newer shipbuilding facility located on the English Channel.
 * Birmingham: A quiet town that is the location of McCarthy Arms Company, one of, if not, the oldest firearms companies to date.
 * Caen: The main hub where products heading to Britain from land mount ships to cross the channel.
 * Calais: One of the few French towns still owned by the British, it is a prosperous city that is one of the most important trading hubs in the North Sea.
 * Camp Avalon: The relocation of the small number of English diplomats in Vinland.
 * Dover: Main location of the British navy. While elements of the navy are located throughout the territory, the headquarters of the navy are located here. In addition, Dover is the main trading hub between it and Caen.
 * Dublin: Main hub of Ireland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * Glaemchester: A British town north of London, this city is known to house various wealthy nobles, with some of the finest tapestries being produced here. (NEW CITY around OTL King's Lynn or Norfolk)
 * Glasgow: Main hub of Scotland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
 * London: The capital of England, and location of the throne.
 * Portsmouth: The location of the first drydocks in history, which became the founding of various legendary ships of the Royal Navy
 * York: Main center of England’s eastern fishing company. Also where a bulk of British trading companies are located, evident from the various merchant caravels present there.
 * None.
 * Total: 134,350 Manpower
 * Army
 * Total: 127,820
 * United Drake Forces:
 * Light Infantry: 10,000
 * Longbow Archers: 10,000
 * Marksman Infantry: 44,000
 * Light Cavalry: 10,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 2,000
 * Bow Cavalry: 2,900
 * Field Artillerymen: 5,800
 * Field cannons: 1,760
 * Logistical Support: 30,000
 * Roundtable Knights (Elite): 8,350
 * These are Britain’s elite forces. A rebirthed version sprouting from Artoria’s original group of holy knights, this force has never lost a battle, and has unwavering loyalty to the crown and the Order of the Roundtable, willing to fight to the death for the survival of the British Isles.
 * While most are able to fight, members of the Roundtable are encouraged to branch out into their own craft, such as pottery and sheepherding, with the idea that everyone should act like a Roundtable Knight and give their all into both their craft and their country.
 * The only way to become a Roundtable Knight is to be selected by an existing member of the group. Most knights tend to make apprentices out of those they recruit to the Roundtable, and generally, no one usually complains when a Roundtable Knight selects someone to join the ranks of the Roundtables. Depending on the country/chapter, one can also be appointed to the Roundtable by the crown..
 * Notable (Living) Members:
 * The Drake Family
 * Joanna Palaiologos McCarthy (??? - ???)
 * Navy:
 * Personnel: 5,800 (combined between both fleets)
 * Naval Vessels:
 * Ember-class British Galleons: 12
 * Main flagship: HMS Ember
 * London-class British Caravel: 60
 * Dove-class Dual-Purpose Merchant Caravel: 45
 * These ships are given to British merchants who sail in dangerous waters, and are not usually used in engagements against enemy fleets unless necessary (in a 1-on-1 fight with a ship of similar size, the enemy ship would win, mainly since these ships are filled with merchants rather than trained personnel). That being said, these ships are included in numbers when someone asks the size of the British navy, to deter anyone from invading Britain.
 * MAC Cannons: McCarthy Industries continues to produce MAC Cannons in a variety of calibers and sizes, ranging from small 6 pound field cannons to 16 pound naval cannons. At least in Britain, McCarthy Industries has the monopoly on the firearms industry.
 * Naval Vessels: Continued development on galleons is performed, to see if it is possible to improve British vessels further. They experiment with two aspects; size and firepower. British Naval Engineers hope to determine proper ratios for size, durability, and firepower, as well as taking note of various lessons learned in the field, such as logistical issues found in British Caravels.
 * In addition, it was found that some pirates were able to flee from armed forces in fast boats, so the British investigate designs in hulls to maximize speed and draft the creation of a new class of ship (in the British navy): the Interceptor
 * McCarthy Arms Company: Continued efforts are made to improve the wheel lock, with minor changes made over time to allow for easier manufacturing of the rifle.
 * Glaemchester: Becomes a city of prominence with the explosion of tapestry-oriented companies settling down in the city.
 * 4 Ember-class Galleons
 * 2 Improved British Caravels (Cabigail-class)
 * Prototypes to address various issues with the current fleet of British caravels, namely in the storage of ammunition and gunpowder, as well as a heavier broadside (with larger caliber guns present)
 * 100 Dual-purpose Merchant Caravels (Will be pumped out at 15-20 per half-decade until the full order is fulfilled)
 * Continued conversion of troops into British musketeers
 * Renamed to British Marksman Infantry
 * Whatever equipment and personnel is required to maintain numbers on the frontline.
 * Americas: With intelligence from the Vinlanders, the British decide to scope out the other nations of the Eastern Coast of North America, and see what they have to offer
 * Europeans: Though not offered the top-line models, Britain does allow McCarthy Arms Company to sell some of their wares overseas, to those willing to purchase them, at least
 * Vinland: The British send what supplies they can so that the new Vinland thane can maintain their territory and then some. (see events for more details).
 * Vinland: Allies in the New World. Though technologically inferior to the British, they are a bridge into the New World, a bridge the British wish to explore into, in return for supporting their new allies
 * Velkyst: Norweigan allies in the North Sea. The oldest ally of Britain, harkening back to the British Empire’s founding.
 * Westria: An ally on mainland Europe who also dislikes France, cause f**k France (jk).
 * Evacuation from Urlondum: With rioting from the people of Urlondum, the British were forced to evacuate their embassy in the city, completing the withdrawal in 1527. With this issue, they construct a fort thirty miles away from the city to the south. Called “Camp Avalon”, this camp serves as both the location of the British garrison (to protect the embassaries) on the island as well as the embassy of the British, even if temporary.
 * Groups Divided (Part 1): Backing Tàmhas of Vinland, the British provide supplies and equipment to the Vinlanders. In addition, merchant ships sent overseas are given permission to ferry those who wish to travel between Vinland and Britain, with offers of British education offered to the nobles of Vinland.
 * Standing on his own: In a meeting with a British advisor sent to assist Tàmhas, the British advisor says that the British cannot provide too much support, which includes troops. If they were to use British boots to unite Vinland, the Vinlanders wouldn’t truly be united. Rather, it will be up to Tàmhas to unite his people under one banner for the best results. That being said, the advisor also pledges his allegiance to the Thane and wishes to see the young Thane wrestle his country from the jaws of collapse.
 * 95 Thesis and a Separation of Church and State: With the release of this article, the Catholic church was divided, with various sects of Christians splintering off into their own subdivision of Christianity. Though Casimir and Abigail remain Christian, they also wish to maintain a degree of separation of church and state; what religion you believe in shouldn’t affect what you can do to help the government. As such, the British government assures their people that they will not be relocated purely because of their religion.
 * The Rise of the Company Fleets (Part 1): With the world opening up, and rumors of prosperity and gold present, various companies sprout up around Britain, with the goal to investigate various locations of notice with hopes to make it big.
 * British Faviero Greek Company: This company, aptly nicknamed “The BFG Company”, this group was founded by Labinus Faviero, an Italian noble wishing to head to the new world, and Richard Raleigh, a British explorer and friend of Labinus. With the blessing of the British and mercenaries to call their own, the two prepare for an expedition to the rumored lost-Greek colony known as Elysia. (Will set off in 1427)
 * The Henry Amerigo League of Observance: A group (nicknamed HALO) that is headed by Henry of Glaemchester. A man whose prestige is only rivaled by his belly, Henry has heard rumors of gold and riches to the south of Spain’s claims and wishes to get in on the action. Managing to acquire 4 Merchant Caravels for his own purposes, he sets off for the new world, to investigate lands to the south of Spain’s current claims in Mexico and the Islands in the Gulf of Mexico (Will set off in 1426)
 * Rulers
 * Pendragon:
 * Artoria “Ember” Pendragon (F, b.1317- 1389?) (Reign: 1351 ~ 1369 - 1389)
 * Ash I (M, b. 1347 - 1434) (Reign: 1390 - 1434)
 * Sister: Aura (F, b.1350 - 1434)
 * Ash II (M, b. 1399 - 1442) (Reign: 1434 - 1442)
 * Amber (F, b. 1424 - ) (Reign: 1442 - 1482)
 * Brother: Edward (M, b. 1441 - 1481)
 * Mordue:
 * River Mordue (F, b. 1322 - 1393) (Reign: 1369 - 1393)
 * Henry (M, b. 1353 - 1429) (Reign: 1393 - 1429)
 * Daughter: Mary (F, b. 1382 - 1399)
 * Lionel (M, b. 1388 - 1482) (Reign: 1430 - 1482)
 * Son: Leo I (M, b. 1407 - 1465)
 * Leo III (M, b. 1445 - 1478)
 * Son: Leo II (M, b. 1423 - 1478)
 * Brother: Henry II (M, b. 1398 - 1478)
 * Roundtable Knights
 * Joan “Anne” of Arc (Died in 1431)
 * Sir George Cromwell of Cotswold (Died in 1445)
 * Sir George Cromwell II of Cotswold (Died in 1482)
 * Sir Rex of Dover (Died in 1482)
 * Misc
 * Shauna McCarthy (Died in 1489)
 * Founder of McCarthy Arms Company, one, if not, the oldest firearms companies in the world.

Nihon no Domei

 * Government: Feudal Confederation
 * Emperor: Uchiha no San-nin (Takagi Anzu)
 * Prime Advisor: Kanzaki Nagato
 * Shogun: Takeda Shizuka
 * Congress of Daimyo: A body consisting of the 24 Daimyo and certain outside observers.
 * Chairman of the Congress: Nishimiya Yuzuru
 * List of Daimyo: Midoriya, Nanbu, Odawara, Fujiwara, Mogami, Yatogami, Niigata, Tachibana, Shiba, Nagao, Matsudaira, Takeda, Oda, Chuosanmyaku, Tanabe, Kanzaki, Miyoshi, Mori, Uzumaki, Chosokame, Otomo, Ryuzoji, Honkobu-Taira, Taira, Ryukyu
 * Autonomous Territories: Izumo-Matsue (Joseonese), Chiba (Eskosian)
 * Outside Observers: Ezo (Friend of the Domei), Kansha (officially a Daimyo), Joseon (Friend of the Domei)
 * Clans and Alliances:
 * Oda
 * Main family: Oda (minor branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Takeda, Matsudaira, Chuosanmyaku
 * Tachibana
 * Main family: Tachibana (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Nagao, Fujiwara, Nanbu
 * Mogami
 * Main family: Mogami (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Odawara, Niigata
 * Kanzaki
 * Main family: Kanzaki (side branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Mori, Miyoshi, Chosokame
 * Shin-Taira
 * Main family: Ryuzoji (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Honkobu-Taira, Otomo
 * Southern Alliance
 * Main family: Ryukyu (main branch)
 * Side families/daimyo: Ryukyu, Taira
 * Western Alliance
 * Shiba, Yatogami
 * Allies: Ezo, by personal union with Fujiwara; Joseon, defensive military alliance
 * Capital: Kyoto
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 12,660,000
 * Ethnicities: Yamatai (78%), Chinese-origin (5%), Joseon (8%), Syonan (6%), Other (2%)
 * Official Religion: Shinto, with Buddhist influences
 * Population Distribution:
 * Urban Population [out-of-date]: 1,950,000 - 435,000 (Edo), 382,000 (Kyoto), 198,000 (Hiroshima), 174,000 (Fukushima), 135,000 (Kobe), 305,000 (cities with less than 100,000 population)
 * Rural Population [out-of-date]: 13,150,000 - 1,310,000 (Chugoku), 6,210,000 (Tohoku), 2,450,000 (Chubu), 1,100,000 (Kyushu), 890,000 (Shikoku), 1,570,000 (Kansai)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War): 
 * N-A
 * Army (de-facto disbanded):
 * Horses [15,000]: Modest steeds trained to gallop across the rough and uneven terrain of Nihon's islands. They can also be employed for charging out of boats onto land, although that kind of situation is comparably rarer.
 * General infantry [62,000]: Rudimentarily trained infantry with a general focus on close-ranged melee and shortrange bow combat. Second priority for usage of battering rams and other siege equipment, usually assisting other infantry and auxillaries with tasks.
 * Irregular infantry [63,000]: Infantry-in-training as well as part-time infantry that does not serve for lifetime employment. Mostly the former. First priority for handling of siege equipment.
 * Support staff [15,000]:  Infantry serving in entirely logistical roles. Equipped with extreme short range equipment such as daggers for self-defence, the bulk of many impromptu convoys.
 * Auxillary infantry [15,000]: Long-range bowmen and combat medics. Heavily trained, many chosen to be officers upon promotion in the field.
 * Irregular auxillaries [28,000]: Often merchants and mercenaries serving the same role as auxillary infantry, auxillaries-in-training or officers serving in combat.
 * Highest-ranking generals:
 * N_A
 * Navy:
 * Kawataro-fune [79]: An armoured slow-moving battleship which covers the deck in metal plating and a layer of steel behind the caravel structure to give it a special amount of versatility. If it is sinking, it can last for enough hours to bring it back to shore or at least into a kamikaze attack.
 * Hayai-fune [54]: A restored line of lightly-armoured battleships designed to quickly board another ship before sinking it. Incredibly fragile.
 * Supply ships [191]: Unarmoured fast-moving cargo ships as well as heavy lightly-armoured supply ships. The former used to resupply close to land; the latter used to carry along supplies on longer, no-docking expeditions.
 * Irregular converteds [12]: Various ships with various amounts of armour and what not attached on; mostly former Kei-fune and and Hayai-fune and cargo ships. Heavily personalised, often used as fleet commander ships.
 * Regular sailors [19,000]: close-quarters trained, basic infantry training and ship training
 * Reserve sailors [20,000]: see above
 * Admirals:
 * Takeda Shizuka
 * Tachibana Ranma
 * Diplomacy: 
 * The government offers Wu its solidarity in the recognition of the pure impropriety committed by the Far Westerners. It offers naval assistance should such violations be committed ever again.
 * Economics:
 * Status of the Economy:
 * Value of Gold: While barter has remained one of the biggest methods of trade within the country, gold is the currency by which trade with foreign merchants has been practiced. The main source of gold in Nihon, however, are the Han nations to the East, Kansha and Syonan; it has no actual power over the premier currency it uses. The usage of bronze and copper coins for smaller denominations has become generally more commonplace in urban areas, while barter trade remains common. The national mint is centred in Edo, controlled by a council of retired or former daimyo.
 * Actual monetary value: One ounce of gold can currently buy eight sacks of rice (7.8kg total).
 * Currency:
 * 1-yen coin (copper)
 * 5-yen coin (copper)
 * 10-yen coin (bronze)
 * 100-yen coin (bronze)
 * 1000-yen promissory note (backed in gold)
 * Economic Overview: A significant portion of the Nihonese economy is centred around traditional agriculture, with rice as the national staple of the country; barter trade occurs on a limited communal scale, with the adoption of partial paper and minted currency already having occurred. Small artisanal trades in the fields of writing and artistry have become coveted as prestige symbols; education extends to only roughly 11% of the population, with this small class of artisans a thin sliver of a middle class between the vast majority of the peasantry and the higher nobility.
 * Economic Policy:
 * Re-Militarisation: The building of naval vessels becomes a nationwide priority with the value of ships artificially raised by the Kyoto government in order to create a bubble where old drydocks re-open and re-attract old workers from before the beginning of the Bakufu. This also leads to incredibly rapid ship-building and the further ballooning of the size of the navy.
 * National Subsidisation: While the value of the harvest each year fluctuates between regions due to differing performance of everyone's crop, often leading to small-scale famines, national granaries make up the difference in major cities by buying surplus grain from better-performing harvests and redistributing the rest to the rest of the country. This minimises starvation and allows for slow, but steady, population growth.
 * Economic Trends:
 * Private Conglomerates: Private commercial entities begin to develop in the absence of a central authority, many of whom quickly develop into monopolistic entities that carry multiple different trades and industries all at once. The Kamakura and Nihonese Southern Companies are at the forefront of this, but other mercenary and financial organisations begin formation in urban centres, especially private police who become the primary arbiters of public security in cities and towns.
 * Coastal Centralisation: With the arising of the re-militarisation policy, a significant amount of trade begins to be conducted primarily via sea; previously, what minimal maintenance work that had been done on the old roads connecting Nihon was enough, but with the arising of the first inter-clan conflicts, these no longer remained neutral or safe and thus ports have become the most surefire option to receive goods safely. This leads to the shift of economic power to cities like Edo, Osaka, Hiroshima, Niigata among others; especially those with drydocks.
 * Major Economic Organisations:
 * Kamakura Company: Front organisation with dealings in weapons, assassinations and other various activities.
 * Nihon: 6,600 members (150 ninja)
 * Kansha: 1,400 members
 * Syonan: 1,200 members (50 ninja)
 * Wu: 100 members
 * Dai Viet: 100 members
 * Nihonese Southern Company: Mercenary group. Professional army.
 * Nihon: 4,100 members and two hayai-fune
 * Syonan: 4,900 members and 11 hayai-fune + 6 kawataro-fune
 * Kansha: 2,800 members and one kawataro-fune
 * Dai Viet: 1,500 members
 * Culture:
 * Yamatai: The dominant culture on the three main islands, practiced by the vast majority of ethnic Nihonese; it emphasises the importance of self and the privilege of existence. A partly individualistic culture with overtly communal streaks that designates the greatness of finding a specific calling and engaging it with the most effort possible; giving rise to a society that prizes the arts as well as the value of literature. While it does not shun the sciences, they are not often given priority; meanwhile, the military and warriors are given outsized importance against all else. Its envisioning of Shinto has numerous distinct cultural streaks from the nations that existed before Yamato united the three main islands under its own banner; as well as little reminders of the past.
 * Ainu: A distinct, unique culture native to Tohoku and Ezo; a kind of communal culture that emphasises the community and a place within that community. It speaks of the importance of discovering a place within society and fulfilling the callings asked of you by others, and that no individual is above the common good. Its adoption of arts and literature is thus comparably limited, but it is the Ainu which have advanced Nihon's science so far, partly due to the fact that they are encouraged to go to school from younger ages (and generally live in more urbanised societies). Their envisioning of Shinto is more akin to a kind of lifestyle, which promotes certain practices and discourages others; one which has, surprisingly, remained largely sturdy for the last 400 years.
 * Joseonese-Han: A minority culture arising from the great giants from across the sea; Joseonese-Han is a monstrous beast of mish-mashed cultures, from distinct Han streaks arising almost 600 years ago to the original Xia cultures. It is almost entirely reliant on distinct, tiny Xianist sects and practices a form of Buddhism mixed with Shinto.
 * Religion:
 * Shinto: A polytheistic, animistic and pantheistic religion which most Nihonese follow. It revolves around the kami - gods/spirits, which are depending on region omnipresent or omniscient. Worship is mainly practiced in household shrines and public shrines, with family shrines more common for political and clan officials. Extreme levels of localisation, with many in the North having strong Ainu streaks while those in Kyushu and Kansha have subtle Han influence.
 * Events:
 * The Phoenix of Nihon [7]:
 * A Filial Request - Spring 1520: Noriko, while continuing her plotting, begins to spend more time around Anzu, who has become generally despodent in her absence. After spending a decade as effectively a puppet ruler, Anzu has grown surprisingly comfortable in that position, and despite her unpopularity with many in the clans, particularly the Kanzaki clan, which sees her as a kind of usurper for taking the name, she is generally popular as a religious figure and even moreso in Kyoto, having become known as a generous woman with her hands in all kinds of charity. But Noriko knows that she has to begin putting such a reputation into actual political power; when the head of the Oda clan, Shiba Yoshikane, approaches Kyoto seeking legitimacy to purge the remnants of his clan hiding in Niigata. Noriko wants him out - Shiba is a notoriously impulsive man whose own daimyo and clan line rejected him and his family, forcing them to attempt a coup against the main family line of the Oda in their own territory and somehow succeeding. She thus gives Anzu a particularly odd task, 'convincing' Yoshikane's daughter, Kaneko, to leave at once, taking her father with her; Anzu unwillingly enters a romantic relationship with Kaneko in the hopes that she could use that leverage to have Shiba leave. This actually succeeds, but Anzu reports to her adoptive mother that 'I can't do that ever again... I can't do that ever again.' Noriko quietly obliges, while asking an aide to hand over critical information to the Shiba clan regarding Yoshikane's activities; this leads to them angrily demanding Yoshikane's presence at an impromptu session of the Council of Daimyo and the main clan of the family denying Yoshikane's lineage, effectively cutting him off from many of the port taxes he had been receiving in Kanzawa and Takaoka, severely weakening him.
 * A Great Society - Autumn 1522: While outlining her plans to just a few of her closest political allies, Noriko first uses the term of the 'Great Society', the Idaina-shakai;  which espouses a form of radical political change which would bring Nihon out of the Bakufu era and into something she refers to as the peace of the future, the mirai no heiwa. Noriko's plans seem insane to many of these confidants who agreed to work with her, many of whom are members of her Kanzaki clan and otherwise trust her; she wants to completely revamp Nihonese society with rapid technological advancement procured from the funding of the sciences, with things she proposes to be known as 'automated contraptions' serving as a method of increasing the output of individual farmers to such a point where no longer will all have to stay on farms, instead engaging in education, participating in the arts, and spreading out power even further outwards. She proposes the 'universal vote', akin to the same vote that brought Uchiha no Ichiban into power; where a peasant, a daimyo or even the Empress would be given the exact same power in the selection of their representatives. This is not by accident; she has gained knowledge of a land known only to many she has contacted as 'Yooropa', one, according to the oldest archives of merchants, which was home to some of the greatest Empires, and the rise of the curious weapons that have been found to the East - in Jeju. Much of this is based off her own political theory as well as the suppositions found in the Imperial Archives of this faraway land, backed by the recent appearance of Agoustans near Wu. She postulates to these men and women one single thing: one day, this land, the Chushin of all that lies under the sun, will come into conflict with those lands from the West, and when that day comes Nihon must deal with a brave new world.
 * A Humble Honor - Winter 1524: In Kyoto, however, Anzu truly takes to Noriko as her own mother; Noriko's detached nature not assisting in the two's odd relationship. She personally dismisses the possibility that she is anything more than Anzu's guardian, although she seems to make that statement with a mild reluctance. However, she begins to teach the girl quite literally everything she knows - mathematics, politics, all on top of the lessons she gave her when they were simply a master and a student. She even begins, despite being in such an aged state, to spar with her own student, making her a noticeably more public figure; many dismiss the possibility that she is the kind of manipulator previously speculated and believe she is simply a humble advisor. This is not intentional, even if advantageous; for Noriko has quietly written the girl into her book as a member of her family, even if not by blood, and she begins to treat Anzu as if she was truly her own child, no longer addressing her as 'Takagi' but by her first name.
 * The Death of Nihon [3]:
 * The Battle of Takayama - Spring 1522: After the revelation that Yoshikane lied about his reasoning for expelling the main Oda clan over twenty years ago, Shiba governor Shiba Mayuri places small security forces on the border of the daimyo and the Oda clan's depth of power, with a special emphasis on the small town of Takayama, a mountainous farming community with a small barracks housing roughly 200 troops from the Oda. This is taken as an insult by Yoshikane, who upon hearing of his brother's exile by the Shiba, declares that the Shiba clan has 'betrayed the honour promised to all Nihonese' and effectively declares war, causing a further build-up along the town. This escalates until roughly 4,000 levies and other troops from the Shiba sit right outside the town, and a 3,000 man strong mercenary division sits in the town itself, setting up defences. In the dead of night in the Spring, the battle for Takayama begins.
 * Troops and Commanders:
 * Shiba: Vice-Governor Shiba Shiori
 * Hida Garrison: Initially stationed down the Miyagawa River in nearby Hida. 1,200 men, mostly general infantry.
 * Sarugababayama Force: Reinforcements moving along the Odori River running roughly two days late. The remaining 1,800 men, primarily auxillary infantry and levies.
 * Kongodo Force: Moved into position along the Takahara River. 1,000 men, mostly levies and mixed general infantry.
 * Oda: Eastern Head, NSC, Kanagawa Akira
 * Takayama Garrison: Stationed in the main city centre of Takayama with defences set up along the Miyagawa and Kohachiga rivers. 2,800 men, mixed auxillary infantry and general infantry.
 * Akandayama Force: Moved into position along the Kohachiga River, separate command. 600 men, all levies.
 * Gero Force: Reinforcements moving up along the Yasaka River. 1,600 men, all general infantry.
 * Day 1: The Hida Garrison breaks through and crosses the Miyagawa River directly into Takayama, setting the Takayama Garrison immediately to siege. This news reaches the Akandayama Force in the early afternoon, whereupon they immediately move to join the Takayama Garrison but are caught off-guard by the arriving Kongodo Force and are nearly immediately annihilated, although they do cause great amounts of casualties to the Kongodo Force, forcing it to retreat back to the other side of the river and burning down the bridge. The Sagurababayama Force observes smoke from the fires in the town from the distance and presumes that the lack of communication implies that the fighting has begun, instead, their commander orders that they continue move along the Odori River, planning to flank them.
 * Day 2: The Takayama Garrison and Hida Garrison square off again in the early morning, heavy casualties forcing both sides to retreat. In the afternoon, however, Kanagawa orders that the detachment instead chase after the Hida Garrison while the afternoon ceasefire is observed, hoping to eliminate the Hida Garrison and earning an early victory; he also sends a scout team to verify the status of the Akandayama Force. By the late afternoon, however, it seems apparent that the Akandayama Force has been wiped out and he diverts his troops to the Kohachiga River; the Hida Garrison, having retreated behind the Miyagawa River, is able to avoid annihilation. The Sagurababayama Force arrives at night and sets up preparations around the town for a siege.
 * Day 3: In the early morning, Shiba orders the Sagurababayama Force to attack, suddenly launching a massive offensive which nearly immediately decimates most of the Takayama Garrison; what little remaining of it surrendering, with Kanagawa being personally 'forgiven' by Shiba and made to work with her to set up defences in the town. By the time the Gero Force arrives along the Yasaka River, they discover that the town has been taken and their commander opts to, instead of attempting to fight, simply retreats. The battle ends in a victory for the Shiba.

Notable People:
 * Collapse of Unity - 1523: Following the Battle of Takayama, many clan borders are generally reinforced and cross-border checks begin to be enforced; inland trade halting especially in Kanto. The notable exception to this are officials such as the Shogun and Empress, whom are protected by the Kamakura Company and various other groups and allowed to pass through generally safely. The Oda clan considers attempting to eliminate Noriko and the Empress while they pass through to Edo (and allegedly does, unsuccessfully); whatever they had decided, Noriko and Anzu both agree to only travel between Kyoto and Edo via boat, putting an end to one of the most critical ceremonies in Nihonese culture. With this, Muramasa Keigo is further elevated in Nihonese society when he is promoted by Noriko in a proclaimation as Prime Advisor to the position of 'The Master of all Swordsmithing'; Tanabe's governor even consulting him as to the alignment that the daimyo should take. He has but one answer: neutrality; setting in place a precedent for Tanabe in the future that in 1524 the Chrysanthemum Throne recognises as a 'special domain'.
 * The Taisho of Nihon [1]:
 * A Tale of Revenge - 1524: In the early 1500s, the main clan of the Oda was expelled from their own territory by Yoshikane. Fleeing to Niigata, they received asylum from what would eventually become the Mogami clan; Oda Nobuhide marrying another expelled noblewoman from Omi Province in Chuosanmyaku, Dota Gozen, and ingratiating himself with the Mogami clan, pledging his personal fealty to them and that 'should I ever come to power, my power is yours'. However, almost 20 years later, this has not transpired and he remains an insignificant power player; kept around only by the graces of Daimyo Mogami Shizuru. In his time Nobuhide has spent many years wasting away with a small farm outside Niigata, until one day a letter arrives. 'The Prime Advisor...?' He mutters to himself, taking it out and inspecting its contents. The letter is quite brief.
 * To whom it may concern. Entrusted is a warning.
 * A Tale of Revenge [CONTINUED]: He discovers with the letter two gold coins and a location and a date. Arriving at the assigned time, he finds himself meeting with Noriko Kanzaki in the flesh; she explains to him quite candidly that she considers the usurpers in Oda to be a nuiscance and offers him the chance to get rid of them. Suspicious, he asks why she'd do this; Noriko gives a very explicit reason: 'Yoshikane is uncompliant'. Noriko personally detests him; not only is Yoshikane one of a series of incredibly unruly Daimyo but he is impulsive and randomly seizes granaries' stocks. She wants him gone, and she knows Nobuhide would be more than happy to do it. Nobuhide, for his part... is very happy to do so, and he begins to get ready to wage a war.
 * 1401-1473 [The Last Days of the Heian]:
 * Uchiha Tomoko (1387 - 1469) [deceased]: Head of the Yamatai faction during the Civil War and later Empress (1412-1469) under the name 'Uchiha no Ichiban'.
 * Mori Kyoko (1378 - 1473) [deceased]: One of the two heads of the Peoples' League during the Civil War, later Speaker of the National Convention unopposed until death. Spouse: Kido Mirio.
 * Hori Shizuku (1377 - 1456) [deceased]: The other head of the Peoples' League, a minor political player in Hiroshima after the war. Committed suicide under threat of involuntary execution.
 * Midoriya Kaitou (1383 - 1472) [deceased]: A minor player in the Civil War who gained popularity as a capable administrator. Birth name Zhang Kaisheng. Spouse: Midoriya Yuki.
 * Seishiro Kirie (1381 - 1463) [deceased]: One of the heads of the Outsiders who found herself alienated from her hometown in her pursuit of political unity. Became a remarkable writer, writing works such as The Use of War, a critical book on the purpose of strife. Spouse: Bakushi Yona.
 * Bakushi Yona (1380 - 1463) [deceased]: A Yamatai-Eskosian, best known for fighting for the political rights of the tiny Eskosian minority in Nihon. Became a political kingmaker after the war. Spouse: Seishiro Kirie.
 * Hu Jin-Yo (1376 - 1462) [deceased]: A Joseon-Yamatai, best known as a Joseonese reunificationist who participated in a minor role during the Civil War. Afterwards, provided much financial support to the Nihonese army advancing in Kyongsong before dying in a tragic accident.
 * Kanzaki Izuku (1394 - 1489) [deceased]: First Shogun then Taisho, well known for unconventional military tactics that precipitated asymmetrical warfare against enemy forces. Lived a relatively stunted life afterwards, travelled into Joseon and participated in its war against Kyongsong before travelling West in hopes of retracing the steps of Bulijin Khatun, a dream promptly foiled. Spouse: Yonekura Hiyori.
 * Nishimiya Asuka (1372 - 1479) [deceased]: Shogun after her predecessor Kanzaki was passed over due to ignoring the Empress, she became something of a despot and massively expanded the powers of the military as well as a small secret police under the direction of Empress Uchiha and Speaker Mori. Lived a quiet, nondescript life. Spouse: Ryuzoji Mirio.
 * 1474 - ??? [The Rise of the Bakufu]
 * Uchiha Ryu (1467 - 1512): Adopted son of Empress Uchiha, originally groomed to be an apt successor of hers; he was soon convinced to take another path by the Regent. Overthrown in 1487.
 * Senjougahara Ryuko (1459 - 1489) [deceased]: Popular regent originally meant to become successor to Uchiha, eventually sidelined. With a massive amount of political power, however, she pulled strings to keep herself as Regent and manipulated the new Emperor as she wished. Murdered by an assassin.
 * Senmyaku Hyo-in (1436 - 1486) [deceased]: Powerful orator of the Dochaku who advocated for their betterment. Eventually sidelined due to the maneuvring of Empress Uchiha.
 * Yamagata Jiro (1461 - 1503) [deceased]: An upstart military man who became Shogun at the behest of the late Nishimiya Asuka. Soon evolved into a broadly popular political figure who usurped the throne from Uchiha Ryu, but his ambitions overcame him and he was deposed after attempting to re-consolidate power.
 * Kanzaki Noriko (1467 - ??): Nationalist despot intent on restoring Nihon to political unitarism. She quickly exploited her way through the chaos of rapid decentralisation to insert herself as the effective leader of Nihon in just one and a half decades, essentially unchallenged.
 * Kanzaki Family: From a minor clan in old Minamoto arose one of the defining political and military families of the early Bakufu. This chronicles its most famous members.
 * Izuku (1394 - 1489): Grandfather of the entire family. Began the Kanzaki name by abandoning usage of the old Minamoto clan name and rising as first a potential Emperor before becoming one of the most prolific generals in Nihon's history. However, his attempts at glory were foiled and eventually he gave up, passing his life's work to a strange girl who might just get some use out of it.
 * Noriko (1467 - ??): Two generations later, a bored Shinto temple head turned trainer turned puppet master. Exploited the political weaknesses of the political system to make herself a de facto leader, first head of the Kanzaki Clan. Charted the family's rise to prominence and eventually the family's dominance for a few decades.
 * Setsuna (1482 - ??): Another third generation'er; she went missing in Syonan before being discovered as Noriko travelled to it. Made head of the Nihonese Southern Company. Spouse: Souji Nakamura.

Kingdom of Imerina

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
 * Monarch: Queen Rangitamanjakatrimovavy (B 1493 - Age 31, alive) (R 1517-Present)
 * Consort: King Rafandrampohy (B 1495 - Age 29, alive) (Ruler 1513-1517, Consort 1517-Present)
 * Ruling Dynasty: Ammagari (Ndahimananjara branch)
 * Order of Succession:  Andriantompokoindrindra, the son of Ndahimananjara (B 1467 - Age 57) (revoked) | Andriamihaja, the son of Andriantompokoindrindra (B 1496 - Age 28) (revoked) [There is no current heir]
 * Economy: The economy of Imerina is based mainly on agriculture and fishing, there's also trade going on with the Swahili and various peoples on our home island including the other Malagasy states of Betsimisaraka, Mahafaly and possibly Bara. Contact has been established with the Ahuric Adnanite people and we have a major trade relationship, extending into influence and what could be seen as a de facto alliance with eachother. The Merina economy stands as one of the strongest and most developed in all of Sub-Saharan Africa, no longer seen as primitive. Obvious strain due to civil war.
 * Allies: N/A
 * Capital: Ambanja (de jure), Mahajanga (de facto) [Royal Court] | Toamasina [Traditionalists]
 * Demographics (including rebelling areas):
 * Population: ca 530 000 total
 * Ambanja: 2 000 (occupied)
 * Mahajanga: 8 000
 * Toamasina: 4 000 (occupied)
 * Morafenobe: 1 000 (can you add this city already plz)
 * Rural regions: ca 515 000
 * Ethnicities: 90% Malagasy (divided into 62% Merina and 28% others such as Betsimisaraka, Sakalava, Tsimihety, Sihanaka, Antankarana etc.), 5% Komoro Natives (Swahili?), 5% Adnanite
 * Religion: 82% Haintenism (traditional Merina folklore), 18% Zoroastrianism (there are also people who practice Haintenism with Zoroastrian influences and vice versa)
 * Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
 * Merina Civil War: After the outrage expressed by Andriamihaja, armies were raised and patrols close-by to the capital were started. On the 7th of October 1517, a patrol would notice a marching rebel army, led by Andriamihaja himself. Hostilities broke out and thus, the Merina Civil War began between Queen Rangita's royal court and Andriamihaja, accompanied by his supporters (called the Traditionalists).
 * 1520: In early 1520, Andriamihaja would have the main frontline constantly under attack for a while in an attempt to suppress the troops there, which was successful to an extent but quite many died. Still, this came just before a massive attack in the north. Rangita had seen an attack there coming, but not this early and armies had to retreat at an alarming rate. Quickly, Rangita prepared defenses as the Siege of Ambanja began. Unfortunately, the defense wasn't ready enough and it didn't take long for the rebels to break in. As the royal court fled to Mahajanga, the chaos within Ambanja rose higher. When everything got crazy as the walls fell, people started fleeing and there were a few places where cooking was occurring and you can see where this is going. As the last defending troops of the royal court fought the entire city's population smelled of something burnt and not much longer after that, the air was filled with smoke and the environment turned red. The Great Fire of Ambanja had broken out. It spread like wildfire (literally), causing the deaths of thousands from burning as well as suffocation from smoke. This was quite bad, for both sides because Ambanja is literally the capital. It survived the fire, but was obviously severely damaged and had lost population to deaths, fleeing and post-fire migration. In the meanwhile most of the Central Highlands were liberated at the same time by the Royal Court, in another event of "evening out" the battlefield. Whilst very much damaging, the Royal Court refused to give up and took shop up in Mahajanga. Meanwhile Andriamihaja was pissed, he was so close to achieving his goal and then it was taken from him. The once great capital that he expected to take was now a miserable rubble-ridden charred corpse of a city. Still Through the Fire and the Flames he carries on, as he was able to save his father from his prison and bring him out safely and he still has a chance now that the very north is Traditionalist territory. He also gets an advantage from assistance from neighbouring Betsimisaraka and to please the Betsimisaraka people both in the state of the same name and in Imerina he declares Toamasina the "centre of his kingdom", establishing it as an official war-time capital. Due to the fire causing such disarray the rest of 1520 remain mostly the same, attacks from both sides with varying degrees of success.
 * 1521: Immediately a new rova is being built in Mahajanga due to its important status. The Traditionalists are eyeing it up, take that and there is no way the Royal Court can recover because Morafenobe is not even close to as influential and "powerful" as Mahajanga is. A few starting assaults were done but even as shocked and exhausted as the Royal Court's soldiers were, they were capable of fighting back the less prepared and worse equipped Traditionalists, especially the untrained militia forces created from the recruiting of mere peasants. Now, a period of much bigger stalemate began everywhere other than in the easternmost part of the frontline. Both sides were trying to recover after such violence at Ambanja and both couldn't do much of anything for the majority of the rest of the year. But, the assistance of Betsimisaraka, giving support mainly by the border in the east, gave the ability for the rebels to push quite far, but in a narrow way, almost like a corridor. Towards the close of 1521, they were closing in on the Central Highlands, as the main frontline started to move more with the corridor being widened from the rebels pushing a bit closer in. Rather desperately, both Rangita and Rafa (Rafandrampohy) decided to contact Betsimisaraka (not knowing they are helping the rebels) and Mahafaly, asking for their assistance in this civil war on the side of the Royal Court.
 * 1522: 1522 arrives and the Central Highlands are in danger. The commanding warrior Ratsifandrihamanana promises the monarchy and himself to not let the highlands fall and a massive fight brews. From where the corridor begins an extending push to enlargen that attack was going on but now was facing more Royal Court troops and halted. Andriamihaja saw this as an oppurtunity to move towards Mahajanga but it was exactly what his enemies wanted him to do. Having spent a long time recruiting cavalry, something that Andriamihaja doesn't possess as much of, an army with some cavalry intercepted the main attack directed towards Mahajanga and before Andriamihaja could properly react, that extending push was attacked with a larger army with many more cavalry units in it, outspeeding and breaking the organization of the armies there and decimating them at the decisive Battle of Betsiboka. From there, the armies could start to cut off the attack, but Ratsifandrihamanana's troops were still in danger and if they fell, the Central Highlands were pretty much fair game and Andriamihaja could recover. During the defensive stance taken, a large outpost had been formed in late 1521, called Analamanga (HAHHAHASHGAGAHAHAHHA IT HAS THWE WORD ANAL IN IT FOUNNY MAYMAYY COIMEDYU PLATINUKMMD GOT THE WHOLE SCQUALD LAUGHING DLMAO), which means Blue Forest. As the Battle of Analamanga approached Ratsifandrihamanana told his men that the Blue Forest must stand. And so it did, a month long battle was observed and after the corridor had been cut off the Traditionalist army there stood no chance. Andriamihaja attempted to get them to retreat as fast as possible but it was too late. He just lost an important army. Never was he gonna give you up though and he started another wave of naval warfare, now with a few transport ships built by the Traditionalist. Attempting a "trireme"-like strategy of ramming and boarding ships, he sent them out as quite a distraction. Would it work?
 * 1523: Well yes, but actually no but actually kind of. A few enemy transport ships were successfully captured and a shift to the naval side of the conflict happened, with direct skirmishes starting again. At the same time the Traditionalists would attempt to create an even line of professional soldiers (such as the many Fossa Warriors on their side) and untrained militia units across the front so that no part is much weaker than another. With a focus on fighting in the north now that the Central Highlands were basically just in the hands of the Royal Court, Andriamihaja ordered a big assault there, desperate to get Mahajanga in his hands and while he got close, he was just short of it. I just said he was desperate and that isn't changing because he would use resources to purchase help from Betsimisaraka. The rebuilding of Ambanja was commenced, but it would take too long before the city could be of use and help again so this was the only way through, to him at least. He pushed as close to Mahajanga as possible and started an active campaign of defending the currently held regions as he built up the strength of his forces. With the right tactics and a bit of luck, he could maybe successfully siege and take Mahajanga and win the war. He had the time since on both sides there was quite an amount of exhaustion, giving him time to let his forces recover and prepare for that siege.
 * 1524: The civil war enters its seventh year and as the Traditionalist forces drew ever closer to Mahajanga, attacks from the Central Highlands were ordered but they were not very effective and if this attack on Mahajanga could be a success then that campaign would not save the city. In early April it came, the Siege of Mahajanga. The walls were held for months but the defense slowly started to break down. This was until early July when suddenly the city stopped the defense of the walls. Andriamihaja immediately ordered an attack, but it was a trap. As the Traditionalists entered the city they suffered a counterattack from the soldiers in Mahajanga, many of which had hid to get the Traditionalists on surprise. A retreat was ordered but Andriamihaja was not willing to give up and just a few months later in September he ordered a mass attack on the entire front to attempt to confuse the enemy so that the northern armies could gain ground and start a second siege that hopefully would work now that Mahajanga's defenses were very much Civilwar2.pngned. And once more this was successful, in the north that is. They approached Mahajanga for the second time while the front further east was quite the disaster, with the cavalry tactics used by Rangita able to counter and decimate the forces there, causing a large push led by Ratsifandrihamanana. Still, the capture of Mahajanga would by all means mean a victory for Andriamihaja. Believing another shockingly brutal and quick attack could confuse the enemy and ease the capture of an already weakened city, that was what was ordered. However, the reckless attack was just that and the second siege failed. It wasn't a complete Natural 1 but not much higher than that either. This cost him greatly. Another important army was destroyed and he couldn't gain many more forces through any other way than recruiting peasants and buying a few mercenaries from Betsimisaraka. As the year came to a close, the Traditionalists were slowly being pushed up back to Ambanja and the victories of Ratsifandrihamanana were threatening Toamasina.
 * Military: Due to Imerina being a rural realm, a large amount of units can be raised for warfare, but usually about 1% of the population is the most trained and prepared soldiers that can be drafted. Parentheses means the deployed units in cases where not all units are deployed for war.
 * Deployed units: All (Royal Court only)
 * 1 500 Spearmen
 * 800 Bowmen
 * 1 000 Crossbowmen
 * 120 Light Cavalry
 * 30 Fossa Warriors
 * Navy:
 * 11 Ahuric military ships (4 controlled by the Traditionalists)
 * 2 Mer'ana class ships
 * 10 transport ships (5 controlled by the Traditionalists)
 * Diplomacy:
 * Ahuric Empire: Help us please.
 * Betsimisaraka and Mahafaly: See 1521.
 * Events:
 * Influences of the Ahuric Empire: With increasing diplomacy and interaction, the Adananita have set influence over us. More merchants start to adopt Zoroastrianism and/or parts of it into their rituals and traditions. More Zoroastrian texts are translated into Malagasy and the Sorabe alphabet, which is being more modified in these texts to accomodate various parts of the Adnanite language that we don't have, continuing the Adnanification of the Sorabe alphabet as well as leading to merchants learning the Adnanite language. The officially established class (or caste) of Merina merchants also trade in the Komoros with not only the natives there but also the Swahili on the East African coast, which sets up the start of spreading Zoroastrianism, the adnanified Sorabe and the Adnanite language to those lands.
 * Tombovelo - Telo: These next few years of Tombovelo's Bizarre Adventure oh wait no shut the fuck up with the dumbass weeb anime references, not a funny joke. I mean Tombovelo's trip/vacation to the Ahuric Empire. He visits what is otl Qatar and Bahrain and also the Elamite region. He would even meet, through his Zoroastrian studies and work on his own syncretist with Haintenism Merina weird thing interpretation meet a lovely woman that he fell in love with (Manto you are free to give a name) and would start a non-marriage relationship with during his stay. He loved the land of the Adnanites but like they say in Sweden: Borta bra men hemma bäst (Away is good but home is best) and he had basically done everything he needed to and also he had finally learned that "oh, some kind of insurgency is going on down there". So thus in 1524 he would start his travel back to Imerina.
 * Adapting New Technology: We've held on to foreign tech for quite a while and now we start adapting it and studying it more. Crossbows especially for the purpose of warfare in the future. Crossbows become a good weapon that starts to increase and seems more effective than bows. Still, the majority of our ranged units are bowmen since bows and arrows are simpler to make and you don't need to reload when using them. The phasing out of bows will take a long time. Seeing the success of cavalry in various battles, new tactics are developed for the cavalry units and more of these units are recruited. The breeding of horses, while having occurred for a few years have really started taking off after this.
 * The Growth of Analamanga: After being established, Analamanga became an important military outpost and a centre for the armies defending the Central Highlands. As the dust settled on that battleground, the many tribes that were discombobulated and forced to leave their homes due to the warfare were offered to live there, including both the Merina and Antankarana. In 1523, Rangita would send a few nobles there to inspect this new growing settlement and when they returned and described it to her, she was not only inspired, but saw potential. She was always curious of those newly settled lands and had never truly traveled there so the queen had a large amount of interest.
 * Rangita and Rafa's Relationship: Quite tragically it wasn't doing well, even though Rafa was still king (although consort and not regnant), he seemed much more like just an off-field commander and royal advisor rather. Unable to reproduce and caught in such a blinding and chaotic time did things to their relationship and they started to drift apart. To simplify, they didn't really love each other anymore, at least not as husband and wife. There was no bad blood or hate between the two but the passion and companionship and other love terms between them was being extinguished.
 * Discovery of Mozambique: Kind of irrelevant and boring but the discovery of the city of Mozambique on the east coast of Africa, under control by those weird pale skin dudes calling themselves Agoustans (or in Malagasy I guess it would be something like Aogosota).

Archduchy of Westria

 * Head of the State: 
 * Emperor Adelhard II Hohenstaufen (B 1480 - present), (R 11th May 1492 - present)
 * Head of the Government:
 * Archchancellor Reinar von Hauser (B 1470 - still alive), (15th april 1511 - Present)
 * Government: Absolute Feudal Monarchy ruled by an Archduke. Though a lot of powers are also vested in to a council. The title is By the Grace of God Archduke of Westria, Last of the Romans, Duke of Burgundy, Guleders, Brabant, Flanders and Luxembourg. Our ruling dynasty is Hohenstaufen. We are also the Emperor of the HRE since 1351.
 * Heir to the throne:
 * Crown Prince Friedrich Hohenstaufen (B 1514 - still alive), (R 1514 - present)
 * Religious Head: 
 * Archbishop Willhelm Vorf (B 1444 - still alive), (R 1515 - present)
 * Governor of Westrian Netherlands
 * Governor-General Prince Johan Willem van Oranje (B 1467 - Still Alive), (30th March 1511 - present)
 * Demographics:
 * Population:
 * Wien: Population: 17,660
 * Amsterdam: Population: 11,900
 * Konr: Population: 9,510
 * Rich: Population: 11,360
 * Polanum: Population: 12,800
 * Bozn: Population: 14,390
 * Trieste: 13,220
 * Antwerp: Population: 6,450
 * Liege: Population: 6,360
 * Luxembourg: Population: 4,300
 * Brussels: Population: 7,420
 * Rural and smaller towns population: 2,276,930
 * Total population: 2,392,390
 * Religion: catholic christians (99%), others (1%)
 * Ethnicities: 60% Westrian, 2% Venetian, 23% Flemish 10% Wallon and "Luxembourger" 5%
 * Economy: We are based on agriculture and trade through the danube river and with most of the HRE. We use our own coins which resembles a lot those of the old Roman empire. We have also started with trade from the sea through our port Trieste and Westrian Netherlands.
 * Allies:
 * Venice
 * Albion
 * Escosia


 * Wars and conflicts: 
 * Chief Commander: Reinar von Hauser (B 1470 - still alive),(R 1508 - present)
 * Army: Total of
 * Pikemen: 10,400
 * Swordmen: 220
 * Bowmen: 4,110
 * Cavalry: 6,930
 * Crossbowmen: 4,140
 * Arquebusier: 6,000
 * Navy: Total of
 * Cocha: 50
 * Cog: 39
 * Hoy: 28
 * Mediterranean brigantines: 12
 * Carrack: 12
 * Heavy weaponry
 * Cannons: 500
 * Events:
 * Building a fleet: Continues
 * Economic Recovery: The economy recovers now.
 * The spread of Heresy: Since the 95 thesis have been published different sects have spread among the people in Westria particulary in Westrian Netherlands even though most are still roman catholci this could soon be turned when offical other churches from these sects establish themselfs. In Westrian mainland most of these hersey thoughts are persecuted by the Inquistion meanwhile in Westrian Netherlands there is tolerance between the groups and no persecution making people with different ideas fleeing to Westrian Netherlands hoping for a better life with their ideas there
 * Westrian Netherlands: In Westrian Netherlands Johan Willem have made different tolerant policies towards different ideas of christianity after the release of the 95 thesis. There is also a small increased amount of immigrants from Westria.
 * Trying to discover the world: In 1523 the first Hispanic/Agoustan isnpired expidition are sent down towards Alkebulan or Africa. Senne van Poijter leads the expidition it is mostly one that was sent out to establish trade ties with African countries or to explore in general the area in Western Africa. The boats numbered 6 Carracks they would first drive close to the British coast as they are allies before moving to Brest. They would continue to Augousta before leaving Europe going down to explore the coasts in Western Africa. Most of the time they would have to stay a bit away exploring the shores. Just staying at the Agoustan port in western Sahara. They would also go in land in Yoruba territory just to get thrown out by angry tribes. Before the end of 1524 they would have reached Kongo the last stop after almost getting lost by Bayelsa, they are trying to establish contact with the pople living there and see if they are friendly or not. One thing is sure though there is quite many deadly diseases a third at least have died since they left Westrian Netherlands.
 * Expidition controversy: Johan Willem's out send expidition was sent out without the permission of the Emperor soon enough the emperor learned about it. He let that passed and agreed to it after an hour of debtaing with Johan willem in the Wien royal castle Hohenburg.
 * The Letters from Brussels: One day a man would have been caught stealing in the Town of Amsterdam when ransacking his house they find letters leading to a dissident group called the flemish society of patriots. The letters contained named some which was certainly code names. A few months after a list of the membesr of this group would be find numbering a few hundreds
 * The Westrian Netherland's Crackdown: Johan Willem have started a crackdown and ransacking searching for other secret dissident groups that could threaten the Emperor's (cough his cough) Authority in Westrian Netherlands. This could potentially threaten other organizations in the region if they aren't carefull enough...
 * Diplomacy:
 * Kongo: Hi there, we are Flemish people from Westria we come on behalf of our Emperor we wonder if we could be friends? We have want to establish trade and have friendly relations with you?

Kingdom of Hispania

 * Government: Absolute Monarchy
 * Ruler (Queen): Maria I (1477-)
 * Economy: The economy is starting to recover, with the use of loans and other measures. The economy of Valcanor is now also fully brought into the fold, with the already dominant Beso now fully established as currency in both lands.
 * Alliance - 
 * Demographics
 * Population - 12,000,376
 * Ethinicities - 91% Spanish-esque 5% North African 4% Other
 * Religon - 96% Catholicism 4% Other
 * Cities and Population Spread
 * Madrid - 265,000
 * Toledo - 91,000
 * Cordoba - 95,000
 * Burgos - 90,000
 * Leon-  265,00
 * La Coruna - 145,000
 * Oviedo - 97,000
 * Rural - 10,396,000
 * Fuerte Solaridad - 500
 * Fuerte Puedra Alta - 100
 * San Sebastian - 95,000
 * Granada - 40,000
 * Sevilla - 40,000
 * Garofe - 50,000
 * Malaga - 35,000
 * Algecia - 40,000
 * Valencia - 100,000
 * Tarragonna - 80,000
 * Murcia - 80,000
 * Barcelona - 90,000
 * Perrogo - 80,000
 * -- Nueva Hispania (Colony, below) Mainland Hispania (Above)
 * Atlantis - 20,000
 * San Costa - 15,000
 * Nea Theossalonica - 15,000
 * Thalassopolis - 20,000
 * Haitiana - 10,000
 * Military - 85,000
 * Archers - 11,770
 * Longbow - 7,700
 * Crossbow - 5,070
 * Medium-Sized Bows - 3,000
 * Cavalry - 12,500
 * Heavy - 6,250
 * Light'  -  3,250
 * Super Light - 2,500
 * Standard Knights - 1,000
 * Pikemen - 23,000
 * Men at Arms - 12,150
 * Arquebusers - 13,500
 * Naval Personnel - 7,150
 * Siege Weapons
 * Trebuchets - 125
 * Ballista - 150
 * Cannons - 155
 * Navy
 * Transport Ships - 50
 * Crew of 50 Each
 * Floating Fortresses - 44
 * Crew of 75 Each
 * Sea Falcons - 45
 * Crew of 30 Each
 * Wars and Conflicts - 
 * Diplomacy (If you wanna do this with me, please inform me on Discord)
 * Catonzia - 15 years is reached in the plan, preparations are made to annex the state.
 * Events
 * The New Frontier (Part 6) - There is somewhat of an influx of migrants heading towards the protectorates, as the economic situation cuts down on many budgets, causing countless to seek a new life somewhere else. However, this is starting to gradually go down.
 * Mapping the New World (Part 7) - The appropriate regions are added, explorers going down the coast also discover the Muisca and other states, some going up north discover the Kemahana and Indetah as well, it seems there is much work to do. Plans are immedialty drawn to conquer these lands, and some amount of conquest should be done by next turn.
 * Hispanic Flu - Eventually, the Hispanic Flu would burn itself out in other lands, leaving behind a scarred population.
 * Conquistador Companies (Part 6) - An incredibly huge jump in the amount of Conquistador Companies begins, not only from Hispania but from other nations as the news spreads like wildfire around the cities of Europe.
 * Hernan Cortez - The conquistador's results would find great reception at home, and he would immediatly be given control of the Viceroyalty of New Granada (my bad I changed it too late), with sweeping powers to impose his will on the behalf of the Hispanian Crown.
 * Francisco Pizzaro (The Younger) - Francisco's actions would get similar results, mostly for the similarly swift acquistition of such a large territory. The Viceroyalty of Taxacola, made from the former Aztec lands, fell under his governership.
 * Coruna Arms Company - The company would see a large jump in revenue with the succesful conquests of both the Aztecs and Mayas, with arms being churned out at an unprecendented rate for the influx of new conquistadors entering the colonies. The wheellock by this time is established well in the nation.

The Syonanese Diarchy | Syonan Nikun-shu
pleasedontsendintheentirenavypleasedontsendintheentirenavypleasedontsendintheentirenavy
 * Government: Mixed Noble Republic
 * Grand Kōshaku of All Syonan, Suwawa and Tidung, Lord Protector of Sabah and Palawan: The Grand Kōshaku is the ruler of Syonan. He is elected by the Syonanese Diet upon the previous Kōshaku’s death, resignation, or impeachment and serves a life term.
 * Noriaki Kakyoin (born 1462, ruled 1491-)
 * Subordinate Kōshakus: The constituent kingdoms of Hiraga and Nagasato are each ruled by a subordinate Kōshaku. Subordinate Kōshakus are the second most powerful positions in Syonan, with a subordinate Kōshaku having almost total control in their respective domains, answering only to the Grand Kōshaku and their respective Diets.
 * Hiragan Kōshaku:
 * Yoshimune Kira (born 1449, ruled 1475-1514)
 * Ryohei Higashikata (born 1455, ruled 1514-)
 * Nagasatoan Kōshaku:
 * Ginzo Souji (born 1453, ruled 1482-)
 * Yang di-Pertua Agong of Sabah and Palawan: Serves a similar role to a subordinate Kōshaku, with free reign over the 8 prefectures of Sabah and Palawan.
 * Pengiran Dahud Sinaman (born 1470, ruled 1511-)
 * Syonanese Diet: The Syonanese Diet is the main legislative body of Syonan. A bicameral system based on Syonan’s 2 constituent kingdoms, it is composed of Syonan’s nobility and particularly powerful burgher families. The Syonanese Diet hosts 732 delegates in total.
 * Hiragan Diet: The Hiragan Diet is the main legislative body of the constituent Kingdom of Hiraga (located in the northern half of Syonan). Made up of notable Hiragan noble and burgher families, the Hiragan Diet hosts 437 delegates.
 * The autonomous province of Sabah and Palawan sends 27 delegates to the Hiragan Diet.
 * Nagasatoan Diet: The Nagasatoan Diet is the main legislative body of the constituent Kingdom of Nagasato (including the overseas territories of Suwawa and Tidung), located in the southern half of the country. Composed of notable Nagasatoan noble and burgher families, the Nagasatoan Diet hosts 295 delegates.
 * Suwawa and Tidung, being governed under Nagasato, is theoretically subject to the Nagasatoan Diet. However, there is little to no representation of the two overseas territories in the Syonanese legislature.
 * Political Parties: Although no real political parties exist in Syonan as of yet, there are several loose power blocs within the Syonanese Diet, with borders between specific power blocs sometimes muddy and difficult to discern. Many delegates are influenced by multiple blocs.
 * Centralists: The Centralist bloc is composed of those delegates who desire more central government control over local affairs in Syonan. An extremely big tent bloc, Centralists range from those who simply want more government oversight in day to day governance, to supporters of Anjuro Katagiri’s absolutist and imperial policies, to those who want to do away with the Diarchy system altogether. Significantly more powerful in the north than in the south the Centralists, along with their bitter enemies the Federalists, are the two most powerful blocs in the Syonanese Diet.
 * Federalists: The Federalist bloc is composed of those delegates who desire less central government control over Syonan. A similarly big tent bloc to the Centralists, they range from feudalists to status quo supporters to even a few Nagastoan secessionists. Significantly more powerful in the south and in the Bornean territories than in the north, the Federalists, along with the Centralists, are the two most powerful blocs in the Syonanese Diet, and are perpetually at odds with one another.
 * Traders: Supporting mercantilist policies and touting the trade guilds as the lifeblood of the Syonanese economy, the traders punch far above their weight in power, mostly due to Syonan’s control over the seas. They are the most staunch supporters of the Sulu Sea sound toll. Many of them tend to agree in part with the Militarists on certain supposed “integral territories of Syonan”.
 * Militarists: The Syonanese militarists are probably by far the most unified bloc in Syonanese politics, uniformly advocating for stratocratic principles and aggressive foreign policy to “keep Syonan great” (read. continue Syonanese near-hegemony over maritime Southeast Asia). They are quite inclined to randomly scream “Syonan Banzai” and debate you for hours on how Palawan and Sabah are integral territories of Syonan stolen by the Bruneians.
 * Traditionalists: The traditionalists are a faction dedicated to preserving the status quo. They are the most socially conservative group, and also tout an isolationist foreign policy, which they call “Sakoku”. No one really takes them seriously at the moment.
 * Religious Supremacists: Syonan’s religious supremacists are a mostly fringe group that emphasize increased authority of religious bodies over governance and everyday life. Although the Shinto, Buddhist, Hindu and Xianist blocs clash often, their proposed policies are much the same, designed to give their religion more power in state affairs.
 * Reformists: Even with the most conventional parliamentary system, there will always be a couple hardy radicals. ‘Nuff said.
 * Administration: Syonan is divided into 2 constituent kingdoms (koku), which are further subdivided into 10 provinces (dō). The 9 provinces are in turn subdivided into 43 prefectures (ken), which are in turn further divided into districts (gun).
 * Suwawa and Tidung are considered overseas territories of the constituent Kingdom of Nagasato. They do not have any representation in the Syonanese Diet, and their people are not considered Syonanese citizens (and thus are not awarded the rights of Syonanese citizens) unless they are descended from at least one Syonanese parent or descended from at least one parent that has served in the Syonanese military.
 * Sabah and Palawan is an autonomous province under the constituent Kingdom of Hiraga (with the exception of the southernmost portions of former Bruneian Sabah, which has been incorporated into the Kingdom of Nagasato as Tarakan Prefecture). Autonomous provinces are similar to normal provinces except that they have more power domestically, as the constituent kingdom-level government is not allowed to impose laws and restrictions on the autonomous province, with the only power they are able to wield over provincial authorities in an autonomous province being a veto.
 * Capital City:
 * Syonanese and Hiragan Capital: Morioh
 * Sabahan Capital: Sandakan
 * Nagasatoan Capital: Nagasato
 * Suwawan Capital: Gorontalo
 * Tidungese Capital: Kutei
 * Economy: Syonan boasts a diverse and robust economy geared towards foreign trade. Major sectors of the Syonanese economy include agriculture, mining, the spice trade, fishing, and logging. The late 15th and early 16th centuries would see the inception of the Syonanese plantation economy, particularly prevalent in the plains of Central Luzon and inland Mindanao, while urban and coastal economies would remain dominated by various merchant guilds.
 * Currency: The Syonanese taru is the main currency in Syonan, backed up by gold reserves, with one taru equivalent to around 3.2 grams of gold. In rural and remote areas, however, the barter system is king, due to limited state influence in these areas.
 * Demographics:
 * Total Population: 1,102,118
 * Hiraga: 400,295
 * Morioh: 30,025
 * Mei-nira: 55,012
 * Kanakawa: 32,525
 * Kitahara: 26,878
 * Keishi: 25,193
 * Naga: 22,378
 * Nagasato (including Tarakan but not Suwawa or Tidung): 262,470
 * Nagasato-shi: 26,145
 * Davao: 33,104
 * Pemagarong: 25,992
 * Souhama-Shibu: 21,023
 * Cagayan: 13,887
 * Tsuhama: 13,125
 * Sabah and Palawan: 237,048
 * Sandakan: 29,370
 * Api: 20,925
 * Suwawa: 71,028
 * Gorontalo: 11,213
 * Tidung: 131,277
 * Kutei: 21,169
 * Ethnicities:
 * 28.9% Syonanese (318,245 people)
 * 12.9% Yojin (“pure” Syonanese) (41,054 people)
 * 87.1% In-jin (mixed race Syonanese) (277,191 people)
 * 22.6% Native Syonanese (248,993 people)
 * 22.8% Takairō-jin/Tagalog (56,770 people)
 * 19.7% Kabishi-jin/Visayan (49,052 people)
 * 12.5% Rusonto-jin/Ilocano (31,124 people)
 * 7.4% Ibaruno-jin/Bicolano (18,425 people)
 * 7.1% Nagasato-jin/Maguindanao (17,679 people)
 * 30.5% Other groups (75,943 people)
 * 14.4% Malay (158,280 people)
 * 1.6% Japanese (17,523 people)
 * 0.9% Chinese (10,021 people)
 * 6.3% Suwawan (69,023 people)
 * 9.0% Kadazan-Dusun (98,865 people)
 * 6.8% Bajau (75,225 people)
 * 2.9% Murut (32,145 people)
 * 6.7% Dayak (61,777 people)
 * 1.3% Other (mostly Southeast Asian, Indian and Arabian traders) (14,021 people)
 * Religions: Religion in Syonan is not necessarily exclusive, with many Syonanese ascribing to beliefs from 2 or more religions.
 * Syonanese Shinto: Syonanese Shinto has diverged greatly from Shinto in the Japanese islands, with many Shinto kami being syncretized with native and Hindu deities, and Theravada and Mahayana Buddhism heavily influencing the religion. Most prevalent in coastal, urban and lowland areas dominated by ethnic Syonanese, Syonanese Shinto is the main religion of Syonan.
 * ~55% of the population (~600,000 people)
 * Syonanese Buddhism: A sect of Buddhism almost totally exclusive to the islands of Syonan, Syonanese Buddhism is heavily influenced by Shinto, Hinduism, Theravada Buddhism and native beliefs. It is by far the most influential Buddhist sect in Syonan, although other sects do manage to gain followers in the Syonanese Isles.
 * ~50% of the population (~550,000 people)
 * Other Buddhist sects (Mahayana, Theravada and Zen Buddhism) are practiced by ~9% of the population (~98,000 people)
 * Hinduism: Practiced by many indigenous and mixed-race Syonanese especially in Mindanao and the Visayas, Hinduism in Syonan has been heavily syncretized with Syonanese Buddhism and Shinto (and vice versa), with many Hindu gods in Syonan being almost indistinguishable from the Syonanese variants of Shinto kami. A more “pure” version of Hinduism exists in coastal Tidung and in newly-acquired Sabah.
 * ~40% of the population (~450,000 people)
 * Xianism: Xianism states that the sole god of man, Tian, has endowed humans with the ability to become "Xian", basically deities, unlocked by committing good deeds in Tian's name, and understanding Tian and the way the universe works. Unlike many Eastern religions, Xianism is a monotheistic religion. Practitioners of the religion are mostly confined to the ethnic Chinese minority within Syonan, and are most prevalent in Pemagarong and Mindoru Prefectures.
 * ~1% of the population (~10,000 people)
 * Other: In remote, mountainous areas of inland Syonan, as well as in the jungles of Tidung and Suwawa, many native tribes still live as they did before Syonanese settlement on the islands, and still worship their old gods in much the same way as they once did.
 * ~15% of the population (~170,000 people)
 * Military:
 * Grand Army of Syonan:
 * Deployed forces: 40,000 (Sulu Sea War)
 * Total forces: 40,000
 * 8,000 Heavy Breakthrough Elite Infantry
 * 5,000 Field Artillery Personnel
 * 20,000 Light Infantry
 * 7,000 Light Mixed Cavalry
 * 5,000 Homeland Security Infantry (Military Police)
 * Reservists/Potential levies: 0
 * Syonan Nikun Royal Navy:
 * Total sailors: 26,000
 * Total ships (excluding coastal patrol): 380 ships
 * SNRN Muramasa-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Muramasa
 * Crew: 120
 * SNRN Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Yamamoto
 * Crew: 70
 * SNRN Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Higashikata
 * Crew: 70
 * 12 Muramasa-class Oceanic Battlecruisers
 * Crew: 120
 * 27 Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruisers
 * Crew: 70
 * 191 Subarashi Pagong-class Oceanic Cruisers
 * Crew: 60
 * 157 Subarashi Dātsu-class Oceanic Interceptors
 * Crew: 40
 * 410 Tsuna-class Torpedo Boats
 * Crew: 10
 * 383 Transport Ships
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * Sulu Sea War (1518-): The Sulu Sea War was a conflict between Syonan and neighboring Zhaowa sparked by the events of Burning Pemagarong, where a group of Zhaowanese merchants would start a 2-day riot in the port city of Pemagarong after being forced to pay the dreaded Sulu Sea Sound Toll. (see Events for more information)
 * All 40,000 troops and potential levies are raised, to stand on guard for an invasion of Zhaowanese territories. All Syonanese ships are put on guard for naval operations on Zhaowanese ships or ports.
 * Guerilla Warfare: The Zhaowanese, going into the war, would have no advantages except for much higher morale, a knowledge of the waters around their lands, and better logistics. The removal of Sea Marks in northern and eastern Halmahera is completed around March 1520, to increase the chances of Syonanese ships running aground. Should the Syonanese attempt to make a landing, they will be greeted by a situation not dissimilar to the Vietnam War OTL, except that both sides will be technologically equal.
 * 2nd Battle of Tangbana - Winter 1520: the Zhaowanese Fleet stationed at Tangbana, having only 30 ships, would find themselves outnumbered by the Syonanese fleet of 55. However, the 4 forts constructed on Tangbana would prove to be an incredibly valuable asset, and would allow the Zhaowanese fleet to repel all landings attempted by the Syonanese. They would attempt to hold out as long as possible, but Tangbana would fall on February 18th, 1520. The 15 Zhaowanese ships would escape to Portugese Brunei, and Tangbana would be captured by the Syonanese.
 * Defense of Manado - 1520: As they advanced, the Syonanese would be forced to slog through heavy jungle and face the constant threat of a surprise ambush by Zhaowanese forces. Lasut Angga, the governor of Minahasa, with former military experience, would advise total war, imploring the army of 4,000 and navy of 220 ships to ‘give the Syonanese invaders no peace’, and telling the common folk affected by the war, ‘You, who have nothing to lose, can still give your lives’. He would famously fight with a ragtag bunch of 500 volunteer peasants against the Syonanese advance. The Zhaowanese, with numerous forts in the area, would hold off the Syonanese army for the entire duration of the war.
 * Makassar Campaign - 1520-1521: The brainchild of Rusontan Admiral Sanzenin Satoshi, the Makassar Campaign would seek to interdict trade flowing between the vital Zhaowanese port of Makassar and the rest of Zhaowa, as well as seize control of Zhaowa’s Makkasan holdings. This would be achieved with mixed success.
 * Battle of Dagasuli - 1520: The Zhaowanese Victory at Kajoa island was purely based in the enemy admiral’s stupidity, and on luck. However, this luck would run out fast,and the Syonanese would be quick to wisen up, as demonstrated by the Battle of Dagasuli. On May 11th, 1520, a Syonanese fleet of 21 ships would approach the city of Sufu. However, in their path, was a large Zhaowanese fort on Dagasuli island. Not wanting an incredibly strategically important military installation in their way, the Syonanese would attack the island. They would quickly surround the fortification. A Zhaowanese fleet from Sufu would attempt to attack the Syonanese fleet. They would succeed in driving the Syonanese away, perhaps due to the Syonanese being incredibly discouraged at the slightest hint of defeat, but they would lose 18 out of 29 ships sent to defend Dagasuli.
 * Battle of Tobelo - 1521: A Syonanese fleet would loop around Morotai island to attack the Zhaowanese town of Tobelo. The Zhaowanese would use the islands surrounding the town to their advantage, disorganizing the Syonanese fleet, and splitting it up. In fact, they were even able to decimate a small flotilla of Syonanese ships. However, the Syonanese would reorganize, and force the Zhaowanese to retreat south. They would sack and loot Tobelo, and capture numerous women and children, as well as killing most of the men, before returning, satisfied.
 * 2 Years Peace; Divide and Conquer : The Sulu Sea War would wind down from 1521-1524. All conflict would be on an incredibly small scale, with most encounters having no more than 15 ships on both sides. However, this period of the war would be incredibly crucial, as it allowed the Zhaowanese to familiarize themselves with Syonanese strategy and weapons, and it would see the production and upgrading of Zhaowanese galley frigates. Practicing the classic strategy of ‘Divide and Conquer’, Diyo would lure and ambush Syonanese ships to great effect.
 * Battle of Bitung - 1524: By the end of the 2 Years Peace, the Syonanese administration would grow tired of the endless war of attrition occurring. The number of Syonanese ships lost in the 2 and a half years would total around 380. The Syonanese would gather 91 Ships, under the esteemed Admiral Kira Morinobu, descendant of Kira Yoshikage himself. Receiving rumors that a large transport convoy was heading to Maluku from the city of Bitung, Morinobu would be quick to intercept this lucrative target. He also received reports that a large Zhaowanese navy would be stationed at the eastern end of Lembeh island. To capture the Zhaowanese convoy, and to hopefully capture the port city of Bitung, Kira Morinobu would sail to Bitung via the Lembeh strait. However, when he arrived, he would find a large Zhaowanese fleet stationed not at the eastern side of the island, but in the strait itself. However, due to the strait being widest  in the middle, Morunobu was unable to see the Zhaowanese ships and field artillery at the edge of the water as he entered the strait. As the fleet entered the strait, a sailor on a catamaran at the head of the fleet spotted the Zhaowanese, and shouted “The Zhaowanese, the Zhaowanese are here!” It was at this point that the Zhaowanese fleet began firing. The Tsuna-class Torpedo ships would immediately engage the Zhaowanese fleet. However, they were losing more men than usual. Why? The Zhaowanese would employ a weapon previously rarely encountered by the Syonanese, the Hwacá, a type of multiple rocket launcher. The Hwacá have a maximum range of 1.1 Kilometers, and an average range of 600 meters, resulting in numerous Syonanese sailors on the torpedo boats to die or be thrust off of their ship, from direct explosions or their ship sinking. The ensuing chaos would buy the Zhaowanese much needed time to reload. While reloading, individual fire archers would fire at the Syonanese ships. However, soon, the Syonanese ships begin to get close. The Zhaowanese would fire a signal shot from a Cwungdung, signalling to the much larger Zhaowanese fleet stationed at the end of the bay to attack. The larger Syonanese ships would also begin firing at the Zhaowanese fleet, but they would find that they were be slightly out of range, and advancing would also mean that the  Zhaowanese would be in range as well, and given the range of many of their Cwungdung, they would likely be in range first. As many of the Torpedo boats were beginning to engage the Zhaowanese ships, decimating both fleets, the bulk of the Zhaowanese force, consisting of 160 Zhaowanese ships, would advance and begin firing on the Syonanese. Morinobu decides to advance into the Zhaowanese fleet. The Zhaowanese would feign retreat, but it would be a trap. After a few bits of back-and-forth, where the Zhaowanese would for the most part have the advantage due to the longer range of Zhaowanese artillery, the Zhaowanese would take advantage of the disorganized state of the Syonanese navy due to the back-and-forth, and rush into the Syonanese force. The majority of the Catamarans, still fighting against the Zhaowanese at the sides of the bay, wouldn’t come in time. When they did, they would find themselves outgunned by 35 upgraded 2-deck galleys, sometimes referred to as ‘Floating Fortresses’. With extra reinforcement around the keel and the hull, as well as measures for increased stability, they would be much harder to take down, and would require multiple rounds of torpedoes to sink. This would be enough time for the Arquebusiers and gunmen on the galleys to take down a significant amount of the Syonanese Catamarans, though not too many. Though not losing too many ships, Morinobu would be incredibly discouraged from only seeing clear victory in his military career, and would order a retreat. Morinobu, distressed, would station his entire fleet outside of the Lembeh strait for a few days. This would allow the Zhaowanese to regroup and keep weakening the fleet via a combination of hit-and-run attacks and field artillery. Eventually, Morinobu would retreat to Karakelong island. If Morinobu hadn’t retreated, then it could’ve been a Syonanese victory. However, due to his indecisiveness, this would be the only clear major Zhaowanese victory in the war.
 * Morotai Catastrophe - 1524: Another Syonanese fleet, from Nagasato, led by Miyagi Takahito, would attempt to capture the Zhaowanese city of Sufu. However, a significant portion of the fleet would be trapped on a shoal. This would give the Zhaowanese the ability to ambush the fleet using fire ships and hit-and-run attacks as they were stuck, causing the Syonanese to lose many ships. Miyagi Takahito, after the whole fiasco, receiving orders from the Koshaku of Nagasato himself, would travel to the Tidore islands.
 * Battle of the Tidore Islands - 1525: Miyagi Takahito would island hop across the Tidore islands. With an overwhelming force, they would wipe any Zhaowanese forces, and would capture the Tidore islands. In fact, many Zhaowanese would retreat at the sheer size of the Syonanese navy. Though they would lose quite a few ships in two ambushes near the coast, they would sail to Maluku unimpeded. They would also receive 10,000 Syonanese marines accompanied by the fleet of Kira Morinobu. Hearing of plans to attack Maluku, the Zhaowanese peacetime capital, Diyo and numerous other military officers would hatch a plan to keep the Syonanese at bay.
 * Battle of Maluku - 1525: The Syonanese Navy would be tricked by diversionary attacks into believing that the Zhaowanese navy was actually much larger than it was in actuality. This would result in around 10,000 Syonanese infantry landing a few kilometers away from the capital to attack the city by land. However, they would be forced to endure a hellish march through mountains and jungle to reach the city of Maluku. Led by Jieu Tsúyén and Kyang Lien, 3,500 Zhaowanese troops, and 1000 recruited auxiliaries would attack the Syonanese marines in bloody Guerilla warfare. The Syonanese troops would be whittled down to a mere 5,100 by the time they neared the outskirts of the city. Reaching the city, they would attempt to loot and raze the city, but any destruction of the city would be at the cost of their lives. 91% of all Syonanese marines involved in the March to Maluku would die or be captured. The rest would flee to their landing point in disarray. Meanwhile, the Zhaowanese would set up a naval perimeter, weakening the Syonanese in disorder. In the chaos, Admiral Kira Morinobu would die in the fray. However, as the Syonanese begin to retreat out of range, Diyo would order a pursuit. However, his subordinate captains would take this as an all-out chase, which would result in the Zhaowanese getting too close to the Syonanese. This would devolve into a large scale naval battle, ending with the Syonanese retreating, with their marines gone, and their navy heavily damaged. The Zhaowanese would be victorious, but it would be a pyrrhic victory, due to much of their navy being destroyed, including many of the upgraded galleys, an incredibly important asset in combating Syonanese torpedoes.
 * 2nd Battle of Kajoa Island - 1525: On September 2nd,a few weeks before the onset of Monsoon season, the Zhaowanese would begin to recapture the Tidore archipelago from Syonanese occupation. If the campaign to recapture the islands wasn’t completed by October, it would soon become Monsoon season, and the Zhaowanese would have to wait another 5 months to retake the islands. Miyagi Takahito would think 3 steps ahead, and realize that the Zhaowanese would attempt to take the islands before monsoon season, and would station two large fleets near the islands of Kajoa and Ternate. However, Diyo would be one step ahead of Takahito, and knew that Takahito would attempt to prevent a Zhaowanese recapture by stationining fleets in the easily defendable straits near Kajoa and Ternate. Thus, he would take the undefended islands of Makian and Moti first, and then rush south to attack the Syonanese at Kajoa. On September 3rd, both Makian and Moti would be captured without much hassle. He and his fleet of 130 would sail south to Kajoa. However, the majority of the Zhaowanese force would attack from the south. Takahito would hear news of Zhaowanese movements from the south of Kajoa, but believing it to be a trap, ignored the reports, and would instead position his fleet from the south to the north. By the time he got there, he would find that the Zhaowanese would be in a U-Formation. By crossing the strait, he forced his ships to be in a formation not dissimilar to a line. The Syonanese would be unable to have many of their ships fire without damaging their own, but the Zhaowanese would be able to use all of their ships to concentrate fire on the first few ships. This time, the Zhaowanese would go on the offensive, having their smaller Perahu advance close to the Syonanese, allowing the Zhaowanese to fire upon the Syonanese without the Syonanese ships being able to attack them. The Syonanese, still wary from the battle of Bitung, would not advance to engage the Zhaowanese, until Takahito would expressly order them to. Diyo, perhaps using the first documented use of naval volley fire, would have arquebusiers on the galleys rotate positions, allowing them to fire at the Syonanese quickly. Through a hail of arrow and bullets, the Syonanese would be able to destroy numerous Zhaowanese Perahu, before many of them would either retreat or be mowed down. It would be here that the Syonanese from the south would enter the battlefield from the northeast, using an alternate strait to enter. The Syonanese, having the majority of their ships concentrated to their front and port (west, southwest, south) would be unprepared for the large number of the Zhaowanese ships from the other side. The Syonanese, knowing that this would be another ambush situation which they would likely not be able to win, would retreat to the south. During the ensuing chaos, Diyo would be shot by an Arquebus shot. Knowing that his time would soon be up, he would order his nephew, Langká Karaeng to wear his clothes and lead the Zhaowanese to pursue the disorganized Syonanese. A Syonanese captain would sacrifice her flotilla to buy the Syonanese time. Karaeng would immediately order the Zhaowanese to stop pursuing, knowing that the Syonanese have a natural advantage at close range, and would order the reinforced galleys to the front. The Syonanese would destroy 20 Perahu and 3 Reinforced Galleys before having to retreat, in shambles from Zhaowanese fire. Knowing that his son, Miyagi Koyama, stationed at Ternate, would be unable to match the genius and numbers of Diyo (he has yet to know that Diyo had died), would abandon Ternate.
 * TL;DR: The Syonanese vibecheck the Zhaowanese, until the Zhaowanese pull a naval Vietnam War on their ass. The Syonanese are clearly defeated for the first time in the war in the Battle of Bitung. The Syonanese would then occupy the Tidore islands to reach the Zhaowanese city of Maluku. In said battle, much of the Syonanese and Zhaowanese fleets are destroyed, and the Syonanese marines are just gone. After another Zhaowanese victory in Kajoa island, the Zhaowanese would regain the Ternate islands. 
 * Research:
 * Type 001 Yajiri Torpedo Mod. 1498: An updated model of the Yajiri Torpedo allowing it to reach faster speeds in water and improving its accuracy.
 * Subarashi Kulog Taihou Mk.V: We begin to equip more ships with this cannon.
 * Bakuchiku Mk.I: The Bakuchiku cannon is now standard fare for all Syonanese ships.
 * Kogata-jū: A variant of the Javanese arquebus indigenous to Syonan, the Kogata-jū has become the standard firearm of choice for the Syonanese Army.
 * Arquebus Reverse Engineering: With sporadic trade from Agoustan Brunei reaching our shores, we begin trying to reverse engineer their strange and powerful “arquebuses”, with mixed success.
 * Early Rocket Developments: Syonanese rocket prototypes slowly inch further and further towards a usable weapon.
 * Reptilian Growth: Continued breeding of the Filipino monitor lizard has caused the species to grow in size, through decades, if not centuries will be required for the lizards to grow even larger.
 * That being said, they are now large enough to be farmed for food, as these monitor lizards slowly become a delicacy in the Nagasatoan region.
 * Diplomacy:
 * Zhaowa: stop making this harder than it should be moron
 * Dai Viet: we're allies pls help
 * Japan: hi could you guys send up just a couple ships? yeah, just a few
 * Events:
 * Kakyoin’s Last Bargain: Seeing the horrible execution of the war (for Syonanese standards) and the severe losses the Syonanese Navy has taken, Grand Koshaku Kakyoin begins pushing for aid wherever possible, attempting to call in Dai Viet into the war, as well as pushing for Japan to send a few of their their cutting edge kawataro-fune ships over.

Council of Yolngu

 * Government: Tribal Council.
 * Chieftain: Koen (1488 - present)
 * Head Shaman: Kalti (1482 - present)
 * Head Elder: Kippin Gnuger (1465 - present)
 * Representatives:
 * Walwallie: Koen
 * Amwari: Suna
 * Jubatti: Pendor
 * Djani: Yarre
 * Economy: Traditional (Bartering, Equal Value, etc)
 * Main Religion: Dreamtime
 * Allies:
 * Syonan
 * Wuthayhi
 * Cities and Demographics:
 * Population: ~30,000
 * Ethnicity:
 * Aboriginal: 100%
 * Yolngu Nation: 32%
 * Kalkadoon: 68%
 * Traditions:
 * Traditions On Hold: After the surprise attack from the Gwarri, many traditions that are held yearly are on hold. Those in adolescence will still be able to choose their companion.
 * “Sorcery”: Those who are left in the Amwari Tribe and smaller parts of said tribe have spoken about the ritualistic art of sorcery where natural death is usually by spirits and other shamans who wish death upon an individual. In order to enact the ritualistic aspect of a once lost tradition, shamans of the Amwari tribe (and the smaller ones) bless the strongest of warriors to hold the spirits of death.
 * Wars & Conflicts: see War under Events
 * Military: ~7500 Troops (and 5000 troops from Wuthayhi)
 * ~ 4,500 troops paired with animal companions
 * ~250 troops paired with a marsupial lion
 * ~1,010 troops paired with a dingo
 * ~1,000 troops paired with a euro
 * ~240 troops paired with a perentie lizard
 * ~2,000 troops paired with a cassowary
 * ~2,000 troops atop great monitor lizards (gifted by syonan by trade)
 * ~ 1000 troops going on foot
 * Types of Weapons:
 * ~1250 troops with boomerangs
 * ~2000 troops with hielaman + shield
 * ~2000 troops with throwing spears
 * ~2000 troops with clubs
 * ~250 troops with bone weaponry (animal and human bones)
 * Diplomacy:
 * United We Stand Strong: Wuthayhi is now allied with Yolngu against the threat of the Gwarri. We are grateful for their assistance. We have also begun to trade with them more often.
 * Events:
 * Animals Domesticated and Released Occasionally: Kookaburra, Dingo, Euro, Bearded Dragon, Frilled Lizard, Perentie, Goanna, Cassowary, Marsupial Lion, & Monitor Lizard
 * Sickness: The disease continues to spread, the tribes have already spread themselves--- supplies are given to each tribe and will be enough for certain tribesmen. There is a bit of unrest between the people, but they are willing to push through and hope this war between the Gwarri will be over soon. As the war seems to be drawing in our favor, we try to help our ill people and to mitigate the spread of these diseases.
 * War Events:
 * Continuous Push (again) : The war continues, there are many who are ready for the death of the Gwarri people and thus they push forward for the better.
 * Noine’s Proposal: There is success in cutting off the supplies to the Gwarri people; however it’s not fully there -- Noine’s Proposal has worked in their favour. While there are still supplies to the Gwarri people, she will use the resources she was able to take to feed her people and aid even the Gwarri who are injured as she still firmly believes that this war will continue if they do not seek peace.
 * Upon the Capital: Noine accompanied by her small army has decided to march upon the capital of Gwarri to end this horrible and meaningless war. With so much bloodshed and plenty of the people unable to support themselves against the raging disease she only wishes for peace between them.
 * The Perentie Proposal (again): The Perentie is an extremely venomous lizard and while the Yolngu have the antidote to such venom, they are willing to share it amongst the Gwarri. Noine’s proposal for peace between the two nations is one akin to a double headed snake, for if one side betrays the proposal and trust of the other-- then inevitable doom will follow them in their tracks. Due to the amount of bloodshed the two have caused upon their people, there are negotiations that will need to be answered.
 * Coastlines (again): As they are the ones who instigated the war, Noine’s only proclamation to make it even between the nation would be the Gwarri will give up their coastal lands and let it be under Yolngu control -- they are able to still trade with Yolngu and have the same amount of resources, but they will lose control of their coastal territory. Any foreign trade between Yolngu will also have ties to Gwarri if the two are properly allied with one another. Noine has even stretched the offer on sending a spokesman (like a viceroy, except not to rule but to have interest of the nation) of the Yolngu to Gwarri and Gwarri may do the same.
 * Aggression (again): If the Gwarri refuse the proposal, then there is plenty they will lose -- alongside territory and the people. Noine has informed the Gwarri that they also have the aid of Wuthayhi and many more forces are on the Yolngu side ready to continue the war.
 * Halt on the Eastern Front: Defenses are made as soon as they claim more of the Gwarri land. Upon the frontlines to make sure the defenses do not dwindle are the Cassowary tribesmen and the Euros. Kookaburras are also used as sirens if there is movement on the front sending to alert all of the tribesmen. For now, the war is on halt as word has come to the Eastern Front as Noine is seeking peace between the two nations. 75% of the tribesmen are keeping watch while the 25% will be aiding the sick and the injured.

Nueva Valcanor

 * Government: Colony under Absolute Monarchy (Colony of Hispania)
 * Monarch: Queen Maria I
 * Local Governor: Claudia Collizan
 * Economy: Trade is picking up with the natives and Greek states to the north. New World plants and other discoveries are shipped back to make a profit as well. Gold and treasures from the conquest of the Aztecs boosts our economy as well.
 * Capital: Nueva Valencia
 * Demographics:
 * Nueva Valcanor:
 * Population: ~60,000
 * Nueva Valencia: ~16,000
 * Nueva Perrogo: ~8,000
 * Arascælen: ~6,000
 * San Vicente: ~1,000
 * Smaller Communities: ~29,000
 * Ethnic Groups:
 * ~63.5% Spanish (Valcan, mainly)
 * ~30% Osnerolese and Native Tribes
 * ~6.5% Greek
 * Religion:
 * ~85% Roman Catholic
 * ~15% Sh'req Cult and Native Religions
 * Military: 6,000 active
 * Human Resources:
 * 1,600 Pikemen/Spearmen
 * 600 Heavy Infantry
 * 1,600 Archers and Crossbowmen
 * 100 Cannonmen
 * 500 Arquebusiers and Gunmen
 * 4,000 Reserves
 * Siege Weapons and Artillery:
 * 30+ Large Cannons
 * 45 Small Cannons
 * 500 Arquebuses
 * 50 Wheellock guns
 * Navy:
 * 25+ Transports
 * 3 Large Transports
 * 12 Sea Gliders
 * 9 Naval Kings
 * 4 Salvaged Scourges
 * Trading Fleet:
 * 15+ Cargo Ships
 * 30+ Merchant Ships
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * N/A
 * Diplomacy:
 * Elysian and Native States: Hi, let’s trade.
 * Events:
 * New Generation, Part 4: Velasco assists in the mapping and exploration of the uncharted lands north of the former land of the Aztecs, and Calixta returns to Nueva Valcanor to raise her newborn child.
 * Northern Exploration, Part 4: Trade and mapping continues despite the rumors and stories of sea monsters and blood-red clouds in the Colombian Triangle (see below). Expeditions to Caddo and the Karankawa tribe are also made.
 * Mysteries of the Colombian Coast, Part 2: The occurrences of the seas to the North were certainly nothing orchestrated by mortals. Three ships bound for the trading port of Paradei are led in circles by navigational tools, exhausting their food and clean water supplies before just one of the three sailed into port... completely empty with no crew to be found. A lone journal is found on the ship detailing their journey. After sailing into a storm, one ship reportedly “Rose with the waves and disappeared over the foamy peak... gone by the time the seas calmed not a minute after.” The second ship was “Dragged in by the fog and pushed out in pieces,” according to the journal, and the author mentioned in detail hearing songs in the wind “So beautiful crew members scratched at and tore off their ears.” The fate of the three ships remains a mystery to this day. After the repeated incidents, sailors collectively call the area from Paradei to Monalba to Atlantis the “Colombian Triangle” or “Columbus’ Box.”
 * Benito’s Big Bad Brick Brawl: In the central block of Nueva Valencia, an argument-turned-rebellion over a pile of bricks sent over from Hispania by Prince Benito of Valcanor nearly causes a civil war. The Prince of Valcanor sends over a thousand or two bricks to assist with the construction of the new cities, though some are accidentally paced in the wrong lot. As a military general chews out the laborers for the mistake, a crowd is drawn. The laborers, not wishing to lose their job, point out that it would be simple to switch the locations of the two buildings being constructed. As tensions escalate, more soldiers arrive and someone throws a brick. More bricks are thrown and chaos erupts as all the bystanders flee. The soldiers fire at and attack the laborers, who are hidden behind a brick wall. The townspeople are just about to join in but, the soldiers and laborers agree to an uneasy peace, though not before a good amount of the bricks take a plunge in the sea or feel the heat of an arquebus.
 * Go Take your 95 Theses Somewhere Else: The Protestant Reformation does not have much of an affect on Nueva Valcanor. Roman Catholic as the state religion (outside of Osnerolese reserves) still dominates.
 * New City: The city of San Vicente is founded on the island of Grand Osnera, near OTL Freeport, Grand Bahama. It is named in honor of the recently passed Saint Vincent Ferrer of Valencia.
 * Marksmen of Nueva Valcanor: Large amounts of arquebuses are shipped in to the colony, as well as some more prototype wheellock guns. Training for these weapons is increased.

Ahuric Empire

 * Government and Policy:
 * Monarch: King Ja'far Ahurid
 * Administrative Situation: The war is shortlived as our troops seem to have delivered a significant sudden blow to the Daevites while their armies skipped about up north. With the land we now hold, we intend to compromise. It achieves our goal, keeping enemies away from the oceans near us, while also keeping peace up north. The generals that entered the advising body have now been partially returned to their position. Partially is key in this, a number hold power and influence in the advising body, with slight concerns a militaristic faction may rise to power, keeping the king as a figurehead, rather than a leader. As of now, such an event is far in the future and not a concern.
 * Population: 11,783,729
 * Policy and National Affairs:
 * Foreign Zoroastrianism: We had long held ourselves up as a multi-faith society, but it is time to accept the obvious; we are a Zoroastrian nation. Our support for Zoroastrians abroad has been lacklustre, king Ja'far proclaims. He states that, since direct threats are not immideate, we shall invest in foreign Zoroastrianism. The approach of diplomacy seems to have become weak and uneffective. As such, aggressive approaches are to be taken. The military is sprung into action, with troops entering foreign ports where Zoroastrianism has taken a bit of a root to "protect the Zoroastrians". The rumours spread over the last few decades should have propogated throughout the region, with tales of torture and deaths of Zoroastrians (and Arzhamites for larger effect). They may have a toe in the truth, but are largely exaggerations which work tremendously. The people have long been riled up against the "foreign oppressors". Ja'far has tapped into the fury the people had when the Order of Avesta was made, the sleeping conservative faction had awoken, many people had equated the Ahuric identity with that of Zoroastrianism, with Arzhamism a tolerated religion with many similiarities. As such, with a vigour, many have petitioned for intervention in 2 key areas; Zanzibar and Mer'ana. The Army is sent to war, without much announcement, with the key goal of making Zoroastrian nations. The Order of Avesta is also funded again through independent channels, making them more potent in the region.
 * Domestic Zoroastrianism: New fire temples have popped up in many areas for "the large number of Zoroastrians in the region". It's an understandable proposition, with Zoroastrians spread far and wide. Some settle in far away towns, thanks to small subsidies, spreading religion to the few remaining traditional local religion followers. A number of Zoroastrian charities are set up by private individuals to aid poor Zoroastrians. Magi travel around spreading the religious teachings to individuals. It shouldn't be revolutionary overnight, but sets up the start to a religous resurgence. Zoroastrianism wasn't dead, but now it is growing much faster.
 * The Long Peace: Intentions are to move wars far away from our borders, going through a long period of internal peace with little threat to us. As such, we will attempt high level diplomacy with our neighbours, ending a war between us and the Daevites, attempting to aid the Attoumans on the removal of the Cultists (We aren't a fan of them) and setting up relations, while toning down the narrative on Arashena.
 * Military:
 * Personnel: 107,550
 * 1st Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Blitz Cannoneers: 350
 * Crossbowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 2,000
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Transport Camels: 35
 * Overall: 20,050 Troops
 * 2nd Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Blitz Cannoneers: 350
 * Crossbowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 2,000
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Transport Camels: 35
 * Overall: 20,050 Troops
 * 3rd Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Blitz Cannoneers: 350
 * Crossbowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 2,000
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Transport Camels: 35
 * Overall: 20,050 Troops
 * 4th Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 6,000
 * Spearmen: 2,000
 * Bowmen: 4,000
 * Blitz Cannoneers: 350
 * Crossbowmen: 2,000
 * Light Cavalry: 2,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 2,000
 * Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
 * Cannons: 10
 * Trebuchets: 20
 * Polybolos: 25
 * Transport Camels: 35
 * Overall: 20,050 Troops
 * "Aqeel's" Sipah: 
 * Swordsmen: 5,000
 * Bowmen: 3,000
 * Blitz Cannoneers: 500
 * Light Cavalry: 1,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 500
 * Cannons: 20
 * Polybolos: 10
 * Overall: 10,110 Troops
 * Patrol Force:
 * Light Cavalry: 3,000
 * Ranged Cavalry: 3,000
 * Heavy Cavalry: 500
 * Overall: 6,500 Troops
 * Muscat Fleet:
 * Gharaq: 60
 * Harbis: 50
 * Fire Ships: 30
 * Light Transport Ships: 20
 * Heavy Transport Ships: 2
 * Grane Fleet:
 * Harbis: 50
 * Gharaqs: 70
 * Fire Ships: 30
 * Light Transport Ships: 40
 * Heavy Transport Ships: 10
 * Trade Fleet (There has always been a large trade fleet, but wasn't included here):
 * Big Fleets: 2
 * Harbis: 10
 * Gharaqs: 10
 * Transport Ships: 100
 * Small Fleets: 10
 * Harbis: 20
 * Gharaqs: 30
 * Transport Ships: 150
 * Military Operations and Foreign Affairs:
 * New Troops and Tactics:
 * Blitz Cannons: These are far easier to use than fire lances. There are no flames to start. First a hammer is pulled. With the press of a trigger, it descends quickly, hitting some material, causing sparks which ignite the gunpowder which explodes, sending out a bullet. After close to a century of work, it seems to have become ready for testing. While this might happen at a test range in regular armies, due to the war, it has become necessary to rush them into service, even when prototyped. After the war, the urgency was continued as the nation is going to war with the Swahilis.
 * Imerina:
 * Naval Intervention: Imerina has plunged into civil war. Initially we ask for peace, but that is just for the sake of seeming fair. Accusing the Traditionalists of damaging trade, a few ships are posted to the area. They engage in raiding and coastal attacks, knocking out enemy installations. This is actually part of the Muscat Fleet, which has cut off Toamasina from outside trade and resources. The ships attack in task forces, a few going through maintenance while others fight and vice versa. With the Imerinan economy becoming more dependent on trade, this should be damning.
 * A stab in the back: The naval war goes on for a while. Little is it known, Aqeel's Sipah is ready to invade. The fleet deposits the men on a peninsula (OTL Antalaha District), rapidly gaining territory for the Royalist cause. With Naval support and cavalry, prospects are good.
 * Zanzibar:
 * Initial Invasion: Zanzibar is invaded with the 1st Sipah, in secrecy. Trade vessels arrive and dock in the port, hiding the troops like a trojan horse. Out of the ships, men in armour and weaponry flow out, drowning an island with their banners and weaponry. The Grane Fleet provides support during the entire process. The invasion is in the name of local Zoroastrians, creating a government out of them, and Adnanite traders to lead the new territory.
 * Collapse of Dhahabu: Citing threats from the mainland, the Grane fleet place themselves between the mainland and Zanzibar, providing much needed support for the 1st Sipah which moves from Zanzibar to the surroundings of Kilwa, blockading the city until it collapses.
 * The Bahari intervention: Bahari is accused of aiding the Dhahabu. As such, the 2nd Sipah lands and surrounds Mombasa after a bit of campaigning, in an attempt to collapse their government. It was decided that the two nations wouldn't be led by one government, but two seperate Zoroastrian governments.
 * The Order of Avesta Invitation: With the region Zoroastrianified, the Order of Avesta, now being secretely funded, is invited into the nation to spread the religion. A benefit of this for them is it provides access to more volunteers. 
 * Diplomacy:
 * Daevites: We accept a compromise for the sake of the locals. How about the status quo, Hawza joining us, while other nations joining you.
 * Dhahabu and Bahari: Get Ahura Mazda'd
 * Order of Avesta: They are secretly funded again so they can now go wild again (please) or help Imerina or something. 
 * Imerina Royalists: We shall aid you in your defence of the Zoroastrian right to religion. 
 * Attoumans: We've long had diplomatic relationships, let us keep that up
 * Staff: Can the Daevites invade China or something
 * Staff: Last turn as the Ahurics

Majapahit

 * .Government: Despotic Monarchy
 * King: Kartawijaya I (B 1483 - present) (R 1503 - present)
 * Economy: Fishing and agriculture based. Mostly rice farming. Looking to expand their economy by trading.
 * Capital: Majapahit
 * Demographics:
 * Population: 1.200.000
 * Rural: 700.000
 * Urban: 500.000
 * Majapahit: 200.000
 * Medan: 75.000
 * Samudra: 25.000
 * Lamuri: 30.000
 * Barus: 10.000
 * Padang: 15.000
 * Jambi: 10.000
 * Palemban: 5.000
 * Kalapa: 5.000
 * Pakuan: 15.000
 * Pajang: 10.000
 * Religion:
 * Hinduism: 45%
 * Buddhism: 40%
 * Animism: 15%
 * Wars and Conflicts: 
 * none
 * Military:
 * Land: 9.000
 * Spearmen: 7.000
 * Swordsmen: 1.000
 * Archers: 500
 * Royal Guards: 500
 * Sea: 1.000/1.100
 * (Available but not in use currently) Pembajak: 100
 * Sailors: 1.000
 * Diplomacy:
 * Syonan: We show our good intentions by sending them a gift, a small statue of our rulers. And ask for a trade alliance
 * Zhaowa: improve relations
 * Map the seas (1): We send a few of our ships up north past Syonan and try to find new land, habited or unhabited, to conquer or trade with.

Passamaquoddy

 * Government: Chiefdom
 * Sakom (Head Chief) : Wikhausu’Piscoke (Born 1485)
 * Economy: Shells and carved beads are traded in exchange for food and services.
 * Capital: Ehecinakhiqoten
 * Demographics:
 * Population: ~21,690
 * Major Cities:
 * Ehencinakhiqoten: ~1,315
 * Atpechantwekomon: ~400
 * Psihtusiwestikuten: ~300
 * Rural Areas: ~19,975
 * Religion:
 * Native Beliefs: ~100%
 * Ethnicity:
 * Passamaquoddy: ~91%
 * Passamaquoddy-Norse: ~5%
 * Other Natives: ~4%
 * Military:
 * Our military struggles due to the European sickness infecting our people. Our forces are temporarily disbanded, leaving only a small guard to defend the Sakom and their family.
 * Numbers:
 * Psqociskinap (use Clubs in combat): 10
 * Sikuwan (use Spears in combat): 5
 * Tomhikon (use tomahawks in combat): 0
 * Kskomakon (hold shields in front of others to defend): 10
 * Wars and Conflicts:
 * None
 * Diplomacy:
 * Nahican: A complete union and combination of our people and land is proposed to before face the threats of foreign invaders and disease. We are stronger when we stand together. (This is effectively an annexation.)
 * Events:
 * A mysterious plague or disease rises from the far South, well beyond the Talon-Shaped Bay (or Cape Cod), decimating our people. Rumors spread of more men similar to the Vinlanders that bring large ships and strange creations capable of killing a man with a point and a loud, sharp sound. The Strange Mens’ Plague, or Assokessi-wahntusi in Passamaquoddy, infects large amounts of people and, in some places, kills off entire settlements.
 * Families with the Strange Men’s Plague living in Ehecinakhiqoten and Atpechantwekomon are expelled from the settlements to prevent the spread of the disease. They travel East along the coast and found a new town, Psihtusiwestikuten, meaning “Diseased Town.” It is found in modern-day Acadia National Park.
 * Traditional farming and agriculture starts to develop along with smaller settlements. Farming staple crops such as corn, beans, and squash are grown outside of Ehecinakhiqoten.
 * Wikhausu’Piscoke rises to the position of Sakom after the death of his father. With this new power and authority, the younger Head Chief spreads his newly created Passamaquoddy-Nahican script.
 * Lobsters, clams, and fish are caught along the shores and rivers.
 * The Passamaquoddy people continue to migrate West and South.